UHSE UG0018 Generic Design Performance Standards
UHSE UG0018 Generic Design Performance Standards
GUIDELINE
Generic Design Performance Standard
Document Holder
04 Head, HRMD
Upstream HR
05 Head, Capability Management
09 Head, PMO
10 Head, Production
13 Head, HSE
16 Head, SBO
17 Head, Production
20 Head, HSE
23 Head, SKO
24 Head, Production
27 Head, HSE
33 Head, Turkmenistan
34 Head, Production
35 Head, Project
39 Head, HSE
40 Head, HR
44 Head, HR
47 Head, Wells
Production International -
48 Vietnam Head, Project Developments
50 Head, HSE
51 Head, HR
53 Head, Production
Production International -
54 Head, Reliability & Integrity Engineering
Indonesia
55 Head, HSE
56 Head, HR
63 Head, HR
65 Head, Production
68 Head, HSE
69 Head, HR
Petroleum Engineering
71 Head, PED
Division
71 Head, P&E
72 Head, Engineering
79 Head, EP PMI
81 Head, HSE
82 Head, HR
88 Head, HSE
89 Head, HR
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 6 of 84
93 LNG & Gas Operating Assets Head, Governance & Compliance – PLSB
95 Head, HSE – HE
Note:
A Document Holder is responsible to communicate and ensure compliance with the
requirements of this document.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 7 of 84
1. Nik Kamaruddin B Nik Jusoh Head, Project & Engineering Asset Integrity,
Integrity Upstream HSE
Amendment Summary
The table below must be completed in detail for each revision. To indicate amendments
from the previous version, vertical lines in the left hand margin shall be added at the
amended section.
Preface
This document is developed by UHSE with the aim to serve as a practical guideline to
assist Projects in the usage of Generic Design Performance Standard (GDPS) for the
development of Project Specific Design Performance Standard (DPS).
This document is aligned with Technical Integrity Process Safety (TIPS) 6 intent to adopt
the industry best practices in the management of SCE through Performance Standards.
This document provides guidance for Upstream to achieve compliance of TIPS 6 (Project
Engineering Integrity) requirements on projects governed by PETRONAS Project
Management System (PPMS).
All Business Sectors and associated Business Units, Entities and Functions are required
to develop applicable procedures, based on the requirements of this guideline, and tailor
specific details of work activities, forms and templates which are necessary to facilitate
compliance to TIPS PEI requirements for upstream projects.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 10 of 84
Table of Contents
1.0 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................... 11
1.1 Objective..................................................................................................................................... 11
1.2 Scope ............................................................................................................................................ 12
1.3 Review Requirements ......................................................................................................... 13
1.4 Language .................................................................................................................................... 13
1.5 Glossary of Terms ................................................................................................................. 13
2.0 BACKGROUND ....................................................................................... 24
3.0 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS ................................................................. 27
3.1 Development Basis of Generic Design Performance Standard ................... 27
3.2 Generic Design Performance Standard Template .............................................. 28
3.3 Attachment to Project Specific Design Performance Standard and
Operation Performance Standard ................................................................................ 34
4.0 PEI MANAGEMENT PROCESS ................................................................. 35
4.1 Development of HSE Case and Performance Standard ................................... 35
4.2 Assurance and Verification Activities ........................................................................ 35
4.3 Management of Non-Conformance SCE .................................................................... 35
5.0 RELATION BETWEEN MAJOR ACCIDENT HAZARD, DESIGN HSE CASE AND
DESIGN PERFORMANCE STANDARDS .................................................... 36
6.0 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN DESIGN PERFORMANCE STANDARD AND
OPERATION PERFORMANCE STANDARD ............................................... 39
7.0 ASSURANCE AND VERIFICATION FOR MANAGEMENT OF SCE ............... 44
7.1 Assurance................................................................................................................................... 44
7.2 Verification ................................................................................................................................ 45
8.0 OPERATIONALIZATION OF GENERIC DESIGN PERFORMANCE STANDARD
............................................................................................................. 50
9.0 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF
PERFORMANCE STANDARD ................................................................... 54
10.0 DEVIATION MANAGEMENT ................................................................... 55
10.1 Deviation Management at FEL 3 Phase .................................................................... 55
10.2 Management of Change at EXECUTION Phase ..................................................... 56
11.0 BIBLIOGRAPHY .................................................................................... 60
Appendix 1: GDPS Template ........................................................................................................ 62
Appendix 2: Attachment for DPS & OPS ............................................................................... 65
Appendix 3: TIPS PEI Management Process ...................................................................... 66
Appendix 4: TIPS PEI Deviation Management Process ................................................ 67
Appendix 5: GDPS Deviation Proposal Form ...................................................................... 68
Appendix 6: Verification Work Instruction Template ................................................... 69
Appendix 7: GDPS RACI Matrix .................................................................................................. 72
Appendix 8: Project Specific DPS Form ................................................................................. 78
Appendix 9: Project Specific OPS Form ................................................................................. 79
Appendix 10: GDPS Minimum Criteria Applicability Form .......................................... 80
Appendix 11: List of GDPS and G-TA ....................................................................................... 81
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 11 of 84
1.0 INTRODUCTION
(1) Technical Integrity Process Safety for Project Engineering Integrity or TIPS
6 is one of the TIPS programs, led by Upstream HSE (UHSE) Division. The
mission of TIPS Program is to ensure and enhance the Upstream Business
integrity of assets across the entire lifecycle to prevent major accidents.
(5) This Guideline describes the process for the development of the DPS and
the linkage with Operation Performance Standard (OPS) for the identified
Safety Critical Elements (SCE) for PETRONAS Upstream projects and
facilities.
1.1 Objective
1.2 Scope
f. Infrastructure – rejuvenation/modification
a. Detailed Engineering
b. Procurement
c. Construction
d. Installation
(3) 70 Safety Critical Elements (out of a total of 76 SCE, of which 75 SCE from
Safety Critical Elements Manual Rev 1.0 and 1 additional SCE identified for
Well Structure SI010. Total 6 nos. Well and Drilling related SCE are
excluded from this document and covered by TIPS 5, Well Integrity). Refer
to Appendix 11 for the list of GDPS.
(4) In cases where the regulatory requirement of the host country is more
stringent, the regulatory requirements shall be complied with.
(1) This Guideline shall be reviewed and revised every 3 years or when there
is:
1.4 Language
(1) For the purpose of this document, the definitions of terms, acronyms and
abbreviations used are as follows:
11. Line Department LDR is classified as “Technical & Peer Review” within
Review (LDR) the PDP W3 Project Review Framework. Its objective
is to review and verify the project’s technical
deliverables are complete and in compliance with
project specifications, PTS, applicable International
Codes and Standards and Contract documents.
[Carigali PDP W3 Project Review Guideline]
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 16 of 84
19. Project Execution The PEP is the main planning document for a project
Plan (PEP) and describes how major aspects of the project will be
managed. It is a living document that shall be updated
continually throughout the project.
The PEP may be a single detailed document or
composed of one or more subsidiary planning
documents. These additional planning documents
provide guidance and direction for specific
management, planning, and control activities such as
schedule, cost, risk, staffing, change control,
communication, quality, procurement, deployment,
etc. Each of the subsidiary planning documents shall
be detailed to the extent required by the specific
project.
PMT shall prepare PEP which covers the overall aspects
of the projects to be managed by PMT on behalf of the
asset owner.
[PPMS PEP Guideline]
22. Safety Critical The key safety plant, systems and equipment required
Element (SCE) to manage Major Accident Hazards are collectively
known as Safety Critical Elements (SCE). The
definition given in the United Kingdom Safety Case
Regulations (UKSCR) of a Safety Critical Element is -
“Such parts of an installation and such of its plant
(including computer programs), or any part there:
The failure of which could cause or contribute
substantially to; or
A purpose of which is to prevent, or limit the effect
of a major accident”
Basically, it can be seen that:
If by failing an item would cause a major accident,
then it is to be considered safety-critical
If by failing an item would significantly add to a
major accident, then it is to be considered safety-
critical
If the purpose of an item is to prevent a major
accident, then it is to be considered safety-critical
If the purpose of an item is to limit the effect of a
major accident, then it shall be considered safety-
critical”
[E&P Safety Critical Elements Manual]
2.0 BACKGROUND
(1) The HSE Case and SCE Management system requirements started from UK
HSE regulatory requirements i.e.
(2) Figure 1 below indicates the relationship of the regulations and their
associated SCE barriers.
List of SCE
Protection System
Structural Integrity
Detection System Pipeline Integrity
Process Containment
Shutdown System Marine System
Ignition Control
Emergency Response Lifting System
Well Integrity
Lifesaving Appliances
(3) The SCR states “….that duty holder must examine the safety critical
elements to ensure they are suitable when brought into service or when
the verification scheme commences. In addition, during the lifetime of the
installation the suitability of SCE needs to be reviewed particularly when
knowledge, technology or standards change. The SCR require that a
Verification Scheme is drawn up by or in consultation with an Independent
Competent Body (ICB) and subsequently put into effect (Regulation 19)”.
(4) The PFEER regulation states “….as the duty holder is responsible to take
appropriate measures with a view to ‘protecting persons on the installation
from fire and explosion and securing effective emergency response’
(Regulations 3 and 4)”.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 25 of 84
(5) This regulation contain requirements for measures for the protection of
persons on offshore oil and gas installations from fire and explosion, and
for securing effective ‘emergency response’ which means action to
safeguard the health and safety of persons on such installations in an
emergency. They require that an assessment to be completed, identifying
any events, which could give rise to a fire, or explosion, or the need for
evacuation, escape and rescue in the event of such an emergency
occurring. Where systems and equipment are identified as having a role
in any of the aforementioned events, the regulations require that
appropriate standards of performance are defined. Once established, the
stated performance criteria for the safety critical elements and means of
assurance of same within the Performance Standards require to be
examined by an Independent Competent Person (ICP), following an
Assurance & Verification Scheme, to ensure that these are met throughout
the lifecycle of the installation.
(6) The DCR states “….as the duty holder is responsible to ensure the design
to which an installation is to be or in the event is constructed are such
that, so far is reasonably practicable:
ii. Its layout configuration, including those of its plant, will not
prejudice its integrity;
(7) This regulation contain requirements for ensuring, that offshore oil and gas
installations and wells are designed, constructed and kept in a sound
structural state for the purposes of health and safety. They require that
an Assurance & Verification Scheme be put in place, which must identify
those elements of the installation which are critical to safety and obtain
independent confirmation from an Independent Competent Person (ICP),
through a program of audit, examination and witness testing that the
identified Safety Critical Elements (SCE) are, and remain suitable, i.e.
appropriate for intended use, dependable and effective when required and
able to perform as intended, throughout the lifecycle of the installation.
(8) For Upstream PETRONAS projects, the duty holder during FEL 1 until FEL
3 is Petroleum Engineering Division (PED) Head and duty holder during
Execution phase is Project & Engineering Department (P&E) Head. Duty
Holder post hand over phase is the Asset Owner (PM Head & PI Head).
(9) However, duty holder can delegate their accountability to another party
who will be responsible to execute the task. Despite this delegation of
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 26 of 84
authority, the accountability still remains with the duty holder. Summary
of duty holder for project engineering phase is listed in Table 3 below.
Duty Holder*
FEL 1
FEL 2
FEL 3
Detailed Engineering
Procurement
Construction &
Installation
Commissioning
Operations
*Note: The Duty Holder for LNG, FLNG and Unconventional asset shall be
determine based on equivalent functional Heads as per above.
Table 3: Duty Holder for Project Engineering & Operation Phase
(1) Technical Standard for HSE Case Rev 1.0 stipulates that Performance
Standards (PS) shall be developed during project engineering, operation
and decommissioning phases of an asset.
(2) PS defines the parameters which can be measured or assessed so that the
suitability and effectiveness of each SCE can be assured and verified.
(3) Dedicated PS shall be produced for all SCE to prevent, or limits the effect
of MAH, which are defined in the Technical Standard for HSE Case Rev 1.0
as:
(1) The GDPS were developed based on the requirements defined in:
(2) Technical Standard for HSE Case defines the requirements to identify
Major Accident Hazard (MAH) and SCE, as well as to develop Performance
Standard (PS) while Safety Critical Elements Manual defines the
mechanism to select applicable SCE for project.
(6) The GDPS were developed and endorsed by respective Group Technical
Authority (G-TA) and Subject Matter Expert (SME) as the Custodian of
each GDPS. Refer to Appendix 11 for the List of GDPS and G-TA & SME.
iv. The reference standard from which the minimum criteria are
based on
(2) The GDPS template is divided into three (3) main section as per Appendix
1.
A. Performance Criteria
B. Minimum Criteria
C. Evidence
D. Assurance Task
E. Assurance Measures
F. Phase
(1) Information on relevant equipment tag number for each project specific
DPS & OPS shall be included as attachment. As a minimum requirement,
the attachment shall consist of SCE group, Equipment Tag No, Equipment
Description, Equipment Location and Reference as per Appendix 2.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 35 of 84
(1) The overview of the following TIPS PEI management process, as described
in PEI Guideline, is illustrated in Appendix 3:
(1) To comply with the requirements of Technical Standard for HSE Case,
Concept Select HSE Case and Design HSE Case shall be developed during
FEL 2 and FEL 3 Phase respectively. Design Performance Standards shall
be developed as part of Design HSE Case development during FEL 3 Phase.
(2) During Execution Phase, the approved DPS shall be used to manage SCE
integrity up to Commissioning and as the basis to develop Operation
Performance Standard (OPS), while the Design HSE Case shall be used as
the basis for the development of Operation HSE Case. (Refer to Section
6.0 for details)
(3) The approved DPS provide SCE related input to the overall Mechanical
Integrity (MI) requirements as stipulated in MI Guideline WW ALL D 04
031.
(2) Assurance represents internal process and its review exercise to ensure
full compliance to SCE requirements which shall involve Contractor internal
quality checks, Project Management Team (PMT) quality checks and Line
Department Review (LDR).
5.0 RELATION BETWEEN MAJOR ACCIDENT HAZARD, DESIGN HSE CASE AND
DESIGN PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
(1) Design HSE Case shall be developed during FEL 3 phase (Project
Engineering) to satisfy the Technical Standard for HSE Case Rev 1.0
requirements.
(2) MAH with associated SCE shall be identified as part of Design HSE Case. A
project specific Performance Standard shall be developed for each
identified SCE.
(4) MAH shall be identified based on the input from hazard identification
exercises (HAZID and HAZOP) in FEL 3 and further developed into a Bow
Tie model to show the linkage between the Top Event, Hazards, Threats,
Barriers, Consequences, Escalation Factor and Control to the respective
MAH. The barriers identified from the bowtie assessment represent the
SCE.
(5) The following simplified process shows the relationship between MAH, SCE,
DPS and HSE Case. (Figure 2). Further details are described in Section 4,
7 to 10 of this document, and PEI Guideline (UHSE GU 0017).
HAZID
HAZOP/SIL/IPF
MAH
FSA Studies
SCE identification
Design Performance
Design HSE Case
Standard
Operation Performance
Operation HSE Case
Standard
Figure 2: Relation between MAH, Design HSE Case and Project Specific DPS in
Project
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 37 of 84
(6) All resultant SCE from the Bow Tie model (refer to Figure 3 - Links between
MAH and SCE) require specifications to be defined in a DPS to ensure
integrity of SCE during the project engineering phases.
(7) As per PFEER and DCR requirements, assurance and verifications activities
shall be carried out to assure the SCE have been designed, procured,
constructed, installed, hook-up and commissioned correctly which will give
adequate confidence level that the SCE will fulfil its intended purposes as
and when required.
CONSEQUENCES
• SI006 Mooring System • DS001 Fire & Gas • SD004 Well Fighting
• PC007 Relief System Detection • ER006 Helicopter
• SI007 Drilling System Isolation • PS004 Fire Water
• PC008 Well • DS002 Security System • Facilities
• SI008 Bridge SD005 Pipeline Pumps
Containment • SD001 ESD Control • DS003 Water in • ER007 Emergency
THREATS
Connection to Support • PC009 Fired Heaters Isolation Valve • PS005 Fire Main and
System Condensate/Gas Power
Vessel
• PC010 Gas Tight Floors • SD006 ESDV Distribution
• SD002 Emergency • ER008 Manual Fire
• SI009 Station Keeping • SD007 SSIV • PS006 PFP
/ Wall Depressurisation Fighting
• PC011 Tanker Loading • PS007 Gaseous Fire
• SD003 HIPPS • ER009 Process
• PC012 Helicopter Protection
• SD004 Well Isolation Control and Alarm
Refuelling • PS008 Firewater Spray
• SD005 Pipeline IGNITION CONTROL • ER010 Bunding
System
• PC013 Well Isolation Valve and Drains
• PS009 Sprinkler
Intervention • SD006 ESDV • ER011 Oil Spill
• IC001 Hazardous Area Systems
• PC014 Moveable and • SD007 SSIV Contigency
Ventilation • PS010 Power
Temporary Equipment • SD008 Drilling Well
• IC002 Non Hazardous Management
Control Equipment • PS011 Fixed Foam LIFE SAVING
Area Ventilation
• IC003 Certified Systems
• PS012 Sand Filters • LS001 PSE
(MAJOR ACCIDENT Electrical Equipment
• PS013 CI System • LS002 Rescue
• IC004 Cargo Tank Inert Facilities
HAZARD E.G. LOSS OF Gas System • PS014 Nav Aids
• LS003 TEMPSC
• IC005 Earth Bonding (Aircraft)
CONTAINMENT) • PS015 Nav Aids • LS004 Alternate
• IC006 Fuel Gas Purge
(Marine) Means of Escape
• IC007 Inert Gas
• IC008 Misc Ignition • PS016 Met Data
Control Gathering Systems
• IC009 Flare Tip
Ignition System
DESIGN &
OPERATING INTEGRITY ESCALATION CONTROL FACTORS
(1) During Execution phase, the approved DPS from FEL 3 shall be used to
develop Operation Performance Standard (refer to Appendix 3 for overall
process flow) which defines operations and maintenance requirements.
The OPS shall contain the finalized version of the approved DPS integrated
with the Operational Assurance and Verification in order to ensure
continuity of SCE management from project engineering phase up to
operations and maintenance. Refer to Table 4 and Appendix 9 for format
and template of OPS
(3) The OPS provides the linkage of minimum criteria from "Functionality,
Availability, Reliability and Survivability" of DPS with the planned
assurance during operation and maintenance phase as shown in
Operational Assurance and Verification Section in Table 4 (marked in red
box). This section shall be completed during the development of OPS. The
content of this section shall not be limited to the information as per
approved DPS but also must contain additional requirements from
Operation and Maintenance which deem necessary.
(5) PMT shall ensure approved OPS are included in the final handover
document. Operational Assurance and Verification exercise shall be
conducted as per approved OPS during Operation and Maintenance phase
(after handover) to assure the SCE are still intact and functioning as
intended.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 40 of 84
SCE GROUP - [Define the SCE Group based on SCE Guideline document]
e.g. PS004 FIRE WATER PUMPS (INCLUDING CAISSON, TANK AND SUPPORTS)
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY(1)
[Define high level of [Define the minimum [Provide [Identify activities carried [Define the outcomes [Define the
performance criteria of the functional criteria to meet the evidence where out and deliverables from the assurance task phases with
systems/equipment covered by Goal(s)] the minimum produced during design to which ensure the respect to the
the subject SCE] criteria is implement the performance criteria is assurance task]
e.g. define] Performance Criteria] met]
e.g. e.g.
1. The firewater pump shall be e.g. e.g. e.g.
F1. Each fire water pump are sized to provide either 100% of Design (D),
adequately size and correctly the calculated design firewater 1. Design basis / 1. To verify the basis of 1. Firewater pump Procurement (P),
selected. demand for the largest identified Specification / firewater demand calculation. capacity is as per defined Construction &
fire area or an appropriate Datasheet / in minimum criteria. Installation (C&I),
Note: The “Performance Criteria” fraction determined by any Requisition / 2. To verify that the pump has Hook Up &
should be a series of brief sparing philosophy adopted. Firewater Demand been designed as per NPFA 20 2. No deviation. If Commissioning
qualitative statements that cover (Refer PTS 16.54.01 Clause Calculation without any deviation. deviation required proper (HUC) ]
all the crucial systems, items of 4.1.1) risk assessment is done
equipment or actions that ensure Note: This may and endorsed by relevant
the SCE can manage the MAH. include TA based on risk exposure.
Note: Typically the criteria will philosophies Example: low risk by
state a range of performance document, project TA, medium or
requirements in order to meet the engineering high risk by group TA.
defined Performance Criteria drawings and
Requirements. Criteria are documentations
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 41 of 84
AVAILABILITY(1)
… … … … …
RELIABILITY(1)
… … … … …
SURVIVABILITY(1)
… … … … …
INTERDEPENDENCIES(1)
… … ….
1. Conduct firewater pump F1-1 Weekly 1. Witness function testing Yearly TBA
performance test; start and run F2-1, F2-2, F2-3,F2-4, F2-6 and review test records for
each pump for a minimum duration F3-1, F3-3 each pump:-
of 1 hour, and record the results. F4-1, F4-2, F4-3 − Tests carried out in
Refer to Supplier’s instructions, but F5-1, F5-2, F5-3, F5-4, F5-5, F5- accordance with this PS,
as a minimum test and record: 6 Maintenance Strategy
a) Starting method operation; F8-1, F8-2, F8-3, F8-4, F8-5 requirements, and Suppliers
b) Flow-rate through overboard F9-1, F9-2 instructions; e.g. on varied
test line F11-3 signals (signal from F&G
c) Discharge pressure at range of panel, MAC, drop in ring main
flows (to identify curve) A1-4, A4-7, A4-8, A4-9 pressure, etc)
d) Initiation, and running, of the − Automatic start of duty fire
fire pumps shall be indicated on the R1-2 pump in line with identified
Control Room Fire & Gas Panel. criteria
− Automatic start of standby
Note - start from different initiator fire pump if ring main
each week; i.e. low low ring-main pressure remains below set
pressure, confirmed fire or gas point or on failure
signal, local and CCR start buttons, of duty pump in line with
to ensure all start signals are identified criteria
tested equally − Open control valve on the
dump line for surge protection
on start up
− Ensure run up time to
delivery at design pressure is
not excessive
FOR SAMPLE ONLY. − Annunciation given at CCR
Note: The content of this section (in red box) shall not F&G panel
− Check liquid level and
be limited to the information as per approved DPS but associated low level alarms for
also must contain additional requirements from diesel day tanks
− Review test run records to
Operation and Maintenance which deem necessary. confirm ability to operate
continuously for 12 hours
- Confirm fire pump
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 43 of 84
performance is in accordance
with design pump curve
2. Inspect the firewater caissons to F13 Fortnightly 1. Review records of Yearly TBA
ensure no obstruction inspection of firewater
damage/debris that restricts the A2 caissons.
supply of firewater.
R1
Note: (1) Functionality, Availability, Reliability, Survivability and Interdependencies shall be as per final version of approved project specific DPS
(1) The suitability and integrity of SCE shall be managed by assurance and
verification activities.
(4) The aims of the activities are to assure the SCE have been designed,
procured, constructed, installed and commissioned as per the intended,
and the SCE remain suitable throughout asset lifecycle.
(6) The overall PEI Assurance and Verification activities are described in PEI
Guideline and illustrated in Appendix 3.
7.1 Assurance
(1) Assurance represent internal process and its review exercise to ensure full
compliance to SCE requirements which will involve internal review by the
Contractor and Project Management Team (PMT) as well as external review
from Line Department Review (LDR) team. These include but not limited
to perform or witness the functional test during SAT and FAT, site review,
etc. The applicable assurance activities during project engineering phase
are summarised in Table 5 below:
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 45 of 84
Assurance Accountable
Project Phases Responsible Parties
Activities(2) Parties(1)
Engineering
FEL 2 LDR 1A DEEM PMT Head of PED
Consultant
Engineering
FEL 3 LDR 1B DEEM PMT Head of PED
Consultant
Engineering
Detailed Engineering LDR 2 DEEM PMT Head of P&E
Consultant
Engineering
Procurement LDR 3 DEEM PMT Head of P&E
Consultant
Engineering
Installation / HUC LDR 5 DEEM PMT Head of P&E
Consultant
7.2 Verification
(2) These includes activities such as Project Independent Review (PIR) and
UHSE review of MAH & SCE identification as well as HSE Case adequacy or
any independent competent appointed party during project engineering
phases.
(3) The Duty Holder is responsible for implementing the Verification Scheme
and ensuring suitable and sufficient verification and examination of SCE.
(4) The person conducting the verification activities shall not be directly
responsible, or report to someone directly responsible, for executing the
project. The roles and responsibilities of the duty holder and ICP are
detailed in Section 9.0 of this document. UHSE representative shall be
informed and invited for all the verification activities.
iii. Appropriate for the intended use, dependable and effective when
required, and able to perform as intended.
i. At the start of the project, the PMT shall identify the required
verification schemes to be included in the PEP and PAP.
(5) The arrangement for review and revised the verification scheme:
Fabrication / PIR 2
DPRM PMT Head of P&E
Construction PIR 3
(1) As a guide, the scope of verification activities during the project life
cycle follows:
i. Non-Compliance of DPS
(1) As per Technical Standard for HSE Case, a project specific DPS shall be
developed during FEL 3 Phase and updated in Execution Phase if required
through Deviation Management process. DPS shall be used as a basis in
developing OPS during Execution phase prior to handover. It is critical t
conduct the assurance and verification activities to ensure that SCE are
meeting the intended function. The steps are described below:
i. FEL 2 Phase
B. GDPS Guideline
No Designation Purpose
A. EPCC/EPCIC/EPCM
A. Engineering Contractor:
A. EPCC/EPCIC/EPCM
No Designation Scope
1. Contractor
Note: * PCC contractor shall have engineering capability in order to implement project specific DPS,
updates project specific DPS (if required) and also to develop OPS
No Designation Responsibilities
(1) The overall deviation management process for TIPS PEI is described in PEI
Guideline - Appendix 4, which shows the processes of PTS adoption on
Upstream projects and deviations associated with PTS and Performance
Standards (DPS and OPS) from FEL 2 through FEL 3 and Execution until
Handover.
(2) PMT shall be responsible to manage and control the deviations associated
with Performance Standards:
i. This deviation process shall apply when projects deviate from the
applicable GDPS which stipulates all requirements related to SCE
(incl. SHALLPSR and other SCE related requirements).
ii. P-TA shall submit deviations using GDPS Deviation Proposal Form
as per Appendix 5 and attach to the MOC Form as per MOC process
described in Carigali Development Division Management of Change
(MOC) Procedure, or equivalent MOC form for other business
sector.
iv. Approved project specific DPS shall be included in Design HSE Case
as part of the FEED Package for submission of Gate 3 approval.
FEL 3 (FEED)
Determine
Applicability of
Minimum Criteria
NO in GDPS
NO
GDPS
YES
Deviation?
Submit GDPS
Deviation Proposal
Form / MOC Form
Approved by
GTA? NO
YES
Approved by
Project Head?
Project
YES Specific DPS
i. This deviation process shall apply when projects deviate from the
approved project specific DPS which stipulates all requirements
related to SCE for the specific project.
ii. P-TA shall review deviations as per the MOC process described in
Carigali Development Division Management of Change Procedure.
EXECUTION
Approved
Approved
Project Specific
Design HSE Case
DPS
Project
YES Specific DPS
Deviation?
NO
Risk Assessment
and Risk
Mitigation to
NO ALARP
NO
Approved by
GTA?
YES
Approved by
Project Head?
Project Specific
YES DPS (update)
ii. P-TA shall submit deviations as per the MOC process as described
in Carigali Development Division Management of Change
Procedure.
EXECUTION
Approved Project
Develop Project Specific DPS
Specific OPS
Project
YES Specific OPS
Deviation?
NO
Risk Assessment
and Risk
NO Mitigation to
ALARP
NO
Endorsed by
B-TA?
YES
Approved by
Project Head?
Approved Project
Specific
YES OPS
(3) The following table summarises the management of deviations with the
responsible parties for DPS and Project OPS with the relevant guidelines
and procedures:
Asset
4. Project Specific OPS P-TA Owner’s Project Approval of OPS prior to
Approval B-TA Head Pre-Commissioning
Note (1): P-TA shall review Project DPS and seek verification of Design HSE Case (including DPS) as
per Verification Scheme prior to submission for endorsement by B-TA
11.0 BIBLIOGRAPHY
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
e.g. - PS004 FIRE WATER PUMPS (INCLUDING CAISSON, TANK AND SUPPORTS)
SCE GOAL - [Define the key objectives/purpose of the SCE]
e.g.
To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Note: The goals shall be aligned with the role that the SCE has in managing a Major Accident Hazard (MAH). The goal is a very brief summary of the overall intention of the SCE. The goal will be
common across many facilities therefore a sample text is included in the template for Generic Design Performance Standard (GDPS).
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
[Define high level of performance criteria of [Define the minimum functional criteria to meet the [Provide evidence where [Identify activities carried out and [Define the outcomes from [Define the phases
the systems/equipment covered by the Goal(s)] the minimum criteria is deliverables produced during design to the assurance task which with respect to the
subject SCE] define] implement the Performance Criteria] ensure the performance assurance task]
e.g.
criteria is met]
e.g. e.g. e.g. e.g.
1. The firewater pump shall be sized to provide either 100%
e.g.
F1. Each fire water pump are adequately size of the calculated design firewater demand for the largest 1. Design basis / 1. To verify the basis of firewater demand Design (D),
and correctly selected. identified fire area or an appropriate fraction determined by Specification / Datasheet / calculation. 1. Firewater pump capacity is Procurement (P),
any sparing philosophy adopted. Requisition / Firewater as per defined in minimum Construction &
Note: The “Performance Criteria” should be a (Refer PTS 16.54.01 Clause 4.1.1) Demand Calculation 2. To verify that the pump has been criteria. Installation (C&I),
series of brief qualitative statements that cover designed as per NPFA 20 without any Hook Up &
2. No deviation. If deviation
all the crucial systems, items of equipment or Note: This may include deviation. Commissioning
Note: Typically the criteria will state a range of performance required proper risk
actions that ensure the SCE can manage the philosophies document, (HUC) ]
requirements in order to meet the defined Performance assessment is done and
MAH. engineering drawings and
Criteria Requirements. Criteria are considered endorsed by relevant TA based
documentations
‘measureable’ where it is possible for a person carrying out on risk exposure. Example: low
an assurance activity to clearly understand what the critical risk by project TA, medium or
requirement is, and to be able to measure or observe that high risk by group TA.
the criteria is being achieved. (i.e. what is required to do, not
what is does to fulfill its function)
AVAILABILITY
[Define the proportion of time a component [Define the minimum availability criteria to meet the [Provide evidence where [Identify activities carried out and Ditto Ditto
or system shall be capable to perform its Goal(s)] the minimum availability deliverables produced during design,
intended function for a specified period of criteria is define] procurement, C, I, HU&C to implement
e.g.
time under a given set of conditions.] the Performance Criteria] 1. SPIR form, Spare part D,P
e.g.
1. Drivers for firewater pump units shall have adequate checklist, design and
e.g. e.g.
integrity to allow the firewater pump(s) to fulfil their role. 1. Specification / operating philosophy meet
A1. Firewater pump shall be available at all (Refer PTS 16.54.01 Clause no 4.1.1) Requisition / Pump 1. Availability of design and operating the requirement.
times. selection basis / TBE report philosophy.
Note: Typically, it may be more appropriate to consider / Vendor scope of supply / 2. Vendor scope of supply
whether there are sufficient redundancies provided for the Design and Operating D, P
confirm 1st year spares.
system. Philosophy
2. Review Vendor's spares list (insurance,
3. All auxiliaries are C&I, HUC
commissioning, 1st year operation,
satisfactory working during
consumables and special tools) during
testing.
procurement stage.
RELIABILITY
[Define the probability that a component or [Define the minimum reliability criteria to meet the [Provide evidence where [Identify activities carried out and Ditto Ditto
system shall be performed its intended Goal(s)] the minimum reliability deliverables produced during design,
function for a specified period of time under criteria is define] procurement, C, I, HU&C to implement
e.g.
a given set of conditions.] the Performance Criteria] 1. NFPA 20 & applicable PTS D, P
e.g.
1. Firewater pump shall be designed and selected as per compliance firewater pump are
e.g. e.g.
NFPA 20, PTS 12.11.06 Firewater Pumps for offshore 1. Design Basis, Vendor selected.
R1. Firewater pump, foam pump and shall be application and PTS 16.45.01 Water Based fire protection proposal, Datasheet. 1. Firewater pump designed and
reliable at all times. systems for offshore facility. constructed in accordance applicable code
(Firewater pumps shall be designed to run & standard.
without interruption for the duration of a
defined emergency event) B. To review design basis and vendor
proposal for type of firewater pump.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 64 of 84
SURVIVABILITY
[Define the MAH that the SCE is required to [Define the minimum survivability criteria to meet the [Provide evidence where [Identify activities carried out and Ditto Ditto
survive] Goal(s)] the survivability criteria deliverables produced during design,
List Of MAH is define] procurement, C, I, HU&C to implement
e.g. 1. Platform layout and
1. Hydrocarbon/Toxic Release the Performance Criteria] D
e.g. Operating philosophy meet the
2. Fire 1. Survivability in fire shall be consistent with the intended
e.g. requirement.
3. Explosion use and evaluated level of criticality of firewater pumps and 1. Equipment design basis /
4. Ship Collision delivery systems. Any firewater pump shall be located to Safety Study repot. 1. To review overall design philosophy of
5. Helicopter Crash offer maximum protection from fire events. Multiple fire fire water pump to ensure adequacy of fire
6. Structural Failure pumps shall be physically separated such that the probability water supply during emergency
of damage due to a single event is minimized. References:
e.g.
2. Safety Study on the firewater pumps
a. NFPA 20
S1 - Fire water pump system shall be located location shall be address away or not to
b. PTS 16.54.01 (Water Based Fire Protection System for
at non-hazardous area and water inlet location exposed to any MAH.
Offshore Facility)
should be adequately protected against
damage. Firewater pumps system shall
withstand and protected from any Major c. PTS 12.11.06 (Fire water pump for offshore installation)
Accident Hazard such as un-ignited, gas, fire,
blast and explosion.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
[Define other SCE that interact with, or depend upon the subject SCE] [Define either it’s an input [Provide explanation on how the other SCE interact with the subject SCE]
or output]
e.g. e.g.
e.g.
I1. SD001- Emergency shutdown (ESD) control systems Fire & Gas System integration with fire & gas detection control panel and firewater pump controller.
Input Firewater pump activated by FGS System.
Input dependency/interactions work in conjunction with the SCE to avoid an undesirable event from occurring
e.g. Escape Routes is dependent on input from ER003 Emergency Lighting.
Output dependency/interactions are the next SCE that would be functioned as an outcomes from the subject
SCE being activated e.g. Output SCE for escape routes would be SCE related to LS003 and LS004
Evacuation system
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Signed Off Date :
[GDPS Approved by respective GTA for each SCE]
Legend:
D = Design P = Procurement C&I = Construction and Installation HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
Note: * Operational Assurance and Verification section shall be completed during the development of OPS at Execution Phase.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 65 of 84
…… …… …… ……
…… …… …… ……
…… …… …… ……
Note:
Attachment for DPS/OPS shall be prepared for the respective SCE group
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 66 of 84
Identify Prelim.
Feasibility
Potential MAH Gate
FEL 1 Report
(Enterprise Risk 1
Register)
Hazard Identification
Develop Concept Select Concept Select
(HAZID) Gate
Concept Select Approved? Yes HSE Case Package
to Identify MAH / 2
FEL 2 HSE Case
Coarse QRA
No
EXECUTION X
Yes Develop Operation
Approved?
HSE Case YES
YES
No
HOOK-UP/ CONSTRUCTION
INSTALLATION PROCUREMENT DESIGN Conduct
COMM. /LOAD-OUT
ASSURANCE Facs LDR 4 Facs LDR 3 Facs LDR 2 Assurance
Facs LDR 5 Facs LDR 3
Load-Out Fab/Con. Detailed Design Processes
Installation Fab/Con.
PTS ADOPTION
NO
Deviation
NO Management Approved? YES
Process
FEL 2
PTS DEVIATION
NO
Deviation
YES Approved? Management
Process YES
FEL 3
(FEED)
GDPS DEVIATION
NO
Project
Specification Return to Operation
Changes NO
(Update) Originator HSE Case
to Project MOC Process Approved
EXECUTION Specs? YES
(SCE/DPS) by B-TA?
YES MOC Process
Changes Project OPS
Return to YES (B-TA) Approved?
to DPS? NO Deviation?
Originator (Asset Owner)
Project
MOC Process Approved Develop OPS DEVIATION YES
NO YES DPS (Update) Project
(Non-SCE) by P-TA? Project OPS
NO OPS
DPS DEVIATION
PTS ADOPTION PTS DEVIATION GDPS DEVIATION DPS DEVIATION OPS DEVIATION
Apply when project intends to: Apply when project intends to: Apply when project intends to: Apply when project intends to: Apply when project intends to:
Deviation
- Deviate from adopting any or all PTS - Deviate from Non-SCE related - Deviate from SCE related requirements (incl. ShallPSR and TIPS) - Deviate from approved DPS (SCE) - Deviate from Project OPS (TIPS requirements during
Management
requirements - Deviate from applicable GDPS - Deviate from Non-SCE related requirements (Project Operation and Maintenance)
----
Specifications)
Management
of Change
[PTS Deviation Procedure] [PTS Deviation Procedure] [GDPS Guideline / Carigali DD MOC Procedure]] [Carigali DD MOC Procedure] [Carigali DD MOC Procedure]
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 68 of 84
Note :
1. Please attach the relevant Risk Assessment Study & indicate X in below box
2. Risk Assessment Matrix to follow PTS Deviation Procedure
Prepared by: (Name) (Signature & Date) Designation: (Contractor Lead Engineer)
Reviewed by: (Name) (Signature & Date) Designation: (Contrcator Engineering Manager)
Approved by: (Name) (Signature & Date) Designation: (Contrcator Project Manager)
Rejected by G-TA
Work Scope: [Define the work scope for the subject VWI]
The examination of the BESAR A egress and escape routes to confirm compliance with the requirements
of the applicable Performance Standard.
This should include the review of the suggested design documentation included in this VWI.
The assessment shall confirm: [Define the assessment requirements based on PS]
1. Availability of at least two separate escape routes from any area which enables personnel to reach the
designated muster point.
2. Escape routes are not obstructed and are of sufficient width and height (1.2m x 2.3m for primary escape
route, 1.0m x 2.1m for secondary escape route). Staircases are designed at least 1.2m wide for easy
manoeuvring of stretchers.
3. All the escape routes are routed so as to be shielded as far as practicable from excessive heat radiation
4. Escape route dead ends are not more than 5m long.
5. Escape routes on the same level are minimising change in elevation, and where this is not possible,
conspicuously painted suitable ramps are used. The use of ladders is avoided where possible.
6. Primary escape routes are positioned on perimeter of the platform or as far as practicable away from
the process hazards.
7. All escape routes are clearly marked with non-slip photo-luminous paint and high visibility signs (e.g.
escape direction signs, emergency exit signs, etc.)
The following aspects shall be considered to confirm compliance to the above performance criteria:
Design parameters, philosophy, analysis, layout, safety signage
Escape Evacuation Rescue Analysis for performance criteria for escape and evacuation routes to
the muster points, for escape and evacuation routes from the muster points to the designated
embarkation points and for escape means to the sea.
Escape and evacuation routes and EER/LSA/ FFE Layouts for arrangements, markings, signage,
muster station arrangements, etc.
Smoke and Gas Dispersion Analysis for potential impairment of escape and evacuation routes
and validate arrangements for the prevention of smoke and gas impairment.
Fire and Explosion Analysis to verify escape and evacuation routes thermal radiation and fire
protection requirements.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 70 of 84
Specifications for escape/evacuation systems including ladders, stairs, doors and Passive Fire
Protection where required.
Inputs: [Define the input to develop this VWI]
SCE Performance Standard for BESAR A
Selected Design Documentation from MDR as listed below
Relevant Vendor Supplied Equipment Certification, including fire certification (where applicable)
Design Documents to be verified: [Define the design documents to be verified as per DPS under
Evidence Column]
Discipline
Signature: Name:
Signature: Date:
Note:
VWI is recommended to be prepared for each SCE as per approved project specific DPS
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 72 of 84
Civil
5 Structural SI005 Road Vehicles X
Structure
Integrity (SI)
Process
12 Containment PC002 Heat Exchanger Mechanical X X X
(PC)
Process
70 ER009 Process Control and Alarms X X X
Control
Note: inimum inter-discipline required for respective SCE when developed the Project Specific DPS.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 78 of 84
SCE GOAL -
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY(1)
AVAILABILITY(1)
RELIABILITY(1)
SURVIVABILITY(1)
INTERDEPENDENCIES(1)
Performance Standard Input / Output Explanation
PETRONAS Review Number : Responsible Technical Authority Name : Signed Off Date :
00 [Project Specific DPS to be signed off by P-TA
for each SCE]
Legend: D = Design P = Procurement C&I = Construction and Installation HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
Notes: 1. Functionality, Availability, Reliability, Survivability and Interdependencies shall be fill and completed at FEL 3.
2. Operational Assurance and Verification section to be marked as “TBD” at FEL 3. It shall be completed during the development of OPS at Execution phase (Refer to Appendix 3: TIPS PEI Management Process)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
Guideline November 2015
Page 79 of 84
SCE GOAL -
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY(1)
AVAILABILITY(1)
RELIABILITY(1)
SURVIVABILITY(1)
INTERDEPENDENCIES(1)
Performance Standard Input / Output Explanation
PETRONAS Review Number : Responsible Technical Authority Name : Signed Off Date :
00
[OPS to be signed off by B-TA for each SCE]
Legend: D = Design P = Procurement C&I = Construction and Installation HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
Notes: 1. Functionality, Availability, Reliability, Survivability and Interdependencies section shall be as per final version of approved Project Specific DPS.
3. Operational Assurance and Verification section shall be completed during development of OPS at Execution phase (Refer to Appendix 3: TIPS PEI Management Process). The information shall not be limited to the
approved project specific DPS but must also include requirement from operation which may deem necessary.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page 80 of 84
Prepared by: (Name) (Signature & Date) Designation: (Contractor Lead Engineer)
Approved by: (Name) (Signature & Date) Designation: (Contracator Project Manager)
Notes: (1) The approved list of GTA is sourced from AXIS link in October 2015
https://axis2.petronas.com/gts-exp-dir/Pages/Group-Technical-Authority.aspx
(2) The following 6 SCE barrier groups related to Wells have been transferred to
TIPS 5 – Well Integrity in September 2015.
SI007 Drilling Systems SD004 Well Isolation
SI010 Well Structure SD008 Drilling Well Control Equipment
PC008 Well Hydrocarbon PC012 Well Intervention / Well Control
C, Containment Equipment
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A1 of A454
GDPS
SCE GOAL - The substructure (Jacket, foundation, Piles, weather tight enclosure) shall be able to support the risers, conductors, topside facilities without collapse for the specified
design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. The substructure provides support to the 1. The substructure shall comply with the identified PTS, 1. Design Analysis Reports 1. Review structural Design basis 1. Approved in-place design D
platform's various facilities. The failure of International Codes and Standards and design basis. As a a. In-services design report report
substructures could result in the release of minimum these shall include: b. Pre-services design report 2. Review structural reassessment
hazardous materials and the impairment of basis 2. Approved pre-service
HSE critical functions. a. PTS 11.22.02 - Design of Fixed Offshore Structures (WSD) 2. Structural Design Basis design report
i. Section 2.2.2 Extreme Condition 3. Review AFC drawings
The extreme storm condition should consider the 3. Structural Reassessment Basis 3. Approved structural design
effects of all dead loads and functional loads in 4. Review in-services design report basis.
combination with the simultaneous and collinear 4. AFC Drawings
occurrence of one hundred (100) years return period 5. Review pre-services design report 4. Approved structural
environmental loads. 5. Weight Control Report reassessment
ii. Section 4.0 Design Criteria for Substructure (In place 6. All documentation to be reviewed basis
Analysis). All the basic loads, environmental, wave & by relevant parties
current, wind force shall follow as per section above. 5. Approved AFC drawings.
All structural steel members to be designed as 7. Technical audits and design
minimum UC<1.0 reviews to be carried out at 6. Approved Weight Control
iii. Section 4.1k Earthquake Loads relevant stages of design Report
The substructure design is mandatory to include
seismic loading. 8. Design to be carried out in 7. Verified that the following as
iv. Section 4.3 Design Criteria for Substructure (In place accordance with correct quality a minimum comply with
Analysis). and engineering procedures codes, standards and PTS:
Minimum air gap
Lowest part cellar deck to maximum extreme storm : a. Member UC
1500mm b. FOS
v. Section 4.8 Design Criteria for Substructure (Fatigue c. Corrosion allowance
Analysis) d. Corrosion mitigation
Fatigue analysis shall be carried as per following e. Deflection limits
criteria. f. Fatigue life
Natural Period < 2.5 s = Deterministic Fatigue
Natural Period > 2.5 s = Spectral Fatigue
vi. Section 4.10 Design Criteria for Substructure
(Foundations)
Factors of safety on pile axial loads shall be
achieved:
Foundation FOS > 2.0 (Operating Loads)
Foundation FOS > 1.5 (Extreme Loads)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A2 of A454
SCE GOAL - The substructure (Jacket, foundation, Piles, weather tight enclosure) shall be able to support the risers, conductors, topside facilities without collapse for the specified
design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
vii. Section 6.0 Corrosion Protection
Corrosion protection shall consist of sacrificial
anodes, corrosion allowance and protective coating.
viii. Section 6.1 Sacrificial Anodes
the design of sacrificial anodes shall follow as per
Appendix F.
SCE GOAL - The substructure (Jacket, foundation, Piles, weather tight enclosure) shall be able to support the risers, conductors, topside facilities without collapse for the specified
design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
PTS 37.19.10.30 - Weldable Structural Steels for Fixed
Offshore Structures- Section 2.1 Primary Steel : Specified
Grades Primary structural steel in plate, rolled section
and hollow section shall be in accordance with EN
10225:2002
SCE GOAL - The substructure (Jacket, foundation, Piles, weather tight enclosure) shall be able to support the risers, conductors, topside facilities without collapse for the specified
design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
ii. Permanent Mooring : Fatigue analysis (10 X design
life)
b. Section 8.2 Mooring Line Components & Hardware
Mooring line rope shall from these components either/or :
i. wire rope
ii. chain
iii. connecting link
Mooring chain should be manufactured according to
one of the following
specifications.
~ API Spec AF - Specification for Mooring Chain
~ Recognized Classification Society
Connecting links should be made of forged or cast
material
F2. All materials procured should strictly follow 1. Material specifications comply with CDCM.* PTS 11.22.02 - 1. Material specification 1. Review the material specification 1. Approved the material P
the specification as stated in Structural Design Weldable Structural Steels for Fixed Offshore Structure - specification
basis, AFC drawings and approved changes Section 2.2 Classification for Primary Structural Steel Type I 2. QC report 2. Review AFC drawings
thereafter. and type II: High strength and high strength TTP with 355 2. Approved AFC drawings
MPa. 3. AFC Drawings 3. Review QC report
3. Approved QC report
4. BoD 4. Review Basis of Design
4. Approved Basis of design
5. PQP 5. Review PQP
5. Approved PQP
F3. Preinstallation design shall ensure the safe 1. Preservice Design reports shall follow as per PTS 1. Pre-service design report 1. Review Pre-service design report 1. Approved Pre-service C&I
and effective installation of substructure. 34.19.10.30 minimum criteria:- design report
2. In-place design report 2. Review In-place design report
a. Lifting Minimum criteria 2. Approved In-place design
i. Allowable Stresses report
No increases in allowable stresses.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A5 of A454
SCE GOAL - The substructure (Jacket, foundation, Piles, weather tight enclosure) shall be able to support the risers, conductors, topside facilities without collapse for the specified
design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
ii. Design Lift Factor 3. Installation & transportation 3. Review Installation & 3. Approved Installation &
Dynamics Characteristics : 1.35 procedure transportation procedure transportation procedure
Dynamics Characteristics : 1.35 & 2.00 (<50MT)
iii. Sling Factor of Safety 4. Marine surveyor procedure & 4. Review Marine surveyor 4. Approved Marine surveyor
Factor of Safety : 4.0 of SWL report procedure and report procedure and report
iv. Launch Minimum criteria
Load Factor : 5% to 7.5% contingencies 5. Latest AFC Drawings 5. Review Latest AFC Drawings 5. Approved Latest AFC
Maximum rocker pin reaction shall identified Drawings
v. Transportation minimum criteria 6. Pile Drivability Report 6. Review Pile Drivability Report
Minimum Load Combination 6. Approved Pile Drivability
~ Roll + Heave + Transverse Report
~ Pitch + Heave + Longitudinal
vi. Pile Drivability minimum criteria
Allowance shall be made for 20 feet underdrive and
10 feet overdrive
Internal stabbing guides shall be used for pile add-
ons
to avoid premature refusal of piles during installation
follow guide as per C.1
vii. Load-out minimum criteria
Uneven of railtrack and skid : 3 point of support out
of 4 support
Natural Period > 2.5 s = Spectral Fatigue
b. Lifting vessel capacity certifications.
c. Vessel blast procedure and test control
F4. Floating units shall have adequate strength 1. The FLOATING UNIT should comply with the International 1. Naval Arch Design Basis 1. Review Naval Arch Design Basis 1. Approved Naval Arch D, C &I
capability to support topsides process & Codes and Standards, Class Rules and project design basis Design Basis
accommodation. to be maintained within acceptable design limits during 2. AFC Drawing 2. Review AFC Drawing
operational life. 2. Approved AFC Drawing
a. API RP 2FPS Section 8 (Global Analysis) 3. In-service analysis report 3. Review In-service analysis report
For floating structures, the typical action effects controlling 3. Approved In-service
the structure’s overall geometry and configuration, as well 4. Pre-service analysis report 4. Review Pre-service analysis analysis report
as the design of the station keeping system include report
structure offset, structure motions, global structural 5. Cargo, Hull and Ship Safety 4. Approved Pre-service
forces,minimum and maximum mooring line and riser Construction Certificate 5. Review Cargo, Hull and Ship analysis report
tensions, deck clearance (air gap, freeboard) and deck Safety Construction Certificate
level motions and accelerations. Effected Direct Wave : 5. Approved Cargo, Hull and
15% wave height + wave height + air gap Non Effected Ship Safety Construction
Direct Wave : Air Gap (minimum) : ULS : 1500 mm Non Certificate
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A6 of A454
SCE GOAL - The substructure (Jacket, foundation, Piles, weather tight enclosure) shall be able to support the risers, conductors, topside facilities without collapse for the specified
design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Effected Direct Wave : Air Gap (minimum) : ALS : 0000
mm
b. API RP 2FPS Section 8.3 (Global Dynamics Behavior)
The dynamics effects and analysis shall performed in order
to design the adequate structures for design purpose.
c. API RP 2FPS Section 8.13 (Design for Structural Analysis
)
The structure of a floating platform shall be designed for
action combinations that produce most severe actions,
reactions and severe damage. The conditions criteria shall
be:
i. Short-term response analysis
ii. Long-term response analysis
AVAILABILITY
A1.Structural members and joints are inherent 1. The following items mandatorily to comply with code and 1. Structural Design Basis 1. Review Structural Design Basis 1. Approved Structural Design D, P, C&I
availability due to compliance with applicable standards to ensure the structure can serve its design life. Basis
codes and standards as detailed under 2. Fabrication & CP Arrangement 2. Review Fabrication & CP
Functionality above. Structure able to withstand MAH ( Refer F1) drawings drawings 2. Approved Fabrication & CP
a. Coating and CP system (Refer F1) drawings
b. Withstand fatigue damage over design life (Refer F1) 3. Material selection Report 3. Review material selection report
c. Fabricated to specification 3. Approved material selection
4. Anode specification 4. Review anode specification report
SCE GOAL - The substructure (Jacket, foundation, Piles, weather tight enclosure) shall be able to support the risers, conductors, topside facilities without collapse for the specified
design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
7. Approved PQP
8. Approved CDCM
RELIABILITY
R1. Structural members and joints, are 1. The substructure shall demonstrate have adequate structure 1. Structural Reliability Analysis 1. Review Structural Reliability 1. Approved Structural D
considered to have Rewith applicable codes strength as per F1 Analysis Reliability Analysis
and standards as detailed under Functionality 2. MTO
above and are fit-for-purpose. 2. Review MTO 2. Approved MTO
3. Weight control report
3. Review Weight control report 3. Approved Weight control
4. AFC drawings report
4. Review AFC drawings
5. Material specification 4. Approved AFC drawings
5. Review Material specification
6. Testing specification 5. Approved Material
6. Review Testing specification specification
7. Welding report and certification
7. Review Welding report and 6. Approved Testing
8. Pre-service procedure certification specification
8. Approved pre-service
procedure
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Structure should be capable of 1. Ultimate strength analysis (e.g. non-linear push over) 1. Structural Design Basis 1. Review structural design basis 1. Verified that the following C&I
withstanding accidental impact and abnormal meeting the redundancy criteria depending on the risk level criteria have been achieved:
conditions. 2. Structural Reassessment Design 2. All documentation to be reviewed
a. Reserve Strength Ratio >1.32 for unmanned platform Basis by relevant parties a. Reserve Strength Ratio
b. Reserve Strength Ratio >1.50 for manned platform >1.32 for unmanned
c. Annual Probability of Failure < 1E-3 for unmanned platform 3. Structural Analysis Reports 3. Technical audits and design platform
d. Annual Probability of Failure < 1E-4 for manned platform reviews shall be carried out at b. Reserve Strength Ratio
a. Ship Impact Design Report relevant stages of design (each >1.50 for manned platform
Substructure shall have the capability to withstand any b. Dropped Object Report gate)
collision damage
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A8 of A454
SCE GOAL - The substructure (Jacket, foundation, Piles, weather tight enclosure) shall be able to support the risers, conductors, topside facilities without collapse for the specified
design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
c. Seismic Analysis Report 4. Design to be carried out in c. Annual Probability of
Reference: accordance with correct quality Failure < 1E-3 for
4. Push over analysis Report and engineering procedures. unmanned platform
i. PTS 11.22.02 - Design of Fixed Offshore Structures d. Annual Probability of
(WSD) 5. Review Structural Analysis Failure < 1E-4 for manned
Section 4.00 Reports platform
Section 4.11 Design Criteria for Substructure (Boat
Impact) a. Ship Impact Design Report 2. The structural shall
Platform shall be design to meet these criteria: b. Dropped Object Report withstand the collision
~ Operational Boat Impact : Energy Absorption c. Seismic Analysis Report damage as per minimum
0.167 MJ criteria based on collision
~ Accidental Boat Impact: Energy Absorption report.
2.25 MJ
Final energy generated from ship collision shall be 3. Verified Structural Design
provided by Tech Safety fromShip Collision Report. Basis
~ Section 4.11b Accidental Boat Impact
The integrity of the damaged structure shall be 4. Verified Structural
ensured for 1 year return period and soft Reassessment Design
mooring. Basis
~ Appendix B - B.6
5. Verified Structural Analysis
2. API RP2A - WSD criteria for tubular structure Reports
a. Ship Impact Design
a. Section 18.9 Accidental Loading Report
The facilities shall withstand for any possible damage from; b. Dropped Object Report
i. Vessel collision during normal operations. c. Seismic Analysis Report
ii. Dropped objects incident (API RP 2D)
b. Section C18.9.2c Damage Assessment 6. Verified Push over analysis
Two cases shall considered for assessment :- Report
i. Impact (survival of platform).
ii. Post Impact (Evacuation & Repair)
S2. Substructure shall withstand the effects of 1. The requirement for passive fire protection and/or resistance 1. Structural Design Basis 1. Review Structural Design Basis 1. Approved Structural Design D
a jet fire and accidental collision for designated to the effects of explosion overpressure for the substructure Basis
period of time. structure shall be defined. Fire/blast analysis for manned 2. Fire/blast analysis report 2. Review Fire/blast analysis report
facility conducted during design phase with satisfactory 2. Approved Fire/blast analysis
results (if necessary) as per design basis. 3. PFP specification 3. Review PFP specification report
Fire shall be consider as load condition in analysis if the fire 4. PFP drawings 4. Review PFP drawings 3. Approved PFP specification
is significant risk.
4. Approved PFP drawings
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A9 of A454
SCE GOAL - The substructure (Jacket, foundation, Piles, weather tight enclosure) shall be able to support the risers, conductors, topside facilities without collapse for the specified
design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
a. API RP2A - WSD criteria for tubular structure
i. Section C18.6 Fire
Fire shall consider as a load condition
ii. Section C18.6.2 Fire as a Load Condition
Steel can withstand without creep behavior until
6000C.
SCE GOAL - The substructure (Jacket, foundation, Piles, weather tight enclosure) shall be able to support the risers, conductors, topside facilities without collapse for the specified
design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. SI002 - Topside Structure Output Topside weight structure required to run the in place, dynamics and fatigue analysis.
I2. PS016 - Met ocean Input Met ocean is required to calculation all the wind, wave, water level before carry out any
substructure analysis
I3. SI009 - Station keeping Output Substructure adequacy assists on station keeping on some level.
I4. SI003 - Stability system Output Substructure adequacy contributes to the whole facilities stability.
I5. SI006 - Mooring system Output Substructure adequacy contributes to mooring systems
I6. PS006 - Passive Fire Protection Output Substructure adequacy contributes stability of structure to withstand from collapse due to fire
and blast.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : M Sapihie Ayob Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 11/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A11 of A454
SCE GOAL - The Topsides Primary Structure (incl. Helidecks, Crane Pedestals; Bridges; Flare Tower etc.) shall be able to support the drilling, process facilities without collapse for the
specified design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. The topsides provide support to the 1. The topside structure shall comply with the identified PTS, 1. In Service Design Analysis 1. Review Structural Design Basis 1. Verified the documents and D
platforms various facilities. The failure of International Codes and Standards and design basis to be Reports drawings have followed the
structures could result in the release of maintained within acceptable design limits during operational 2. Review In Service Design criteria as per minimum
hazardous materials and the impairment of life. 2. Pre- Service Design Analysis Analysis Reports criteria.
HSE critical functions. Reports
a. PTS 11.22.02 - Design of Fixed Offshore Structures (WSD) 3. Review Pre- Service Design 2. Verified that the following as
3. Develop Structural Design Basis Analysis Reports a minimum comply with
i. Section 2.2.2 Extreme Condition codes, standards and PTS:
The extreme storm condition should consider one 4. Develop Structural 4. Review Structural Reassessment
hundred (100) years return period environmental Reassessment Basis Basis a. Member and joint UC
loads. b. Corrosion allowance
ii. Section 4.1k Earthquake Loads 5. AFC Drawings 5. Review AFC Drawings c. Corrosion mitigation
The substructure design is mandatory to include d. Deflection limits
seismic loading. 6. FEA 6. All documentation has been e. Accidental damage (drop
iii. Section 5.0 Design Criteria for Superstructure (Inplace reviewed by relevant parties object)
Analysis). 7. Dropped object report f. Approved Structural
All the basic loads, environmental, wind force shall 7. Technical audits and design Design Basis
follow as per section above. All structural steel 8. Fire & Explosion analysis reviews have been carried out at g. Approved In Service
members to be designed as minimum UC<1.0 relevant stages of design Design Analysis Reports
iv. Section 5.6 Allowable Deflections 9. Corrosion Report & Procedure h. Approved Pre- Service
Vertical deflections : 1/200 8. Design has been carried out in Design Analysis Reports
Bridge movements : Shall allow for sliding and 10. Weight Control Report accordance with correct quality i. Approved Structural
rotational movement and engineering procedures. Reassessment Basis
Cantilever deflections : 1/120 j. Approved AFC Drawings
v. Section 6.2 Corrosion Allowance 9. Review corrosion report & k. Approved corrosion report
Structural members wall thickness located at splash procedure & procedure
zone shall follow as per: l. Approved dropped object
Primary members : 12mm 10. Review dropped object report report
Perimeter members upper horizontal frame :6mm m. Approved fire and
Remaining members :3mm 11. Review fire and explosion explosion analysis report.
analysis report. n. Approved FEA report
Shallow gas scenario shall be consider in designing o. Approved weight control
substructure. 12. Review FEA report report
b. PTS 37.19.10.30 - Weldable Structural Steels for Fixed 13. Review weight control report
Offshore Structures
i. Section 2.1 Primary Steel : Specified Grades
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A12 of A454
SCE GOAL - The Topsides Primary Structure (incl. Helidecks, Crane Pedestals; Bridges; Flare Tower etc.) shall be able to support the drilling, process facilities without collapse for the
specified design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Primary structural steel in plate, rolled section and
hollow section shall be in accordance with EN
10225:2002
SCE GOAL - The Topsides Primary Structure (incl. Helidecks, Crane Pedestals; Bridges; Flare Tower etc.) shall be able to support the drilling, process facilities without collapse for the
specified design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Strain Limits
Most types of structural steel used offshore have a
minimum strain capacity of approximately 20
percent at low strain rates.
viii. Section C18.7.6 Blast Mitigation
Mandatorily provide adequate vent area to ignition
sources.
F2. Procurement activities will follow the latest 1. Clear and update philosophy of weight and CoG 1. Structural Design Basis 1. Procurement and Document 1. Demonstrate that database P
approved documents and Document Control Control procedures should ensure holds all documentation at
rpocedure will keep/store the latest approved 2. Control of material requirements 2. AFC Drawings that latest documentation is the latest revision
procedure. accessible and utilized.
3. Control of material specification 3. Any deviation with associated 2. Demonstrate that the
MOC and approval by relevant 2. Centralize database shall be revision history is present
References : authority maintained and updated to reflect for all documents
the latest condition changes.
PTS 11.22.02 - Weldable Structural Steels for Fixed 4. Weight control report 3. Demonstrate the distribution
Offshore Structure 3. Review Structural Design Basis history for each document
5. MTO
4. Review AFC Drawings 4. Demonstrate that MTO is up
6. Specifications to date
5. Review Weight Control Report
7. PQP 5. Demonstrate that weight
6. Review MTO control report is up to date.
9. Approved MTO
SCE GOAL - The Topsides Primary Structure (incl. Helidecks, Crane Pedestals; Bridges; Flare Tower etc.) shall be able to support the drilling, process facilities without collapse for the
specified design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F3. All materials procured mandatorily to follow 1. Material specifications comply with Corrosion Design 1. Material certification 1. Review material specification 1. Approved material P
the specification as stated in Structural Design Corrosion Management specification
basis, AFC drawings and approved changes 2. Material specification 2. Review AFC drawings
2. PTS 11.22.02 - Weldable Structural Steels for Fixed 2. Approved AFC drawings
Offshore Structure 3. QC report 3. Review QC Report
3. Approved QC Report
a. Section 2.2 Classification for Primary Structural Steel 4. AFC Drawings 4. Review Structural Design Basis
Type I and type II: High strength and high strength TTP 4. Approved Structural Design
with 355 MPa. 5. MTO 5. Review MTO Basis
SCE GOAL - The Topsides Primary Structure (incl. Helidecks, Crane Pedestals; Bridges; Flare Tower etc.) shall be able to support the drilling, process facilities without collapse for the
specified design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F4. All fabrication activities shall strictly follow 1. Ensure that all drawings at the latest revision are available to 1. Approved material control 1. Shop drawings align with AFC 1. Material as per C&I
the approved drawings and approved the fabricator procedure drawings specifications
procedures. 2. PTS 15.12.06 - Structural Steel Fabrication
2. Approved welding procedure 2. Dimensional control 2. Welding procedure
a. Section 3.0 Welding endorsed
All welding, temporary or permanent shall comply with 3. Approved NDT procedure 3. Welding procedure review by
competence welding inspector. 3. Latest weight & COG
latest AWS D1.1
4. Approved fabrication drawings
b. Section 3.2 Welding Procedure Qualification
4. The fabrication should follow 4. Completions certificate
Detailed welding procedures shall be established and 5. Approved shop drawings design basis, AFC drawings and
qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1 latest shop drawings. 5. On site supervise by
c. Section 3.9 Acceptance Criteria competent inspector.
All the testing shall follow acceptance criteria as per table 7
6. QC report
SCE GOAL - The Topsides Primary Structure (incl. Helidecks, Crane Pedestals; Bridges; Flare Tower etc.) shall be able to support the drilling, process facilities without collapse for the
specified design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F5. Pre service design is mandatorily to ensure 1. Preservice Design reports shall follow as per PTS 1. Installation Procedure 1. Review Preservice Analysis 1. Approved Preservice C
safe and effective installation of topsides. 34.19.10.30 minimum criteria:- Report Analysis Report
a. Lifting Minimum criteria 2. Latest Preservice Design Report
i. Allowable Stresses 2. Review vessel stability reports 2. Approved vessel stability
No increases in allowable stresses. 3. Latest AFC Drawings reports
3. Review Installation Procedure
4. Vessel stability reports 3. Approved installation
ii. Design Lift Factor
4. Review marine survey reports procedure
Dynamics Characteristics : 1.35 5. Marine survey reports
Dynamics Characteristics : 1.35 & 2.00 (<50MT) 4. Approved marine surveyor
reports.
iii. Sling Factor of Safety
Factor of Safety : 4.0 of SWL
SCE GOAL - The Topsides Primary Structure (incl. Helidecks, Crane Pedestals; Bridges; Flare Tower etc.) shall be able to support the drilling, process facilities without collapse for the
specified design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
AVAILABILITY
A1. The structure shall be available 100% of 1. The following items shall be design to ensure the structure 1. Structural Design Basis 1. Witness the fabrication and 1. Welding certification D, P, F & C
the time during its design life. can serve its design life. welding for major joint
2. Fire and Blast Analysis Report 2. Coating certification
a. Structure able to withstand MAH ( Refer F1.1)
b. Drop Object Durability (Refer F1.1) 3. Material Selection Report 3. NDT report
c. Fire and Blast Resistant (Refer F1.1)
d. Fabricated to specification as per PTS 15.12.06 4. Corrosion management 4. QC report
RELIABILITY
R1. Structural members and joints are inherent 1. Ultimate strength analysis of the topside shall meet the 1. PEQP Procedure 1. Review PEQP Procedure 1. Verified that the following D
availability due to compliance with applicable minimum criteria as per item F1. criteria have been achieved:
codes and standards as detailed under 2. Basis of Assessment 2. Review Basis of Assessment
Functionality above. 2. The following items shall comply with code and standards to 2. The structure members UC
ensure the structure can serve its design life. 3. Fabrication & CP Arrangement 3. Review Fabrication & CP < 1.0
drawings Arrangement drawings
a. Structure able to withstand MAH ( Refer F1) 3. The structure durability shall
b. Fabricated to specification 4. Coatings specification 4. Review Coatings specification serve the design life
5. Material selection report 5. Review Material selection report 4. Approved PEQP Procedure
SCE GOAL - The Topsides Primary Structure (incl. Helidecks, Crane Pedestals; Bridges; Flare Tower etc.) shall be able to support the drilling, process facilities without collapse for the
specified design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
5. Approved Basis of
Assessment
7. Approved Coatings
specification
R2. The topside primary structure shall be 1. Inspection and maintenance activities shall be recorded and 1. Risk Based Inspection Reports 1. Review Structural Reliability 1. Annual Reliability Index D
100% functional during the operating life of the monitored. Analysis
offshore facility and plant.
2. Develop an Inspection plan according PTS 37.28.60.10
The ability of topside to perform its intended Structural Integrity Management System for Fixed Offshore
function for specified period of time under a Structure
given set of conditions
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Structure should be capable of 1. Shall meet the minimum requirements from the selected 1. Structural Design Basis 1. Design has been carried out in 1. Verified that the following D
withstanding accidental, storm and abnormal code and standards. accordance with correct quality criteria have been achieved:
conditions. 2. Structural Reassessment Design and engineering procedures
The structure shall withstand any MAH and a. PTS 11.22.02 - Design of Fixed Offshore Structures (WSD) Basis a. The UC < 1.0 for members
abnormal incident i. Section 2.1.4 Accidental Loads 2. Review structural design basis and joints
from total collapse. This will help people to The structural elements shall have adequate capacity 3. Structural Design Reports b. Verified energy absorption
have enough time to evacuate. and strength to resist any accidental loads. 3. Review structural design reports of dropped object
ii. Section 2.2.2 Extreme Condition 4. Dropped object calculation achieved
The extreme storm condition should consider one 4. Review dropped object calculation
hundred (100) years return period environmental 5. FEA 2. Approved structural design
loads. 5. Review FEA basis
iii. Section 5.8 Fire & Blast Assessment 6. Blast Mitigation Procedure
Mandatory to follow as per API RP 2A WSD & API 6. Review blast mitigation procedure 3. Approved structural design
2FB. 7. Blast collapse analysis report reports
iv. Section 8.4 Boat fenders/Boat Landing 7. Review blast collapse analysis
Minimum level: 2 level @ 3 level for tidal variations report 4. Approved dropped object
more 1.6. calculation
Highest Landing Elevation = HAT + Freeboard
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A19 of A454
SCE GOAL - The Topsides Primary Structure (incl. Helidecks, Crane Pedestals; Bridges; Flare Tower etc.) shall be able to support the drilling, process facilities without collapse for the
specified design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Lowest landing Elevation = LAT + Freeboard + 0.4m 5. Approved FEA
b. API RP2A - WSD criteria for tubular structure 6. Approved blast mitigation
i. Section 18.0 Fire, Blast & Accidental Loading procedure
Fire, blast and accidental loading could lead to
collapse of structure. 7. Approved blast report.
Linear elastic method and elastic plastic method
shall be used to examine the structural integrity.
ii. Section 18.9 Accidental Loading
The facilities to withstand for any possible damage
from :-
Dropped objects incident
iii. Section C18.7.2: Overpressure
Blast wall design wall shall consider both positive and
negative pressures.
iv. Section C18.7.3 : Structural Resistance
Blast wall shall be given a fine rating in line with
relevant safety studies and in accordance with table
C118.6.4.1
v. Section C18.7.6 Blast Mitigation
Provide adequate vent area to ignition sources.
SCE GOAL - The Topsides Primary Structure (incl. Helidecks, Crane Pedestals; Bridges; Flare Tower etc.) shall be able to support the drilling, process facilities without collapse for the
specified design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
i. Section 6 - Blast as a Load Condition
Blast load is mandatory to consider as load case in
analysis.
ii. Structure to withstand energy from dropped objects
2. Helideck landing should meet the design specifications 1. Structural integrity criteria within 1. Review structural design basis 1. Approved structural design D
acceptable design limits basis
a. PTS 34.19.10.30 - Design of Fixed Offshore Structures a. Structural Design Basis 2. Review helideck design report
(WSD) b. Basis of Assessment 2. Approved helideck design
i. Appendix A.2 Living Quarters and Helideck Loads c. Helideck design report report
Appropriate dead loads and suitable shall be adapt in
design for initial purpose. Helideck load shall be 3. The UC < 1.0 for members
minimum 1300kN and joints.
b. PTS 37.19.10.31 - Helidecks on Fixed and Mobile Offshore 4. Verified the helideck design
Installations report as per structural
i. Chapter 3 Helicopter Landings Areas Physical design basis.
Characteristics.
Appropriate net landing areas shall follow as per Table
1
S2. Dropped object shall not lead to an 1. Energy from dropped object to be absorbed by structure 1. Dropped object calculation & 1. Review dropped object analysis & 1. Approved dropped object D
escalation of structure failure and collapse. report report calculation & report
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
SI001 Sub-structure (Jacket / Vessel Hull / GBS / Foundation [weather tight enclosures / piles / foundations etc.) Input The input from topside will contribute to stability of substructure.
PS016 – Met ocean Output The input from met ocean is required to estimate all the loading on the facilities.
PS002 - Explosion Protection including Blast Barriers and Venting Provisions Input The topside will provide the skeleton
ER001 - Temporary Refuges Input Topside durability and persistency assist robustness of temporary refuges.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A21 of A454
SCE GOAL - The Topsides Primary Structure (incl. Helidecks, Crane Pedestals; Bridges; Flare Tower etc.) shall be able to support the drilling, process facilities without collapse for the
specified design life under various loading conditions including reasonably likely accidental scenarios.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : M Sapihie Ayob Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 11/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A22 of A454
SCE GOAL - All lifting/load carrying equipment shall have current test certificate and load capacity shall be adequate for the allowed maximum load. There shall be means to restrict
operation outside of the design envelope
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1 - All lifting equipment and operations shall 1. The lifting equipment shall comply with applicable 1. Lifting Design Basis & 1. Check and confirm the design 1. Approved lifting design D, C&I
comply and be operated in accordance with International codes and standards. Lifting equipment shall Specification basis and specification have basic & specification (D).
relevant standards and statutory requirements. be designed and fabricated in accordance with API Spec 2C detailed out the requirement as
It shall also be designed considering Specification for Offshore Pedestal Mounted Cranes and 2. Data sheet per PTS and API Spec 2C. The 2. Approved Fabricator
safety system for crane to avoid dropped and PTS 37.92.10.30/ PTS 12.23.01, Pedestal Cranes structural support in compliance specification, general
swing object i.e. limit switch, etc. (Amendments/ Supplements to API Spec 2C . The structural with PTS and API RP 2A. arrangement & detail
support of lifting equipment shall comply with applicable drawings and design
international Codes and Standard, API RP 2A and calculation. (C&I)
PTS11.22.02 Design of Fixed Offshore Structure.
2. NDE shall be performed on all critical connections and 1. Lifting Design Basis & 1. Check and confirm the Design 1. Approved design basis, D, C&I
components including diesel engine , in accordance with the Specification and Inspection and Basis, Specification and ITP have specification and ITP (D).
approved procedure, As well as with para 6.3 of PTS Test Plan (ITP). detailed out the requirements of
during FAT & SAT. NDE inspection and non- 2. Approved vendor
destructive tests. specification, NDT
procedure and NDT report
(C&I).
3. All steels used in the manufacture and fabrication of 1. Lifting Design Basis & 1. Check and confirm the Design 1. Approved design basis, D, C&I
components in the primary load path shall be new and shall Specification Basis, and Specification have specification (D).
be produced by the open hearth, electric or basic oxygen detailed out the requirement of
process, to fully killed, fine grain practice in accordance with 2. Data sheet 1PTS 2. Approved vendor
PTS 37.92.10.30 / PTS 12.23.01 Pedestal Cranes specification, general
(Amendments/ Supplements to API Spec 2C. arrangement and detailed
4. Standard grades of grey cast iron or malleable iron shall not 1. Lifting Design Basis & Check and confirm the Design Basis, drawings, material D, C&I
be used for any application in the primary load path. (Refer Specification and Specification have detailed out certificate (C&I).
to PTS 37.92.10.30 / PTS 12.23.01 Pedestal Cranes that no cast iron material for primary
(Amendments/ Supplements to API Spec 2C.). 2. Data sheet load application.
5. The load chart(s) shall include as follow: weight of the 1. Lifting Design Basis & Check and confirm the Design Basis, D, C&I
block/hook, SWL, boom length, wire rope size, type and Specification and Specification have detailed out
parts of line; minimum and maximum boom angles in that the load chart requirement for
accordance with PTS 37.92.10.30/ PTS 12.23.01 Pedestal 2. Data Sheet lifting appliances as para PTS.
Cranes (Amendments/ Supplements to API Spec 2C.
6. All pins, bolts and nuts in the boom and all adjustment 1. Lifting Design Basis & Check and confirm the Design Basis 1. Approved design basis, D, C&I
mechanisms in the crane and power unit shall be 316 Specification and Specification have detailed out specification (D).
stainless steel as per PTS 37.92.10.30/ PTS 12.23. 01, that bolts & nuts, pins are corrosion Approved vendor
2. Data sheet specification, general
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A23 of A454
SCE GOAL - All lifting/load carrying equipment shall have current test certificate and load capacity shall be adequate for the allowed maximum load. There shall be means to restrict
operation outside of the design envelope
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Pedestal Cranes (Amendments/ Supplements to API Spec resistance and comply the arrangement and detailed
2C. requirement of PTS. drawings, material
certificate (C&I)
.
7. Power Supply for the aircraft obstruction light shall be 1. Lifting Design Basis & 1. Check and confirm the 1. Approved design basis, D, C&I
supplied from the AC UPS. Specification requirement of aircraft obstruction specification (D).
light as per Project specification Approved vendor
2. Data sheet and its compliance for the Cane. specification, general
arrangement and detailed
drawings, material
certificate (C&I)
AVAILABILITY
A1 -: Heavy Lift Cranes and Mechanical 1. All equipment and instrumentation shall be suitably 1. P&ID and equipment protection 1. Check and confirm the equipment 1. Confirmation of required D, C&I
Handling Equipment is considered available for protected. The minimum protection shall be IP 56 in specification. IEC 60529, IP 56 protection available and instrument and safety
the operating life if all functional requirement accordance with IEC 60529 for equipment installed and IP 41 functioning at site. protection as per design
are met. unprotected outdoors, and IP 41 for equipment installed specification. To check to
protected against the weather. 2. Mechanical data sheet protections are installed and
in place.
2. Red aircraft warning lights shall be fitted to the A-frame 1. P&ID and equipment protection 1. Check and confirm the equipment 1. Check functionality of safety D
apex, to the boom tip and, if the boom is longer than 15 specification. protection available and protection at site.
meters, at 10 meter intervals along the boom. They shall functioning at site.
comply with the requirements of the local civil aviation 2. Equipment Layout Drawing
authority in accordance with PTS 37.92.10.30/ PTS 12.23.
01, Pedestal Cranes (Amendments/ Supplements to API
Spec 2C.
RELIABILITY
R1 - Lifting equipment that have been 1. Acceptance levels for NDE shall meet the requirements of 1. Inspection Report and Site 1. Check and confirm the NDE 1. Approved design basis, C&I
designed and performed the inspection and the following or equivalent: Observation requirement have been detailed specification and ITP (D).
testing in accordance with the codes & out in the Specification and ITP.
standards and PTS. a. Magnetic particle examination (MT) to ASME VIII Division 2. Mechanical Datasheet 2. Approved ITP, ITP
1 Appendix 6 Specification 2. Check and confirm the tests have procedure and the NDE &
b. Radiographic examination (RT) to ASME VIII Division 1 been completed and performed in Inspection records (C&I)
Article UW 51 accordance with approved project
c. Ultrasonic examination (UT) to ASME VIII Division 1 requirements. 3. Approved material
Appendix 12 certificate (C&I)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A24 of A454
SCE GOAL - All lifting/load carrying equipment shall have current test certificate and load capacity shall be adequate for the allowed maximum load. There shall be means to restrict
operation outside of the design envelope
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. All welds shall be 100 % visually examined. Welds on 1. Inspection Report and Site 1. Check and confirm the welding C&I
primary steel shall be 100 % MT and 100 % UT or RT. Observation inspection and testing
Welds on secondary steel shall be spot checked by 20 % requirement have been detailed
MT and 20 % UT or RT. 2. Mechanical Datasheet out in the Specification and ITP.
Specification
2. Check and confirm the welding
inspection and tests have been
completed and performed in
accordance with approved project
requirements.
3. All lifting eye attachments shall be tested ultrasonically to 1. Inspection Report and Site 1. Check and confirm the C&I
confirm the absence of laminations prior to welding. Observation requirement for all lifting eye shall
be ultrasonically tested have been
2. Mechanical Datasheet detailed out in the Specification
Specification and ITP.
4. All welding procedure qualifications, tacker and welder 1. Inspection Report and Site 1. Check and confirm the welding C&I
qualifications and inspection techniques and acceptance Observation qualification requirement have
criteria shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1. Mechanical been detailed out in the
testing shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1 and shall 2. Specification Specification and ITP.
include weld metal and HAZ Charpy tests
2. Check and confirm the tests have
been completed and performed in
accordance with approved project
requirements.
5. All steels shall be fully traceable. And an inspection 1. Inspection Report and Site 1. Check and confirm that all steels C&I
certificate in accordance with ISO 10474 type 3.1.C shall be Observation shall be traceable in accordance
provided endorsed and approved by third party inspector to ISO 10474 type 3.1.C have
and certifying authority 2. Material Certificate been detailed out in the
Specification and ITP.
SCE GOAL - All lifting/load carrying equipment shall have current test certificate and load capacity shall be adequate for the allowed maximum load. There shall be means to restrict
operation outside of the design envelope
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
6. Painting, surface preparation and finish shall be in 1. Painting and Coating 1. Check and confirm the proposed D, C&I
accordance to international standard with PTS 15.20.03 Specification painting and coating system.
Painting and Coating of New Equipment
SURVIVABILITY
S1 - Provide adequate test as per PTS and 1. Performance test of the completely assembled crane shall 1. Operation documents and Site 1. Check and confirm the tests have 1. Performance test (Factory C&I, HUC
relevant codes and standards requirement. be done prior to its release for shipment to site. All Observation been completed and performed in Acceptance). Report.
Lifting equipment shall be constructed and equipment, control systems and safety devices shall be accordance with approved project
supported to withstand fire scenario for an demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Owner and the requirements.
acceptable period of time and withstand certifying authority in accordance with PTS.
credible blast loads to maintain hydrocarbon
containment. 2. Site test shall be performed in the module yard or offshore, 1. Operation documents and Site 1. Check and confirm the tests have 1. Validation of Performance C&I, HUC
with the crane mounted on its pedestal adaptor. This test Observation been completed and performed in Test ( Site Acceptance)
shall demonstrate the satisfactory operation of the complete accordance with approved project
Pedestal crane to survive upon exposed to fire crane and shall include an overload test with certified requirements.
for a period as defined the safety study etc. weights. The test shall be performed to the satisfaction of
Fire protection systems for Lifting equipment the Owner and the Certifying Authority. The test load as per
shall comply with the local jurisdictional para 18.2 of PTS 12.23.01
regulations.
3. PTS 16.73.01, Assessment of Fire Safety of Onshore 1. NDE Records 1. Check and confirm the tests have 1. Approved drawings, D, C&I
Installations and PTS 16.72.02, Control And Mitigation Of been completed and performed in Inspection record,
Fires And Explosions On Offshore Production Installations 2. Performance Test accordance with approved project Performance record etc.
(Amendments/Supplements To ISO 13702) shall be requirements.
complied with. 3. Material certificate
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PC008 - Fire Water Spray System Input Provide fire protection to Crane
To prevent fire and failure of lifting equipment in case of surrounding fire.
I2.SD001- Emergency Shut Down control system Output Provide protection to Crane
Emergency shutdown system shall be provided, tested for the lifting lug to make it shutdown
in case of emergency.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A26 of A454
SCE GOAL - All lifting/load carrying equipment shall have current test certificate and load capacity shall be adequate for the allowed maximum load. There shall be means to restrict
operation outside of the design envelope
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
I3. ER002 - Escape Routes Input Provide escape route from the crane.
The escape route shall be defined and protect for evacuation
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : MK Shrivastava Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A27 of A454
SCE GOAL - The stability system shall facilitate ballasting and trimming of the vessel, while taking into account prevailing environmental conditions, operating requirements and fluids
movements within the structure To prevent failure of hydrocarbon pressure systems due to overpressure as a result of exposure to fire, blocked outlet, control valve failure and other
credible process abnormalities, by safely disposing of hydrocarbons released from the process system as a result of lifting of the PSV. As well as ensuring that the loading of the vessel
will not exceed the hull strength limitations To maintain watertight integrity of the vessel's hull.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1 - The Vessel shall be stable in both intact 1. The Vessel shall have freeboards assigned according to 1. Valid Load Line Certificate 1. Review the Load Line Certificate 1. Assigned freeboards D, C&I
and damaged condition and shall comply with International convention on Load Lines or the MODU code issued by flag state or to ensure the validity of the
applicable flag state and classification as applicable recognized classification society certificate. 2. Freeboard markings on
requirement shell plating
Note: The survey is required but
not at the design phase. It shall
be conducted during construction
and fabrication stage.
2. The Vessels shall comply with the Intact stability 1. Intact Stability Report and 1. Review the Stability calculations 1. Approved Intact Stability D
requirements of the International Code on Intact Stability Stability manual be recorded and ballast Report and Stability manual
operations logged
2. Record of weight changes / 2. Record of weight changes
weight control 2. Review the weight control less than 1% since last D, C&I
inclining experiment
Note: The survey is required but
not at the design phase. It shall
be conducted during construction
and fabrication stage.
3. The vessel shall comply with Damage Stability requirement 1. Damaged Stability Report and 1. Review the Damage Stability 1. Approved Damaged D
of SOLAS Part B. Regulation 4 or the MODU code as Approval letter issued by flag Report and approval letter issued. Stability Report and
applicable state or recognized classification approval letter
society. Note: The survey is required but
not at the design phase. It shall
be conducted during construction
and fabrication stage.
4. The Vessel shall have installed an onboard computer for 1. Program Installation Certificate 1. Review the program installation 1. Approved Stability program D, C&I
stability calculations in accordance with IACS Unified issued by flag state or certificate issued.
Requirements concerning Load Line URL 5 recognized classification society.
Note: The survey is required but
not at the design phase. It shall
be conducted during construction
and fabrication stage.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A28 of A454
SCE GOAL - The stability system shall facilitate ballasting and trimming of the vessel, while taking into account prevailing environmental conditions, operating requirements and fluids
movements within the structure To prevent failure of hydrocarbon pressure systems due to overpressure as a result of exposure to fire, blocked outlet, control valve failure and other
credible process abnormalities, by safely disposing of hydrocarbons released from the process system as a result of lifting of the PSV. As well as ensuring that the loading of the vessel
will not exceed the hull strength limitations To maintain watertight integrity of the vessel's hull.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F2 - Ballast System shall be able to control the 1. The ballast system shall be capable to prevent uncontrolled 1. Ballast System Design 1. Review the Ballast System 1. Capability of preventing D, P, C&I
transfer of water ballast to and from any flow between ballast compartments in the event of failure of Specification Design Specification uncontrolled flow between
designated ballast tank to maintain vessel the control system. ballast compartments
stability. Reference: PTS 37.19.10.20 Section. 4.2 2. Pumps, Piping and valve plans 2. Review the Pumps, Piping and
and diagrams valve plans and diagrams
2. Adequacy of the design to maintain draft and trim after 1. Ballast System Design 1. Review the Ballast System 1. Designed to maintain draft D, P, C&I
damage to the structure or to the control system Specification Design Specification and trim after damage
Reference: PTS 37.19.10.20 Section. 4.2
2. Piping and valve plans and 2. Review the Pumps, Piping and
diagrams valve plans and diagrams
3. Manual control of ballast arrangements must be possible in 1. Ballast System Design 1. Review the Ballast System 1. Ballast arrangements must D, P, C&I
the event of malfunction of the ballast control console. Specification Design Specification be controllable using
Reference: PTS 37.19.10.20 Section. 4.2 manual interaction
2. Piping and valve plans and 2. Review the Pumps, Piping and
diagrams valve plans and diagrams
F3 - Ballast and Bilge pumps shall be able to. 1. Capability to pump out any ballast compartment with either 1. Ballast and Bilge pump Design 1. Review the Ballast and Bilge 1. Capability to pump out any D, P, C&I
pump out the water from a floaded pump room. of two independent pumps. Specification pump Design Specification ballast compartment with
Reference: PTS 37.19.10.20 Section. 4.2 either of two independent
2. Piping and valve plans and 2. Review the Piping and valve pumps
diagrams plans and diagrams
SCE GOAL - The stability system shall facilitate ballasting and trimming of the vessel, while taking into account prevailing environmental conditions, operating requirements and fluids
movements within the structure To prevent failure of hydrocarbon pressure systems due to overpressure as a result of exposure to fire, blocked outlet, control valve failure and other
credible process abnormalities, by safely disposing of hydrocarbons released from the process system as a result of lifting of the PSV. As well as ensuring that the loading of the vessel
will not exceed the hull strength limitations To maintain watertight integrity of the vessel's hull.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. Ability to pump water from a flooded pump room 1. Ballast and Bilge pump Design 1. Review the Ballast and Bilge 1. Ability to pump water from a D,P,C&I
Reference: PTS 37.19.10.20 Section. 4.2 Specification pump Design Specification flooded pump room
2. Piping and valve plans and 2. Review the Piping and valve
diagrams plans and diagrams
F4 - Ballast control systems shall provide the 1. Ballast control consoles shall have adequate visual and 1. Detailed Control room plans and 1. Review the Detailed Control room 1. Ballast control consoles D,P,C&I
operator with information that will enable the audio alarms to bring abnormal operating conditions to the specification plans and specification shall have adequate visual
operator to control the transfer of ballast in an operator's attention. and audio alarms
effective way Reference: PTS 37.19.10.20 Section. 4.2 2. Electrical system plans 2. Review the Electrical system
plans
3. Design approved by recognized
classification society 3. Review the Design approved by
recognized classification society
2. Control rooms to be adequately protected from the effects of 1. General Arrangement plans and 1. Review the General Arrangement 1. Control rooms to be D,P,C&I
weather in storm and damaged conditions specification plans and specification adequately protected from
Reference: PTS 37.19.10.20 Section. 4.2 the effects of weather
2. Design approved by recognized 2. Review the Design approved by
classification society recognized classification society
3. A clearly labelled schematic layout of the complete ballast 1. Detailed Control room plans and 1. Review the Detailed Control room 1. A clearly labelled schematic D,P,C&I
arrangement shall be incorporated into the ballast control specification plans and specification layout of the complete
console. ballast arrangement to be
Reference: PTS 37.19.10.20 Section. 4.2 2. Design approved by recognized 2. Review the Design approved by on permanent display in
classification society recognized classification society Ballast Control room
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A30 of A454
SCE GOAL - The stability system shall facilitate ballasting and trimming of the vessel, while taking into account prevailing environmental conditions, operating requirements and fluids
movements within the structure To prevent failure of hydrocarbon pressure systems due to overpressure as a result of exposure to fire, blocked outlet, control valve failure and other
credible process abnormalities, by safely disposing of hydrocarbons released from the process system as a result of lifting of the PSV. As well as ensuring that the loading of the vessel
will not exceed the hull strength limitations To maintain watertight integrity of the vessel's hull.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
4. All valves and pipework shall be marked and colour coded. 1. Detailed specification 1. Review the Detailed specification 1. All valves and pipework D,P,C&I
Reference: PTS 37.19.10.20 Section. 4.2 shall be marked and colour
2. Piping diagrams 2. Review the Piping diagrams coded
5. In the event of failure of the main power supply it is essential 1. Detailed specification 1. Review the Detailed specification 1. Ballasting operations shall D,P,C&I
that ballasting be possible using the
operations can be carried out using the emergency power 2. General Arrangement plans 2. Review the General Arrangement emergency power system
system. plans
Reference: PTS 37.19.10.20 Section. 4.2 3. Electrical system plans and
calculations 3. Review the Electrical system
plans and calculations
4. Design approved by recognized
classification society 4. Review the Design approved by
recognized classification society
6. A schematic layout of the ballast system shall be provided in 1. General Arrangement plans and 1. Review the General Arrangement 1. A schematic layout of the D,P,C&I
the pump room. specification plans and specification ballast system shall be
Reference: PTS 37.19.10.20 Section. 4.2 provided in the pump room
2. Design approved by recognized 2. Review the Design approved by
classification society recognized classification society
AVAILABILITY
A1 - The Vessel shall be stable in both intact 1. The Onboard Computer (hardware) for Stability Calculations 1. General Arrangement plans and 1. Review the General Arrangement 1. The software for Stability D
and damaged condition and stability shall shall either be type approved, or the software shall be specification plans and specification Calculations shall be
comply with applicable flag state and installed on two independent computers nominated for installed on two
classification requirement for any operating Stability Calculations. 2. Design approved by recognized 2. Review the Design approved by independent computers.
condition classification society recognized classification society
2. The approved stability manual (booklet) shall be available on 1. Stability Manual approved by 1. Review the Stability Manual 1. The approved stability D,P,C&I
the bridge or control room, in hard copy, to the Master of the recognized classification society approved by recognized manual (booklet) shall be
installation. or flagstate classification society or flagstate available in hard copy for
instant reference
A3 - Ballast System shall be able to control the 1. The Ballast transfer system shall be independent from other 1. Ballast System Design 1. Review the Ballast System 1. The Ballast transfer system D,P,C&I
transfer of ballast water ballast to and from any systems i.e. cargo Specification Design Specification shall be independent
designated ballast tank to maintain vessel
stability.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A31 of A454
SCE GOAL - The stability system shall facilitate ballasting and trimming of the vessel, while taking into account prevailing environmental conditions, operating requirements and fluids
movements within the structure To prevent failure of hydrocarbon pressure systems due to overpressure as a result of exposure to fire, blocked outlet, control valve failure and other
credible process abnormalities, by safely disposing of hydrocarbons released from the process system as a result of lifting of the PSV. As well as ensuring that the loading of the vessel
will not exceed the hull strength limitations To maintain watertight integrity of the vessel's hull.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. Pumps, Piping and valve plans 2. Review the Pumps, Piping and
and diagrams valve plans and diagrams
A4 - Ballast and Bilge pumps shall be able to 1. The Emergency Bilge pump(s) shall be powered by the 1. Ballast and Bilge pump Design 1. Review the Ballast and Bilge 1. The Emergency Bilge D,P,C&I
remove liquids following a damage to Emergency Generator Specification pump Design Specification pump(s) shall be powered
machinery and other personnel access spaces by the Emergency
pump out the water from a floaded pump room. 2. Piping and valve plans and 2. Review the Piping and valve Generator
diagrams plans and diagrams
A5 - Ballast control systems shall provide the 1. The Ballast Control system shall be operational using power 1. Detailed Control room plans and 1. Review the Detailed Control room 1. The Ballast Control system D,P,C&I
operator with information that will enable the from the Emergency Generator/Universal Power Supply specification plans and specification shall be operational using
operator to control the transfer of ballast in an power from the Emergency
effective way 2. Electrical system plans 2. Review the Electrical system Generator/Universal Power
plans Supply
3. Design approved by recognized
classification society 3. Review the Design approved by
recognized classification society
RELIABILITY
R.1 -The vessel stability system shall be 1. The Onboard Computer (hardware) for Stability Calculations 1. General Arrangement plans and 1. Review the General Arrangement 1. The software for Stability D
reliable to keep the vessel in a stable position. shall either be type approved, or the software shall be specification plans and specification Calculations shall be
installed on two independent computers nominated for installed on two
Stability Calculations. 2. Design approved by recognized 2. Review the Design approved by independent computers.
classification society recognized classification society
SURVIVABILITY
S.1. - The vessel stability system shall survive 1. The ballast system, including piping shall be located a safe 1. Ballast System Design 1. Review the Ballast System 1. In case of damage due to D
an MAH (collision) in order to keep the vessel place so that its functionality cannot be compromised in the Specification Design Specification vessel collision, the
in a stable position. event of a collision penetration length of the
2. Pumps, Piping and valve plans penetration shall not
and diagrams damage the ballast system
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A32 of A454
SCE GOAL - The stability system shall facilitate ballasting and trimming of the vessel, while taking into account prevailing environmental conditions, operating requirements and fluids
movements within the structure To prevent failure of hydrocarbon pressure systems due to overpressure as a result of exposure to fire, blocked outlet, control valve failure and other
credible process abnormalities, by safely disposing of hydrocarbons released from the process system as a result of lifting of the PSV. As well as ensuring that the loading of the vessel
will not exceed the hull strength limitations To maintain watertight integrity of the vessel's hull.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. Review the Pumps, Piping and
3. Design and Construction valve plans and diagrams
approved by recognized
classification society 3. Review the Design and
Construction approved by
recognized classification society
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. SI006 Mooring System Output The vessel stability system shall be design to be able to keep the vessel stable in order to
prevent the mooring system (SI006) from damaged.
I2. PS016 Met ocean Data Gathering System Input The vessel stability system shall be design taken into the consideration of the approved
environment data describes in the PI016 Met ocean Data Gathering System.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : M Sapihie Ayob Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 11/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A33 of A454
SCE GOAL -
To ensure the road-worthiness of Company operated road vehicles.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. The fire fighting vehicle shall be designed 1. The vehicle shall consist of a commercially available chassis 1. Fire fighting vehicle Design 1. Review Fire fighting vehicle 1. Vehicle designed for oil & D, P, C&I, HUC
fit for purpose with a superstructure and designed for oil and gas industrial Basis Design Basis gas industrial response
response purposes. The chassis shall be 4-wheel drive purposes
provided with towing connections at the rear and at the front. 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
The chassis should have a wheelbase of no longer than specification
approximately 4m to negotiate road corners on site.
(PTS 80.47.10.33 2.2 & 2.3)
2. The maximum vehicle width shall be 2.5m. The vehicle's 1. Fire fighting vehicle Design 1. Review Fire fighting vehicle 1. The maximum vehicle width D, P, C&I, HUC
sides shall be equipped with obstacle reflectors and reverse Basis Design Basis is 2.5m, equipped with
sensors / alarms. obstacle reflectors and
(PTS 80.47.10.33 2.2) 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle reverse sensors/ alarms
specification
3. The vehicle shall be designed ergonomically for the size of 1. Fire fighting vehicle Design 1. Review Fire fighting vehicle 1. The vehicle is designed D, P, C&I, HUC
the people who will operate it. Basis Design Basis ergonomically
(PTS 80.47.10.33 2.2) 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
specification
4. The vehicle should be able to carry all of the equipment 1. Fire fighting vehicle Design 1. Review Fire fighting vehicle 1. The vehicle is able to carry D, P, C&I, HUC
specified in the requisition and to tow at the same time a Basis Design Basis all of equipment as well as
trailer with a mass of at least 5 tonne. tow a trailer of 5 tonnes at
(PTS 80.47.10.33 2.2) 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle the same time
specification
5. For paved road or level road conditions the angle of 1. Fire fighting vehicle Design 1. Review Fire fighting vehicle 1. Vehicle fit for purpose to be D, P, C&I, HUC
approach and departure (refer NFPA 1901) shall be at least Basis Design Basis used on paved road or level
15°. If the vehicle is to be used in rough off-road terrain, road conditions
angles of between 20° and 30o may need to be specified 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
according to the response area ground conditions. Assuming specification
the lowest point of the vehicle is the underside of the
differential housing bowl, the clearance from the road
surface shall be at least 300 mm.
F2. The chassis, steering and brakes of the fire 1. Steering shall be hydraulically power-assisted, and shall be 1. Fire fighting vehicle Design 1. Review Fire fighting vehicle 1. Steering is hydraulically D, P, C&I, HUC
fighting vehicle shall be designed adequately left- or right-hand drive depending on the country of use. Basis Design Basis power-assisted
and fit for purpose
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A34 of A454
SCE GOAL -
To ensure the road-worthiness of Company operated road vehicles.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
(PTS 80.47.10.33 2.3) specification
2. The brake system shall be of the positive air type and should 1. Fire fighting vehicle Design 1. Review Fire fighting vehicle 1. ABS provided D, P, C&I, HUC
be equipped with an Anti-locking Brake System (ABS). The Basis Design Basis
air pressure shall release the brakes no more than 30 s after
the engine has started, even if a trailer is connected. The 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
braking system shall comply with United Nations agreement specification
E/ECE/324- /ECE/TRANS/505 - Addendum 12, Regulation
13.
3. The compressed air system shall be of sufficient capacity to 1. Fire fighting vehicle Design 1. Review Fire fighting vehicle 1. The compressed air system D, P, C&I, HUC
supply air for all fixed-installed systems on the vehicle. To Basis Design Basis meets the requirement
keep the brake system pressurized a 1/4-in. connection for
an external air supply shall be provided at the rear of the 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
vehicle. The connection shall be of the quick connect type specification
with a drive-away/pull-out facility; the body material shall be
of aluminium brass or stainless steel.
4. The chassis shall be equipped with: 1. Fire fighting vehicle Design 1. Review Fire fighting vehicle 1. The chassis meets the D, P, C&I, HUC
Basis Design Basis requirement
a. Wheels, fitted with radial tyres suitable for wet roads or, if
specified, suitable for off-the-road conditions, and mud 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
flaps (front and rear) specification
b. Re-thread tyre shall not be used
c. Fuel tank, 200 L minimum capacity, able to be refilled
during operation
d. Air pressure vessel, fitted on the inside of the chassis if
necessary to provide space for lockers of other
superstructure details
e. Stabilizers on front and rear axles
f. Similar size of spare wheel completed with tyre, tools and
jack
g. Battery system with provision of external charging
h. Main battery switch, double pole type, operated from the
inside and the outside of the cabin
i. Pneumatic braking connections in accordance with ISO
1728
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A35 of A454
SCE GOAL -
To ensure the road-worthiness of Company operated road vehicles.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
j. A socket for trailer lighting in accordance with ISO
1185(PTS 80.47.10.33 2.3)
F3. The engine fitted in the fire fighting vehicle 1. The vehicle shall be driven by a diesel engine that is also 2. Fire fighting vehicle Design 1. Review Fire fighting vehicle 1. Diesel engine capable of D, P, C&I, HUC
capable of performing its intended functions capable of providing power to the installed water/ foam Basis Design Basis driving the vehicle, providing
system when stationary. The diesel engine should be of at power to water/ foam
least 6 cylinder and provided with adequate cooling system, 3. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle system when stationary
an electric heating element (for extreme cold conditions specification provided
only), synchromesh gearbox, power take-off (PTO)
transmission for water booster pump (if any), PTO
transmission for foam pump, 'fool-proof' logic control device,
Automatic Revolution Regulator, exhaust pipe with spark
arrestor, automatic over speed protection, additional dust
filters.
F4. The electrical systems shall be provided on 1. The vehicle shall be equipped with electrical systems as per 1. Fire fighting vehicle Design 1. Review Fire fighting vehicle 1. The vehicle is equipped with D, P, C&I, HUC
the fire fighting vehicles. the PTS requirements, in accordance with regulatory Basis Design Basis electrical systems in
requirements, and shall be dust and waterproof to at least IP accordance with regulatory
55 in accordance with IEC 60529: 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle requirements
specification
(PTS 80.47.10.33 2.8)
F5. The vehicle shall be provided with a water/ 1. The water/ foam system should include the modes of 1. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. Water/ foam system as per D, P, C&I, HUC
foam system to control liquid hydrocarbon pool operation as specified in PTS 80.47.10.33, Section 3.2.1. Basis Design Basis requirement
fires
2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
specification
2. The filling rate of the foam tank shall be at least 20 Liter/s. 1. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. The filling rate of foam tank D, P, C&I, HUC
Basis Design Basis is 20 Liter/s
(PTS 80.47.10.33 3.2.1)
2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
specification
3. The pump installation shall be airtight down to 0.2 bar (abs) 1. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. The pump installation meets D, P, C&I, HUC
with the priming pump stopped and 0.4 bar (abs) shall be Basis Design Basis the requirements
maintained for a period of at least 2 min.
2. Fire fighting vehicle specification
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A36 of A454
SCE GOAL -
To ensure the road-worthiness of Company operated road vehicles.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
(PTS 80.47.10.33 3.2.1) specification
4. The foam proportioning system shall be designed so that 1. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. The foam proportioning D, P, C&I, HUC
foam agent can be added at each individual discharge Basis Design Basis system meets the
connection. It shall be of variable proportional with manual requirements
setting of foam percentage at zero and proportionally 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
between 1 %, 3 % and 6 %. This should be continuous but in specification
any case shall be in steps not greater than 1 %. Therefore
the proportioning valve shall be provided with a clearly
marked scale.
5. The pump shall be of the centrifugal type, fitted at the rear of 1. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. The pump meets the D, P, C&I, HUC
the chassis unless otherwise specified, and be installed in Basis Design Basis requirements
such a way that there will be no axial force on the driving
shaft when in operation. The pump shall be driven by a PTO 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
and have a separate automatic priming system.(PTS specification
80.47.10.33 3.2.3)
6. The material of the pump casing and casing wear rings 1. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. The pump meets the D, P, C&I, HUC
should be copper alloy to ASTM B 584-C90500 with impeller Basis Design Basis requirements
and wear rings of copper alloy to ASTM B 148-C 95800, or
approved equivalent. The shaft material shall be Monel K- 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
500, with an austenitic Cr-Ni stainless steel sleeve (AISI specification
316), Colmonoy 6 coated.
7. The foam concentrate pump should be a positive 1. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. The pump meets the D, P, C&I, HUC
displacement type and work independently (driven by PTO Basis Design Basis requirements
or other source) of the water booster pump. The pump shall
be able to transfer foam concentrate from drums or external 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
storage tank into the vehicle's foam concentrate tank and specification
vice versa.
SCE GOAL -
To ensure the road-worthiness of Company operated road vehicles.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
8. The tank volume shall contain the volume as specified with a 1. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. The tank meets the D, P, C&I, HUC
tolerance of 5%. The tank and all tank components shall be Basis Design Basis requirement
non-metallic.
2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
(PTS 80.47.10.33 3.2.5) specification
9. The lineup shall be in accordance with the relevant 1. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. The lineup is in accordance D, P, C&I, HUC
requirements for the specified vehicle. Drain valves, vent Basis Design Basis with the relevant
valves and valve flushing connections shall be provided and requirements
in every case be easily accessible from the sides of vehicles 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
to ensure proper flushing of all components. specification
10. The size of the piping shall be such that the velocity will not 1. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. The piping meets the D, P, C&I, HUC
exceed 2.8m/s in the suction lines and 6 m/s in the Basis Design Basis requirements
discharge and return lines. All components and the piping
shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 16 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
barg and withstand a test pressure of 1.5 x MWP. The piping specification
shall be at least 10S.
F6. The vehicle shall be provided with a dry 1. The dry powder system may be carried as part of a foam or 2. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. The dry powder system D, P, C&I, HUC
powder system for use in petrochemical water tender type vehicle or may be part of a twin agent Basis Design Basis meets the requirements
industry. rapid intervention vehicle. The system shall be designed and
manufactured in accordance with the relevant sections of 3. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
NFPA 17 or equivalent national code. specification
2. Urea-based potassium bicarbonate shall normally be used 1. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. Urea-based potassium D, P, C&I, HUC
due to its superior control and extinguishing properties. Basis Design Basis bicarbonate used as the
Other types of dry powder may be specified if required (refer medium
to PTS 80.47.10.32.). 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
specification
(PTS 80.47.10.33 3.3.2)
3. Generally the vessel's maximum operating pressure is 16 1. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. Vessel meets the D, P, C&I, HUC
barg or otherwise prescribed by supplier. Pressure vessels Basis Design Basis requirements
shall comply with PTS 31.22.10.32. or PTS 31.22.20.31. All
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A38 of A454
SCE GOAL -
To ensure the road-worthiness of Company operated road vehicles.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
inlet & outlet connections shall be flanged to ANSI class 150 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
or 300 as required with raised faces. specification
4. All valves shall be of ball type, suitable for dry powder and 1. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. Valves meet the D, P, C&I, HUC
be manually operated except if used with a monitor. The Basis Design Basis requirements
piping shall be seamless carbon steel to ASTM A 106 grade
B, having raised face-flanged connections to ANSI class 150 2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
or 300 as required with a flange facing finish in accordance specification
with ASME B16.5.(PTS 80.47.10.33 3.3.4)
F7. (OPTIONAL) The vehicle may be provided 1. The foam solution pre-mix system shall follow the same 2. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. The foam solution pre-mix D, P, C&I, HUC
with dry powder in conjunction with a pre- pressure vessel, safety, expellant materials and hose Basis Design Basis system compatible with
mixed foam solution (offers a rapid response requirements as the dry powder system. existing system
against moderate sized spill/ pool fires) 3. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
(PTS 80.47.10.33 3.4) specification
2. The dry powder and foam pre-mix shall be fully compatible. 1. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. The dry powder and foam D, P, C&I, HUC
Basis Design Basis pre-mix compatible with
(PTS 80.47.10.33 3.4) each other
2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
specification
F8. The type of fire hose couplings shall be fit 1. The couplings for suction from open water and for foam 2. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. The couplings meet the D, P, C&I, HUC
for purpose concentrate hose connections should be breech lock (Storz). Basis Design Basis requirements
Strainer shall be provided for open water intake.
3. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
(PTS 80.47.10.33 3.2.1) specification
2. The type of fire hose couplings shall be specified in the 1. Active Fire Protection Design 1. Review Active Fire Protection 1. The couplings meet the D, P, C&I, HUC
requisition and selected based on the standards applicable Basis Design Basis requirements
in the country of use. The list is as follows:
2. Fire fighting vehicle specification 2. Review Fire fighting vehicle
a. Breech lock (Storz, NEN 3374 or DIN 143xx series, type to specification
be specified in accordance with local standards)
b. Instantaneous, in accordance with BS 336
c. American fire hose coupling thread (National Standard
Thread, NST)
d. Hermaphrodite, in accordance with the applicable Russian
GOST standard for the type of couplings
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A39 of A454
SCE GOAL -
To ensure the road-worthiness of Company operated road vehicles.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F9. The provision of a fire station shall be 1. The fire station shall protect the vehicles from degradation 1. Fire station Design Basis 1. Review Fire station Design Basis 1. The fire station adequate to D, P, C&I, HUC
considered to accommodate the required due to exposure to the weather, to provide a maintenance provide protection to
number of fire-fighting vehicles, foam trailers workshop for fire fighting equipment, storage space for 2. Fire Station Specification 2. Review Fire Station Specification vehicles
and moveable / mobile equipment. fighting agents, training space for fire fighting instruction and
office space for full time fire brigade personnel.
2. Fire station(s) shall be in an area of low fire risk. 1. Fire station Design Basis 1. Review Fire station Design Basis 1. Fire station located in low D, P, C&I, HUC
fire risk area
(PTS 80.47.10.30 2.5.4.4) 2. Fire Station Specification 2. Review Fire Station Specification
F10. Provision of ambulance at the facility shall 1. Ambulance shall be of Type I or III that have a square 2. Ambulance Specification 1. Review Ambulance Specification 1. Ambulance meets the D, P, C&I, HUC
be fit for purpose patient that is mounted onto the chassis. Type I is mounted requirements
on a truck like chassis, whereas Type III is mounted on a
cut-a-way van chassis.
AVAILABILITY
A1. The fire fighting vehicle shall be designed 1. The fire fighting vehicle shall be designed with an expected 1. Maintenance plan 1. Records of Inspection, tests and 1. Acceptance testing D, P, C&I,
to be operational for the lifetime of the asset lifetime of 20 years and in accordance with local authority Maintenance
that it services. road traffic and transport regulations. 2. Inspection and Testing regime 2. Regular test and inspection
program
RELIABILITY
R1. The required number (n) and capacity of 1. The number of (foam generating) vehicles shall be n+1, 1. Maintenance plan 1. Records of Inspection, tests and 1. Acceptance testing D, P, C&I,
the fire fighting vehicles is based on the largest since it cannot be excluded that one vehicle may fail to Maintenance
determined fire scenario perform its duty during a crucial fire. 2. Inspection and Testing regime 2. Regular test and inspection
program
(PTS 80.47.10.30 2.5.4.2)
SURVIVABILITY
S1. The fire fighting vehicle shall withstand 1. The fire fighting vehicle shall be designed to withstand 1. Maintenance plan 1. Records of Inspection, tests and 1. Acceptance testing D, P, C&I,
extreme environmental conditions expected weather conditions of the area in which it will be Maintenance
operated (dust, humidity, rain). 2. Inspection and Testing regime
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A40 of A454
SCE GOAL -
To ensure the road-worthiness of Company operated road vehicles.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. Regular test and inspection
program
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PS004 - Firewater Pumps Input Capable of operating on hydrant system
I2. PS005 - Firewater Main and Other Distribution Systems Input Capable of operating on hydrant system
I3. PS011 - Fixed Foam Systems Input Capable of adequately delivering foam solution to all on-site fixed foam systems
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 07/09/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A41 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent / avoid significant vessel movement that would lead to overstressing or rupture of risers and offloading hose.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1 - The mooring system shall be capable to 1. The mooring system shall be designed for the whole range 1. Met ocean Data Report 1. Review the Met ocean Data 1. The combination of the D
withstand the vessel or floating offshore unit of environmental condition (captured the extreme wave, Report including the significant environment used for
position at an intended design site specified wind and current of omni-directional environment condition) 2. Mooring Design Basis wave height (Hs) and direction, mooring design captured
location regardless of any weather condition. that may be encounter during the period of assignment as wave period (Tp), current speed the extreme sea states,
Reference: API RECOMMENDED PRACTICE specified in the Met ocean Data Report. and direction, wind speed and extreme winds, extreme
2SK, THIRD EDITION, OCTOBER 2005, Reference: PTS 37.19.10.20, section 3.4.2) direction, water depth, wave current and extreme water
section 2.1 spectrum, wind profile and levels as defined in the Met
spectrum, seawater density and ocean Data Report.
marine growth to ensure all
environment parameters are 2. The orientation of the vessel
captured in the analysis. or floating offshore units
indicated in the General
2. Review the Mooring Design Basis Mooring Layout / Mooring D,P,C&I
and General Mooring Layout / Pattern Drawing is in-line
Mooring Pattern Drawing to with Mooring Design Basis.
ensure the vessel or floating
offshore units is correctly heading
to the prevailing environment
condition at the designated
location.
2. The minimum design criteria to design the mooring system 1. Mooring Analysis Report 1. Review the Mooring Analysis 1. The Mooring Analysis D,P,C&I
shall cover the following checklist as minimum Report ensure that the vessel Report indicated the
offset, line tension, line length, mooring system is fulfill the
a. Vessel offset: Shall be limited to the limitation of equipment anchor system, fatigue life, minimum design criteria and
such as maximum allowable excursion of risers and clearance and supporting the report is approved by
gangways. structure are documented in the Classification Society or
b. Line tension: Shall be limited to the tension limits of the report and meet the minimum Flag-State.
mooring line with an equivalent Factor of Safety (FOS) of design criteria as specified in the
2.0 for all mooring line in Intact and 1.43 for damaged F2.1.
mooring line case. However if the analysis method used is
Dynamic Method, the FOS can be reduced to 1.67 and
1.25 for Intact and Damaged case respectively.
c. Line length: The outboard mooring line length should be
sufficient to prevent the anchor from uplift.
d. Anchor systems : The selection of the anchor type and size
should base on the maximum anchor load from dynamic
analysis
e. Fatigue life: The fatigue life mooring component shall be at
least 3 times the design service life.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A42 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent / avoid significant vessel movement that would lead to overstressing or rupture of risers and offloading hose.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
f. Clearance: The clearance between vessel or floating
offshore units, its mooring components, and other marine
installation should be avoided with a comfortable margin,
especially under severe environments.
g - Supporting structures: Supporting structures such as
chain stopper, fairlead and their foundations should have
equal or higher design strength than the mooring line.
3. The hawser / offloading hose strength during offloading 1. Tandem and Offloading Analysis 1. Review the Tandem and 1. The load of the hawser / D
operation / activities shall be within its allowable design Report Offloading Analysis Report ensure offloading hose reported in
limitation. that the hawser / offloading hose the Tandem and Offloading
2. Tandem Mooring Final Berthing strength is not exceed the Safe Analysis Report is not
Position at Field Drawing Working Load (SWL). exceed the SWL and the
report is approved by the
3. Hawser Datasheet 2. Review Tandem Mooring Final Classification Society or
Berthing Position at Field Drawing Flag-State. D,P,C&I
to ensure the offtake tanker
position is inline with the vessels 2. The Tandem Mooring Final
or offshore units (FPSO/FSO) for Berthing Position at Field
offloading operation / activity. drawing indicate the correct
position for offloading
3. Review the Hawser Datasheet to activity and the drawing is
ensure the specification of the approved by the D,P,C&I
Hawser such as stiffness, length, Classification Society or
MBL, size, type of material is Flag-State.
meet the design requirement.
3. Hawser Datasheet indicate
that the specification of the
Haswer is correctly
identified.
F2 - The position of the Vessel or floating 1. A monitoring and warning system shall be installed and be in 1. Project specifications providing 1. Verify the marine information 1. Monitoring and alarm D,P,C&I
offshore units shall be continuously monitored a good working order to alert threats from mooring system minimum requirements for system is in place and in good system is set to alert the
to ensure integrity of anchor lines. failure. monitoring the integrity of anchor working order to monitor mooring operator in the event, that
lines (e.g. API RP 2 SK, Class tension and excursion of the may pose hazard to integrity
requirement on positional of the mooring system, as
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A43 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent / avoid significant vessel movement that would lead to overstressing or rupture of risers and offloading hose.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
mooring) Vessel. follows:
2. In-service inspection plan 2. Review the inspection plan to a. vessel excursion outside
covering marine advisory / ensure the plan / procedure is predefined limits
information system, as approved inclusive of marine advisory / b. mooring line has failed
by recognized classification information system. c. mooring tension near
society allowable load
AVAILABILITY
A1 - The mooring system shall be 100% 1. The mooring system limiting design criteria under damage 1. In-service inspection plan 1. Verify the post incident/damage 1. Post incident/damage D,P,C&I
available with minimum adverse effects of condition as stipulated in the basis of design document and / covering damage assessment philosophy is in operation to philosophy is in place on
damaged line, wear or corrosion. or as required by project specifications. plan and post damage recovery minimize lead time for board the Vessel to outline
plan procurement of spares after a damaged mooring line
mooring line failure. recovery and new line
installation procedures.
2. Verify that limiting operational
criteria impose line tension within 2. Limiting environmental
allowable factor of safety. criteria is set to maintain the
mooring system availability
during damaged condition.
RELIABILITY
R1 - The mooring system shall be reliable 1. The mooring system design criteria for survival and 1. In-service inspection plan 1. Verify the in-service Inspection 1. An active and verified in- C&I
within integrity level, in which the Vessel main operational condition as stipulated in the basis of design covering master inspection plan plan is within project specification service Inspection plan is in
operating function may be carried out (e.g. document and / or as required by project specifications. for annual and special survey to determine as far as practicable operational to maintain
production and / or transfer of product) the general conditions of mooring reliability of the mooring
system remain in an acceptable system within annual
condition. interval, 2.5-year interval of
intermediate survey and. 5-
2. Ensure that scope of in-water year interval of special
survey follow relevant codes or survey. D,P,C&I
standards to maintain the unit
reliability within its design service
life without the need to replace
mooring components.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A44 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent / avoid significant vessel movement that would lead to overstressing or rupture of risers and offloading hose.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
R2 - The mooring component such as mooring 1. The mooring component shall meet the material design, 1. Anchor Specification and 1. Review the Anchor Specification 1. The anchor certificate P,C&I
line, anchor, chain stopper to meet the routine manufacturing and testing requirement. Datasheet and Datasheet indicate the anchor
maintenance requirement whilst meeting Reference: ISO 19901-7:2005(E), section 11 performance is acceptable
reliability of the whole mooring system. 2. Mooring Line Specification and 2. Review Mooring Line and approved by
Datasheet Specification and Datasheet Classification Society
3. Chain Stopper Specification and 3. Review Chain Stopper 2. The Mooring Line indicate
Datasheet Specification and Datasheet the line performance is
meeting the minimum
breaking load (MBL) and
approved by Classification
Society
SURVIVABILITY
S1 - The mooring system shall survive its 1. The mooring system shall have adequate strength under 1. Project specifications providing 1. Verify the mooring system 1. The mooring system D,P,C&I
station keeping ability for the whole range of extreme intact case as well as damaged case involving the minimum key requirements for strength and fatigue capacity conform project design
environmental condition that may be encounter loss of highest loaded mooring line (leading to highest survival condition, in accordance under survival conditions specifications and to have
during the period of assignment excursion) and loss of second highest loaded mooring line with relevant codes or standards corresponding to requirement in an acceptable level of
(loading to highest line tension). (e.g. API RP 2SK, Class Basis of Design. redundancy for maximum
requirement on positional designed load.
mooring).
S2 - The structure foundation of Mooring 1. The Chain Stopper, Fairlead and their foundations should 1. Chain Stopper / Fairlead 1. Review the Chain Stopper / 1. The Chain Stopper / D,P,C&I
System such as Chain Stopper, Fairlead and have an equal or higher strength than the mooring line. Foundation Strength Analysis Fairlead Foundation Strength Fairlead Foundation
their foundations shall remain intact during the Special attention should be given to the design of supporting Report Analysis Report to ensure the Strength Analysis Report
period of its design service life. structures such that failure of the supporting structure will structure foundation design have indicate the structure
not result in multiple line failures. 2. Chain Stopper / Fairlead an equal or higher strength than foundation strength is equal
Reference: API RECOMMENDED PRACTICE 2SK, THIRD Arrangement and Details the mooring lines. or higher strength than the
EDITION, OCTOBER 2005, section 7.8 Drawing mooring lines and the report
2. Review the Chain Stopper / is approved by
Fairlead Arrangement and Details Classification Society or
Drawing to ensure the Flag State.
arrangement of the structure
foundation is in line with the Basis 2. The Chain Stopper /
of Design and Mooring Analysis Fairlead Arrangement and
Report. Details Drawing indicate the
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A45 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent / avoid significant vessel movement that would lead to overstressing or rupture of risers and offloading hose.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
orientation of the Chain
Stopper / Fairlead
Arrangement is as per Basis
of Design and Mooring
Analysis Report.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. SI009 Station Keeping / Propulsion / Dynamic Positioning / Thrusters Output The Station Keeping (SI009) to define the vessel and offtake tanker excursion plot in order to
mitigate the risk of collision between vessel and offtake tanker.
I2. SI004 Stability Systems Output The Stability Systems (SI004) to ensure the vessel ballast system is capable to bring the
vessel draft at designated condition purposely as per Mooring Analysis Report.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : M Sapihie Ayob Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 11/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A46 of A454
SCE GOAL - To enable safe evacuation of personnel from the installation to the support vessel.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1 – The Bridge/Gangway shall be design 1. The following shall be a minimum criteria for design the 1. Bridge/Gangway Basis of 1. Review Bridge/Gangway Basis of 1. The bridge/gangway basis D,P,C&I
based on the minimum design criteria to bridge/gangway for a safe evacuation during MAH: Design Design of design is incorporating
enable safe evacuation of personnel from the the minimum design criteria.
installation to the support vessel, MODU, a. The angles of inclination bridge/gangway shall be kept 2. Bridge/Gangway General 2. Review Bridge/Gangway General D,P,C&I
Platform or shore. within the limits for which it is designed. The inclining angle Arrangement Layout Drawing Arrangement Layout Drawing 2. The bridge/gangway
of bridge/gangway shall not exceed 30 degrees. drawing indicate the angle
b. When the inboard end of a bridge/gangway rest on or is 3. Bridge/Gangway Structural 3. Review Bridge/Gangway of inclining, life buoy D
flush with the top of the bulwark, a bulwark ladder shall be Design Reports Structural Design Reports location, bulwark ladder (if
provided. Any gap between the bulwark ladder and the any), and the overall layout
bridge/gangway is to be adequately fenced to a height of at 4. Bridge/Gangway Weather 4. Review Bridge/Gangway Weather plan. D
least 1 meter. Limitation or workability study Limitation or workability study
c. The bridge/gangway shall not be rigged on ships rail 3. The Bridge/Gangway
unless the rail has been reinforced for that purpose. 5. Bridge/Gangway Datasheet 5. Review Bridge/Gangway Structural strength UC shall D,P,C&I
d. The bridge/gangway shall be located clear of the cargo Datasheet not exceed 1.0
working area and so positioned that no suspended load
passes over it. 4. The limitation of
e. A life buoy with a self-activating light and buoyant safe line weather/environment criteria
attached shall be available adjacent to bridge/gangway. is clearly stated (significant
f. Both ends of the bridge/gangway shall be suitably wave height, current and
illuminated to reduce like-hood of failing or tripping. wind) inclusive the
g. Weather limitation for bridge/gangway operation shall be maximum movement of the
determined. bridge in the response to
the environment limitation.
F2 - Bridge should be designed for dead 1. The minimum design of bridge to assess the integrity of the 1. Bridge/Gangway Structural 1. Review Bridge/Gangway 1. The Bridge/Gangway D,P,C&I
weight, functional, environmental and live bridge structure as follows: Design Reports Structural Design Reports Structural strength UC shall
loads to access the continuing integrity of the not exceed 1.0
bridge structure and safe for evacuation. a. The environmental loads shall include extreme storm and
operational winds.
Reference: PTS 34.19.10.30 DESIGN OF b. The bridge self-weight should also include the self-weight
FIXED OFFSHORE STRUCTURES of any structure supported by the bridge.
(WORKING STRESS DESIGN) Section 5.3.2 c. The wind loads should also include wind load on any
bridge supported structure.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A47 of A454
SCE GOAL - To enable safe evacuation of personnel from the installation to the support vessel.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F3 - 1.3. All materials procured should strictly 1. Material Grade 1. Project Schedule 1. All materials procurement should 1. Project schedule in time or D, P, C&I
follow the design specification and datasheet. follow the Design basis, Project not & design basis followed
2. Maintain Project Schedule 2. Material Take Off (MTO)F.3.3 - Schedule, MTO and Weight
Weight Control Report Control Report 2. To ensure all the related
3. Fabrication Schedule equipment attached to the
2. Review the Project Schedule bridge is available.F.3.2 - All P, C&I
4. The materials used for bridge design shall be suitable for the MTO list for bridge
services in a hazardous area and in all weather conditions 3. Review the Material Take Off connection shall be D, P, C&I
(within design conditions) (MTO)F.3.3 - Review the Weight available.
Control Report
3. The bridge weight is not
exceed the design
specification
AVAILABILITY
The resources (drawings, guidelines, All Design Reports Guidelines Drawings Y/N 1. The bridge design is meet C
standards and procedures ) as well as the Guideline/Standards the requirement as per
connected vessel details should be available 1. The bridge shall be available at all times and capable to Design Basis.
withstand in its position/station regardless of any 1. Design Basis 1. Review the Design Basis D
A1 – Bridge connected from installation to the weather/environment condition as long as there are 2. Drawing is update and
vessel shall be made available at all times. personnel work at installation. 2. AFC Drawing 2. Review the AFC Drawing incorporated all the D, P, C&I
comment
3. Structural Design Reports 3. Review the Structural Design D,
Reports 3. The structural integrity of
4. Bridge and equipment the bridge is within the
Datasheet 4. Review the Bridge and equipment design specification and D, P, C&I
Datasheet shall survive from worst
environment condition.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A48 of A454
SCE GOAL - To enable safe evacuation of personnel from the installation to the support vessel.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
4. The specification of the
equipment in the datasheet
is meet the requirement as
per basis of design
RELIABILITY
R.1 – The Bridge shall be made reliable during 1. Critical equipment attached to the bridge such as sling/wire NDT Report Test Procedure Visual check C&I
MAH in order to evacuate the personal to the shall be provided with redundancy such that no single NDT Procedure NDT
safe area. component failure would impair escape from the Installation. Welder qualifications
1. Design Basis 1. Review the Design Basis 1. The bridge design is meet D
the requirement as per
2. AFC Drawing 2. Review the AFC Drawing Design Basis. D, P, C&I
3. Structural Design Reports 3. Review the Structural Design 2. Drawing is update and D,
Reports incorporated all the
4. Bridge and equipment comment
Datasheet 4. Review the Bridge and equipment D, P, C&I
Datasheet 3. The structural integrity of
the bridge is within the
design specification and
shall survive from worst
environment condition.
SURVIVABILITY
S1 - The Bridge shall be designed to survive Structural strength is OK during accidental, storm and Design documents Design documents endorsed Structure is safe during D
from Structure Failure abnormal conditions (i.e. large differential movements) accidental, storm condition
1. The bridge shall be assessable at all time. 1. Design Basis 1. Review the Design Basis 1. The bridge design is meet D, P, C&I
the requirement as per
2. AFC Drawing 2. Review the AFC Drawing Design Basis. D, P, C&I
SCE GOAL - To enable safe evacuation of personnel from the installation to the support vessel.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. Drawing is update and
incorporated all the
comment
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. ER002 - Escape routes should be inlined with Bridge connection Input The escape route (ER002) specification/criteria shall be embarking in the process of
designing the bridge connection to the support vessel/installation to ensure the safe
evacuation of personnel in MAH.
I2. LS004 - Alternate means of escape Input The alternate means of escape (LS004) for safe evacuation shall take into consideration for
designing the bridge connection to the support vessel/installation to ensure the safe
evacuation of personnel in MAH.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : M Sapihie Ayob Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 11/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A50 of A454
SCE GOAL - To enable the Installation to maneuver without assistance using DP.To provide the ability to move off location in the event of a major problem or potential collision, after
emergency disconnection of the riser or other equipment.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1 – The DP system elements are inclusive of All components in a DP-System should be designed, The DP Capability plots Review the DP Capability plots to The DP system be assigned D
power system, thruster system and control constructed and tested in order to meet the single failure confirm by calculation, based on with equipment class based
system. The function of the Dynamic criteria. Redundancy of component will normally be Functional Design Specification assumed propulsion power, the on a consequence analysis
Positioning (DP) is to maintaining the position necessary as follows: position keeping ability of the of loss position governed by
of a floating vessel within a specified tolerance DP FMEA Analysis vessel in full intact and in certain worst case failure modes. In
by controlling onboard thrusters which For equipment class 2, redundancy of all active components degraded conditions and in Design phase all
generate thrust vectors to counter wind, wave For equipment class 3, redundancy of all components physical various environmental conditions redundancy needs to define.
and current force. separation of the components. and to determine the safe working In Procurement phase the
limits. redundant equipment needs
DP shall have redundancy requirements Reference: IMO GUIDELINES FOR VESSELS WITH to procure. C&I and COM
stipulated to achieve fault tolerant systems and DYNAMIC POSITIONING SYSTEMS, MSC/CIRC 645 Review the Functional Design phase, this alternative D,P,C&I
meet the objective of not having a single failure 1994, Section 3. Specification needs to install and tested.
leading to a loss of position.
Review DP FMEA Analysis to confirm D
the effects of single failures on the
Reference: API RECOMMENDED PRACTICE DP system and the consequential
2SK, THIRD EDITION, OCTOBER 2005, effects on the ability of the vessel
section 9.1 to maintain position and heading.
The DP power system shall be design to have an adequate The DP Capability plots Review the DP Capability plots to The power system is designed D
response time to power demand changes and shall be confirm by calculation, based on with an adequate power
suitable for services in hazardous area and in all weather Functional Design Specification assumed propulsion power, the demand changes for
conditions. position keeping ability of the services in hazardous area
vessel in full intact and in certain and in all weather
degraded conditions and in conditions.
various environmental conditions
and to determine the safe working
limits.
SCE GOAL - To enable the Installation to maneuver without assistance using DP.To provide the ability to move off location in the event of a major problem or potential collision, after
emergency disconnection of the riser or other equipment.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
The design of thruster system inclusive of thrusters and auxiliary The DP Capability plots Review the DP Capability plots to The arrangement of thrusters D
equipment, including main propellers and rudders, confirm by calculation, based on system is to be such that
associated cabling and thruster control equipment, etc. Functional Design Specification assumed propulsion power, the the Vessel can be
should provide adequate thrust in longitudinal and lateral position keeping ability of the satisfactorily maneuver in a
directions, and provide yawing moment for heading control. vessel in full intact and in certain different
degraded conditions and in environments/weather
various environmental conditions conditions.
and to determine the safe working
limits.
AVAILABILITY
A.1 - DP system shall have sufficient DP system shall provide the Vessel with minimum ability to The DP Capability plots Review the DP Capability plots to Performance capability rating of D
availability in terms of percentage to provide remain station over certain duration of time when all confirm by calculation, based on the DP system based on
the Vessel with capability to maintain heading thrusters are operative and most effective thruster being Functional Design Specification assumed propulsion power, the available thruster force
and position under project specific set of inoperative. position keeping ability of the against prevailing wave drift,
environment. vessel in full intact and in certain current and wind force.
Assessment of the thruster availability and the required degraded conditions and in
redundancy in the control system. various environmental conditions Availability of a back-up control
and to determine the safe working for the thruster if main
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A52 of A454
SCE GOAL - To enable the Installation to maneuver without assistance using DP.To provide the ability to move off location in the event of a major problem or potential collision, after
emergency disconnection of the riser or other equipment.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
limits. communication/ control link
fails. D,P,C&I
Review Functional Design
Specification
RELIABILITY
R.1 - DP system shall have sufficient position DP system shall have equipment class associated with worst DP FMEA Analysis Verify that an FMEA Analysis DP System is able to reliably D, P, C&I,
keeping reliability to avoid loss of Vessel's case failure. Redundancy of component will normally be demonstrates adequate keep a vessel in position
position. necessary as follows: redundancy of the machinery, when working up to the
electrical installation and control defined environmental
For equipment class 2, redundancy of all active components system in order to maintain conditions, such that the
For equipment class 3, redundancy of all components physical position of the Vessel, in the maximum excursion from
separation of the components. event of equipment failure. the vessel motions (surge,
sway and yaw) and the
position control system
accuracy is equal to, or less
than, half the critical
excursion for the work being
carried out (standby
redundancy).
SURVIVABILITY
S.1 - DP system to survive from the loss of DP systems should be designed so that, as far as is reasonably DP FMEA Analysis Review the DP FMEA Analysis to The DP system is assigned with D, P, C&I,
position of a floating installation which can possible, there are no common single-point failures ensure its functionality is reliability equipment class based on a
easily lead to collision with an adjacent during MAH. consequence analysis of
installation, or to the release of hydrocarbons loss position.
from fractured drilling or well operations risers.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. SI006 Mooring system Output The Mooring Systems (SI006) of the vessel shall be able to activate to keep/remain the vessel
in position (if the DP system failed) with a certain degree of allowable excursion as per DP
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A53 of A454
SCE GOAL - To enable the Installation to maneuver without assistance using DP.To provide the ability to move off location in the event of a major problem or potential collision, after
emergency disconnection of the riser or other equipment.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Capability Plots in order to mitigate the lost of vessel’s position and to mitigate the risk of
collision between vessel with other structures/vessel.
I2. PS015 Collision Avoidance System Output Collision Avoidance System (PS015) shall be activated to give an alert to the installation if the
vessel is lost its position to mitigate the risk of collision between vessels with other
structures/vessel.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : M Sapihie Ayob Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 11/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A54 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1) To maintain the pressure envelope within 1. The Pressure Vessel including its appurtenances shall 1. Pressure Vessel Design Basis 1. Check and confirm the design 1. Approved design basis and D, C&I
the operating and design parameters. comply with applicable International codes and standards. basis and specification have specification. (D)
Pressure vessel shall be designed and fabricated in 2. Project Specification detailed out the requirement as
accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code per ASME Boiler and Pressure 2. Approved vendor
Section VIII, Division 1 or Division 2, PD 5500 Specification 3. Mechanical Data Sheet Vessel Code Section VIII, Division specification, general
for Unfired Fusion Welded Pressure Vessel and PTS 1 or Division 2, PD 5500 arrangement & detail
12.20.01 Pressure Vessels. Specification for Unfired Fusion drawings and design
Welded Pressure Vessel and PTS calculation. (C&I)
12.20.01 in term of service fluid,
pressure, temperature and
relevant loading.
2. NDT inspection and hydrostatic test requirements shall be in 1. Project Specification 1. Check and confirm the 1. Approved specification, D, C&I
accordance with ASME Section VIII, PD 5500 Specification requirements of NDT are detailed datasheet and ITP. (D)
for Unfired Fusion Welded Pressure Vessel and PTS 2. Inspection & test Plan. out in the Design Basis and NDT report & Hydrotest test
12.20.01 Pressure Vessels, para 6. Inspection and Testing. Project Specification, Inspection certificate are available and
3. Mechanical Data Sheet and Test Plan and monitor acceptable. ( C&I)
(witness) the critical testing and
inspection activities during
fabrication.
3. Fatigue Evaluation: Fatigue analysis for cyclic service 1. PV design basis, data sheet, 1. Check and confirm design 1. Approved fatigue analysis D
equipment shall be conducted in accordance with ASME design calculation and fatigue calculation for fatigue analysis report for the pressure
Section VIII Division 2, Part 5 considering pressure and analysis report. based on design basis and data vessel
temperature transients / fluctuations if restricted in sheets are available.
expansion and contraction as well as variation in external
loading. Refer to para 2.10 of PTS 12.20.01 Pressure
Vessels.
4. Pressure vessel materials shall be selected in accordance 1. PV Design Basis 1. Check and confirm the PV 1. Approved material is D
design code, ASME Section II Part A or Part B and as materials are in compliance with specified in equipment
specified in project specification, Para 3.1.1 of PTS 12.20.01 2. Specification, data sheet data sheet datasheet.
Pressure Vessels.
5. Material selection for pressure vessels in low temperature 1. PV Design Basis 1. Check and confirm low 1. Approved material for Low D
applications shall be in accordance with PTS 15.10.01 temperature service in temp, is specified in the
Brittle Fracture of Metallic Materials 2. Specification accordance with Project datasheet.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A55 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
specification, PTS 15.10.01 and
design code respectively.
6. The pressure vessel shall (PSR) be designed for full vacuum if 1. PV Design Basis 1. Check and confirm the specific 1. Approved design basis and D, C&I
any of operating condition as mentioned below, causes services subjected to vacuum specification. (D)
partial vacuum between 0 kPa and 100 kPa in the vessel: 2. Specification condition.
(Refer to PTS 12.20.01 para 2.6.3.) 2. Approved vendor
3. Mechanical Data Sheet specification, general
a. Vessel in steam or steam condensate system probe to arrangement & detail
create vacuum under shut down condition. drawings and design
b. If there is possibility to drop the pressure below calculation. (C&I)
atmospheric pressure due to mal-operation, utility failure,
instrument failure, low-load conditions, blocked-in
situations or any other cause, that creates vacuum.
c. Jacketed or vessels in compartments shall be investigated
for its vacuum conditions during operation and shutdown
condition. If the Jacketed or compartments are designed
for vacuum (in the compartment under consideration) shall
have the common components designed for an external
pressure. This shall be equal to the sum of internal design
pressure of the adjacent compartment plus the vacuum
design pressure of the compartment under consideration.
7. Nozzle : Standard pipe schedule plus corrosion allowance 1. PV Design Basic 1. Check and confirm nozzle necks 1. Approved nozzle Schedule D, C&I.
shall be considered for determining the minimum thickness Specification PV Strength minimum thickness /schedules is specified in approved
for nozzles necks with the followings exceptions: ( Refer to Calculation acceptable by PTS. QA/ QC datasheet/ general
PTS 12.20.01 para 4.4.4)i. Minimum schedule of 160 shall assurance task during fabrication arrangement drawings.
be used for carbon steel or Low alloy nozzles for sizes DN and construction.
80 and less.ii. Minimum schedule of 80 shall be used for
Austenitic stainless steel or other high alloy steel nozzles for
DN 80 and less.
8. Weld joints of dissimilar metals in the pressure parts or 1. Project Specification 1. Check and confirm the 1. Approved design basis, D, C&I
stressed parts requires Owner’s approval. Dissimilar welds requirements of weld joints are in WPS/PQR (D)
in wet H2S services shall (PSR) not be used, Refer to Para 2. Inspection & test Plan. accordance with Design Basis
5.3.6 of PTS 12.20.01 and Project Specification.
3. Mechanical Data Sheet
9. The material selection for pressure vessel for sour services 1. Project Specification 1. Check and confirm the 1. Approved design basis and D
in upstream shall be as per Appendix 5 and for wet H2S requirements of material selection specification.
services in downstream shall be in compliance with 2. Inspection & test Plan. for wet H2S service in
Appendix 6, Refer to para 3.2.1 of PTS 12.20.01. downstream and sour service in
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A56 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
3. Mechanical Data Sheet upstream are compliance with 2. Approved material is
Design Basis and Project specified in equipment
Specification. datasheet.(D)
10. The basis of Material selection for Vessel constructed with 1. Project Specification 1. Check and confirm the 1. Approved design basis and D
carbon steel, low alloy steel and clad carbon steel for requirements of material selection specification.
hydrogen services shall be in accordance with API RP 941 2. Inspection & test Plan. for Hydrogen service are in
with margin of 170 kpa on maximum hydrogen partial accordance with API RP 941 and 2. Approved material is
pressure and at least 28°C lower than the maximum 3. Mechanical Data Sheet as per Design Basis and Project specified in equipment
operating temperature with the applicable curve of API RP Specification. datasheet.(D)
941. Refer to Para 3.2.2 of PTS 12.20.01.
11. No flanges connection shall (PSR) be allowed in the skirt 1. Specification 1. Check and confirm the equipment 1. Validated the skirt flange C&I
areas. ( Refer to PTS 12.20.01 para 4.5.1) drawing with no flange inside skirt connection in the fabrication
2. Equipment Drawing area. drawing.
12. The minimum corrosion allowance for pressure-containing 1. PV Design Basis 1. Check and confirm the 1. Corrosion allowance is D
components shall be in accordance with Table 2 of PTS Specification requirements for corrosion specified in the datasheet
12.20.01 allowance specify in design basis.
13. Minimum thickness for alloy cladding shall be 1.5 mm for 1. PV Design Basis 1. Check and confirm the 1. Cladding thickness is D
product purity and 2.75 mm for corrosive service, if base requirements for cladding specified in datasheet
material is removed to ensure material chemistry at weld 2. Specification thickness specify in design basis.
location, the requirement of UCL-23(c) of Division 1 or Part
6.5.6 of Division 2, shall be complied with.( Refer to PTS
12.20.01 para 2.3.4)
14. Nozzles shall be designed in accordance with Appendix 1 of 1. PV Design Basis 1. Check and confirm the adequacy 1. Approved design report for D
PTS 12.20.01. WRC 107 and WRC 297 shall be used for of nozzle to sustain desired forces nozzles forces and
forces and moments analysis of nozzles. The followings 2. Specification and moments. moments.
shall be analyzed as minimum:
3. PV Strength Calculation
a. Equipment with nozzles attached i.e. large valve or
agitator.
b. Pressure relief valve attached to the nozzles (Forces in
open condition of relief valve)
c. Piping attached to nozzles subject to movement and
additional loads on nozzle
( Refer to PTS 12.20.01 para 4.4.15 and 4.4.16)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A57 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
(PSR)
15. Non-metallic sheet type gaskets shall not be permitted 1. PV Design Basis 1. Check and confirm the non- 1. Validated gasket material in D
for body flanges on pressure vessels that are in wet H2S metallic sheet gasket not datasheet for H2S and
service or services that are considered very toxic as per PTS 2. Specification permitted on PV Toxic service.
12.20.01 Pressure Vessels, Para 3.2.4
3. Data sheet
AVAILABILITY
A1) Pressure Vessel is considered available 1. The Pressure Vessel including its appurtenances are 1. Pressure Vessel Design Basis 1. Check and confirm that the PV is 1. Validate Documentation for D, C&I and HUC
for the operating life if all functional designed / fabricated in accordance with design code, in accordance with Project the PV
requirements are met with. Project specification and PTS 12.20.01 Pressure Vessels. 2. Project Specification Specification and all documents ,
The Installation and operation is as per the project Inspection records are available
specification. 3. Mechanical Data Sheet, As built
drawings and Inspection/ Test
records
RELIABILITY
R1) To have pressure vessel that have been 1. Heat treatment shall be performed to all parts that have 1. Inspection Report and Site 1. Perform NDT and PWHT for part 1. NDT and PWHT report are C&I,
designed, fabricated and gone through been cold formed with fiber elongation greater that the Observation that have been cold formed validated and acceptable.
inspection and testing as per design following:
documents. a. Carbon and low alloy steels ≥ 5 % with normalizing for CS
and for LAS normalizing and tempering treatment
b. Austenitic stainless steel exposed to hydrogen processes,
≥ 5 % with solution annealing treatment
c. All other materials permitted by code
( Refer to para 5.2.4 pf PTS 12.20.01)
2. Tolerances for pressure vessels shall be in accordance with 1. Inspection Report and Site 1. Check and confirm the tolerances 1. Tolerances report for PV is C&I,
Appendix 4 of PTS 12.20.01. Observation are in accordance with approved validated and acceptable.
project requirements.
3. Ultrasonic examination (UT) in lieu of RT shall is permitted 1. Inspection Report and Site 1. Check and confirm the UT and RT 1. UT and RT report are C&I,
for material with thickness >38 mm. UT is preferred for Observation are performed in accordance with validated and acceptable
category A or B for most of the material. Requirement of approved project requirements.
NDT shall be as per PTS 12.20.01.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A58 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
4. PMI shall be performed in accordance with PTS 15.02.01 1. Inspection Report and Site 1. Check and confirm the PMI is 1. PMI report is validated and C&I,
as follows: Observation performed in accordance with acceptable.
approved project requirements.
a. On all alloy material upon receipt at the fabrication facility.
b. On vessels prior to shipment.
5. No welding, cutting or burning is permitted after the vessels 1. Inspection Report and Site 1. Check and confirm no welding , 1. ITP and Inspection report C&I,
have been PWHT, para 5.4.4 of PTS 12.20.01 Pressure Observation cutting to burning after PWHT are validated and
Vessels. acceptable.
6. Painting for Pressure Vessel shall be as per PTS 15.20.03 1. Painting and Coating 1. Check and confirm the proposed 1. Validated painting and D
Specification painting and coating system. coating system in
datasheet.
7. The PV shall be well preserved for planned duration under 1. Preservation checklist/ report 1. Check and confirm the 1. Validated preservation C&I
idle condition prior to commissioning to prevent its and site observation preservation is in compliance with report
deterioration, as per PTS 15.44.01. PTS 15.44.01
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Fire 1. Prevented by location including suitable relief valve directed 1. Equipment layout drawing, fire 1. Check and verify the equipment 1. Report/ Check list on D
Pressure vessel located at hydrocarbon area to the flare stack to prevent from over pressurization. and gas detection system. plot plan in accordance with availability of Fire Proofing,
where there is risk of surface fire in case of Design basis for relief system. spacing requirement in PTS Equipment spacing,
hydrocarbon leakage, its support shall be 12.03.04. and 11.22.06. sprinkler, foam, fire fighting
designed with fire proofing to withstand floor are available where ever
surface fire scenario for an acceptable period 2. Review and verify the venting required.
of time. system.
2. Pressure Relief venting
system is validated and
acceptable
S2. Explosion 1. HAZOP and Risk analysis applied. 1. HAZOP/ HAZID report and 1. Review and verify HAZOP / 1. Validate the HAZID/ HAZOP D
Pressure vessel shall be constructed and Probable Blast load report e.g. HAZID and Probable Blast Report and Blast Report
supported to withstand surrounding explosion assessment report for explosion indicating Risk mitigated to
and fire scenario for an acceptable period of impact to the PV by any Critical ALARP
time and withstand credible blast loads to surrounding equipment
maintain hydrocarbon containment.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A59 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
S3. Drop object 1. HAZOP and Risk analysis applied. 1. Equipment and Piping layout 1. Hazard Analysis and Equipment/ 1. Validate the HAZARD D
Pressure Vessel Layout and surrounding drawing, adequate supports of Piping Layout Review indicating analysis and equipment -
piping/ equipment and its attachment shall be the surrounding fittings. Hazard Risk mitigated to ALARP piping layout, Report
well designed and supported. The Pressure Analysis elaborating such risk and its
Vessel shall be intact and maintain mitigation plan.
hydrocarbon containment in the event
surrounding drop object to and near the
Pressure Vessel.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PC007 - Relief System Output Provide protection to PV
To prevent failure and LOC of PV in the event of excessive pressure than design.
I3.SD001- Emergency Shut Down control system Input Provide protection to PV if required
If required depending on process condition to protect the PV from unprecedented process
condition.
I5. ER009 -Process Control and Alarm Input Provide LLL, HHL limit
To protect the liquid levels (low/ high) out of the limit of the PV which can cause disturbance in
the process condition and LOPC/ damage to the vessel.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : MK Shrivastava Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A60 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1- To maintain the Heat Exchanger pressure 1. Shell and tube heat exchangers shall be considered as 1. Heat Exchanger Design Basis 1. Check and confirm the design 1. Approved design basis and D, C&I
envelope within the operating and design pressure vessels and shall be designed as per ASME basis and specification have specification. (D)
parameters. Section VIII and PTS 12.20.01 Pressure Vessel. The 2. Project specification detailed out the requirement as
requirement of ISO 16812 and TEMA shall also be complied per ASME Boiler and Pressure 2. Approved vendor
together with PTS 12.21.01 Heat Exchanger : Shell and 3. Mechanical data sheet Vessel Code Section VIII, Division specification, general
F1- To maintain the Heat Exchanger pressure Tube Type 1 or Division 2 and PTS 12.21.01 arrangement & detail
envelope within the operating and design Heat Exchanger: Shell and Tube drawings and design
parameters. Type in term of service fluid, calculation. (C&I)
pressure, temperature and
relevant loadings.
2. NDT inspection & Testing shall be in accordance with ISO 4. Project Specification 1. Check and confirm the 2. NDT inspections and testing D, C&I
16812. requirements of NDT are detailed are covered in the approved
5. Mechanical data sheet out in the Design Basis and specification and ITP
Project Specification, Inspection document.
6. Inspection & test Plan and Test Plan and monitor
(witness) the critical testing and 3. NDT report & Hydrotest test
inspection activities during certificate are available and
fabrication. acceptable. ( C&I)
3. Flanges for safety/relief valve nozzles shall have a minimum 2. Heat Exchanger Design Basis 2. Check and confirm the 2. Flange rating for PSV are D, C&I
rating of ASME Class 300#. requirements of minimum flange specified in Approved
Para 7.7.3 of PTS 12.21.01 Heat Exchanger: Shell and Tube 3. Project Specification rating for safety/ relief valves design basis and
Type nozzles are incorporated in the specification. (D)
4. Mechanical data sheet Design Basis, Specification and
Mechanical data sheet. 3. Approved vendor
specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
4. Where corrosion-resistant lining or cladding is specified it 3. Heat Exchanger Design Basis 2. Check and confirm the 2. Approved design basis and D, C&I
shall apply to all exposed (wetted) surfaces including the requirements of cladding, weld specification. (D)
surface of pass partition plates and the side and bottom of 4. Project Specification overlay and non-integral bonded
gasket grooves. The full thickness of the cladding/corrosion liners in the Design Basis, 3. Approved vendor
resistant lining shall be used as corrosion allowance, unless 5. Mechanical data sheet specification. specification, general
specified otherwise by the Owner. arrangement & detail
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A61 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Only integral bonded liners shall be used unless approved drawings and design
by the Owner. calculation. (C&I)
5. TEMA class “R” shall be selected unless otherwise specified 3. Heat Exchanger Design Basis 1. Check and confirm the 2. TEMA class R is specified D, C&I
in the data sheets. requirement of heat exchanger approved design basis and
Para 2.1.1 of PTS 12.21.01 Heat Exchanger: Shell and Tube 4. Project Specification TEMA class are detailed out in specification. (D)
Type the Design Basis, specification
5. Mechanical data sheet and datasheet. 3. Approved vendor
specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
6. The heat exchangers tubes shall be seamless. Welded 4. Heat Exchanger Design Basis 2. Check and confirm material 3. Approved design basis and D, C&I
tubes may be used as specified in EDRS. The minimum 5. Project SpecificationMechanical selection in accordance with PTS specification. (D) Approved
adopted tube thickness for the exchanger shall be adequate data sheet 12.21.01 Heat Exchanger: Shell vendor specification,
to sustain internal and external design pressure and other and Tube Type are detailed out in general arrangement &
loadings at the specified design temperature, as per design the Design Basis project detail drawings and design
code. (Refer to para 2.4.1 of PTS 12.21.01). specification and mechanical data calculation. (C&I)
sheet.
7. Dis-similar metal welds shall not be used for pressure 2. Heat Exchanger Design Basis 2. Check and confirm the usage of 2. Approved design basis and D
boundary welds of heat exchangers which are in hydrogen Dis-similar metal welds limitation specification. (D)
service 3. Project Specification in hydrogen service in Design
Para 5.3.6 of PTS 12.20.01 Pressure Vessel. Basis and Specification. 3. Approved vendor
4. Mechanical data sheet specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings
8. Materials for shell and tube heat exchangers as described in 1. Heat Exchanger Design Basis 2. Check and confirm material 2. Approved design basis and D, C&I
PTS 12.21.01 and PTS 15.10.01 (Brittle Fracture of Metallic selection in accordance with PTS specification. (D)
Materials) shall be used. 2. Project Specification 12.21.01 Heat Exchanger: Shell
( refer to PTS 2.3.1) and Tube Type are detailed out in 3. Approved vendor
3. Mechanical data sheet the Design Basis project specification, general
specification and mechanical data arrangement & detail
sheet. drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A62 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
9. The use of flexible shell-side elements is subject to the 4. Heat Exchanger Design Basis 2. Check and confirm the 1. Validated expansion joint is D
approval of the Owner. requirement of any flexible specified in datasheet if
If specified, the light gauge bellow type expansion joint shall 5. Project Specification (expansion joint) use in the heat applicable. ( D)
be designed in accordance with the EJMA Standards on the exchanger It shall be approved by
basis of a minimum of 10 000 cycles before rupture. 6. Mechanical data sheet Owner are detailed out in the
Light gauge bellow type joints shall be properly protected Design Basis and Project
against damage during installation and transportation. Refer Specification.
to Para 7.9 of PTS 12.21.01 Heat Exchanger: Shell and
Tube Type
10. The heat exchangers shall (PSR) be analyzed for flow 4. Heat Exchanger Design Basis 2. Check and confirm that the for 1. Vibration analysis is D
induced and acoustic vibrations. Adequate measure shall be flow induced vibration and validated and acceptable by
taken in the design of the bundle including shell 5. Project Specification acoustic induced vibration HTRI program
entrance/exit, baffle cuts to minimize the vibration. The imposed to the heat exchangers
design output showing the adequacy of the exchanger shall 6. Mechanical data sheet are detailed out in the Design
be furnished for Owner’s review. Basis and Project Specification
Para 2.2.2 of PTS 12.21.01 Heat Exchanger: Shell and Tube
Type
11. The thermal design and rating of shell and tube heat 1. Heat Exchanger Design Basis 2. Review and verify the thermal 2. Approved design basis and D, C&I
exchanger shall be carried out based on the proven thermal design requirements are detailed specification. (D) Approved
design software as indicated in the EDRS. The Contractor 2. Project SpecificationMechanical out in the Design Basis and vendor specification,
shall submit the input/output data of the thermal design data sheet Project Specification general arrangement &
including data sheet indicating shell and tube side details detail drawings and
e.g. TEMA type, shell/channel configuration, tube calculations.
diameter/length/thickness, tube counts, number of passes,
tube pitch, baffle details, tube layout, nozzle sizes, and
material of construction etc. based on the desired operating
parameters for Owner’s review. ( refer to para 2.2 of PTS
12.21.01 Heat Exchanger: Shell and Tube Type)
12. As default, the tube-to-tube sheet joint shall be expanded 2. Heat Exchanger Design Basis 2. Check and confirm the tube -to- 2. Approved design basis and D, C&I
only. If specified by the Owner, tubes shall be strength tube sheet joint is expanded and specification. (D)
welded and expanded. Seal-welded joints shall not be used 3. Project Specification no seal welded joint are detailed
irrespective of the material. Where appropriate, and if out in the Design Basis and 3. Approved vendor
approved by the Owner, explosive bonding and/or explosive 4. Mechanical Data sheet Project Specification. specification, general
expanding may also be used.( refer to para 7.6.7 of PTS arrangement & detail
12.21.01 Heat Exchanger: Shell and Tube Type) drawings and calculations.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A63 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
13. Impingement plate shall be as per TEMA para RCB-4.6 or 3. Heat Exchanger Design Basis 2. Check and confirm the 2. Approved design basis and D, C&I
as per EDRS. Heat exchangers with vapor or steam requirement of impingement plate specification. (D)
(superheated, saturated or wet) as heating medium on the 4. Project Specification for vapor or steam heating
shell side shall always have impingement protection. The medium are detailed out in the 3. Approved vendor
impingement plate size shall be not less than greater of, 1.2 5. Mechanical Data sheet Design Basis and Project specification, general
X inner diameter of nozzle or 50 mm higher than inner Specification. arrangement & detail
diameter of nozzle. drawings and calculations.
Para 7.6.4.1 of PTS 12.21.01 Heat Exchanger: Shell and
Tube Type
AVAILABILITY
A1. Heat exchanger is considered available for 1. Heat Exchanger design, fabrication, Inspection, installation 1. P&ID and operating basis for 1. Check and confirm the datasheet 1. Approved datasheet and D
the operating life if all functional requirements and its operation shall be as per the designed parameters to sparing/ back washing and design basis. design basis.
are met. ensure availability. The shell and tube heat exchangers, if
selected for corrosive/ frequent fouling services which
required either backwashing / one standby and one
operating concept the same shall be complied with.
RELIABILITY
R1- To have heat exchangers that have been 1. The magnetic-particle, liquid-penetrant examination and 1. Inspection Report and Site 1. Check and confirm the NDT and 1. NDT and hardness report C&I,
designed, fabricated and gone through Weld-hardness testing shall comply with the pressure design Observation hardness test are performed in are validated and
inspection and testing as per design code. Brinell hardness limits shall be in accordance with accordance with approved project acceptable.
documents. Table 5.of ISO 16812. requirements.
.
2. Painting for Heat Exchanger shall be as per PTS 15.20.03 2. Painting and Coating 1. Check and confirm the proposed 2. Validated painting and D, C&I
Painting and Coatings. Specification painting and coating system. coating system in
Not consistent with performance criteria. To be moved under datasheet.( D)
Reliability section.
3. Validated coating type in
fabrication drawing.( C&I)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A64 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
3. The sliding plate underneath the sliding support saddle shall 2. Inspection Report and Site 2. Check and confirm the sliding 2. Sliding plate drawings and C&I
be designed in accordance with Standard Drawing S Observation plate and fixed support are fixed support are specified
22.003.Sliding saddles shall be designed to allow thermal installed as PTS standard in approved construction
expansion and contraction during service. drawing. drawings.
The holes for anchor bolts shall be provided in the fixed
saddle support.
4. Gaskets in hydrocarbon services shall be selected from 2. Inspection Report and Site 2. Review and verify only approved 2. Types of gaskets are C&I
Table 6 of PTS 12.21.01. Double-jacketed fiber-filled metal Observation gasket is installed at site. Double- specified in the datasheet
gaskets shall not be used. jacketed fiber-filled metal gasket
is not allowed.
5. Hydraulic bolt tensioning shall be in accordance with PTS 2. Inspection Report and Site 2. Check and confirm the hydraulic 2. Hydraulic bolt tensioning C&I,
12.00.03 Observation bolt tensioning is performed in torque is validated and
accordance with PTS. acceptable.
6. The requirements for the cathodic protection of heat 2. Inspection Report and Site 2. Review and verify the cathodic 1. Types of cathodic protection C&I,
exchangers using sacrificial anodes, impressed current Observation protection system is in system are specified in
systems or internal coatings are given in PTS 15.20.01 accordance with PTS datasheet and approved
construction drawings
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Fire 1. Prevented by location including suitable relief valve directed 1. Equipment layout drawing, fire 1. Check and verify the equipment 1. Report/ Check list on D
Heat Exchangers located at hydrocarbon area to the flare stack to prevent from over pressurization. and gas detection system. plot plan in accordance with availability of Fire Proofing,
where there is risk of surface fire in case of Design basis for relief system. spacing requirement in PTS Equipment spacing,
hydrocarbon leakage, its support shall be 12.03.04. and 11.22.06. sprinkler, foam, fire fighting
designed with fire proofing to withstand floor Review and verify the venting are available where ever
surface fire scenario for an acceptable period system. required.
of time.
2. Pressure Relief venting
system is validated and
acceptable
S2. Explosion 1. HAZOP and Risk analysis applied. 1. HAZOP/ HAZID report and 1. Review and verify HAZOP / 1. Validate the HAZID/ HAZOP D
Heat Exchanger shall be constructed and Probable Blast load report e.g. HAZID and Probable Blast Report and Blast Report
supported to withstand surrounding explosion assessment report for explosion indicating Risk mitigated to
and fire scenario for an acceptable period of impact to the PV by any Critical ALARP
time and withstand credible blast loads to surrounding equipment
maintain hydrocarbon containment.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A65 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
S3. Drop object 1. HAZOP and Risk analysis applied. 1. Equipment and Piping layout 1. Hazard Analysis and Equipment/ 1. Validate the HAZARD D
Exchanger Layout and surrounding piping/ drawing, adequate supports of Piping Layout Review indicating analysis and equipment -
equipment and its attachment shall be well the surrounding fittings. Hazard Risk mitigated to ALARP piping layout, Report
designed and supported to maintain Analysis elaborating such risk and its
hydrocarbon containment in the event mitigation plan.
surrounding drop object to and near the
Pressure Vessel.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PC 007 - Relief System Output Provide protection to Heat Exchanger
To prevent failure and LOC of HE in the event of excessive pressure than design.
I2.DS 001- Fire and Gas Detection Input Provide protection to Heat Exchanger
To prevent LOC and failure of HE in case of gas leakage/ fire.
I3.SD 001- Emergency Shut Down Control system Input Provide protection to Heat Exchanger if required
If required depending on process condition to protect the HE from unprecedented process
condition.
I5. ER 009 -Process Control and Alarm Input Provide LLL, HHL limit
To protect the liquid levels (low/ high) out of the limit of the HE which can cause disturbance in
the process condition and LOPC/ damage to the vessel.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : MK Shrivastava Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A66 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
GAS TURBINE
F1. Gas Turbine shall meet the applicable 1. Gas Turbine type and selection shall be in accordance to 1. Design Basis / 1. To review equipment sizing and selection 1. Sizing and Selection of D, P
design standards as defined in the design PTS 12.10.01 (Combustion Gas Turbine - Process data/ report. equipment is in compliance
basis. Amendment/Supplements to API 616). Selected Specification / with PTS guidelines.
equipment shall be operated within the operating envelope Mechanical
as specified in the design basis/Project Datasheet and 2. To review design document, requisition, 1. Process requirement and in D, P
Specification/Datasheet/Standard Operating Limit. Sizing & Selection and TBE report line with PTS guidelines
Study Report and project requirements.
F2. Startup system and air intake system for 1. During the start-up sequence the control system shall 1. Design Basis / ITB 1. To Review design document, requisition 1. Vendor's scope of supply, D, P
gas turbine shall be designed in accordance provide for a purge period of sufficient duration for at least / Specification / and TBE report. drawings and meet the
with its design characteristic. five complete changes of air during the start-up procedure Datasheet / requirement.
to purge the air filter, gas turbine, exhaust system and any Requisition,
exhaust heat recovery equipment prior to admitting fuel to Cause & effect 2. To review Vendor's drawing and start-up 1. Start-up procedure on D, P
the combustors and activating the igniters. The purge diagram / Control sequence logic. purging shall be available
period shall be active irrespective of the mode of starting. Philosophy, TBE for gas turbine and in
(Refer PTS 12.10.01 Clause 14.2.2) report. accordance with PTS.
F3.Air intake system for gas turbine shall be 1. 1. Air Intake shall be located in an open area without 1. Design Basis / 1. To review the plot plan and 3D model for 1. Air intake location meet the D, P
designed in accordance with its design obstruction to ensure clean fresh air intake. Process Specification / air intake location during engineering requirement.
characteristic. equipment, pipe flanges and open drains shall not be Datasheet / Plot stage.
placed within 5 meters of the air intake. Careful plan / Hazardous
2. To review the air intake location are not 1. No blockage or potential D, C&I
consideration shall be given to the area classification Area Classification
block with other equipment or draw the air hazardous release at air
surrounding the gas turbine installation. In general, the / 3D model
from potential hazardous release. intake location.
intake shall be located in a non-hazardous area or a zone
2 area; it shall not be located in a zone 0 or a zone 1 area.
(Refer PTS 12.10.01 Clause no 8.1.3)
2. Flammable gases detection in the combustion air inlet 1. Design Basis / 1. To review P&ID for air inlet line. 1. Flammable gas detectors D, P
shall shut down the gas turbine. Two out of three (2oo3) Specification / are provided at air inlet.
flammable gas detectors should be installed in a fast loop Datasheet / P&ID /
in the air inlet ducting. Cause & effect
(Refer PTS 12.10.01 Clause no 8.1.6) diagram /
Requisition / TBE
Report
2. To verify gas detectors requirement are 1. Design document, D, P
stated in the design document and verified requisition and TBE report
in the requisition and TBE Report. meet requirements.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A67 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
3. Verify gas detector are installed at site and 1. Gas detector are installed C&I, HUC
verify functionality during commissioning at site as per design
phase. requirement.
F4. Fire & Gas detection and protection 1. Fire and Gas Detection System shall be designed in 1. Design Basis / 1. To review the fire and gas detection 1. Fire detection system meet D, P
system for gas turbine shall be designed in accordance with NFPA 72, in compliance with the Specification / Fire system for gas turbine. the requirement.
accordance with its design characteristic. requirements of PTS 14.12.07 and PTS 14.33.01. protection system
(Refer PTS 12.10.01 Clause 9.6.1) drawing /
Requisition / TBE
Report
2. Gas turbines enclosures shall be provided only with 1. Design Basis / 1. To review number of UV flame detector 1. Adequate numbers of UV D, P
ultraviolet (UV) flame detectors. Specification / Fire and its position in gas turbine enclosure. flame detector are provided
And two numbers of compensated rate of rise heat protection system to cover the entire gas
detectors shall be positioned close to the ventilation air drawing / turbine installation.
outlet. Requisition / TBE
(Refer PTS 12.10.01 Clause 9.6.2 & 9.6.3) Report / Control
philosophy / Logic
diagram
2. To review number of compensated rate of 1. Two numbers of D, P
rise heat detectors and its position in gas compensated rate of rise
turbine enclosure. heat detectors are
positioned close to the
ventilation air outlet.
4. Verify all flame detectors location within 1. Location of flame detector C&I
gas turbine enclosure and verify activation meet design requirement
logic during Factory Acceptance Test and activation logic confirm
(FAT). compliance to the
requirement.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A68 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
3. Flammable gas detectors shall be designed and installed 1. Design Basis / 1. 1. To review number of gas detector and 1. Adequate numbers of gas D, P
accordance to PTS requirements to detect possibility of Specification / Fire its position in gas turbine enclosure. detector are provided to
flammable gases entering into the combustion air intake of protection system cover the entire gas turbine
the gas turbine, ventilation air intake into the gas turbine drawing / installation.
enclosure and to detect the possibility of leaking of the fuel Requisition / TBE
gas inside the turbine enclosure. Report / Control 2. Review activation logic for these detector. 1. Detectors activation logic D, P
(Refer PTS 12.10.01 Clause 9.6.4) philosophy / Logic meet design requirement.
diagram
3. Verify all gas detectors location within gas 1. Location of gas detector C&I
turbine enclosure and verify activation meet design requirement
logic during Factory Acceptance Test and activation logic confirm
(FAT). compliance to the
requirement.
4. The fire extinguishing system shall be designed in 1. Design Basis / 1. To review the fire protection system for 1. 1. Fire protection system D, P
accordance with PTS 12.25.04 and the codes of the Specification / Fire gas turbine. meet the requirement.
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). protection system
(Refer PTS 12.10.01 Section 9.5) drawing / 2. To review extinguisher system stated in 1. Fire extinguisher system D, P
Requisition / TBE requisition and TBE Report is suitable for meet the requirement.
Report particular equipment location.
5. Water deluge systems shall not be fitted on gas turbine 1. Design Basis / 1. To review the fire extinguishing system for 1. Fire extinguishing system D, P
installations. Extinguisher system shall use Clean Agent Specification / Fire gas turbine. meet the requirement.
gaseous, fine water mist system or any other approved protection system
extinguishing agent as per reference standard. drawing / 2. To ensure the Water Deluge System is not 1. Gas Turbine is not provided D, P
(Refer PTS 12.10.01 Clause no 9.5.2) Requisition / TBE designed for gas turbine in the project with water deluge system.
Note: Clean Agent gaseous is selected for Extinguisher Report document.
System in closed area. 3. To review extinguisher system is suitable 1. Fire extinguishing system D, P
for particular equipment location. meet the requirement.
ENGINE
F5. Diesel engine air intake shall meet the 1. Engine air inlet shall be fitted with an Inlet air shut-off 1. Design Basis / 1. Review design document, requisition and 1. Air shut-off valve & flame D, P
applicable design standards as defined in the valve upstream of inlet flame arrester. Valve shall close Requisition / TBE report stated the requirement for air arrester are included either
design basis. automatically to stop the engine when over speeding Specification / shut-off valve & flame arrester. in vendor scope or
occurs. Datasheet / Plot construction contractor
(Refer EEMUA-107) Plan / Hazardous scope.
area classification
drawing / 3D
model / Equipment
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A69 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
shutdown logic / 2. Review air intake piping / duct routing in 1. Location of air shut-off D, P, C&I
TBE Report drawing and verify during installation. valve & flame arrester meet
the requirement.
2. Inlet flame arresters shall be located after the air cleaner 1. Plot Plan / 3D 1. Review P&ID, plot plan drawing and 3D 1. Location of inlet flame D, P, C&I
and as close as possible to the inlet manifold, but model / P&ID Model for inlet flame arrestor and verify arrestor meet the
upstream of a turbocharger or engine driven blower. during installation. requirement.
(Refer EEMUA-107)
F6. Diesel engine exhaust piping / duct / stack 1. 1. Exhaust flame arresters shall be located as close as 1. Design Basis / 1. Review design document, requisition and 1. 1. Flame arrester are D, P
shall be provided with flame arrester & spark possible to the exhaust manifold, but downstream of Requisition / TBE Report for flame arrester. included either in vendor
arrester. turbochargers and exhaust coolers. Specification / scope or construction
(Refer EEMUA-107 and PTS 12.10.60 Clause no 3.1.7) Datasheet / Plot contractor scope.
Plan / P&ID /
Hazardous area 2. Review exhaust piping / ducting / stack 1. 2. Location of flame D, P, C&I
classification routing in drawing and verify during arrester & spark arrester
drawing / 3D installation. meet the requirement.
model
2. Spark arrester shall be fitted between the exhaust flame 1. Design Basis / 1. Review design document, requisition and 1. Flame arrestor & spark D, P
arrester and atmosphere. Spark arrester shall prevent the Requisition / TBE Report for spark arrester. arrestor are included either
emission of sparks into the surrounding atmosphere. Specification / in vendor scope or
(Refer EEMUA-107) Datasheet / Plot construction contractor
Plan / P&ID / scope.
Hazardous area
classification 2. Review exhaust piping / ducting / stack 1. Location of spark arrester D, P, C&I
drawing / 3D routing in drawing and verify during meet the requirement.
model installation.
F7. Diesel Engine and spark Ignition gas 1. 1. BICERI-approved (or equivalent) crankcase explosion 1. Design Basis / 1. To review design drawings, requisition and 1. Nos of explosion relief D, P
fueled engine crankcase shall be equipped relief valves, with integral flame traps, shall be supplied for Requisition / TBE Report. valve meet the
with BICERI** (or equivalent) explosion relief engines having a crankcase volume of 0.6 m3 and above. Datasheet / requirement.
valve with flame arrester. Adequate numbers of relief valves are to be installed such Engine GA &
that at least 115 cm2 of relief valve free lift area per m3 of
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A70 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
** BICERI - British Internal Combustion crankcase volume is available. cross section 2. Verify adequate nos of explosion relief 1. Explosion relief valve C&I, HUC
Engine Research Institute. (Refer PTS 12.10.60 Clause no 3.1.17 drawing valves are provided in crankcase. installation meet the
And PTS 12.10.40 Clause no 3.1.21) requirement.
3. Verify during Factory Acceptance Test at 1. Explosion relief valve C&I
vendor Workshop and commissioning, installation meet the
crankcase explosion relief valve installed. requirement.
F8. Diesel engine and Spark Ignition gas 1. 1. Starts shall be aborted if the engine fails to fire after 1. Design Basis / 1. 1. Review engine start system control 1. Control system documents D, P
fueled engine start system shall be aborted if twelve revolutions. Re-starting is only allowed after an Requisition / philosophy and logic diagram. meet the requirement.
engine fail to start in specified attempt. eight seconds lapse. Only six abortive start attempts are Vendor P&ID /
allowed; failing which the engine shall be shut down and Equipment control 2. Verify requirements in control system 1. Test report meet the C&I
locked out. philosophy / Logic Factory Acceptance Test (FAT). requirements.
(Refer PTS 12.10.60 Clause no 3.1.12 diagram
And PTS 12.10.40 Clause no 3.1.17)
F9. Spark Ignition gas fueled engine shall 1. Engine exhaust discharge into a Zone 2 area or lower, the 1. Design Basis / 1. Review design document and requisition 1. Spark arrester is included D, P
meet the applicable design standards as exhaust silencer shall be equipped with an integral spark Requisition / for spark arrester. either in vendor scope or
defined in the design basis. arrester in accordance with EEMUA 107.(Refer PTS Specification / construction contractor
12.10.40 Clause no 3.1.12) Datasheet / Plot scope.
Plan / Hazardous
area classification 2. Review exhaust piping / ducting / stack 1. Location of spark arrester D, P, C&I
drawing / Vendor routing in drawing and verify during meet the requirement.
P&ID installation.
2. Fuel system shall be provided with ESD valve, primary 1. Design Basis / 1. Verify all shutdown valves are included in 1. All shutdown valves D, P
shutdown valve, secondary shutdown valve & alternative Requisition / design document, P&ID, requisition and included in scope and meet
secondary shutdown valve. Specification / TBE report. the shutdown logic.
(Refer PTS 12.10.40 Appendix 2) Datasheet /
Vendor P&ID / 2. Review shutdown logic control diagram 1. FAT result meet the C&I
Equipment and verify during Factory Acceptance Test requirement.
shutdown logic / (FAT).
TBE Report
F10. Diesel engine and spark Ignition gas 1. An engine over speed trip device shall be installed in 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify over speed trip device from 1. Over speed trip included D, P
fueled engine system shall be meet the accordance with ISO 3046-6, to cut off engine fuel supply Specification / vendor documents. and meet the requirement.
design requirement. independent of the governor’s actions. Only manual reset Datasheet /
function is allowed for the over speed device. Vendor P&ID /
(Refer PTS 12.10.60 Clause no 3.1.13 Logic Diagram / 2. To review engine trip system in Control 1. Over speed trip included in D, P, C&I
And PTS 12.10.40 Clause no 3.1.18) Control Philosophy & Logic Diagram and verify the diagram and test result
Philosophy during engine Factory Acceptance Test meet requirements.
(FAT).
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A71 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. Diesel engine and spark Ignition gas installed in 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify trip set point is stated in the 1. Trip included and meet the D, P
hazardous area engine shall shut down upon detection of Specification / design document. requirement.
high coolant temperature or high lubricating oil Datasheet /
temperature. Vendor P&ID / 2. To review engine trip system in Control 1. Design document and FAT D, P, C&I
(Refer PTS 12.10.60 Clause no 3.1.23 Logic Diagram / Philosophy & Logic Diagram and verify result the requirement.
And PTS 12.10.40 Clause no 3.1.25) Control during engine Factory Acceptance Test
Philosophy (FAT).
3. Diesel engine and spark Ignition gas installed in 1. Design Basis / 1. To review design document, requisition 1. Sealed diaphragm provided D, P
hazardous area and driving a flammable liquid service Specification / and TBE report of sealed diaphragm walls. (if required).
pump, sealed diaphragm walls are required to separate Datasheet / GA
engine from the pump to prevent liquid spill onto the drawing / Plot Plan
engine. Extra-long spacer couplings or quill shafts may be / Hazardous area 2. To verify at site sealed diaphragm walls 1. Sealed diaphragm wall C&I
required to fulfil this requirement. classification are installed as per design requirements. installation as per design
(Refer PTS 12.10.60 Clause no 3.1.23 drawing / drawing.
And PTS 12.10.40 Clause no 3.1.25) Requisition / TBE
Report
CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
F12. Centrifugal pump major joints** design 1. Major joints shall be metal-to-metal joints. Pump designs 1. Design Basis / 1. Review design document, pump cross 1. Major joints on pump meets D, P
shall be in accordance to design requirement. shall be as such to achieve accurate joint alignment Specification / section drawing, requisition and TBE the requirement.
** Major Joints such as casing components, without the use of gauging. Datasheet / report.
bearing housing" (Refer PTS 12.11.02 Clause no 6.1.24) Vendor offer /
Cross section
drawing /
Requisition / TBE
Report
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A72 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F13. Centrifugal pump pressure casing design 1. Pump pressure casings shall be design as per PTS 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify that the pump pressure casings 1. No deviation. If deviation D, P
shall be in accordance to design requirement. 12.11.02 Clause no 6.3 "Pressure Casing" without any Specification / has been designed as per PTS required proper risk
major deviation. Datasheet / requirements without any deviation. assessment is done and
Vendor deviation endorsed by relevant TA
list / Requisition / based on risk exposure.
TBE Report Example: low risk by
project TA, medium or high
risk by group TA.
2. All types of centrifugal pumps (vertical suspended, double 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify all mentioned type of centrifugal 1. Pump pressure casing D, P
casing, integral gear driven OH6 type, horizontal Specification pump pressure casing is designed for MAWP meets the
multistage pump) pressure casing shall have same MAWP /Datasheet / Pump discharge section MAWP and not requirement.
as discharge section.(Refer PTS 12.11.02 Clause no GA & cross designed for dual pressure rating in
6.3.6) section drawing suction side & discharge side.
3. Unless otherwise specified and approved by the Owner, 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify casing split type is specified in 1. Pumping temperature 100 D, P
pumps with radially split casings are required if the Specification / the design document, requisition and TBE °C or higher, pumps with
pumping temperature is 100 °C or higher. Datasheet / report. radially split casings are
(Refer PTS 12.11.02 Clause no 6.3.9 a) Vendor offer / used.
Cross section
drawing /
Requisition / TBE
Report
F14. Centrifugal pump auxiliary connections 1. 1. All auxiliary connections to the pressure casing shall be 1. Design Basis / 1. To review all the auxiliary connections to 1. All auxiliary connections D, P
shall be in accordance to design requirement. terminated with a flanged stub or integral flanges. Specification / pressure casing from design document, meet the requirement.
Socket welded connections shall not be used for pump Datasheet / Pump requisition and vendor drawing.
nozzles with Class 900 or above rating, pump temperature GA & Cross
0 °C and below, pump for hazardous service, and where section drawing / 2. To verify during Factory Acceptance Test 1. All auxiliary connections C&I
ISO 15156 or NACE MR0103 is applicable. P&ID / Requisition at Vendor workshop. meet the requirement.
(Refer PTS 12.11.02 Clause no 6.4.3.1)
2. 2. Connections to the pressure casing shall not be 1. Design Basis / 1. To review all the auxiliary connections to 1. All auxiliary connections D, P
threaded, except for the seal gland connection. Specification / pressure casing from vendor drawing meet the requirement.
(Refer PTS 12.11.02 Clause no 6.4.3.2) Datasheet / Pump during design stage.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A73 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
GA & Cross 2. To verify during Factory Acceptance Test 1. All auxiliary connections C&I
section drawing at Vendor workshop. meet the requirement.
3. 3. Balance line connections shall be flanged. Union joints 1. Design Basis / 1. 1. To review all balance line connections 1. Balance line connections D, P
are not allowed. Specification / to pressure casing from vendor drawing meet the requirement.
(Refer PTS 12.11.02 Clause no 6.4.3.16) Datasheet / Pump during design stage.
GA & Cross 2. 2. To verify during Factory Acceptance 1. Balance line connection is C&I
section drawing Test at Vendor workshop. flanged connection.
ROTARY POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT PUMPS (SCREW, GEAR, LOBE, VANE, PROGRESS CAVITY PUMPS)
F15. Rotary positive displacement pump 1. Pressure containing and pressure retaining parts shall be 1. Design Basis / 1. To review design document, requisition, 1. No deviation. If deviation D, P
pressure containing and pressure retaining designed to meet all the requirement mentioned in API- Specification / TBE report to verify that the pump required proper risk
parts shall be designed in accordance with its 676 clause no 6.3. Datasheet / pressure containing & pressure retaining assessment is done and
design characteristic. Vendor deviation parts has been designed as per API endorsed by relevant TA
list / Requisition / requirements without any deviation. based on risk exposure.
TBE Report Example low risk by project
TA and medium or high risk
by group TA.
2. Pump suction regions shall be designed for the same 1. Design Basis / 1. To review design document, requisition 1. Pump MACP meet the D, P
maximum allowable casing pressure (MACP) as the Specification / and TBE report. requirement.
discharge section. Datasheet / Test
(Refer API-676 3rd edition, Clause no 6.3.3.2) report / 2. 2. To review same is included in design 1. Pump MACP meet the D, P
Requisition / TBE basis and verify in pump datasheet requirement.
Report submitted by vendor.
3. All pressure casing components shall be assembled as a 1. Design Basis / 1. To review design documents, requisition, 1. Test procedure complying D, P
single unit and tested hydrostatically with liquid at a Specification / TBE report and test procedure. with requirement.
minimum of 1.5 times the MACP, but not less than a Datasheet / Test
gauge pressure of 150 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi). procedure and
(Refer API-676 3rd edition, Clause no 8.3.2.1) report / 2. To verify pump hydrostatic test report. 1. Test result confirm C&I
Requisition / TBE compliance.
Report
1. Design Basis / 1. To review design document, requisition 1. Pump all connection MACP D, P
Specification / and TBE report. meet the requirement.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A74 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Datasheet / Test 2. To verify during the testing of pump. 1. Test results at Vendor C&I
F16. Rotary positive displacement pump 1. Pump suction & discharge nozzle shall be suitable for the report / workshop are complying
casing connection shall be designed in maximum allowable casing pressure (MACP). Requisition / TBE with requirement.
accordance with its design characteristic. (Refer API-676 3rd edition, Clause no 6.4.4.2) Report
F17. Rotary positive displacement pump shall 1. In order to protect the pump and its associated piping 1. Design Basis / 1. To review requisition and TBE report. 1. Each positive displacement D, P
be provided with over pressure protection for system, a separate pressure limiting valve (PLV) or Specification / . pump is provided with PLV
protection of pump & associated piping pressure relief valve (PRV) shall be provided at upstream Datasheet / P&ID / / PSV.
system. of discharge isolation valve. (Refer PTS 12.11.01 Clause PLV/PRV
no 4.2.1(iii)And API-676 Clause no 6.3.2) calibration report / 2. To verify in P&ID each rotary positive 1. Each positive displacement D, P
Requisition displacement pump is provided with pump is provided with PLV
individual pressure limiting valve or / PSV.
pressure relief valve.
2. Pressure limiting valve accumulation pressure shall not 1. Design Basis / 1. To review requisition and TBE report. 1. 1. Each positive D, P
exceed the maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP) Specification / displacement pump is
of the pump. Datasheet /P&ID / provided with PLV / PSV
(Refer API-676 3rd edition, Clause no 6.3.2) PLV/PSV and its set pressure meet
calibration report the requirement.
3. The margin of separation between the positive peak of the 1. Specification / 1. To review PSV/PLV set pressure. 1. PSV/ PLV set pressure D, P
pulsation complex wave at the relief valve and the relief Datasheet / P&ID / meet the requirement.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A75 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
valve setting shall be 10 % of the maximum specified pressure relief
discharge pressure or 165 kPa (25 psi), whichever is valve (PSV/PLV)
greater. datasheet /
(Refer API-676 3rd edition, Annex F clause F.1.6) PSV/PLV 2. To verify during PSV/PLV testing. 1. Test report and certificates C&I
calibration report are complying to the
requirement.
4. Pressure limiting valves that are integral with or internal to 1. Design Basis / 1. To review design document, requisition 1. Pump is not provided with D, P
the pump are Specification / and TBE report. PLV that are integral or
not acceptable. Datasheet / Pump internal to pump.
(Refer API-676 3rd edition, Clause no 7.5.3) GA & Cross
Section drawing / 2. To review P&ID for separate pressure 1. Separate pressure relief D, P
P&ID / Requisition relief valve in pump discharge piping. valve provided in pump
/ TBE Report discharge piping.
MECHANICAL SEALS
F18. Mechanical seal for centrifugal pump & 1. Mechanical seals and auxiliary systems shall in 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify mechanical seal has been 1. No deviation. If deviation D, P
rotary positive displacement Pump shall be accordance with PTS 12.12.03, API-682 (Pumps - Shaft Specification / designed as per PTS 12.12.03, API-682 required proper risk
selected in accordance with its design sealing systems for centrifugal and rotary Pumps). Datasheet / without any deviation. assessment is done and
characteristic. Vendor deviation endorsed by relevant TA
list / Mechanical based on risk exposure.
seal drawing / Example low risk by project
Requisition / TBE TA and medium or high risk
Report by group TA
2. Labyrinth or non-contacting type mechanical seal shall be 1. Design Basis / 2. To verify from design document, 1. Mechanical seal selection D, P
used for pumps in cryogenic application which handles the Specification / requisition and TBE report, type of seal meet the requirement.
liquid is at near its boiling point such as Liquid Nitrogen Datasheet / selected as per minimum criteria.
(LIN) and Liquid Oxygen (LOX). Mechanical seal
(Refer PTS 12.11.01 Clause no 4.2.1(ii)) drawing /
Requisition / TBE
Report
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F19. Reciprocating positive displacement 1. Cylinder connections, seal welding are not allowed. 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify that the pump has been 1. 1. No deviation for required D, P
pump basic design shall meet design (Refer PTS 12.11.04 Clause no 2.1.8) Specification designed as per PTS without minimum criteria.
characteristic. /Datasheet / deviation.
Vendor proposal /
Pump GA & Cross 2. To review design document, 1. Vendor document meet D, P
section drawing requisition and TBE report. basic design requirement.
2. Liquid end appurtenances, screw-on flanges and ring-type 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify that the pump has been 1. No deviation for required D, P
joint flanges are not allowed.(Refer PTS 12.11.04 Clause Specification designed as per PTS without minimum criteria.
no 2.1.9) /Datasheet / deviation.
Vendor proposal / 2. To review design document, 1. All document meet basic D, P
Pump GA & Cross requisition and TBE report. design requirement.
section drawing
3. To verify during Factory Acceptance 1. No screw-on flange or ring C&I
Test at Vendor workshop. type joint for liquid end
appurtenances.
3. Liquid end features, glands shall be of the quench type. 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify that the pump has been designed 1. No deviation for required D, P
(Refer PTS 12.11.04 Clause no 2.1.10) Specification as per PTS without deviation. minimum criteria.
/Datasheet /
Vendor proposal / 2. To review design document, requisition 1. All document meet basic D, P
Pump GA & Cross and TBE report. design requirement.
section drawing
3. To verify during Factory Acceptance Test 1. Quench type gland is used. C&I
at Vendor workshop.
F20. Reciprocating positive displacement 1. Pressure containing and pressure retaining parts shall be 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify that the pump pressure 1. No deviation. If deviation D, P
pump pressure containing and pressure designed to meet all the requirement mentioned in Specification / containing & pressure retaining parts has required proper risk
retaining parts shall be designed in Vendor deviation been designed as per applicable code assessment is done and
accordance with its design characteristic. a. API-674 clause no 6.4 "Pressure-Containing and list / Requisition / requirements without any deviation. endorsed by relevant TA
Pressure-Retaining Parts". Test Report based on risk exposure.
b. API-675 clause no 6.2 "Pressure containing Parts". Example low risk by project
TA and medium or high risk
by group TA.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A77 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. To review Hydrostatic Test report. 1. Test result meet the design C&I
requirements.
2. Pressure-containing parts shall not be cast iron. However, 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify that the pump pressure 1. No deviation. If deviation D, P
nodular cast iron is allowed. Specification / containing & pressure retaining parts has required proper risk
(Refer PTS 12.11.04 Clause no 3.1.2) Vendor deviation been designed as per applicable code assessment is done and
list / Material requirements without any deviation. endorsed by relevant TA
Certificates based on risk exposure.
Example low risk by project
TA and medium or high risk
by group TA.
3. All components handling the pumped liquid (including 1. Design Basis / 1. To review design document, requisition, 1. Test procedure complying D, P, C&I
auxiliaries) shall be assembled as a single unit and tested Specification TBE report, test procedure and verify with requirement.
hydrostatically with liquid at a minimum of 1.5 times the /Datasheet / Test during the testing of pump.
maximum allowable working pressure but not less than a procedure and
gauge pressure of 150 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi). report / 2. To verify pump hydrotest report. 1. Test result confirm C&I
(Refer API-674 Clause 8.3.2.1 Requisition / TBE compliance.
And API-675 Clause no 8.3.2.1) Report
F21. Reciprocating positive displacement 1. To protect the pump and its associated piping system, a 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify in P&ID each reciprocating 1. Each positive displacement D, P
pump shall be provided with over pressure separate pressure relief valve (PSV) / pressure limiting Datasheet / positive displacement pump is provided pump is provided with PSV
protection for protection of pump & associated valve (PLV) shall be provided at upstream of discharge Vendor scope of with individual pressure relief valve.
piping system. isolation valve. supply / P&ID /
(Refer PTS 12.11.01 Clause no 4.2.1(iii)) Requisition/ Test 2. To verify PSV set pressure as defined in 1. PSV set pressure meet the D, P
Certificates minimum criteria. requirement.
2. Pressure-limiting valves or other protective devices shall 1. Design Basis / To verify PSV / PLV set pressure as defined in 1. PSV/PLV set pressure D, P
be used with power pumps, and with direct-acting pumps Datasheet / minimum criteria. meet design requirement.
if the stall pressure or the ram pressure potentially Vendor scope of
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A78 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
exceeds the maximum allowable working pressure. supply / P&ID / To verify the test certificate. 1. Test report meet design C&I
(Refer API-674 Clause 7.5.4.4.1) Test Certificates requirements.
3. Pressure-limiting valve accumulation pressure shall not 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify PSV set pressure as defined in 1. PSV/PLV set pressure D, P
exceed the maximum allowable working pressure of the Datasheet / minimum criteria. meet design requirement.
cylinder and shall not exceed 110% of the specified Vendor scope of
pressure-limiting valve set pressure. supply / P&ID / 2. To verify the test certificate. 1. Test report meet design C&I
(Refer API-674 Clause no 6.4.2) Test Certificates requirements.
4. An internal relief valve may be used in the hydraulic drive 1. Design Basis / 1. To review diaphragm pump document for 1. Diaphragm pump provided D, P
system of diaphragm pumps, the valve however shall not Datasheet / Pump hydraulic drive system internal relief valve. with internal relief valve in
be used as a protection device for the process side of the GA & cross hydraulic drive system.
pump. section drawing /
(Refer PTS 12.11.01 Clause 4.3.1(iii)) P&ID / Pressure 2. To review PSV/PLV set pressure and test 1. PSV/PLV set pressure and C&I
relief valve certificates. test report complying with
(PSV/PLV) the requirement.
datasheet
5. Diaphragm pumps shall have an integral, adjustable 1. Design Basis / 1. To review diaphragm pump document for 1. Diaphragm pump provided D, P
hydraulic relief valve to provide full protection of the pump Datasheet / Pump hydraulic drive system internal relief valve. with internal relief valve in
drive mechanism from excessive discharge pressure. The GA & cross hydraulic drive system.
relief valve setting shall be at least 10 % or 175 kPa (25 section drawing /
psi) over the rated discharge pressure, whichever is P&ID / Pressure 2. To review PSV/PLV set pressure and test 1. PSV/PLV set pressure and C&I
greater. relief valve certificates. test report complying with
(Refer API-675 Clause no 6.8.1) (PSV/PLV) the requirement.
datasheet
6. The margin of separation between the positive peak of the 1. Specification / 1. To review PSV/PLV set pressure. 1. PSV/ PLV set pressure D, P
pulsation complex wave at the relief valve and the relief Datasheet / P&ID / meet the requirement.
valve setting shall be 10 % of the maximum specified pressure relief
discharge pressure or 165 kPa (25 psi), whichever is valve (PSV/PLV) 2. To verify during PSV/PLV testing. 1. Test report and certificates C&I
greater. datasheet / are complying with the
(Refer API-675 3rd edition, Annex F clause F.1.6) PSV/PLV requirement.
calibration report
F22. Diaphragm Pump shall be equipped with 1. Diaphragm pump shall be equipped with double 1. Design Basis / 1. To review design basis and datasheet for 1. Pump is double diaphragm D, P
diaphragm failure indication. diaphragm. The pump shall be equipped with diaphragm Datasheet / Pump double diaphragm type and equipped with
failure indication. cross section diaphragm failure
(Refer PTS 12.11.01 Clause 4.3.1(v)) drawing indication.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A79 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. To verify diaphragm failure indication 1. Test result confirm C&I
system during FAT of pump. functionality of diaphragm
failure system.
2. MAWP shall be at least the maximum discharge pressure 1. Design Basis / 1. To review MAWP of pump pressure 1. Pump pressure casing D, P
plus 10 % of the maximum differential pressure, and shall Specification / casings. MAWP meet the
not be less than a minimum gauge pressure rating of 4 Datasheet requirement.
MPa (40 bar) (600 psi) at 38 °C (100 °F).
(Refer API-685, 2nd edition, Clause no 6.2.2) 2. To verify pump hydrostatic test report. 1. Pump hydrostatic test C&I
result / report complying
with requirement.
3. Canned motor pump stator housing, including the 1. Design Basis / 1. To review Canned motor pump stator 1. Canned motor pump stator D, P
electrical feed through barrier, shall be designed for the Specification / housing MAWP. housing MAWP meet the
pressure casing maximum allowable working pressure, Datasheet / Pump requirement.
associated hydrostatic test pressure and operating cross section
temperature range. drawing 2. To verify MAWP compare with Hydrostatic 1. Canned motor pump C&I
(Refer API-685, 2nd edition, Clause no 9.2.2.1) Test report. hydrostatic test result /
report complying with
requirement.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A80 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F24. Magnetic drive or Canned motor pump 1. Pump secondary control / containment option shall be 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify pump secondary control / 1. Secondary control / D, P
Secondary Control / Containment design shall selected from Annex B of API-685 2nd edition, if not Datasheet / containment option. containment option meet
be in accordance to design requirement. specified in pump datasheet. Vendor P&ID / the requirement.
Pump cross
section drawing /
Requisition
2. Secondary control or containment system shall be rated 1. Datasheet / Pump 1. To review pump secondary control or 1. Secondary control or D, P
for the same pressure as the pressure casing. drawings containment system design pressure. containment system design
pressure meet the
requirement.
F25. Canned motor pump for Ethylene Oxide 1. Gasket shall be made of Graphite or PTFE.(Refer PTS 1. Design Basis / 1. To review vendor documents during the 1. Vendor documents are D, P
(EO) applications shall be designed in 12.11.01 Clause no 3.5.7) Datasheet / Pump proposal stage and also after PO. complying with the
accordance with its design characteristic. cross section requirement.
drawing 2. To review the material certificates. 1. Material certificate confirm C&I
gasket material.
2. The material of pump internals shall be made of SS316L 1. Design Basis / 1. To review vendor documents during the 1. Vendor documents are D, P
or equivalent. Datasheet / Pump proposal stage and also after PO. complying with the
(Refer PTS 12.11.01 Clause no 3.5.7) cross section requirement.
drawing
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
4. To prevent hot spots in the pump casing in the event of 1. Design Basis / 1. To review design document, requisition and 1. Vendor documents are D, P
dry running with safeguarding measures to prevent the Datasheet / P&ID / TBE report. complying with the
risk of detonation of EO vapor when the temperatures is Equipment requirement.
above 500 deg C (approximately). The safeguarding shall shutdown
have the following instrumentation; philosophy / 2. To review pump safeguarding system. 1. Pump safeguarding system D, P
Requisition / TBE is satisfactory and meet the
a. Surge drum low level trip Report requirement.
b. Discharge high temperature trip
c. Discharge low flow trip
d. Motor cooling high temperature trip
(Refer PTS 12.11.01 Clause no 3.5.7)
AIR / GAS OPERATED DOUBLE DIAPHRAGM PUMPS
F26. Air / Gas Operated double diaphragm 1. Pump pressure containing parts design pressure shall be 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify pump pressure containing parts 1. Pump design pressure D, P
pump pressure containing parts design equal or higher than driving air / gas maximum pressure. Datasheet / P&ID / design pressure. meet the requirement.
pressure shall be equal or higher than driving If Pump design pressure is less, air / gas inlet piping shall Requisition
Air / Gas pressure. be provided with pressure control valve (PCV) & pressure 2. To review requirement of PCV & PRV. 1. PCV & PRV provided if D, P, C&I
relief valve (PRV). required.
2. Pressure relief valve (if required) shall have set pressure 1. Datasheet / P&ID / 1. To review the PRV set pressure. 1. PRV Set pressure meet the D, P
equivalent to design pressure of diaphragm pump. PRV datasheet / requirement.
PRV test report
2. To verify with test report. 1. Test result / report C&I
complying with the
requirement.
3. Material of construction proposed by vendor shall be 1. Datasheet / 1. To verify chemical compatibility chart is 1. Chemical compatibility D, P
compatible with process fluid. chemical included required vendor document. chart included in vendor
compatibility chart required document.
/ Material
Certificates / 2. To review chemical compatibility chart. 1. All material proposed are D, P
Requisition compatible with process
fluid.
F27. Air / Gas Operated double diaphragm 1. Diaphragm leak detection system and the instrumentation 1. Specification / 1. To review design document, requisition 1. Diaphragm leak detection D, P
pump shall be equipped with diaphragm leak system shall be provided for gas operated double Datasheet / P&ID / and TBE report. system is included for gas
detection system. diaphragm pump. Logic Control
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A82 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Diagram / operated double diaphragm
Requisition / TBE pump.
Report
COMPRESSOR
F28. Compressor shall meet the applicable 1. Compressor type and selection shall be in accordance to 1. Design Basis, 1. Review equipment sizing and selection 1. Sizing and Selection of D, P
design standards as defined in the design PTS guidelines PTS 12.11.30 (Compressor Selection, Process data report. equipment is in compliance
basis. Testing and Installation). Selected equipment shall be Mechanical with PTS guidelines.
operated within the operating envelope as specified in the Datasheet /
design basis/Standard Operating Limit. Requisition / TBE 2. Review design document, requisition and 1. Vendor's proposal meet the D, P
Report and Test TBE report. process requirement and in
report line with PTS guidelines.
F30. Material of construction for compressor 1. For gas with presence of hydrogen sulphide, the material 1. Design Basis / 1. To review material of construction of 1. Material of construction of D, P
shall be accordance to PTS & code in contact including external bolting on the casing and seal Specification / compressor parts in the design document, compressor parts are
requirement. glands shall be as per NACE MR0103 or ISO 15156. Datasheet / part requisition and TBE report. complying with the
The Manufacturer may consider a barrel type casing if the list / Material requirement.
bolt design of a horizontally split casing exceeds the Certificates /
limitation of ISO 15156 or NACE MR0103. Ferrous Requisition / TBE
materials other than those covered under ISO 15156 or Report
NACE MR0103 shall not have a hardness of more than
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A83 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
248 HV10 (Rockwell C 22). The hardness limitation shall 2. To review the material certificate. 1. Material certificates confirm C&I
be applicable to heat-affected zone of welds. Materials for compliance to
steel plate shall be in accordance with the through- requirements.
thickness tensile test of ASTM A 770 (S3) and shall have
a minimum reduction of area of 35 %.
(Refer PTS 12.11.31 Clause no 2.2.1.6)
2. For non-welded components, materials that have a yield 1. Design Basis / 1. To review material of construction of 1. Material of construction of D, P
strength in excess of 827 Mpa or hardness in excess of Specification / compressor parts in the design document, compressor parts are
Rockwell C 34 are prohibited for use in hydrogen gas Datasheet / part requisition and TBE report. complying with the
service where the partial pressure of hydrogen exceeds list / Material requirement.
689 kPa or the hydrogen concentration exceeds 90 molar Certificates
percent at any pressure.
For welded components with a maximum allowable 2. To review the material certificate. 1. Material certificates confirm C&I
temperature exceeding 200 °C, the limitations shall (PSR) compliance to
be in accordance with ISO 15156 or NACE MR0103, as requirements.
applicable.
(Refer PTS 12.11.31 Clause no 2.2.1.9)
F31. Compressor pressure containing casing 1. De-rating of pressure-containing casings from the design 1. Datasheet / Test 1. To review pressure containing part 1. Hydrostatic test pressure D, P
shall be designed in accordance with its MAWP are not allowed. Hydrostatic test pressure of the procedure / Test hydrostatic test procedure. meet the requirement and
design characteristic. pressure-containing casings shall be selected accordingly. report no de-rating.
(Refer PTS 12.11.31 Chapter-1 Clause no 2.3.1.1)
2. To verify report for compliance to 1. Hydrotest report meet C&I
requirement. requirement.
3. Pressure-containing casting defects or leaks shall not be 1. Inspection & test 1. To review pressure containing casting 1. Repair procedure C&I
repaired with peening or burning-in, or by plastics or procedure (ITP) repair procedure. complying with PTS
cement compound impregnation. requirement.
(Refer PTS 12.11.31 Chapter-1 Clause no 2.3.1.10.3)
4. Horizontal split design inner casing shall be selected for 1. Specification / 1. To review compressor construction in the 1. Compressor casing design D, P
radial split compressors. Single piece end cover should be Datasheet / design document, requisition and TBE meet requirement.
used. Compressor GA & report.
(Refer PTS 12.11.31 Chapter-2 Clause no 2.3.1.8) cross section
drawing /
Requisition / TBE
Report
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A84 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
5. End covers of axial compressor casings in hydrocarbon 1. Specification / 1. To review compressor construction in the 1. Compressor casing design D, P
service shall be of a single piece construction without a Datasheet / design document, requisition and TBE meet requirement.
split line. Compressor GA & report.
(Refer PTS 12.11.31 Chapter-2 Clause no 2.3.1.9) cross section
drawing
F32. Compressor pressure casing 1. 1. All connections shall be flanged or machined and 1. Datasheet / 1. To review compressor drawings for casing 1. Casing pressure D, P
connections shall be designed in accordance studded. Casing pressure connections shall not be Compressor GA & pressure connections. connections meet the
with its design characteristic. threaded.(Refer PTS 12.11.31 Chapter-1 Clause no cross section requirement and there is no
2.3.2.1.1) drawing thread connection.
2. A blind flange with the same pressure rating as the 1. Datasheet / 1. To review compressor drawings for 1. All unused casing nozzles D, P
corresponding casing connection flange shall be provided Compressor GA & provision of proper blind in all unused are provided with blind as
along with a suitable gasket for process gas containing cross section casing nozzles. per minimum criteria
casing openings which are not connected to any piping. drawing / P&ID requirement.
(Refer PTS 12.11.31 Chapter-1 Clause no 2.3.2.4)
2. To verify during compressor test and 1. Any spare blind flange C&I, HUC
commissioning. rating are as per design
requirement.
3. Main process nozzles shall not have pressure or 1. Datasheet / 1. To review datasheet, P&ID & compressor 1. No pressure or temperature D, P
temperature connections. Compressor GA & drawing. connections from main
(Refer PTS 12.11.31 Chapter-1 Clause no 2.3.2.5) cross section process nozzles.
drawing / P&ID
2. To verify during compressor test. 1. No pressure or temperature C&I
connection found during
physical checking.
4. A radially split barrel compressor may have threaded 1. Specification / 1. To review compressor drawings. 1. Connections on outer D, P
special design individual drain connections to the inner Datasheet / casing are welded.
casing to facilitate compressor disassembly. Connections Compressor GA &
on the outer casing shall be welded. cross section 2. Physically check/verify during Factory 1. Drain connections are as C&I
(Refer PTS 12.11.31 Chapter-2 Clause no 2.3.2.5) drawing Acceptance Test at Vendor workshop. per design requirements.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A85 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F33. Dry Gas Seal design shall be in 1. Dry gas seal shall be in accordance with API 614 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify Dry Gas Seal has been designed 1. No deviation. If deviation D, P
accordance with its design characteristic. (Lubrication and shaft sealing), API 617 (Axial and Specification / as per codes & PTS requirements without required proper risk
Centrifugal Compressor and Expander Compressor) and Datasheet any deviation. assessment is done and
PTS 12.11.31 Clause no. 2.8 & PTS 12.12.01. endorsed by relevant TA based
on risk exposure. Example low
risk by project TA and medium
or high risk by group TA.
2. In the event of a total seal failure, the gas leakage rate to 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify from design document, 1. Gas leakage rate limited to D, P
the flare and into atmosphere shall be limited to a Datasheet / P&ID requisition and TBE report. a maximum possible level
maximum possible level, which shall be indicated in the and indicated in vendor's
Vendor’s proposal. proposal.
Vent lines to the flare and safe location shall be sized for
avoiding over-pressurization of the seal and bearing
housing in the event of a major seal failure. 2. To verify vent line size. 1. Vent lines are adequately D, P
(Refer PTS 12.11.31 Chapter-1 Clause 2.8.4.5.4) sized for avoiding over-
pressurization of seal &
bearing housing.
3. To verify vent lines are routed to flare and 1. Vent lines are routed to D, P, C&I
safe location. flare and safe location.
3. Dry Gas Seal Test shall be conducted as per API 617 1. Design Basis / 1. To review the ITP. 1. ITP meet all test D, P
ANNEX 1D Testing of Gas Seals in Seal Vendor's Shop. Datasheet / requirements.
(Refer PTS 12.11.31 Chapter-1 Clause no 2.8.4.9) Requisition /
Inspection & test 2. Review test procedure and verify during 1. Test result / report meet the C&I
procedure (ITP) Factory Acceptance Test at Vendor requirement.
Workshop.
F34. Compressor and Sealing system 1. If machine rapid de-pressurization is specified, the 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify provision is included in Vendor's 1. Relevant design feature D, P
components - It shall ensure that the sealing Manufacturer shall ensure that the shaft seals and the Datasheet / scope of supply. included and sufficient for
system is safe to use in normal operation or sealing system are suitable for this condition and shall Drawings / any upset condition.
any upset condition. provide the details of the relevant design features. Inspection and
(Refer PTS 12.11.31 Chapter-1 Clause no 2.8.1.1) test reports 2. To verify during Compressor Mechanical 1. Test report confirm C&I
Running Test and Seal leak test. compliance to design
requirement.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A86 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F35. Dry Gas Seal Monitoring System - It 1. Dry Gas Seal Monitoring Protection system alarms and 1. Design Basis / 1. To review Vendor's drawings on DGS 1. Dry gas seal monitoring D, P
shall be designed to monitor shutdown as per API 614 Chapter 4, Table 1 (Lubrication, ITB / Specification monitoring protection system alarms and system comply with the
hydrocarbon/toxic and flammable gas leakage Shaft sealing and oil control systems and auxiliaries). /Datasheet / P&ID shutdown. standard and meeting
from the compressor and safely shutdown the Alarms and shutdown functions shall comprise individually / Cause & effect minimum requirements.
compressor if necessary. locally mounted transmitters, which are connected to the diagram /
plant alarm and shutdown systems. Requisition 2. To review requisition document comprise 1. Requisition document meet D, P
of detectors, flow meters, pressure all requirements.
Secondary leak shall be vented to safe location and shall transmitters in the datasheet.
be monitor by
3. To review Logic Control Diagram and 1. Control diagram meet C&I
a. flammable gas detector and can initiate alarm verify during control system FAT. requirements and FAT
b. leak off flow meter or pressure transmitter result confirm all design
requirements.
2. Maximum allowable working pressure of the casing shall 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify compressor components design 1. Compressor components D, P
be at least equal to the specified relief-valve set pressure. Datasheet / pressure. design pressure meet the
(Refer API-619 5th edition, Clause no 5.2.5) Pressure relief requirement.
valve data sheet /
P&ID
F37. Rotary positive displacement 1. All connections shall be suitable for the maximum 1. Datasheet / 1. To review MAWP of compressor 1. All casing connections D, P
compressor casing connection shall be in allowable working pressure of the casing. Compressor GA & connection. meet the requirement.
accordance with its design characteristic. (Refer API-619 5th edition, Clause no 5.3.2) cross section
drawing / P&ID 2. To review compressor GA & cross section 1. All casing connections D, P
drawing. meet the requirement.
3. Threaded connection and socket welding are not 1. Datasheet / 1. To review compressor GA & cross section 1. All casing connections D, P
permitted. Owner’s approval shall be obtained when other Compressor GA & drawing. meet the requirement.
connection methods are not possible. cross section
(Refer PTS 12.11.33 Clause no 5.3.1) drawing / P&ID 2. Physically check/verify during Factory 1. Casing connections are not C&I
Acceptance Test at Vendor workshop. thread and socket welded.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A87 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
4. A blind flange shall be provided for openings not 1. Datasheet / 1. To review compressor drawings for 1. All unused casing nozzles D, P
connected to piping for casings containing process gas. Compressor GA & provision of proper blind in all unused are provided with blind as
(Refer PTS 12.11.33 Clause no 5.3.11) cross section casing nozzles. per minimum criteria
drawing / P&ID requirement.
2. To verify during compressor test and 1. Any spare blind flange C&I, HUC
commissioning. rating are as per design
requirement.
F38. Rotary positive displacement 1. Shaft seals liquid film type is not allowed. 1. Design Basis / 1. To review shaft seal type. 1. Shaft sealing system meet D, P
compressor shaft seal selection shall be in (Refer PTS 12.11.33 Clause no 5.6.1.7) Datasheet the requirement.
accordance with its design characteristic.
2. If self-acting gas seals are specified, they shall be in 1. Design Basis / 1. To review self-acting gas seals are 1. No deviation. If deviation D, P
accordance with PTS 12.11.31 and PTS 12.12.01. Datasheet designed as per PTS requirements. required proper risk
(Refer PTS 12.11.33 Clause no 5.6.3.4) assessment is done and
endorsed by relevant TA
based on risk exposure.
Example low risk by project
TA and medium or high risk
by group TA.
F39. Rotary positive displacement 1. Connections for inlet and outlet of all safety or relief valves 1. Compressor 1. To review type of pressure relief valve in 1. Pressure relief valve design D, P
compressor shall be provided with pressure shall be flanged type. datasheet / the requisition and TBE report. meet the requirement.
relief valve for over pressure protection of (Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 5.5.2) Pressure relief
compressor components & associated piping. valve datasheet /
P&ID / Requisition 2. To verify during relief valve testing and 1. Test report confirm C&I
/ TBE Report review test report. compliance to design
requirement.
2. Operation of safety or relief valves above the MAWP is not 1. Compressor 1. To review pressure relief valve set 1. Pressure relief valve design D, P
permitted. datasheet / pressure. & set pressure meet the
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 5.5.4) Pressure relief requirement.
valve datasheet /
P&ID 2. To verify during relief valve testing and 1. Test result / report are C&I
review test report. complying with the
requirement.
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F40. Reciprocating compressor pressure 1. Grey cast iron for compressor cylinders and any pressure 1. Specification / 1. To review compressor cylinder material of 1. Compressor cylinder D, P
containing parts shall be designed in components shall not be used. And, nodular cast iron Datasheet / construction. material of construction
accordance with its design characteristic. (ductile iron) for cylinder relief valve pressure higher than Compressor part meet the requirement.
70 barg is not allowed. list / Material
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 3.2.1) Certificates
2. To review cylinder and relief valve material 1. Cylinder and relief valve D, P
of construction. material of construction
meet the requirements.
3. To verify material certificates during FAT. 1. Material of construction of C&I
cylinder and relief valve are
in line with design
requirements.
F41. Reciprocating compressor design 1. All equipment shall be designed to run safely to the relief 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify compressor components design 1. Compressor components D, P
pressure shall be in accordance with its valve setting including accumulation. Datasheet / pressure. design pressure meet the
design characteristic. (Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 2.1.5) Pressure relief requirement.
valve datasheet /
Compressor
drawings
2. Compressor cylinders minimum MAWP shall be the same 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify compressor components design 1. Compressor components D, P
as the stated relief valve setting with addition of the Datasheet / pressure. design pressure meet the
required over pressure. Pressure relief requirement.
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 2.6.1) valve datasheet /
Compressor 2. To verify during compressor cylinder hydro 1. Test report meet the design C&I
drawings testing and review test report. requirements.
F42. Reciprocating compressor shall be 1. Safety or relief valves and fittings made of brass or cast 1. Compressor 1. To review Material of Construction for 1. Pressure relief valve design D, P
provided with pressure relief valve for over iron are not permitted. datasheet / relief pressure relief valve and fittings. meet the requirement.
pressure protection of compressor (Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 5.5.1) valve datasheet /
components & associated piping. P&ID / Material 2. To verify during relief valve testing and 1. Test result / report are C&I
Certificates review material certificates. complying with the
requirement.
2. Connections for inlet and outlet of all safety or relief valves 1. Compressor 1. To review pressure relief valve design 1. Pressure relief valve design D, P
shall be flanged type. datasheet / relief flange connection type in the design & set pressure meet the
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 5.5.2) valve datasheet / document and requisition. requirement.
P&ID / Requisition
2. To verify during relief valve testing and 1. Test result / report are C&I
review test report. complying with the
requirement.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A89 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
3. Operation of safety or relief valves above the MAWP is not 1. Compressor 1. To review P&ID and datasheets for 1. Pressure relief valve design D, P
permitted. datasheet / relief pressure relief valve design and set & set pressure meet the
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 5.5.4) valve datasheet / pressure. requirement.
P&ID
2. To verify during relief valve testing and 1. Test result / report are C&I
review test report. complying with the
requirement.
4. Setting of safety or relief valves shall be as minimum 1. Compressor 1. To review P&ID and datasheets for 1. Pressure relief valve design D, P
above rated discharge maximum operating pressure datasheet / relief pressure relief valve design and set & set pressure meet the
(MOP) inclusive of pulsation pressure peak as the valve datasheet / pressure. requirement.
following; P&ID
2. To verify during relief valve testing and 1. Test result / report are C&I
a. Safety/relief valve setting = MOP + 1 (in bar gage) for 0 review test report. complying with the
to 10 barg (MOP + peak pulsation pressure). requirement.
b. Safety/relief valve setting = MOP + 10% (in bar gage) for
above 10 barg (MOP + peak pulsation pressure).
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 5.5.5)
F43. Reciprocating compressor for oxygen & 1. Piston and packing shall not be lubricated for oxygen 1. Design Basis / 1. To verify piston and packing type in the 1. Oxygen and air compressor D, P
air service piston & packing shall not be compressors and air compressors. This is also includes Datasheet / design document, requisition and TBE piston & packing are not
lubricated. gasses with volume of oxygen of 21% or higher and Compressor cross report. lubricated.
oxygen partial pressure of 10 bar or higher. section drawing /
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 2.3.2) Requisition / TBE
Report
2. To review selected compressor meet the 1. Selected compressor meet D, P
requirement. design requirement.
F44. Reciprocating compressor crankcase 1. Throat area for crankcase explosion relief valves shall 1. Specification / 1. To review sizing of explosion relief valve. 1. Crankcase has adequate D, P
shall be equipped with explosion relief valve. have minimum of 70 mm2 for each dm3 of the gross Datasheet / nos of explosion relief
crankcase contents. Compressor GA & valves and meet the
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 2.12.7) cross section requirement.
drawing
2. To review design document, requisition 1. Design document confirm D, P
and TBE Report. correct sizing for explosion
relief valve.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A90 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F45. Reciprocating compressor distance 1. Unless differently stated in the data or requisition sheet, 1. Design Basis / 1. To review compressor distance piece type 1. Distance piece type & D, P
piece shall be selected and designed in the required distance piece type is as follows; Datasheet / in the design document, requisition and design meet the
accordance with its design characteristic. (i) For air or pure nitrogen: Type B Compressor cross TBE report. requirement.
(ii) For all other gases in lubricated and non-lubricated section drawing /
services: Type C or D. Purging & venting
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 2.13.1) P&ID
1. Distance piece outer compartment adjacent to the 1. Design Basis / 1. To review compressor distance piece type 1. Distance piece type & D, P
cylinder, partitions, covers, bolting and intermediate seal Datasheet / in the design document, requisition and design meet the
packing shall be designed for a minimum compartment Compressor cross TBE report. requirement.
pressure of 3.5 barg.(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no section drawing / 2. To review the design pressure of distance 1. Distance piece design D, P
2.13.4) Purging & venting piece. pressure meet the
P&ID / Requisition
requirement.
/ TBE Report
1. Distance piece type C & D suitable pressure relief device 1. Design Basis / 1. To review compressor distance piece type 1. Distance piece type & D, P
shall be provided by the Manufacturer to avoid Datasheet / in the design document, requisition and design meet the
compartment inside pressure from exceeding the Compressor cross TBE report. requirement.
compartment maximum allowable working pressure. section drawing /
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 2.14.10) Purging & venting
P&ID / Requisition
/ TBE Report 2. To review the design pressure of distance 1. Pressure relief devices (if D, P
piece and review the requirement of required) is provided and
pressure relief device for distance piece meet the requirement.
type C & D.
3. Verify hydrotest of distance piece type C & 1. Test report meet the design C&I
D and review test reports. requirements.
F46. Reciprocating compressor packing cases 1. Segmental rings with garter springs of a nickel chromium 1. Specification / 1. To review compressor packing cases and 1. Packing case and pressure D, P
and pressure packing shall be designed in alloy for all oil-wiper packing, intermediate partition Datasheet / pressure packing. packing design meet the
accordance with its design characteristic. packing, and cylinder pressure packing is not allowed. Compressor GA & requirement.
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 2.14.1) cross section
drawing /
Compressor part 2. To verify in P&ID packing & distance 1. Packing case and pressure D, P
list / Purging & piece, purging & venting system. packing design meet the
venting P&ID requirement.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A91 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. The material of the packing case and end flange shall be 1. Specification / 1. To review compressor packing cases 1. Design and material of D, P
stainless steel and shall be bolted to the cylinder with a Datasheet / material of construction in the design construction of packing
minimum of four stud bolts. Cap bolts are not permitted. Compressor GA & document, requisition and TBE report. case & end flange meet the
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 2.14.2) cross section design requirements
drawing /
Compressor part
list / Purging &
venting P&ID /
Requisition / TBE
Report
3. Cup-to-cup pilot fits is not allowed. 1. Specification / 1. To review compressor packing cases 1. Packing case assemblies D, P
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 2.14.3) Datasheet / material of construction in the design shall have positive
Compressor GA & document, requisition and TBE report. alignment features,
cross section sufficient body fitted tie
drawing / bolts.
Compressor part
list / Requisition /
TBE Report
4. The design of packing cases shall facilitate radial 1. Specification / 1. To review compressor packing cases 1. Packing case and pressure D, P
movement of the piston rod with no metal to metal contact Datasheet / material of construction in the design packing case design meet
between the case and piston rod in case of total loss of Compressor GA & document, requisition and TBE report. the requirement.
rider ring height. cross section
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 2.14.4) drawing /
Compressor part
list / Requisition /
TBE Report
5. For hazardous or wet gas service, the pressure packing 1. Specification / 1. To review compressor packing cases and 1. Packing case and pressure D, P
case shall be provided with a common vent and drain, Datasheet / pressure packing. packing design meet the
below the piston rod, piped by the vendor to the lower Compressor GA & requirement.
portion of the distance piece. cross section
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 2.14.5) drawing /
Compressor part
list / Purging & 2. To verify in P&ID packing & distance 1. Pressure packing & D, P
venting P&ID piece, purging & venting system. distance piece, purging &
venting system meet the
requirement.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A92 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
3. To verify during commissioning packing & 1. Purging & venting system HUC
distance piece, purging & venting system. meet the requirement.
6. Nitrogen purge shall be equipped for Type C and D 1. Specification / 1. To review compressor packing cases and 1. Packing case and pressure D, P
arrangements of the cylinder packing case and the frame Datasheet / pressure packing. packing design meet the
inboard distance piece. Separate connection to the flare or Compressor GA & requirement.
flare header shall be made for each cylinder packing case cross section
vent. drawing /
Outboard distance piece compartment vent shall be to Compressor part
safe location and inboard compartment shall be plugged. list / Purging & 2. To verify in P&ID packing & distance 1. Pressure packing & D, P
The buffer gas nitrogen pressure shall ensure differential venting P&ID piece, purging & venting system. distance piece, purging &
pressure of the inboard compartment is higher than the venting system meet the
outboard compartment by 30 to 50 barg. requirement.
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 2.14.10)
3. To verify during commissioning packing & 1. Purging & venting system HUC
distance piece, purging & venting system. meet the requirement.
7. In case of nitrogen is not available for purge of Type C & 1. Specification / 1. To review compressor packing cases and 1. Packing case and pressure D, P
D, the purge connection for the cylinder acking shall be Datasheet / pressure packing. packing design meet the
plugged. The inboard compartment shall be vented via Compressor GA & requirement.
breather to the atmosphere and the vent connection is cross section
separately connected to flare or flare header. A vacuum drawing / 2. To verify in P&ID packing & distance 1. Pressure packing & D, P
system shall be provided to the outboard compartment. Compressor part piece, purging & venting system. distance piece, purging &
Ejector outlet is vented to low pressure flare and the list / Purging & venting system meet the
ejector driving medium shall be specified in the data or venting P&ID requirement.
requisition sheet. 3. To verify during commissioning packing & 1. Purging & venting system HUC
(Refer PTS 12.11.32 Clause no 2.14.10) distance piece, purging & venting system. meet the requirement.
GENERAL
F47. Zero leakage for Produced hydrocarbon 1. Visual Integrity Inspection (Produced Hydrocarbons): 1. Design Basis / 1. Perform visual inspection for leakage. 1. Visual inspection report HUC
or Non-Produced hydrocarbons. There shall be no detectable produced hydrocarbon leaks Specification / meets the requirement.
from the rotating equipment such as leakage from Datasheet /
equipment package, pipes and valves, shaft seals or Drawings / Visual
casings. Inspection
(Best Engineering Practice)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A93 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. Visual Integrity Inspection (Non-produced Hydrocarbons): 1. Design Basis / 1. Perform visual inspection for leakage. 1. Visual inspection report HUC
There shall be no "non-produced” hydrocarbon leaks In Specification / meets the requirement.
the vicinity of or onto hot surfaces or, onto lagging or Datasheet /
turbine insulation Drawings / Visual
Inspection
There shall be no unacceptable"non-produced"
hydrocarbon accumulation on equipment base plates.
NOTES:
"Non-produced" hydrocarbons are considered to be:
Hydraulic, seal and lubricating oils and liquid fuels.
F48. Overpressure protection for rotating 1. Overpressure protection shall be provided for the 1. Design Basis / 1. To carry out HAZOP study. 1. HAZOP report, PSV D, C&I, HUC
machinery shall be in accordance to design equipment when required. High Pressure alarm and Specification / datasheets, PID,
requirement. shutdown switches/transmitters shall be provided in Datasheet / 2. Verify PSVs are provided at the equipment equipment datasheets are
addition to PSVs. Drawings / P&ID / for overpressure protection. in line with the requirement.
HAZOP Study
2. Overpressure protection for rotating equipment as per report 3. Review test certificates.
detailed out in PTS 16.53.01 Section 5.4.
4. Verify alarm and trip set points.
F49. Vibration for rotating machinery shall be 1. Vibration monitoring and protection shall be provided for 1. Design Basis / 1. To ensure critical rotating equipment 1. Vibration Monitoring D,P
in accordance to design requirement. the equipment when required. Specification / protected with the vibration monitoring System supplied and meet
(Refer PTS 12.01.03 Clause no 2.2.1) Datasheet / system stated in the design document, the design requirements.
Drawings / P&ID / requisition and evaluated.
Requisition
2. Verify all the vibration monitoring and 1. All vibration monitoring & C&I, HUC
protection system during FAT. protection system are
installed as per
requirements.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A94 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
AVAILABILITY
A1. Safeguarding and protection systems 1. All the monitoring and protection systems (overpressure, 1. Design Basis / 1. To review adequate redundancy on critical 1. Safeguarding & protection D, P, C&I
shall be available at all times. seal, fire and gas detection system) shall be made Safeguarding safeguarding protection system. systems meet the
available at all times to safeguard the equipment. Philosophy requirement.
Provision of redundancy for all critical safeguarding 2. To review systems/components are 1. Test result/report are C&I
protection system/components (fail safe design) e.g. PLC. proven & reliable design. complying to design
requirement.
Selection of systems/components shall be based on
proven and reliable design. 3. To verify all the protection system during 1. Test result/report are C&I
equipment testing. complying to design
requirement.
RELIABILITY
R1. Rotating equipment shall be sourced from 1. Vendor has proven experience of such equipment. 1. Design basis / 1. To review the experience list of vendor for 1. Ensure at least 3 D, P
vendor with proven design. Experience list similar equipment. equipment from vendor
have accumulated 24000
hours of operation.
R2. Rotating equipment design shall be 1. Rotating equipment shall be designed to relevant codes & 2. Design Basis / 1. To review equipment are as per relevant 1. Equipment are as per D, P
complying with code requirement. standard. Vendor proposal / codes & standard. relevant codes & standard.
Adequate test (FAT / SAT) shall be included in vendor Deviation list /
scope for verifying equipment performance. Inspection & test
plan 2. To verify adequate testing requirements 1. Vendor scope of work meet C&I
are included in vendor scope. the requirement.
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Rotating Equipment flange design shall 1. Particular attention should be made to flanges exposed to 1. Design Basis / 1. To review selection of flanges during 1. HAZOP and IPF have been D
withstand any MAH (Major Accident Hazard) fire. HAZOP study design stage. carried out and the results
report implemented.
2. Carry out HAZOP and IPF study to 1. Flanges selection meet the D
determine potential leakages and requirement and exposure
implement protection measures. to fire shall be avoided or
minimized.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A95 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak integrity to prevent major accident hazard from occurring in the event of failure of a component.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PC007- Relief System Input / Output Over pressure protection for rotating machinery as per relief system of PC007.
I2. DS001 - Fire and Gas detection system Input Rotating machinery with enclosure shall follow requirement of DS001 for fire and gas detection system.
I3. SD001- Emergency shutdown system Input Rotating machinery shutdown system shall be in accordance with SD001
I4. SD006 - Emergency Shutdown Valves. Input SDV for rotating machinery shall meet requirement of SD006.
I5. ER007 - Emergency Power Input Emergency power equipment (diesel generator) shall meet the requirement of ER007.
I6. PS007 - Gaseous Fire Suppression System Input Extinguisher System for gas turbine installation in the enclosure shall meet the requirement of PS007.
I7. PS008 - Fine Water Spray System Input Fine Water Mist System for gas turbine installation shall meet the requirement of PS008.
PETRONAS Review Number: 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name & Signature Zaharudin Ariffin Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 13/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A96 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1- To maintain the storage tanks integrity, to The Tank shall comply with applicable International codes and Tank Design Basis Check and confirm the design basis Approved design and drawings D, C&I
contain hydrocarbon inventories within desired standards. Storage Tank shall be designed and fabricated in and specification have detailed with required protection
operating and design parameter. accordance with API 650 Welded Steel Tank for Oil Storage Mechanical data sheet out the requirement as per data against pressure/ vacuum
and PTS 12.22.02 Vertical Storage Tank as per API 650 or sheet and standards and PTS and overflow.
BS EN 14015 and PTS 12.22.01 Standard Vertical Storage Vendor's document 12.22.01 and PTS 12.22.02 in Approved design basis and
Tank - Selection, Design and Fabrication based on BS EN terms of service fluid, pressure, specification. (D)
14015. temperature and relevant loading.
Tanks (including IBCs) Containing hazardous (flammable, Approved vendor specification,
toxic) fluid which usually been designed as per manufacturer general arrangement &
standard shall comply the requirements. detail drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
The following basic data shall be taken into account in data Tank Design Basis Check and confirm that approved Validated datasheet, design D, C&I
sheet for design and procurement of Tank; Specification design data and specification for basis and Tank Design
storage tank is available. specification
Minimum capacity, maximum capacity, net capacity Mechanical data sheet
Density, viscosity
Design temperature, flash point, vapor pressure Vendor's document
Losses (pumping, evaporation etc.)
Flash point and vapor pressure
Local requirements for emission.
Climatic condition e.g. wind, rain fall, snow fall, earthquake
etc.
Material of construction
( Refer to PTAS 12.22.02 para 2.1)
Material for storage tank shall be specified in the datasheet. Tank Design Basis Check and confirm the suitability of Validated material selection and D, C&I
The material selection shall be compatible to the product Specification the selected material. specification.
handled in the tank and shall (PSR) be suitable for the design
parameters and minimum design metal temperature Material Selection and Corrosion Material selection and corrosion
(MDMT). Refer to para 2.4.1 of PTS 12.22.02 Vertical Report report and test certificate to
Storage Tank as per API 650. Notch ductility test , if be approved by Design
required, shall be in accordance with API 650 Consultant and Third Party
(D, C&I) before fabrication
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A97 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Networking capacity of the storage tank shall be indicated in the Tank Design Basis Check and confirm the requirement Approved Fabrication drawings D, C&I
datasheet .The liquid levels and overfill margins and Specification are incorporated in the tank showing the Tank levels and
protection shall be as per API 650 and API RP 2350. The datasheet, specification and overfill margin. .
maximum capacity for storage tank shall be determined in Vendor's fabrication drawing. vendor fabrication drawing.
accordance with para 2.3.2 of PTS 12.22.02 Vertical Storage
Tank as per API 650.
. All tanks shall (PSR) be designed to safeguard against tank
overfill.
Minimum corrosion allowance for carbon and low alloy steel Tank Design Basis Check and confirm the minimum Approved Tank Design D
component shall be considered as 1.5 mm, however, for Specification corrosion allowance is specified in Basis showing the
bottom sump, it shall be 3 mm. Para. 2.1.3 of PTS 12.22.02 the datasheet and specification. requirement.
Vertical Storage Tank as per API 650.
Bottom plates shall be at least 6 mm thick and bottom annular Tank Design Basis Check and confirm the minimum Thickness validated in General D, C&I
plates shall be at least 8 mm thick excluding any specified Specification thickness for bottom plate and Arrangement drawings (D)
corrosion allowance in accordance with API 650. annular plate in accordance with and thickness calculation
PTS and API 650. (D).
Working range of primary and secondary seal shall be specified Specification Check and confirm the primary and Seal flexibility and seal material D, C&I
as: R (-X, +3X), the explanation is indicated in EEMUA 159. secondary seal system and seal in compliance with approved
The primary seal fabric shall be made of flame retardant material follow EEMUA 159 Tank design basic are
material in accordance with available standard and shall also requirement. validated.
be product resistant. The primary seal may have additional
protection such as a weather shield or a secondary seal to
prevent deterioration of the seal fabric by direct sun radiation
and accumulation of rainwater on the seal. The secondary
rim mounted seal shall, if further reduction of emission to air
is required, have a working range similar to that of the
primary seal. (Para 2.7.10, PTS 12.22.02 Vertical Storage
Tank as per API 650). Adequate Rim vents shall be provide
in external floating roof Tank having mechanical seals as per
EEMUA 159. Para 2.7.3 of PTS 12.22.02 Vertical Storage
Tank as per API 650, the Manufacturer shall submit detailed
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A98 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
calculations for the automatic bleeder vent and rim vent
design in compliance to API 650.
The minimum tank foundation design requirements are Tank Design Basis Check and confirm the foundation Check and confirm foundation D, C&I
addressed in para 2.8 of PTS 12.22.02 Vertical Storage Specification comply with PTS, foundation top drawings prior to
Tank as per API 650. Tank foundations shall be designed shall be covered with compacted construction.
such that the elevation of the tank bottom is at least 300 mm asphalt before laid out the bottom
above the surrounding natural grade. 75 mm fine granular plate. Bituminous sealing shall be
compacted asphalt bed layer shall be laid over the entire provided.
pad. Bituminous sealing shall be applied all around the tank
base projection plate to minimize water/ moisture ingress to
the tank bottom underside. (Para 2.8.4, PTS 12.22.02
Vertical Storage Tank as per API 650)
All tanks shall (PSR) be provided with at least two independent Tank Design Basis Check and confirm the radar gauge Check and confirm Tank design D,C&I
level alarm systems as follows: Specification and thermowell connection in basis
accordance with PTS. The Vendor documents are
Low, Low/Low, High and High/High level alarm systems with P&ID requirements of Para 2.9 of PTS consistent with the
independent transmitters for the High and High/High levels. 12.22.02 shall be complied with. Technical Requisition prior
For normal operation the liquid-level indication system, with its to Approved for Fabrication.
own independent transmitter, is to be used. Refer to para
2.9.2 of PTS 12.22.02 Vertical Storage Tank as per API
650.
The floating roof design to demonstrate that the proposed design Tank Design Basis Check and confirm the floating roof Validated Tank design basis D,C&I
fulfils the buoyancy and strength requirements for the Specification design include buoyancy and vent Vendor documents are
conditions specified. calculation. consistent with the
The automatic bleeder vent and rim vent design in Technical Requisition prior
compliance to API 650. to Approved for Fabrication.
Internal floating covers shall (PSR) be of the full-contact type
for safety and environmental reasons. Acceptable types of
internal floating roofs include the following:
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Pontoon supported aluminium internal floating cover (subject
to approval by the Owner). ( Refer to Para 2.7.2 & 2.7.3 of
TS 12.22.02 Vertical Storage Tank as per API 650)
The requirements of API 650 Section 5.10.2.6 on frangible roof Tank Design Basis Check and confirm the API 650 Validated approved General D, C&I
shall (PSR) be complied with to prevent loss of containment Specification requirement is stated in the arrangement drawings
due to failure of the bottom to shell connection prior to the specification.
failure of the roof to shell connection, unless emergency
venting requirements are satisfied as per API 650. Para
2.1.7 of PTS 12.22.02 Vertical Storage Tank as per API 650.
Hydrostatic procedure shall follow requirements as per design Specification Check and confirm the requirements Hydrotest specification is D, C&I
standard and Appendix 1 of PTS 12.22.03 Standard Vertical Inspection & test Plan. of Hydrostatic test covered in the validated during design. (D)
Tank - Field Erection and Testing. Hydrostatic test specification as Compliance to the
per design code and PTS Hydrostatic test
standards. Design Consultant and specification during
Third party to review the hydrotest of the Tank. ( C&I)
inspection and test plan (ITP) and
its procedure. ITP and its procedures to be
approved by Design
Consultant and Third Party
(D) before fabrication.
To monitor the hydrostatic
testing as per the
procedure.(C&I)
Internal and external coating of the storage tank shall be in Painting and Coating Specification Check and confirm the proposed Validated Painting and coating D, C&I
accordance with PTS 15.20.03, Protective Coatings and painting and coating system as system in accordance with
Linings. per PTS 15.20.03. PTS.
Not consistent with performance criteria
Cathodic protection of the tank bottom shall follow requirements Tank Design BasisSpecification Check and confirm to include cathodic Validated General arrangement D, C&I
of PTS 15.20.01 Cathodic Protection. protection requirements in drawings
accordance with PTS.
Floating roofs shall be fitted with drains of which the number and Tank Design Basis Check and confirm the floating roof Validated Tank Material D, C&I
capacity shall be determined in accordance with the Specification shall be fitted with drain Requisition Package.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A100 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
maximum local rainfall, PTS 12.20.02 Vertical Storage Tank connection in datasheet and Vendor documents are
as per API 650, para 2.7.20. specification. consistent with the
Para 2.7.3.Internal floating covers shall (PSR) be of the full- Technical Requisition prior
contact type for safety and environmental reasons. to Approved for Fabrication.
Articulated roof drains for external floating roofs shall be flanged Tank Design Basis Check and confirm the swivel joint Validated General arrangement D, C&I
carbon steel pipe with pivot master or mechanical swivel Specification. shall be used in accordance with drawings.
joints as indicated in EEMUA 159. Flexible rubber hose EEMUA 159.
joints shall not be used. Para 2.7.19 of PTS 12.22.02
Vertical Storage Tank as per API 650
Automatic bleeder vents shall be provided to vent the air from Tank Design Basis Check and confirm the Auto bleeder is Validated Tank design basis D, C&I
under the floating roof when the tank is being filled initially Specification provided in the datasheet.
(Para. 2.7.17 of PTS 12.22.02 Vertical Storage Tank as per
API 650)
All tanks shall (PSR) be designed for venting under normal
and emergency conditions. Para. 2.1.6 of PTS 12.22.02
Vertical Storage Tank as per API 650
Effective grounding/ lightning protection shall be provided to Tank Design Basis Check and confirm the grounding and Check and confirm Tank D, C&I
maintain full electrical bonding between shell and floating Specification lightning protection shall be in design basis
roof. Spring stainless steel shunts to stainless steel type 301 accordance with the code Vendor documents are
shall be fitted for earthing the floating roof across the rim requirements. consistent with the
space at an interval of maximum 2.0 m. PTS 12.20.02 Technical Requisition prior
Vertical Storage Tank as per API 650, para 2.7.27. to Approved for Fabrication.
Earthing system shall comply with the requirements of PTS Tank Design Basis Check and confirm the al earthing Validated Fabrication drawings D, C&I
13.00.01, NFPA 780, API RP 2003 and IEC 62305, PTS Specification system comply with PTS and
12.20.02 Vertical Storage Tank as per API 650, para 2.7.28. code.
AVAILABILITY
A1- Storage 'Tank overpressure, Vacuum and Unless otherwise specified in the data/requisition, tanks shall be P&ID and GA drawings Check and confirm all fittings and Check and confirm, Pressure D, C&I
overflow protection systems shall be available provided with the standard range of fittings and accessories accessories in compliance with Vacuum Relief Valve
at all times within the operation limit which has as required in API 650. The following details shall be API 650, spec and datasheet. available, Level protection,
been designed as per API 650/ BS EN 14015 considered for appurtenances/attachments. (Refer to para. accessories are available at
and other relevant standards and Technical 2.5.4 of PTS 12.22.02). all times.
specification
RELIABILITY
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A101 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
R1- Storage Tank inspection and testing shall Fabrication of storage tank shall follow API 650 requirements in Inspection Report and Site Erection or installation work. Validated NDT & Inspection C&I,
be defined and implemented. The accordance with para 3.1.1 of PTS 12.22.02 Observation records
requirements shall be defined in accordance
with the codes & standards and CIMG (Carigali Detailed Inspection & Test Plan (ITP) listing all inspection Inspection Report and Site Check and confirm ITP is available at C&I
Inspection and Maintenance guidelines). activities and hold points for the various phases of the Observation site. The tests have been
project shall be submitted in accordance with para 4.1 completed and performed in
Inspection and Test Plan. accordance with approved project
requirements.
All inspection records shall be included in the Tank Handover Inspection Report and Site Check and confirm that all tests have C&I
Documentation Package. Observation been completed and recorded in
accordance with approved project
requirements.
For pontoon type roofs a check valve (non-return valve) shall be Inspection Report and Site Check and confirm the check valve is C&I,
provided near the roof end of the articulated pipe drain to Observation installed to prevent backflow.
prevent backflow of stored product onto the roof in the event
of leaks in jointed pipes.
Emergency drains shall not be installed in single deck pontoon- Inspection Report and Site Check and confirm drains C&I,
type roofs as the product level in the tank is always higher Observation requirement in accordance with
than the rain water level at the center deck of the roof. approved project specifications.
Roof nozzles for piping connection larger than DN 80 shall be Inspection Report and Site Check and confirm the roof nozzle > C&I,
with a reinforcing plate. Observation 80mm shall be provided with
reinforcing pads.
SURVIVABILITY
S1- Storage Tank shall have adequate Storage Tank has adequate, earthing, lightning, earthing and P & ID, Tank Design Basis, data Check and confirm the specific Validate the test certificate of D, C&I , HUC
protection to prevent from LOC and Fire over flow Protection to avoid LOC and Fire. sheet services required for lightning, Level protection, lightning
and Specification earthing and Overflow protection and earthing protection are
installed and functional.
Fire protection systems for vertical welded storage tanks shall P & ID, Tank Design Basis, Check and confirm the specific Fire Protection requirement are D, C&I , HUC
comply with the local jurisdictional regulations. PTS drawings, Specification services required for fire covered and validated
16.73.01, Assessment of Fire Safety of Onshore Installations protection i.e. water spray,
and PTS 12.33.03, Active fire protection systems and sprinkler system & foam.
equipment for onshore facilities.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A102 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PC007 - Relief System Output Provide protection to Tank
To prevent failure and LOC of Tank in the event of failure due to Vacuum and /or excessive
pressure than design.
I2. DS001- Fire and Gas Detection Input Provide protection to Tank
To prevent LOC and failure of Tank in case of overflow.
I4. ER009 -Process Control and Alarm Output Provide LLL, HHL limit
To prevent from external fire and to control the temperature of Tank.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : MK Shrivastava Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A103 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1 - To maintain the pressure envelope for 1. The piping system shall comply with applicable International 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
conditions within design basis to prevent Major codes and standards. Piping systems shall be designed, design basis that it has detailed Basis, Line list and Piping
Accident Hazard (MAH). fabricated, erected, inspected and tested in accordance with 2. Line List out the requirement for piping Materials Specification.
ASME B31.3/ ASME B31.1 (as applicable) and as system as per ASME 31.3/ASME
supplemented by PTS 12.30.02 and PTS 12.30.05. 3. Piping Material Specification. B31.1 and PTS 12.30.02 and PTS
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 1.1.2 12.30.05 in term of service fluid,
pressure, temperature and
pressure rating of the piping
system.
2. Piping system shall be designed for the most severe 7. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm with 1. Approved Piping Design D
conditions. Design condition may be determine as per points design basis and piping material Basis and Piping Material
listed in PTS 12.30.02 under section 3.2.1. 8. Piping Material Specification. specification that piping has been Specification.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.2.1 designed for the most severe
condition.
3. Spec breaks" shall be placed if different piping classes used 5. Piping Design Basis 3. Review, check and confirm with 1. Approved Piping Design D
in one piping system due to different design condition. design basis that the Basis, P&ID Drawing and
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.2.2 6. P&ID Drawing implementation of spec break for Piping Isometrics.
one piping system that use
7. Piping Isometrics different piping class has been
stated. 'Spec Break' shall be
shown clearly in P&ID drawing.
4. If a system operating above 0 °C is connected to a system 6. Piping Design Basis 3. Review, check and confirm with 1. Approved Piping Design D
operating at 0 °C or below, the first 50 D (with a maximum of design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
10 m) shall(PSR) be designed to the specifications of the lower 7. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics on the Piping Isometrics.
temperature system. requirement of piping system
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.2.4 8. Piping Isometrics above 0 °C which connect with
system at 0 °C or below has been
followed.
5. Piping system for specific process services shall be 6. Piping Design Basis 2. Review, check and confirm the 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
designed, fabricated, inspected & tested in accordance with design basis and line list that Basis and Line List
requirement stated in Appendix 10, PTS 12.30.02 7. Line list piping system for specific process
services follow as per requirement
a. Sodium Hydroxide (caustic soda) Service listed in Appendix 10. To include
b. Sulphuric Acid Service in piping design basis for any type
c. Chlorine Service
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A104 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
d. Hydrogen Fluoride Service of specific process services uses
e. Oxygen Service during design stage.
f. "Wet H2S"/ "Sour" Service
Reference: PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.2.9
6. Piping shall be routed in accordance with the Piping and 6. P&ID Drawing 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved P&ID Drawing, D, C&I
Instrumentation Diagram, line list and PTS 12.30.02. piping routing with P&ID drawing Line List, Piping Layout, Plot
Equipment spacing which facilitate with piping system shall 7. Line List and Line List. Review, check and Plan and Equipment Layout.
be designed in accordance with PTS 12.03.04. confirm in piping layout, plot plan
Reference: PTS 12.30.02 and PTS 12.30.04 8. Piping Layout and equipment layout for
equipment spacing.
9. Plot Plan (Overall and Unit Plot
Plan)
7. Design requirement for piping above ground level shall be 5. Piping Design Basis 3. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
designed in accordance with PTS 12.30.02 under section design basis and piping layout for Basis and Piping Layout.
3.3 6. Piping Layout piping above ground met all
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.3 requirement in PTS 12.30.02 in
term of routing, accessibility and
elevation.
8. Safety relief valve discharge piping shall (PSR) be designed to 4. Piping Design Basis 3. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
withstand the dead loads and the blow-off loads. Blow-off design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
design loads shall (PSR) take into account the most severe 5. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that for Piping Isometrics.
case, such as possible flashing conditions and liquid discharge piping of Safety Relief
entrainment in vapour flows. 6. Piping Isometrics Valve can withstand dead load
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.3.11 and blow-off load.
9. Design requirement for piping below ground level shall follow 7. Piping Design Basis 3. Review, check and confirm design 1. Approved Piping Design D
as per PTS 12.30.02 under section 3.4 basis and piping layout for piping Basis and Piping Layout.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.4 8. Piping Layout above ground met all requirement
in PTS 12.30.02 in term of
routing, service for buried piping,
minimum soil cover and thermal
expansion.
10. Piping shall (PSR) be designed so that the complete system 7. Piping Design Basis 3. Review, check and confirm design 2. Approved Piping Design D
can be flushed and cleaned. (e.g.”dead ends” should be basis, P&ID drawing and piping Basis, P&ID Drawing and
isometrics of piping systems are Piping Isometrics.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A105 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
avoided). 8. P&ID Drawing able to be flushed and cleaned as
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.4.1.9 per PTS 12.30.02.
9. Piping Isometrics
11. To prevent the build-up of gas and liquid vapours in the 3. Piping Design Basis 3. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
trenches, flanged connections shall (PSR) not be installed in design basis, piping layout and Basis, Piping Layout and
trenches.Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.4.2.4 4. Piping Layout piping isometrics that there is no Piping Isometrics.
flange connection allowed in
5. Piping Isometrics trenches for piping below ground
level.
12. For all design cases, the upper and lower design 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
temperatures (refer PTS 16.50.01) and differences in Line List design basis and line list that Basis and Line List
temperature between piping and equipment shall(PSR) be design temperature and
taken into consideration. temperature difference between
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.5.3 piping and equipment has been
considered.
13. Expansion joints shall (PSR) not be used in very toxic services 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
or in systems where they would be subjected to torsional design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
loads. 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that expansion Piping Isometrics.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.5.5 joint has not been used in piping
3. Piping Isometrics for very toxic service.
14. Design for piping through walls, structural decks and 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
concrete floors of buildings shall follow point listed in PTS design basis that piping Basis.
12.30.02 under section 3.6 penetration shall consider
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.6 penetration and sealing method.
Piping penetration shall consider
to maintained fire rating for the
penetrated structure.
15. Requirement of distance between pipes shall follow point 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
listed in PTS 12.30.02 under section 3.8 piping design basis and piping Basis and Piping Layout.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.8 2. Piping Layout layout that distance between
pipes follow as per PTS 12.30.02
under section 3.8.
16. Small bore branches (less than or equal DN40) to large bore 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
piping near vibrating equipment are relatively vulnerable to piping design basis, piping layout Basis, Piping Layout and
failure. Piping design shall follow points listed in PTS 2. Piping Layout and piping isometrics that small Piping Isometrics.
12.30.02 under para 3.9 strictly. bore branches are designed as
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.9 per PTS 12.30.02 para 3.9. The
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A106 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
3. Piping Isometrics location of small bore branch shall
be suitable and not locate in high
stress area.
17. Branches shall(PSR) be avoided downstream of high capacity 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
gas pressure reducing systems such as compressor recycle piping design basis, piping layout Basis, Piping Layout and
systems, steam desuperheaters, high-rate depressuring 2. Piping Layout and piping isometrics that no Piping Isometrics.
valves and safety relief valves. If this is not possible, branch connection allowed at
branches shall (PSR) be located well away from these sources 3. Piping Isometrics downstream of high capacity gas
of vibration. Special attention shall be paid to the bracing of pressure reducing system and if
these branches to the run-pipe (see Standard Drawings unavoidable, branch connection
D12.92.355, D12.92.356, D12.92.357). Welding of the shall be located far from source of
bracing to the run pipe/ flange shall be of full penetration vibration.
type.
Reference: PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.9.1, para (v), item (a).
18. For hydrocarbon services, flanges shall (PSR) not be located 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
above roads. design basis and piping layout Basis and Piping Layout.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.10.4 2. Piping Layout that there is no flange connection
for hydrocarbon service located
above roads.
19. All pipes entering and leaving the process unit shall (PSR) 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
have a block valve and flanges provided to allow for positive design basis, P&ID drawing, Basis, P&ID Drawing, Piping
isolation (spades or spectacle blinds) at the boundary of the 2. P&ID Drawing piping layout and piping Layout and Piping
process unit (“battery limit”). isometrics that block valve and Isometrics.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.12.1.2 3. Piping Layout flanges are equipped for every
process unit's battery limit to allow
4. Piping Isometrics positive isolation.
20. For upstream facilities, double block and bleed valve 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
isolation assembly shall be installed for systems which meet design basis, P&ID drawing, Basis, P&ID Drawing, Piping
any or all criteria listed in PTS 12.30.02 under section 2. P&ID Drawing piping layout and piping Layout and Piping
3.12.1.6 isometrics that double block and Isometrics.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.12.1.6 3. Piping Layout bleed valves are equipped with
system as per listed in this
4. Piping Isometrics section. This requirement is
specially for configuration of
valves related to upstream
facilities.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A107 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
21. Sample outlets for fluids above their auto-ignition 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
temperature, for LPG and for very toxic products shall (PSR) P&ID Drawing design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
have a self-closing downstream valve. If the effluent could Piping Isometrics piping isometrics that manual Piping Isometrics.
flash and create sub-zero temperatures, the distance sampling requirement for LPG
between the two valves shall(PSR) be at least 600 mm. and very toxic product follow as
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.14.15 per stated under section 3.14.15,
PTS 12.30.02.
22. Piping system for pump, compressor and steam turbine shall 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
be designed and installed in accordance with PTS 12.30.02, design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
section 4.2. 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that it has Piping Isometrics.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.2 detailed out the requirement of
3. Piping Isometrics piping system for pump,
compressor and steam turbine as
per PTS 12.30.02. The
requirement such as pipe routing,
pipe support, venting and safety
equipment.
23. For discharge pipe of pump, it shall equipped with block 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
valve. A check valve shall (PSR) be installed unless there is no design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
possibility of backflow or pressure surge under any 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that discharge Piping Isometrics.
conditions. This check valve shall (PSR) be installed upstream piping for pump equipped with
of the block valve to enable maintenance of the check valve 3. Piping Isometrics block valve, check valve. Location
without draining the discharge pipe. of check valve shall be at
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.2.2.1.3 upstream of block valve. The
function of check valve to avoid
backflow or pressure surge at
discharge line.
24. A bypass shall(PSR) be installed for pump piping system in the 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
following cases: design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that bypass line Piping Isometrics.
a. if discharge and suction pipe operating temperatures are are equipped to pump piping as
above 150 °C; 3. Piping Isometrics per cases stated in section
b. if the pumped fluid can solidify at ambient temperature, 4.2.2.2.2.
e.g. water pipes in freezing climates;
c. if discharge/suction pipe operating temperature is below 10
°C;
d. If draining of the space downstream of the check valve is
required.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A108 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
e. for pumps handling highly volatile liquids at pumping
temperatures, e.g. LPG service
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.2.2.2.2
25. Pumps handling butane or lighter process fluids shall (PSR) 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
have a vent pipe to the flare system. The vent pipe shall (PSR) design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
have a spectacle or spade blind. 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that vent line is Piping Isometrics.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.2.3.4.3 available for pump handling
3. Piping Isometrics butane or lighter process fluid and
tie with flare system.
26. Pumps handling cryogenic process fluids shall (PSR) have a 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
vent pipe to the suction drum. The vent pipe shall (PSR) have design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
a spading point and shall follow the shortest practical route 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that vent line is Piping Isometrics.
to the suction drum. available for pump handling
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.2.3.4.4 3. Piping Isometrics cryogenic process fluid and tie
with line to suction drum.
27. In order to facilitate safe priming of pumps handling 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
hydrocarbons above their auto-ignition temperature, one of design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
the following piping systems shall(PSR) be used; 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that one of the Piping Isometrics.
piping system stated in section
a. The preferred method is to install (cold) flushing oil supply 3. Piping Isometrics 4.2.3.4.5, PTS 12.30.02 has been
and return connections and a bypass around the check used to facilitate safe priming of
valve. This is only feasible if the pumped product is pump handling hydrocarbon
compatible with the flushing oil. It may not be a practical above their auto-ignition
solution if no flushing headers are available in the vicinity. temperature.
b. The installation of venting/priming pipes with readily
accessible valves from the highest point in the pump
arrangement, i.e. the casing vent and/or a high point vent
in the suction pipe, back to the suction vessel above the
normal liquid level, and a bypass around the non-return
valve.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.2.3.4.5
28. Positive displacement pumps shall (PSR) be safeguarded 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
against a blocked outlet with a pressure-relief device. This design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
shall (PSR) not be an integral part of the pump and shall be in 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that positive Piping Isometrics.
accordance with PTS 12.11.04. The relief valve shall (PSR) be displacement (PD) pump
installed in a bypass between the discharge pipe upstream 3. Piping Isometrics equipped with pressure relief
of the block valve and the suction vessel. device (PRV) at bypass line
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.2.2.6.1
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A109 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
between upstream of the block
valve and the suction vessel.
29. All type of compressors except reciprocating compressor, 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
discharge pipes shall (PSR) have a check valve between the design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
block valve and the discharge nozzle as close as practical to 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that for all Piping Isometrics.
the compressor discharge nozzle.Reference : PTS 12.30.02 compressor except reciprocating
Section 4.2.3.6 3. Piping Isometrics compressor shall equipped with
check valve in between block
valve and discharge nozzle.
30. To protect against a blocked outlet, reciprocating 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
compressors shall (PSR) have a pressure-relieving device design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
installed in a bypass between the discharge pipe upstream 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that Piping Isometrics.
of the block valve and the suction vessel. Interstage sections reciprocating compressor
shall (PSR) also be protected by relief valves, see PTS 3. Piping Isometrics equipped with pressure relief
12.11.32. device (PRV) at bypass line
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.2.3.9 between upstream of the block
valve and the suction vessel.
Interstage section of reciprocating
shall also equipped with relief
valve for protection purpose.
31. Compressors in hydrocarbon or very toxic service shall (PSR) 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
have purge facilities. Spading capability shall (PSR) be design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
provided by spectacle blinds, removable spool pieces or 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that Piping Isometrics.
elbows. compressors use for hydrocarbon
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.2.3.15 3. Piping Isometrics or very toxic service shall
equipped with purge facilities.
32. For steam turbine, the set pressure of the relief valve in the 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
turbine exhaust system shall not exceed either the turbine design basis, line list and P&ID Basis, Line List and P&ID
design pressure or the pressure of the exhaust piping, 2. Line List drawing that relief valve is Drawing.
whichever is the lesser. The relief valve shall (PSR) be equipped at turbine outlet and set
installed between the turbine outlet and the check valve. 3. P&ID Drawing pressure is not exceed turbine
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.2.4.1 design or turbine exhaust
pressure.
33. For steam turbine venting system, the vents shall be routed 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
to a safe location and shall (PSR) not be combined with any design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
lubricating oil, seal oil or process vent. 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that venting line Piping Isometrics.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.2.4.5 for steam turbine route to safe
3. Piping Isometrics location and not combine with any
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A110 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
lubricating oil, seal oil or process
vent.
34. Piping system for heat exchanger shall be designed and 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
installed in accordance with PTS 12.30.02, section 4.3 design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.3 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that it has Piping Isometrics.
detailed out the requirement of
3. Piping Isometrics piping system for heat exchanger
as per PTS 12.30.02., section 4.3
strictly. The requirement such as
pipe routing, vent and drain
facility.
35. Heat exchangers shall(PSR) have a check valve in the steam 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
inlet if the normal steam pressure is less than 110% of the design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
process relief valve set pressure or, if there is no relief valve, 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that heat Piping Isometrics.
110% of the process design pressure. The design shall(PSR) exchanger equipped with check
take tube burst into account and shall(PSR) include facilities to 3. Piping Isometrics valve as per condition stated in
prevent undesirable effects, e.g., back-flow of hydrocarbons PTS 12.30.02 para 4.3.7
into steam systems, hydrocarbon entry into condensate or accordingly.
water systems, and entry of water into hot hydrocarbon
systems.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.3.7
36. Piping system for furnace and boiler shall be designed and 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
installed in accordance with PTS 16.39.02, PTS 12.40.01, design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
PTS 12.41.01. 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that it has Piping Isometrics.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.4 detailed out the requirement for
3. Piping Isometrics piping system for furnace and
boiler as per ASME 31.3/ASME
B31.1, PTS 12.30.02, PTS
16.39.02, PTS 12.40.01 and PTS
12.41.01. In term of service fluid,
pressure, temperature and
pressure rating of the piping
system.
37. Piping system for pressure vessel shall be designed and 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
installed in accordance with PTS 12.30.02, section 4.5 design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.5 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that it has Piping Isometrics.
detailed out the requirement of
3. Piping Isometrics piping system for heat exchanger
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A111 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
as per ASME B31.3/ ASME B31.3
and PTS 12.30.02., section 4.5
strictly. The requirement such as
pipe routing, pipe support and
drain facility.
38. Process steam pipes to pressure vessels shall have a 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
regulating globe valve fitted at the pressure vessel nozzle. design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
To prevent the product from entering the steam pipe, a 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that regulating Piping Isometrics.
check valve shall (PSR) be installed close to and upstream of globe valve equipped at nozzle for
the regulating valve with a low point drain (with valve) 3. Piping Isometrics process line entering pressure
between them. A gate valve shall be installed upstream of vessel. Check valve also need to
the check valve to isolate the pipe from the main steam be installed upstream of
header.Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.5.6 regulating valve. While gate valve
to be installed upstream of check
valve in order to isolate steam line
from entering pressure vessel.
This arrangement of valves shall
be followed for regulating steam
entering pressure vessel and also
to avoid product from contaminate
the incoming steam.
39. Piping pressure-relief systems shall be designed and 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
installed in accordance with PTS 16.52.04 design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.6 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that it has Piping Isometrics.
detailed out the requirement for
3. Piping Isometrics piping pressure relief system as
per ASME 31.3/ASME B31.1,
PTS 12.30.02, PTS 16.52.04 in
term of function, routing and
design. Pressure-relief system
use as overpressure protection for
piping and equipment.
40. Upstream piping design for a relief device should have 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
minimal flow restrictions and shall (PSR) not be pocketed. design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 Section 3.1 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that minimal flow Piping Isometrics.
restriction and no pocket at
3. Piping Isometrics upstream pipe of pressure relief
device. Pocket can create
unnecessary pressure drop and
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A112 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
decrease the efficiency of relief
device.
41. Design basis of piping for relief system shall met following 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
cases; design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that it has Piping Isometrics.
a. Inlet and outlet piping for PRVs shall (PSR) not have check detailed out the requirement for
valves since their failure may result in a blocked relief path. 3. Piping Isometrics relief system as per point listed in
b. All inlet and outlet piping to and from relief valves shall (PSR) PTS 16.52.04 under section 3.6.1.
be free draining away from the relief valve.
c. Uninsulated flare header piping shall not use pipe shoes.
Instead, round bar stock attached to the pipe rack shall be
specified to support the piping without restricting
movement.
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 Section 3.6.1
42. Design pressure of piping for relief system shall met 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
following cases; design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that it has Piping Isometrics.
a. Relief system piping shall (PSR) be designed to meet the detailed out the requirement of
requirements of the piping class that has been specified. 3. Piping Isometrics design pressure of piping for relief
b. The design pressure shall (PSR) be based on the flange system shall met all cases stated
rating or the pipe wall thickness, whichever is governing. in PTS 16.52.04 under section
c. The relief system piping shall (PSR) be required to 3.6.2
hydrostatic testing. If hydrotesting is impractical such as
riser piping to flare tip, the piping section shall be subjected
to 100% RT (radiography test).
d. As a minimum requirement the header and support shall
(PSR) be designed for the presence of liquid. The
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
44. Level gauges shall (PSR) be connected with block valves 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
between them and the equipment. design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 4.7.3.2.3 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that level Piping Isometrics.
gauges equipped with block
3. Piping Isometrics valves between them and
attached equipment.
45. For design of steam piping system, it shall comply with PTS 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
12.30.02 under section 5.4Reference: PTS 12.30.02 Section design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
5.4 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that it has Piping Isometrics.
detailed out the requirement for
3. Piping Isometrics steam piping system as per
ASME 31.3/ASME B31.1 and
PTS 12.30.02 under section 5.4 in
term of design, routing, associate
equipment (steam trap) and
safety.
46. Steam pipes shall (PSR) have a block valve at the boundary of 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
the process unit. design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 5.4.5 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that steam pipes Piping Isometrics.
equipped with block valve at the
3. Piping Isometrics boundary of the process unit.
47. Steam pipes connected to process pipes shall (PSR) be fitted 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
with a block valve. A check valve shall (PSR) be installed design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
upstream of the block valve, with a bleeder in between them. 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that block valve Piping Isometrics.
The block valve and check valve shall be close together and equipped at steam pipe before
close to the process pipe. 3. Piping Isometrics connected with process pipe.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 5.4.6 Check valve also need to be
installed upstream of block valve.
This arrangement of valves shall
be followed to avoid process
contaminate the incoming steam.
48. For design of tank farm piping system, it shall comply with 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
PTS 12.30.02 under section 6.0 design basis, P&ID drawing, Basis, P&ID Drawing, Piping
Reference: PTS 12.30.02 Section 6.0 2. P&ID Drawing piping layout and piping Layout and Piping
isometrics that it has detailed out Isometrics.
the requirement for tank farm
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A114 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
3. Piping Layout piping system as per ASME
31.3/ASME B31.1 and PTS
4. Piping Isometrics 12.30.02 under section 6.0 in term
of design, pipe support, routing
and safety.
49. For design of piping for loading and unloading facilities on 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
jetties, it shall comply with PTS 12.30.02 under section 7.0 design basis, P&ID drawing, Basis, P&ID Drawing, Piping
Reference: PTS 12.30.02 Section 7.0 2. P&ID Drawing piping layout and piping Layout and Piping
isometrics that it has detailed out Isometrics.
3. Piping Layout the requirement for tank farm
piping system as per ASME
4. Piping Isometrics 31.3/ASME B31.1 and PTS
12.30.02 under section 7.0 in term
of design, pipe support, routing
and safety. Design also shall
consider slope down towards
shore for loading and unloading
pipes.
50. Shop and field fabrication of steel piping shall be in 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
accordance with PTS 12.30.05. design basis, P&ID drawing, Basis, P&ID Drawing, Piping
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 8.3.1.1.1 2. P&ID Drawing piping layout and piping Layout and Piping
isometrics that it has detailed out Isometrics.
3. Piping Layout the requirement for shop and field
fabrication of steel piping as per
4. Piping Isometrics ASME B31.3/ASME B31.1 and
PTS 12.30.05 accordingly.
51. Positive isolation shall(PSR) be provided when: 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D
design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
a. hot work is to be done; or 2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that the positive Piping Isometrics.
b. equipment is to be hydrostatically tested; or isolation shall be provided for all
c. entry by personnel is required for inspection or 3. Piping Isometrics situation as stated in PTS
maintenance; or 12.30.02 under section 8.7.1.3.
d. Equipment is to be opened or removed whilst the Spading shall be shown in P&ID
remainder of the unit is still in operation. for Positive Isolation.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 8.7.1.3
52. Shop-fabricated metallic piping shall be inspected and tested 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
in accordance with ASME B31.3 and PTS 12.30.05. design basis, line list and Piping Basis, Line List and Piping
Reference: PTS 12.30.02 Section 9.1.1.1 2. Line List Isometrics that the requirements Isometrics.
of Pressure Test and NDT
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A115 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
3. Piping Isometrics inspection and destructive tests
as per ASME B31.3 and PTS
12.30.05 have been followed.
53. Requirement for Non-destructive examination shall follow 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
points listed in PTS 12.30.05 under section 4.3 strictly. design basis, line list and piping Basis, Line List and Piping
Reference : PTS 12.30.05 Section 4.3 2. Line List isometrics that for Non-destructive Isometrics.
examination shall follow
3. Piping Isometrics requirement of the applicable
code, ASME B31.3 and PTS
12.30.05 accordingly. Applicable
NDE test are visual inspection,
RT, UT, PT, MPI and Ferrite
Number (FN) measurement.
54. Requirement for Pressure Testing shall follow points listed in 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
PTS 12.30.05 under section 4.5 strictly.Reference : PTS design basis, line list and piping Basis, Line List and Piping
12.30.05 Section 4.5 2. Line List isometrics that for Pressure Isometrics.
Testing shall been performed for
3. Piping Isometrics all piping accordance to relevant
design and construction codes,
ASME B31.3, PTS 12.30.05 and
PTS 12.30.02.
55. For pressure test of piping system, refer to PTS 12.30.05. 1. Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
For pressure test of piping system related to upstream design basis, line list, P&ID Basis, Line list, P&ID
facilities, Appendix 15 in PTS 12.30.02 shall be referred. 2. Line List drawing and piping isometrics that Drawing and Piping
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 9.4 for Pressure Testing shall been Isometrics.
3. P&ID Drawing performed for all piping
accordance to relevant design
4. Piping Isometrics and construction codes, ASME
B31.3, PTS 12.30.05. However,
for Upstream Piping, pressure
testing shall follow as per
Appendix 15 in PTS 12.30.02
56. Piping system shall be designed as per PTS 12.30.02 para 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm pipe 1. Approved Piping Design D
2.3, 3.9 and 3.16 to avoid integrity issue as erosion- sizing criteria/calculation to Basis, Piping Material
corrosion/vibration due to vortex shedding & turbulent flow 2. Piping Material Specification ensure erosion-corrosion/vibration Specification and Pipe
against pipe wall. issues in design basis and piping sizing criteria/ calculation &
Reference : PTS 12.30.04 Section 2.3,3.9 and 3.16 sizing criteria are included in the AIV/FIV Study report.
sizing calculation.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A116 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
3. Pipe sizing criteria/calculation &
AIV/FIV Study report
57. Minimum Butt & Wrap joint (GRE pipe joint shall be as 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm with 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
stated in PTS 12.34.02 para 4.1.4 ) to be imposed for 2 design basis, piping isometrics Basis, Piping Isometrics and
joints downstream & upstream of every 90 degree elbow 2. Piping Isometrics and piping material specification Piping Material Specification
while adhesive bonded joint to be used on straight span on type of pipe joint for GRE (piping class).
(best practices). 3. Piping Material Specification piping system which shall
Reference : PTS 12.34.02 Section 4.1.4 (piping class) accordance with PTS 12.34.02
under section 4.1.4.
F2 - To ensure material selection for pressure 1. The piping classes cover the selection of piping construction 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Piping Design D, P, C&I
envelop as per Codes and Standards (PTS materials which specify the piping components in the PMRC. design basis and piping material Basis and Piping Material
and ASME B31.3 / ASME B31.1) The following PTSs and PMRCs shall be utilized: 2. Piping Material Specification specification on the suitability of Specification (piping class).
(piping class) the selected piping classes based
a. PTS 12.30.01, PTS 12.31.01, and PTS 12.31.02 on defined service & design limits
b. PMRC MAR PT (pipes), PMRC MAR FF (fittings and and shall be applied in
flanges), PMRC MAR VA (valves), PMRC MAR BL accordance with PTS 12.30.02.
(bolting) and PMRC MAR GS (gaskets and packing).
Reference: PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.1.2
2. The piping materials shall be selected from the applicable 1. Piping Material Specification 1. Review, check and confirm on 1. Approved Piping Design D, P
piping classes in consultation with a materials and corrosion (piping class) suitability of material selection Basis and Piping Material
engineer. against CDBM/CMP. Specification (piping class).
Reference: PTS 12.30.02 Section 5.2.14
3. Piping components shall be selected from the applicable 1. Piping Material Specification 1. Review, check and confirm on 1. Approved Piping Material D, P
piping classes. The Owner’s approval is required for the use (piping class) components selection are based Specification (piping class)
of any other components or alternative materials. on approved piping class. Piping and MTO.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 8.1.1 2. Material Take Off (MTO) components in material take off
(MTO) shall in accordance with
approved piping material
specification (piping class).
4. The certification is used for the purpose of confirming the 1. Piping Material Specification 1. Review, check and confirm on 1. Approved Piping Material D, P, C&I
specified mechanical, chemical and physical propertied of (piping class) application of corrosion allowance Specification (piping class)
materials. Material certificates shall comply with ISO 10474 / is acceptable with design and Material Certificate.
EN 10204. As a minimum, the material inspection 2. Material Certificate condition. Corrosion allowance
certification type shall comply with Type 3.1 of ISO 10474 / value for piping and its
EN 10204. Requirement for certification shall follow points components shall in accordance
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A117 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
listed in PTS 12.30.05 under section 2.4.1 strictly. with approve piping material
Reference : PTS 12.30.05 Section 2.4.1 specification (piping class).
F3 - To ensure flexibility of pressure envelop 1. Flexibility analysis shall be carried out in accordance with 1. Piping Stress Design Basis. 1. Review, check and confirm the 1. Approved Piping Stress D
are suitable and acceptable to prevent failure. ASME B31.1 or B31.3 (as applicable) and flexibility analysis piping stress design basis, line list Design Basis, Line list
shall consider the most severe temperature conditions 2. Line List (critical) (critical) and stress isometric for (critical), Stress Isometrics
sustained during start-up, normal operation, thermal cycling, evaluation of critical line. and Stress Analysis Report.
shutdown, regeneration or any other upset condition 3. Stress Isometrics
including sea transportation condition. 2. Review, check and confirm with
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.5.14 4. Stress Analysis Report stress analysis report that
flexibility of piping system is
adequate for every critical line.
2. Pipe support span shall be in accordance with Appendix 11, 1. Piping Stress Design Basis. 1. Review, check and confirm 1. Approved Piping Stress D
Pipe Spans for pipes resting on more than two supports. requirement of pipe support span Design Basis, Line list
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.4.2.2 2. Line List (critical) as per Appendix 11. (critical), Stress Isometrics,
Stress Analysis Report and
3. Stress Isometrics 2. Review, check and confirm piping Pipe Support Details.
stress design basis, line list
4. Stress Analysis Report (critical) and stress isometric for
evaluation of critical line. Stress
5. Pipe Support Details Analysis shall be conducted for
critical lines in order to provide
pipe support and location.
3. Piping systems shall be routed, supported, anchored or 1. Piping Stress Design Basis. 1. Review, check and confirm the 1. Approved Piping Stress D, P, C&I
guided so that thermal expansion/contraction, Acoustic pipe stress design basis, line list Design Basis, Line list
induced vibration, Flow induced vibration, vibration or 2. Line List (critical) (critical), stress isometric and (critical), Stress Isometric
movements due to earthquakes and storms will not result in stress analysis report that pipe and Stress Analysis Report.
stresses in the piping or in the connected equipment. 3. Stress Isometrics routing and selection of pipe
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 3.5.1 support can withstand in any
4. Stress Analysis Report condition stated in PTS 12.30.02
under Section 3.5.1.
4. Design of piping systems shall ensure that the occurrence of 1. Surge and Transient Analysis 1. Review, check and confirm surge 1. Surge limits as stipulated in D
a pressure surge can be tolerated. Surge analysis shall(PSR) analysis has been carried out to approved Surge Analysis
be performed for following systems: 2. Surge Analysis Report the lines listed in Minimum Report.
Criteria as per para 2.3.4.6 in PTS
a. LNG loading and rundown pipes; 12.30.02.
b. LPG loading and rundown pipes;
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A118 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
c. condensate loading pipes;
d. cooling water systems;
e. fire water systems;
f. Loading pipes in general.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 2.3.4.8
5. There shall be no significant visible damage to pipework 1. Piping Stress Design Basis. 1. Review, check and confirm the 1. Approved Piping Stress D, C&I
supports. Spring supports must operate within their indicated design of pipe support shall be Design Basis, Stress
limits. The use of spring supports shall only be 2. Stress Analysis Report safe for operation. Operation shall Analysis Report and
recommended by stress engineer, however if possible an regularly perform site inspection Preventive Maintenance
alternative is preferred. 3. Preventive Maintenance report. in order to detect any damage report.
Reference : PTS 12.30.04 Section 3.13.1 occur on pipework.
6. Pipework shall not be subjected to excessive levels of 1. Piping Stress Design Basis. 1. Review, check and confirm the 1. Approved Piping Stress D, C&I
vibration. Vibration shall be controlled in order to ensure safe piping stress design basis, stress Design Basis, Stress
operation of equipment, plant and facilities. 2. Stress Analysis Report. analysis report that vibration has Analysis Report and
been eliminate for all critical line. Vibration Survey Report.
3. Vibration Survey Report Operation shall perform vibration
survey if detect any abnormalities
occur on pipework.
F4 - To ensure application of insulation and 1. For thermal insulation of piping (including that for personnel 1. P&ID drawing 1. Review, check and confirm in 1. Approved Line List and D
coating on pressure envelop for protection. protection), the design shall be in accordance with PTS P&ID drawing and line list for Thermal Insulation
15.13.01. 2. Line List design of thermal insulation. The specification.
Reference: PTS 12.30.02 Section 10.1.1 design shall in accordance with
3. Thermal Insulation Specification PTS15.13.01.
2. For thermal insulation requirement, flanges shall(PSR) not be 1. Piping Design Basis 1. Review, check and confirm piping 1. Approved Piping Design D, C&I
insulated in the following cases; design basis, P&ID drawing and Basis, P&ID Drawing and
2. P&ID Drawing piping isometrics that the Piping Isometrics.
a. flanges in hydrogen service; exception of requirement for
b. flanges in systems containing hydrocarbons above their 3. Piping Isometrics flange insulation for cases stated
auto-ignition temperature; in PTS 12.30.02 under section
c. If the 80% rule for bolting has been applied in accordance 10.1.3
with ASME B31.3.
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 10.1.3
3. Piping system shall be protected from internal and external 1. Painting and Coating 1. Review, check and confirm the 1. Approved Painting and D, C&I
corrosion by applying suitable painting and coating. The Specification Painting and Coating Coating Specification and
painting and coating of new piping shall be in accordance Specification stated all Surface Preparation and
with PTS 15.20.03 (Protective Coating and Lining). The requirement as per stated in PTS Coating System.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A119 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
maintenance of painting on piping system shall be in 2. Surface Preparation and Coating 15.20.03 (old PTS 30.48.00.31).
accordance with PTS15.20.12. System For maintenance of painting, it
Reference : PTS 12.30.02 Section 11.1 shall be accordance with
PTS15.20.12.
AVAILABILITY
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
RELIABILITY
R1 - An appropriate piping inspection scheme 1. PRBI program should be in place. 1. Inspection Report and Site 1. Perform PRBI 1. No unacceptable leaks D
shall be defined and implemented. The Observation
scheme shall define the frequency and scope a. No unacceptable leaks 2. No unacceptable cracks
of inspection and shall take account of all b. No unacceptable cracks
credible hazards. c. Remaining wall thickness acceptable 3. Remaining wall thickness
d. Free from gouge and gross deformation acceptable
e. Flanges and bolts are acceptable
f. Non Return Valves (Check Valves) is functional. 4. Free from gouge and gross
g. Instrument tubing fit for purpose deformation
h. Flexible Hose within the specification
i. Insulation material is in good condition. 5. Flanges and bolts are
j. Painting is in good condition. acceptable
k. Spring Supports are travel between hot and cold load
range. 6. Non Return Valves (Check
Valves) is functional.
9. Insulation material is in
good condition.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A120 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
10. Painting is in good
condition.
SURVIVABILITY
S1 - The piping system shall be protected 1. Road barrier are installed at site. Maintenance activities shall 1. Operation documents and Site 1. Protection for piping systems 1. No piping damage HUC
against external damage due to dropped comply with job hazard analysis. Observation
object, hit by heavy machinery, and heavy load
crossing on underground piping.
S2. Fire - survive until inventory is relieved 1. Piping system shall withstand the effects of fire without loss 1. Operation documents and Site 1. Protection for piping systems 1. No piping damage HUC
of containment for the TR endurance period, or the event Observation
duration, whichever is the shorter.
S3. Explosion – withstand credible blast 1. Piping system are to withstand the effect of an explosion 1. Operation documents and Site 1. Protection for piping systems 1. No piping damage HUC
overpressures. load with no loss of containment. Observation
S4. Mechanical Load - piping integrity to be 1. Piping system shall withstand or be protected from, the 1. Operation documents and Site 1. Protection for piping systems 1. No piping damage HUC
maintained in event of dropped object effects of credible Observation
potential dropped objects or other mechanical handling
events as far as
reasonably practicable.
SCE GOAL - To maintain leak tight the integrity of pipework (including instrument tubing and flexible hoses) which contain toxic, flammable, or explosive liquid or gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PC007 - Relief System Output Required to prevent loss of containment of piping systems due to unexpected process
conditions in excess of safe design limits.
I2. DS001- Fire and Gas Detection Input Signals loss of containment from piping system
I3. SD001 - Emergency Shut Down control system Input To automatically shut down the process to a safe state if abnormal conditions are detected
and reduce size of hydrocarbon inventories which may be released in case of loss of
containment.
I4. PS001 - Deluge system Output Protect piping and supports from fire exposure as required.
I5. SD002 - Emergency Depressurization (Blowdown) Input Required to reduce pressures and help prevent stress rupture due to heat up and loss of
pressure retaining capacity in fires
I6. ER008 - Manual Fire Fighting Equipment Input Protect piping and supports from fire exposure as required.
I7. PS006- Passive Fire Protection (incl. Doors, Walls and Penetrations) Input Protect piping and supports from fire exposure as required.
I8. ER009 - Process Control and Alarms Input Process control to avoid exceeding safe design limits of piping systems.
I9. SI002 - Topsides Primary Structure Input Dropped and Swinging object protection provided to maintain piping integrity
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : MK Shrivastava Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A122 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1) The pipeline system design basis shall Pipeline system design basis document should contain the 1. Design Basis 1. Review design basis document; 1. The pipeline system design D
comply with the host country’s acts & followings: Memorandum/Manual/Document and approved by TA. basis complies with relevant
regulations and be in accordance with requirements of host
recognized and proven national and/or 1. Host country's acts and regulation e.g. Petroleum (Safety 2. The document has undergone country's acts & regulations,
international codes and standards & PTSs. Measures) Act 302 1984 and (Transportation of interdisciplinary check (IDC) and PTS 11.30.07, ASME
Petroleum by Pipeline) Regulations 1985, DOSH, external (IFR-AFC) review, as B31.4, ASME B31.8 and
part of QA requirement. other relevant PTSs.
2. PTS 11.30.07, Pipeline and Riser Engineering & other
relevant PTSs, 2. Design reports & drawings
conform to the design basis
3. International Codes & Standard e.g. ASME B31.4 document.
Pipeline Transportation System for Liquid Hydrocarbons
and Other Liquids, ASME B31.8 Gas Transmission &
Distribution Piping Systems & DNV OS F101 Submarine
Pipeline Systems and other relevant standards,
F2) Pipeline route selection and riser routing Pipeline route should: 1. Route & soil investigation survey 1. Review all reports and drawings. 1. Selected pipeline route has D, C&I
shall comply with host country's acts & report considered all associated
regulations and codes and standards. 1. Be as straight as possible; risks, safety and
environment as well as
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A123 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. Avoid mountain/hilly areas, road, rivers, train crossing, 2. Route selection report 2. Route & soil investigation and accessibility for
utilities crossings, social places, worship places, route selection reports approved maintenance and
environment sensitive areas, geotechnical hazards 3. Pipeline route drawings by TA. inspection.
susceptible areas (for onshore); 2. "As-built" route installed
4. Pipeline alignment sheets 3. The reports and drawings have follows AFC route, with
3. Avoid marine sensitive areas, subsea hill/mountain, cable drawings undergone IDC check and acceptable deviation.
& other utilities' crossings, other pipeline crossings, external (IFR-AFC) review, as
anchoring zone, geological susceptible areas (for 5. Platform approach part of QA requirement.
offshore);
6. Riser general arrangement
4. Avoid high risk of boat impact platform face & clashing
with other risers; and have sufficient clearance from other 7. Shore approach & crossing
risers for inspection and maintenance purposes (for drawings, if any.
riser).
8. Anchor exclusion zone drawings
5. If mountain/hill cannot be avoided, QRA shall be
performed.
F3) Pipeline and its appurtenances shall be 1. Pipeline and its appurtenances shall be sized: 1. Hydraulic analysis report, 1. Review all reports and approved 1. Internal diameter or size of D
sized according to codes & standards. by TA. pipeline and its
a. Based on maximum and minimum design pressures, 2. Transient analysis report, appurtenances meet the
temperatures and flow rates, covering start-up, planned / 2. The reports have undergone IDC technical and project
b. Based on flow assurance requirements i.e. formation of unplanned shutdown, re-start, check and external (IFR-AFC) requirements.
wax, carbonate, slugging etc., and turndown, ramp-up, pigging, review, as part of QA
c. Based on inspection and maintenance requirements i.e. etc., if applicable [by PROCESS] requirement.
intelligent pigging, operational pigging, internal
corrosion inhibition.
F4) Material grade & wall thickness shall be 1. Material grade shall comply with Design Basis document, 1. Material selection report [In this 1. Review of material selection & 1. Material grade meets D , P, C&I, HUC
determined and selected as per codes and PTS 15.10.07 for sweet/CO2 service and PTS 15.01.05 context, the selection is limited wall thickness calculation reports hydrocarbon services i.e.
standards. for sour/H2S service. to material grade. Choice of and approved by TA. sweet or sour.
carbon steel, CRA clad etc. are
2. Wall thickness shall comply with Design Basis document addressed in CDBM, see item 2. Review of the specifications and 2. Wall thickness can
and be determined based on loadings and stresses from F7 below)]. approved accordingly. withstand hydrostatic
installation, hydrostatic testing and operation cases and testing, installation and
comply with PTS 11.30.07. 2. Wall thickness report, containing 3. The reports have undergone IDC operation conditions for the
calculation [for internal/external check and external (IFR-AFC) first 6 mos.
3. The nominal pipe wall thickness shall not be less than pressure containment, review, as part of QA
4.8 mm for all onshore pipelines. For offshore pipelines, hydrostatic collapse, requirement.
the nominal pipe wall thickness shall not be less than
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A124 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
9.27 mm. propagation buckling]
4. The diameter to wall thickness ratio should not exceed 3. Line pipe, valve, bend and
60 for offshore pipelines. fittings specifications.
F5) Pipeline system shall be designed to take 1. Pipeline system's design complies with Design Basis 1. Wall Thickness report. 1. Review all reports and approved 1. Pipeline system does not D
into account all stresses i.e. hoop, document. by TA. fail i.e. leak/rupture during
axial/longitudinal and combined/Von Mises per 2. All stresses shall be analyzed for installation, hydrostatic 2. Expansion analysis report. installation, hydrostatic
codes and standards. testing and operation cases. 2. The reports have undergone IDC testing and operation
3. Pipeline End Expansion Spool check and external (IFR-AFC) conditions for the first 6
3. Hoop stress, axial/longitudinal & combined/Von Mises and Riser Stress Analysis report. review, as part of QA mos.
stresses shall follow Table 403.3.3-1 for liquid pipelines requirement.
4. Road/Railway Crossings Report
4. For gas pipelines:
F6.1) Offshore pipeline shall be designed to 1. Pipeline system's design complies with Design Basis 1. Pipeline On-bottom Stability 1. Review all reports and drawings 1. Pipeline system does not D , C&I, HUC
account for lateral and vertical stability as well document. Analysis report and approved by TA. fail i.e. leak/rupture during
as free spanning per codes and standards. installation, hydrostatic
2. All stresses shall be analyzed for installation, hydrostatic 2. Pipeline Free Span Analysis 2. The reports have undergone IDC testing and operation
testing and operation cases. report. check and external (IFR-AFC) conditions for the first 6
F6.2) Onshore pipeline shall be designed to review, as part of QA mos.
account for lateral and vertical stability as well 3. Hoop stress, axial/longitudinal & combined/Von Mises 3. Pipeline Crossing design report requirement.
as road, railway, waterway & other utilities' stresses shall follow Table 403.3.3-1 for liquid pipelines & drawings. 2. Concrete coatings (&
crossings per codes and standards. sacrificial anodes) applied to
4. For gas pipelines: 4. Pipeline Alignment Sheet pipe joints (& buckle
drawings. arrestor joints) in
a. Hoop stress < design factor x SMYS accordance with design
b. Longitudinal stress < 0.9 x SMSY x Temperature drawings and specifications.
Derating Factor (T) (for restrained pipeline), < 0.75 x
SMYS x T (for un-restrained pipelines)
c. Combined/Von Mises stress < 0.9 x SMYS x T
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A125 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F7) The pipeline system shall be designed to 1. Pipeline system's design complies with Design Basis 1. Corrosion Design Basis 1. Review all reports and drawings 1. Installation of corrosion D , P , C&I, HUC
account for all internal and external corrosion document. Memorandum (CDBM). and approved by TA. inhibition and corrosion
and erosion effects over the lifetime of the monitoring systems at site
facility without loss of integrity, including 2. Selection of carbon steel line pipe material, internal 2. External corrosion protection 2. All proposed chemicals to be according to AFC
variations in the chemical composition of the corrosion allowance and chemical injection shall be design report. used for internal corrosion documents.
process fluid. based on internal corrosion studies based on maximum inhibition shall undergo
and minimum cases of the hydrocarbon fluid 3. Chemicals performance test performance testings in 2. Corrosion inhibition and
Systems and facilities required to protect composition, flow rate, operating pressure and reports. laboratory. cathodic protection systems
pipeline systems from the effects of corrosion temperature. operate at its design intend.
shall be defined. 4. Project specifications, drawings 3. The above analysis reports &
3. The selection of external anti-corrosion coating, field joint and procedures of anti-corrosion drawings have undergone IDC 3. Pipeline system does not
coating and supplemented by cathodic protection system coating, field joint coating and check and external (IFR-AFC) fail i.e. leak/rupture during
shall be based on the maximum operating temperature cathodic protection. review, as part of QA operation for the first 1 year.
and external soil and/ or marine environment. requirement.
4. Maximum operating temperature and profile along the 4. Functional testings of corrosion
pipeline from inlet to outlet shall be used for coating inhibition and cathodic protection
selection and cathodic protection design. systems performed; and its
reports approved by TA.
F8) Pipeline safety systems are designed to 1. Pipeline system's design complies to Design Basis 1. P&ID 1. Review all reports, manual and Pipeline safety systems D, C&I, HUC
protect the pipeline operating beyond its safe document. drawings and approved by TA. functioned as designed:
operating limits or design conditions. 2. HAZOP report
2. For offshore pipeline: 2. The above reports, manual & 1. Relief valve activates at set
3. Safety shutdown or cause & drawings have undergone IDC pressure
a. P&ID available and HAZOP study conducted. effect matrix check and external (IFR-AFC)
b. Safety shutdown or cause & effect matrix available. review, as part of QA 2. Safety shutdown system
c. Relief valve available at scraper launcher & receiver. 4. Operating and maintenance requirement. activates at set pressure
d. Safety shutdown valve available. philosophy and manual
e. Safe operating limits are defined. 3. Functional testings of pipeline 3. LDS provides 'leak'
f. Operating & maintenance philosophy and manual 5. Riser passive fire protection, safety systems performed i.e. information per
available. subsea valves & LDS QRA and during factory acceptance and/or specifications
g. QRA or safety assessment conducted for riser passive study reports site acceptance tests; and its
fire protection. reports approved by TA.
h. QRA of safety assessment for subsea valves for 6. Functional testing reports of
PLET/PLEM. pipeline safety system
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
c. Relief valve available at scraper launcher & receiver.
d. Safety shutdown system available at block valves and
inlet & outlet valves.
e. Safe operating limits are defined.
f. Operating & maintenance philosophy and manual
available.
F9) Pipeline system is designed to 1. Pipeline system's design complies to Design Basis 1. Project specifications and 1. Review all specifications, 1. For pipeline with pig D , P C&I
accommodate inspection tools and document. datasheets for all pipeline datasheets and drawings; and trap/scraper
accessibility for inspection and maintenance system appurtenances. approved by TA. launcher/receiver installed:
purposes per codes and standards and 2. Pipeline system shall be suitable to pass inspection and
ergonomic requirements. cleaning pigs even if pig traps are not permanently 2. Scraper Launcher and Receiver 2. The above specifications, a. Inspection and cleaning
installed and shall consider pipe internal diameter drawings. datasheets & drawings have pigs can pass through
variations, full bore valves, minimum bend radius. undergone IDC check and during pre-commissioning.
3. The configurations and locations of pipeline system 3. Pipeline and Riser bend details. external (IFR-AFC) review, as b. All pipeline system
appurtenances i.e. valves, pressure safety/relief valves, part of QA requirement. appurtenances can be
above ground/topside pipings, scraper launcher/receiver, 4. Topside piping general 3) Perform site inspection and operated by technicians
take-off stations, safety shutdown valve etc. shall arrangement drawings. verification for topside and above easily.
consider inspectability and maintainability. ground pipeline system facilities.
5. Riser general arrangement and 2. For pipeline without pig
detail drawings. trap/scraper
launcher/receiver:
6. Scraper station, block valve
station, cathodic protection a. Cleaning pigs can pass
station, take-off station etc. through during pre-
drawings commissioning.
b. All pipeline system
appurtenances can be
operated by technicians
easily.
F10) All pipeline materials are procured and 1. Materials shall be inspected and tested to the level 1. Material specification and 1. Review on procurement 1. All materials shall be free P, C&I
fabricated as per design requirements and presently specified for new materials, i.e. by visual, datasheets deliverables to ensure all pipeline from defects and damages
AFC documents. destructive and non-destructive means. materials are procured, i.e. corrosions, gouges,
2. Material take-off fabricated, inspected and tested scratches, dents, buckles,
2. The material certificates and equipment vendors’ data as per design requirements. wrinkles, distortion etc.
(including operating/ maintenance instructions), to be 3. Material requisition /ITB
included in the hand-over documentation, shall be kept 2. The above documents, drawings
& specifications have undergone
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A127 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
for the life of the pipeline. 4. Relevant design reports and IDC check and external (IFR-
AFC drawings. AFC) review, as part of QA
3. Additionally, materials to include induction bends, fittings, requirement.
valves, isolation joints, coatings (external corrosion and
concrete weight) etc. 3. All materials are inspected by
procurement executive/officer and
QA/QC executive/engineer upon
received from vendor/contractor.
F11) Pipeline system shall be constructed, 1. Environmental impact assessment & environmental 1. Environmental impact 1. Frequent checks and verifications 1. No accident/incident and/or C&I, HUC
installed, tested and commissioned per codes management plan shall be conducted and reports assessment and management during construction, installation, fatality to project personnel
and standards, host country's regulations and produced. plan reports. testings, pre-commissioning and i.e. PETRONAS/OPU's and
approved AFC documents. commissioning activities contractors.
2. Construction/installation procedures shall consider all 2. Construction, installation, according to environmental
main pipeline construction activities for offshore and testings, pre-commissioning and management plan. 2. No untoward impact to
onshore pipelines respectively e.g. transportation, commissioning procedures, environment i.e. comply to
handling and preservation of line pipes; trenching; plans and checklists. 2. Review all procedures, plans, environmental impact
stringing; welding/jointing; NDT; coating & field joint checklists and reports; and assessment and
coating; piping fabrication, pipeline laying; lowering-in; 3. Reports of factory acceptance, approved by TA. management plan.
backfilling; site reinstatement etc. site acceptance, functional,
strength and leak testings. 3. Third party inspectors to review 3. No untoward incident during
3. Testing procedures shall consider factory acceptance, and approve all welding/jointing pre-commissioning and
site acceptance, functional, strength and leak testings for 4. Reports of all construction and NDT reports. commissioning.
pipeline system and its appurtenances. Inspection and activities.
test plan (ITP) shall be established. 4. Permit-to-install and operate to be 4. Hydrocarbon is delivered
5. Reports of pre-commissioning issued by host country's authority according to
4. Commissioning procedures shall consider all main and commissioning activities. (if applicable). design/operation
pipeline system pre-commissioning and commissioning specifications/ranges.
activities. Pre-commissioning and commissioning plan 6. Permit-to-install (PTI) 5. Approval to commission or
and checklist shall be established. introduction of hydrocarbon to be
7. Permit-to-operate (PTO) issued by OPU/PETRONAS'
Approving Authority.
AVAILABILITY
A1) Pipeline safety systems shall be available 1. QRA shall be conducted to determine the requirement of 1. QRA report/s 1. Review the reports; and approved 1. Pipeline safety systems
at all time. having redundancy. by TA. functioned as designed:
2. HAZOP report/s Relief valve activates at set
2. HAZOP study to be performed. 2. The above reports have pressure
undergone IDC check and
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A128 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
external (IFR-AFC) review, as 2. Safety shutdown system
part of QA requirement. activates at set pressure
RELIABILITY
Refer to 'Availability'.
SURVIVABILITY
Refer to 'Functionality'.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. SI001: Structure Input/Output Platform riser locations (1) within jacket, or (2) outside jacket with riser guard; Forces, moment
and displacement for design of riser clamps/supports & hanger flange; Forces, moments and
displacement for design of piping supports at Topside and above ground piping at stations
shall comply to SI001
I2. PC001: Pressure Vessels Input Gas-Over-Oil tank for actuated valve shall comply to PC001
I3. PC005:Piping System Input All valves & Instrumentation shall comply to PC005
I4. PC007: Relief System Input PSV/PRV at scraper launcher and receiver and actuator tank shall comply to PC007
I5. IC001: Hazardous Area Ventilation Input Hazardous Area Classification at above ground stations i.e. block valve, scraper, take-off shall
comply to IC001
I6. IC003: Certified (Ex Rated) Electrical Equipment Input TRU, MIJ, IF and spark gap shall comply to IC003
I7. IC005: Electrical Earthing Continuity (Earth Bonding) Input Earthing system at above ground stations & building shall comply yg IC005
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A129 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
I8. PS002: Explosion Protection Including Blast Barriers and Venting Provisions & SD002 : Emergency Input Venting/ draining piping to evacuate hydrocarbon during emergency and maintenance shall
Depressurisation (Blowdown) comply to PS002 & SD002.
I9. PS006: Passive Fire Protection Output Passive fire protection for riser (if required) shall comply to PS006.
I10. PS013: Chemical Injection System Input Chemical Injection System for internal corrosion inhibition shall comply to PS013.
I11. SD001: Emergency Shutdown (ESD) Control System & SD006 Emergency Shutdown Valve Input Emergency shutdown valve and its control system for offshore and onshore pipeline shall
comply to SD006 & SD001 respectively.
I12. SD005: Pipeline Isolation Valve (Riser) Input Any isolation valve at riser shall comply with SD005.
I13. SD007: Subsea Isolation Valves (SSIV) System Output /Input SSIV offshore pipeline’s PLET/PLEM (If required) shall comply to SD007
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : M Nazmi Mohd Ali Napiah Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 13/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A130 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent a loss of containment (and protection against implosion) of process fluids in upset conditions and the controlled disposal of hydrocarbon fluids.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Relief valves are adequately sized and 1. A structured Pressure System Safety and Protection Study 1. Safeguarding memorandum, 1. Review of safeguarding 1. Safeguarding D
correctly selected to cover for worst case (PSSPS) of all potential overpressure and under-pressure PSFS memorandum, PSFS, memorandum, PSFS
overpressure relief case. scenarios shall be conducted during the design phase. All calculations of relief loads, indicates that all equipment
equipment shall be verified as adequately protected against 2. Safe Chart hydraulics of inlet and outlet relief and pressure system are
overpressure and under-pressure. piping ,Flare Network Study adequately protected
Reference: PTS 16.53.01 Section 2.1 3. Relief Valve Datasheet against overpressure and
2. Review Safe Chart under pressure. D,
Relief load calculation
3. Review Relief valve datasheet indicate that relief devices D,C&I
are sized for governing
scenarios. Relief valves inlet
and outlet piping, laterals
and headers sizing are
validated by flare network
study.
2. Design of the relief system shall be based on the heat and 1. Relief load calculations of relief 1. Review of calculations of relief 1. Relief load calculation D
material balance for the intended range of unit operation, valve capacity, hydraulics of loads, hydraulics of inlet and indicate that relief devices
which shall also include unit start-up and shutdown inlet and outlet relief piping , outlet relief piping ,Flare Network are sized for governing
conditions. flare network study Study scenarios. Relief valves inlet
Reference: PTS 16.53.01 Section 2.1 and outlet piping, laterals
2. Relief Valve Datasheet 2. Review Relief valve datasheet and headers sizing are D,C&I
validated by flare network
study.
SCE GOAL - To prevent a loss of containment (and protection against implosion) of process fluids in upset conditions and the controlled disposal of hydrocarbon fluids.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
identified and used for valve
sizing.
3. The relief valve set pressure to be set according to lowest 1. Safeguarding memorandum, 1. Review of safeguarding 1. Safeguarding memorandum D
pressure rating of the system taking into account of any PSFS memorandum, PSFS and PSFS indicates that all
static head to protect the equipment and overall system. equipment and pressure
Reference: PTS 16.53.01 Section 2.2 2. Relief Valve Datasheet 2. Review Relief valve datasheet system are adequately D,C&I
protected against
overpressure and under
pressure.
4. Selection of Relief valves based on the total backpressure. 1. Safeguarding memorandum, 1. Review safeguarding 1. Safeguarding memorandum D
Spring loaded conventional relief valves are specified when calculations of relief valve memorandum, calculations of indicates that all equipment
back pressures is limited to 10% of set pressure. Balanced capacity hydraulics of inlet and relief valve capacity hydraulics of and pressure system are
bellow relief devices are selected for backpressures outlet relief piping or Pressure inlet and outlet relief piping or adequately protected
exceeding 10% until 50% of set pressure , Pilot operated Relief Device (PRD) Network Pressure Relief Device (PRD) against overpressure and
valves are selected when back pressure exceed 50% and Study Network Study under pressure.
use of pilot relief valves is limited to clean service.
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 Section 3.4.2 2. Relief Valve Datasheet 2. Review Relief valve datasheet 2. Relief valve datasheet D,C&I
indicate that proper type of
3. Flare network sizing calculation 3. Review Flare network sizing device is selected. D
calculation
3. Flare network sizing
calculation indicate that total
backpressure calculated is
within allowable limit of
selected relief device.
5. Design velocities of relief headers should not exceed a Mach 1. Safeguarding memorandum, 1. Review Safeguarding 1. Safeguarding D
No of 0.7 for sub headers and 0.5 for main header to calculations of relief valve memorandum, calculations of memorandum, indicates that
minimize pipe stress, vibrations and erosion. capacity hydraulics of inlet and relief valve capacity hydraulics of all equipment and pressure
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 Section 3.4.2 outlet relief piping or Pressure inlet and outlet relief piping or system are adequately
Relief Device (PRD) Network Pressure Relief Device (PRD) protected against
Study Network Study overpressure and under
pressure. PSSPS also
2. Flare network sizing calculation indicate that. Relief valves D,C&I
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A132 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent a loss of containment (and protection against implosion) of process fluids in upset conditions and the controlled disposal of hydrocarbon fluids.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. Review Flare network sizing and headers sizing are
calculation validated.
F2.To ensure the relief valve fully opens at its 1. There is no blockage in relief path such as block valve , 1. Isolation philosophy 1. Review Isolation philosophy. 1. Isolation philosophy indicate D
set pressure and discharge the content of the check valve , solids vapour condensation and accumulation the requirement of valve
associated equipment and piping to flare/vent. of liquid etc. , All inlet isolation valves for online relief 2. Piping & Instrumentation 2. Review piping and positions and interlocks. D,C&I,HUC
devices and outlet valves on all relief devices if provided Diagram (P&ID's) instrumentation diagram
shall be Lock Open (LO) or car seal open. 2. Piping and instrumentation
Reference: PTS 16.53.01 Section 4.2, PTS 16.52.04 Section diagram indicate the
3.6 required valve position as
locked-open (LO) OR
Locked Close (LC).
.
2. When relieving to lower pressure system, maximum 1. Safeguarding memorandum, 1. Review safeguarding 1. Safeguarding memorandum D
pressure of the lower pressure system shall be equal or calculations of relief valve memorandum, calculations of indicates that all equipment
lower than the set pressure of relief valves of protected capacity hydraulics of inlet and relief valve capacity hydraulics of and pressure system are
system and the low pressure system has adequate capacity outlet relief piping or Pressure inlet and outlet relief piping or adequately protected
to handle the relief rate. Relief Device, (PRD) Network Pressure Relief Device (PRD) against overpressure and
Study Network Study under pressure.
2. Relief Valve Datasheet 2. Review Relief valve datasheet 2. Relief valve datasheet D,C&I
indicate that proper type of
3. Flare network sizing calculation 3. Review Flare network sizing device is selected. D
calculation
3. Flare network sizing
calculation indicate that total
backpressure calculated is
within allowable limit of
selected relief device.
3. The pressure drop in the inlet piping and fittings shall not 1. Process calculations relief valve 1. Review calculations of relief 1. Process calculations on D
exceed 3 % of the valve set pressure. capacity hydraulics of inlet and valve capacity hydraulics of inlet relief valves, PRD network
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 Section 3.1.1 outlet relief piping or Pressure and outlet relief piping or study indicates that inlet
Relief Device (PRD) Network Pressure Relief Device (PRD) lines to PSV are adequately
Study Network Study sized.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A133 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent a loss of containment (and protection against implosion) of process fluids in upset conditions and the controlled disposal of hydrocarbon fluids.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. Relief valve inlet line sizing 2. Review Line sizing calculation 2. Line sizing calculation
calculation indicate that sizing of inlet
piping is adequate.
4. Relief valve outlet piping shall be as a minimum equal to 1. Piping & Instrumentation 1. Review Piping and 1. Piping and instrumentation D
relief valve outlet size and shall free draining i.e. slope to the Diagram (P&ID's) Instrumentation Diagram diagram indicate the slopes
main flare header to avoid pockets and slug flow. on relief valve outlet piping,
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 Section 3.6, GPSA Chapter 5 2. Piping Isometrics and General 2. Review Piping isometrics and flare sub header and main
section on discharge piping. arrangement drawings general arrangement drawing headers. D,C&I
5. 5.1 Highly corrosive and toxic fluids shall be neutralized 1. Process design basis 1. Review Process design basis 1. Process design basis D
before discharge. indicate the disposal of toxic
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 Section 3.2.4 2. PSFD, safeguarding 2. Review PSFD, safeguarding and corrosive fluids. 5.2 D
memorandum memorandum PSFD, safeguarding
memorandum indicate the
3. Piping and instrumentation 3. Review Piping and relief devices and D, C&I
diagram instrumentation diagram segregation from normal
reliefs.
6. Disposal piping for relief devices shall be consider potential 1. Process design basis 1. Review Process design basis 1. Process design basis D
for slug flow and transients for simultaneous release of indicate the disposal of toxic
vapour and liquid. 2. PSFD, safeguarding 2. Review PSFD, safeguarding and corrosive fluids. D
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 Section 3.6.2 memorandum memorandum
2. PSFD, safeguarding
3. Piping and instrumentation 3. Review Piping and memorandum indicate if the D, C&I
diagram instrumentation diagram potential for slug flow exists
SCE GOAL - To prevent a loss of containment (and protection against implosion) of process fluids in upset conditions and the controlled disposal of hydrocarbon fluids.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
requirements for pipe
supports if simultaneous
release of vapour and liquid
are expected.
7. Water seal drums shall not be employed in cryogenic service 1. Process design basis 1. Review Process design basis 1. Process design basis D
such as LPG, instead use of glycol is recommended. Purge indicate the requirement of
shall be provided downstream of water seal drum to prevent 2. PSFD, safeguarding 2. Review PSFD, safeguarding water seal drum. D
air ingress. Design of water seal drum shall consider the memorandum memorandum
possibility of condensation in upstream headers and 2. PSFD, safeguarding
development vacuum conditions. In cases where water seal 3. Piping and instrumentation 3. Review Piping and memorandum indicate water
drum is not provided continuous purge shall be provided at diagram instrumentation diagram seal drum and purge D, C&I
the farthest end of flare main headers and sub headers to requirements .
avoid air ingress and provide inert atmosphere at all times.
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 Section 4.8.1, API 521 6.4.3.6.2 3. Piping and instrumentation
diagram indicate the specific
requirements for water seal
drum and purge system.
8. For flare knock out drums sufficient hold up time (20 to 30 1. Process design basis 1. Review Process design basis 1. Process design basis D
minutes) shall be provided above LAHH for operator to take indicate the disposal of toxic
corrective action. Safety Integrity level for high level trips 2. Safe guarding memorandum, 2. Review PSFD , safeguarding and corrosive fluids. D
shall be evaluated in IPF and documented. PSFD IPF report memorandum, IPF report
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 Section 4.3.5,4.6.3, API 521 2. PSFD, safeguarding
6.4.3.6.7 3. Piping and instrumentation 3. Review Piping and memorandum indicate Level D, C&I
diagram instrumentation diagram high high trip. IPF report
documents the SIL level
required and achieved for
Level high high function.
9. 9.1 Flare radiation and dispersion limits shall be used to 1. Process design basis 1. Review Process design basis 1. Process design basis D
determine the stack height. indicate the radiation limits
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 Section 5.3 2. Flare stack system calculations 2. Review flare stack calculations D
2. Flare stack calculation
3. Piping and instrumentation 3. Review Piping and indicate the radiation results D, C&I
diagram instrumentation diagram at different location. .
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A135 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent a loss of containment (and protection against implosion) of process fluids in upset conditions and the controlled disposal of hydrocarbon fluids.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
3. Piping and instrumentation
diagram indicate flare stack
details.
10. Flare is used for normal as well as emergency releases. 1. Process design basis 1. Review Process design basis 1. Process design basis D
Flare paths shall be always available for emergency indicate the design of flare
releases such as pressure relief devices and depressurizing 2. Safe guarding memorandum, 2. Review PSFD , safeguarding gas recovery systems. D
valves. Design of flare gas recovery system shall not PSFD IPF report memorandum, IPF report
compromise on this aspect. 2. PSFD, safeguarding
Reference: API 521 Section 7.4.2 3. Piping and instrumentation 3. Review Piping and memorandum indicate
diagram instrumentation diagram Pressure high high trip. IPF
report documents the SIL
level required and achieved
for Pressure high high
function.
AVAILABILITY
A1.1Facility shall be equipped with spare relief 1. Sparing of relief valve for critical equipments shall be made 1. Process Design 1. Review Process design 1. Process design D
valve with adequate isolation to ensure available. To ensure that isolation valves at PSV are open Basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy will specify
availability and facilitate maintenance. during operation, they shall be locked open (LO). sparing requirements for
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 Section 2.1.2,2.1.3 2. Piping & Instrumentation 2. Review Piping and relief valve and safety D,C&I
Diagram (P&ID's) Instrumentation Diagram devices.
3. List of Safety Critical Element 3. Review List of safety critical 2. Piping and instrumentation D,C&I
element diagram will indicate spare
4. Relief Valves Datasheets relief valves.
4. Review relief valve datasheets D
5. Safeguarding Memorandum 3. List of safety critical
5. Review safeguarding elements will indicate LO D,C&I
memorandum and LC valve tags along
with relief valve tags.
4. Safeguarding memorandum
will indicate the sparing
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A136 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent a loss of containment (and protection against implosion) of process fluids in upset conditions and the controlled disposal of hydrocarbon fluids.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
philosophy as implemented
in design.
A2. Prevention of Malfunction of Relief Valve 1. Provision of heat tracing at the relief valve and along the 1. Process Design 1. Review Process design basis 1. Process design basis D
inlet and outlet piping to eliminate hydrates where relief Basis/Philosophy /Philosophy /Philosophy will specify
temperature drops to beyond hydrate formation temperature. special requirements for
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 Section 2.2.1 2. Piping & Instrumentation 2. Review Piping and proper functioning of relief D,C&I
Diagram (P&ID's) Instrumentation Diagram device.
3. List of Safety Critical Element 3. Review List of safety critical 2. Piping and instrumentation D,C&I
element diagram will indicate heat
4. Relief Valves Datasheets tracing. D
4. Review relief valve datasheets
3. List of safety critical
elements will indicate heat
tracing as critical element.
4. Safeguarding memorandum
will indicate the sparing
philosophy as implemented
in design.
2. Provision of flushing of the inlet and outlet piping with clean 1. Process Design 1. Review Process design basis 1. Process design D
process fluid. To mitigate corrosion in cases of corrosive Basis/Philosophy /Philosophy basis/Philosophy will specify
fluids. special requirements for
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 Section 2.2.2 2. Piping & Instrumentation 2. Review Piping and proper functioning of relief D,C&I
Diagram (P&ID's) Instrumentation Diagram device.
3. Relief Valve Datasheets 3. Review relief valve datasheets 2. Piping and instrumentation D,C&I
diagram will indicate heat
tracing.
3. Design of flare pilots shall ensure that pilots are lit at all 1. Process Design 1. Review Process design basis 1. Process design D
times. Proven mechanism such as FFG shall be used. Basis/Philosophy /Philosophy basis/Philosophy will specify
Thermocouples for detection of flame shall be K type as a ignition, thermocouple and
minimum. Pilots shall be able to sustain flame in adverse 2. Piping & Instrumentation 2. Review Piping and meteorological requirements D,C&I
meteorological conditions. Diagram (P&ID's) Instrumentation Diagram for proper functioning of
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A137 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent a loss of containment (and protection against implosion) of process fluids in upset conditions and the controlled disposal of hydrocarbon fluids.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 Section 9.2.14, 9.3.4,9.3.5 API 3. Pilot Datasheets 3. Review relief valve datasheets flare pilots. D,C&I
521 section7.3.3.3.6
2. Piping and instrumentation
diagram will pilot design and
ignition mechanism
3. List of Safety Critical Element 3. Review List of safety critical 2. Piping and instrumentation D,C&I
element diagram will indicate spare
4. Relief Valves Datasheets relief valves.
4. Review relief valve datasheets D
5. Safeguarding Memorandum 3. List of safety critical
5. Review safeguarding elements will indicate LO D
memorandum and LC valve tags along
with relief valve tags.
R2. Flame Ignition 1. High energy spark igniters shall not be the only means of 1. Process Design Basis 1. Review Process design basis 1. Process design basis D
igniting flare pilots. /Philosophy /Philosophy /Philosophy will specify flare
Reference : API 537 Section 5.3.2 pilot ignition system
2. Piping & Instrumentation 2. Review Piping and employed. D,C&I
Diagram (P&ID's) Instrumentation Diagram
2. Piping and instrumentation
diagram will indicate detail
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A138 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent a loss of containment (and protection against implosion) of process fluids in upset conditions and the controlled disposal of hydrocarbon fluids.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
of flare pilot ignition system.
SURVIVABILITY
S1 Fire events 1. Prevented by location. 1. FERA analysis 1. Review FERA analysis 1. FERA analysis specify the D
location of relief device
2. Piping general arrangements 2. Review Piping general D,C&I,HUC
arrangement drawing 2. Piping general arrangement
drawing indicate location of
relief valve
S2 Explosion events 1. To be determined -Fire & Explosion Risk Analysis (FERA) 1. FERA analysis 1. Review FERA analysis 1. FERA analysis specify the D
Analysis (To identify major accident (dimensioning) events location of relief device
and verify the suitability of applied fire safety provisions). 2. Piping general arrangements 2. Review Piping general D,C&I,HUC
arrangement drawing 2. Piping general arrangement
drawing indicate location of
relief valve
S3 Dropped events - - - - -
S4 Extreme environmental conditions 1. Relief valve shall be suitable for the operation in extreme 1. Relief valve datasheets 1. Review Relief valve datasheet 1. Relief valve datasheet D
environmental condition as defined in the project basis of specify material of
design. 2. Material certificates 2. Review material certificate. construction C&I,HUC
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A139 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent a loss of containment (and protection against implosion) of process fluids in upset conditions and the controlled disposal of hydrocarbon fluids.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Zainab Kayat Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A140 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1 - To maintain the pressure & temperature 5. The Fired Heater shall comply with applicable International 1. Fired Heater Design Basis 1. Check and confirm the design 1. Approved design basis and D, C&I
envelope within the operating and design codes and standards. Fired Heater shall be designed and Specification basis and specification have specification. (D)
parameters. fabricated in accordance with ISO 13704/ API 530, ISO detailed out the requirement as
13705/ API 560, PTS 12.41.01 Fired Heater Based on ISO 2. Mechanical Data sheet per ISO 13704/ API 530, ISO 2. Approved vendor
13705 and PTS 12.41.02 Fired Heater- Tube Thickness 13705/ API 560, and PTS specification, general
Calculation. 12.41.01 Fired Heater Based on arrangement & detail
ISO 13705 and PTS 12.41.02 drawings and design
Fired Heater- Tube Thickness calculation. (C&I)
Calculation in term of service
fluid, temperature, pressure and
relevant loadings.
6. Multi-pass heaters shall be designed for hydraulic symmetry 9. Fired Heater Design Basis 2. Check and confirm in the design 4. Approved design basis and D, C&I
of all passes, uniform heat distribution and for equal heat Specification basis and specification have specification. (D)
pick-up per pass. Frictional head loss over the total manifold detailed out the hydraulic and
length, does not exceed 10 % of the individual pass 10. Data sheet frictional head loss of the heater 5. Approved vendor
pressure drop, PTS 12.41.01 Fired Heater Based on ISO does not exceed 10% of the specification, general
13705, Para 6.1.1. individual pass pressure drop. arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
7. Design in-tube velocities in vapor and vapor-liquid flow shall 8. Fired Heater Design Basis 4. Check and confirm the design 1. Approved design basis and D, C&I
be limited to a maximum of 85 % of critical velocity, PTS Specification basis and specification have specification. (D)
12.41.01 Fired Heater Based on ISO 13705, Para 6.1.1. Data sheet detailed out the tube velocity in
vapor and vapor - liquid flow not 2. Approved vendor
exceeding 85% of critical velocity. specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
8. The burner load at minimum stable flame pressure with fuel 9. Fired Heater Design Basis 4. Check and confirm the design 1. Approved design basis and D, C&I
gas with the highest Wobbe Index shall be no more than 25 Specification basis and specification have specification. (D)
% of design. The minimum stable flame pressure shall be Data sheet detailed out the burner load meet
obtained for the fuel gas with the lowest Wobbe Index in Wobbe index requirement in PTS. 2. Approved vendor
accordance with PTS 12.41.01 Fired Heater Based on ISO specification, general
13705, para 14.1.14. arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A141 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
9. The burner shall maintain a stable flame between the 8. Fired Heater Design Basis 3. Check and confirm the design 1. Approved design basis and D, C&I
“maximum” and “minimum” stable heat release rates Specification basis and specification have specification. (D)
specified in accordance with API 535 in (Table 6.2). detailed out the burner flame heat
9. Data sheet release as per design code 2. Approved vendor
specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
10. The choice of insulating materials and methods of 11. Fired Heater Design Basis, & 2. Check and confirm the design 4. Approved design basis and D, C&I
application shall comply with PTS 15.13.04 Insulating and Specification basis and specification have specification. (D)
Dense Refractory Concrete Lining and PTS 12.04.01 detailed out the insulation
Refractory Bricks and Shapes 12. Mechanical data sheet materials i.e. refractory bricks, 5. Approved vendor
dense refractory concrete lining specification, general
comply with PTS. arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
11. Burners shall have a turndown capability from 100 % to at 7. Fired Heater Design Basis, & 4. Review and verify the design 1. Approved design basis and D, C&I
least 25 % of the normal heat release (heat release required Specification basis and specification have specification. (D)
for design heater process duty) without adjusting the air or detailed out the burner design
flue gas controls, PTS 12.41.01 Fired Heater Based on ISO 8. Mechanical data sheet. shall meet turndown capability of 2. Approved vendor
13705, para 14.1.14. 25% design heater. specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
12. Forced draught burners shall be sized for a maximum heat 7. Fired Heater Design Basis & 4. Check and confirm the design 1. Approved design basis and D, C&I
release of 110 % of normal heat release at design process Specification basis and specification have specification. (D)
conditions. Further oversizing of burners shall be avoided. detailed out the forced draught
PTS 12.41.01 Fired Heater Based on ISO 13705 para 14.1.7 8. Forced draught burners sizing. burner design shall meet110% 2. Approved vendor
heat release specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
13. Piping to burners shall be arranged so that burner 9. Fired Heater Design Basis & 4. Check and confirm the design 2. Approved design basis and D, C&I
assemblies and manholes can be removed without Specification basis and specification have specification. (D)
cutting/welding (e.g. flanged connections to be provided), detailed out the piping
PTS 12.41.01 Fired Heater Based on ISO 13705, para 10. Data sheet arrangement to burners is 3. Approved vendor
14.1.24. removable and ergonomic specification, general
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A142 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
arrangement & detail
drawings. (C&I)
14. If heater tubes are designed to operate in the elastic range, 10. Fired Heater Design Basis 4. Check and confirm design basis 3. Approved design basis and D, C&I
the wall thickness shall be such that the calculated stress Specification and specification have detailed specification. (D)
does not exceed the elastic allowable stress as given in PTS out that the calculated stress for
12.41.02 (ISO 13704) for the applicable material. If heater 11. Data sheet heater tubes shall not exceeding 4. Approved vendor
tubes are designed to operate in the creep-rupture range, elastic allowable stress when specification, general
the wall thickness shall be such that the calculated stress operated in the elastic range or arrangement & detail
does not exceed the rupture allowable stress for a life time operated in creep range drawings and design
of 100,000 hours, and shall be equal to or less than the calculation. (C&I)
elastic allowable stress at that temperature. PTS 12.41.01
Fired Heater Based on ISO 13705, para 7.1.1.1 and 7.1.1.2.
15. Flexible hoses shall not be used for fuel oil or fuel gas 6. Fired Heater Design Basis 4. Review and verify design basis 3. Approved design basis and D, C&I
supply to main burners, PTS 12.41.01 Fired Heater Based Specification and specification have detailed specification. (D)
on ISO 13705, para 14.1.24. out the connection to main burner
7. Data sheet for fuel oil and fuel gas supply 4. Approved vendor
shall not use flexible hoses. specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings. (C&I)
16. Screwed connections shall not be used for fuel oil or fuel gas 5. Fired Heater Design Basis 3. Review and verify the design 1. Approved design basis and D, C&I
supply to the burners, PTS 12.41.01 Fired Heater Based on Specification basis and specification have specification. (D)
ISO 13705, para 14.1.24. detailed out that screw
6. Data sheet connections to main burner is not 2. Approved vendor
allowed. specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings. (C&I)
17. The air ducts size shall have sufficient cross-sectional area 1. Fired Heater Design Basis & 1. Check and confirm design basis 1. Approved design basis and D, C&I
to keep the air velocity below 20 m/s. The air ducts shall be Specification and specification have detailed specification. (D)
provided with inspection panels near the dampers to allow Data sheet out that burner air duct size to
for damper blade inspection and maintenance, PTS meet air velocity below 20m/s and 2. Approved vendor
12.41.01 Fired Heater Based on ISO 13705, para 14.5.1. to provide excess for inspection & specification, general
maintenance work. arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A143 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
18. Combustion air ducting and plenums shall be sized to limit 1. Fired Heater Design Basis 1. Check and confirm design basis 1. Approved design basis and D, C&I
the dynamic head at the point of maximum velocity to not Specification and specification have detailed specification. (D)
more than 10 % of the burner air pressure drop at design out that the combustion design
firing conditions, PTS 12.41.01 Fired Heater Based on ISO 2. Data sheet meet the air velocity and pressure 2. Approved vendor
13705, para 14.5.1. drop. specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
AVAILABILITY
A1- Fired heater is considered available for the 1. When liquid fuels are fired, a safety interlock shall be 1. P&ID and Interlock System 1. Check and confirm a safety 1. Safety interlock is specified D
operating life if all functional requirement are provided on each burner. The interlock shall sequentially interlock is provided to shut off the in the heater design basic.
met. shut off the fuel and the atomizing steam before the gun can fuel gas.
be removed. A separate steam purge valve shall be installed
on the burner operating platform
2. For automatically started systems, the ignition flame shall be 1. P&ID 1. Review and verify ignition flame is 1. Burner peep hole is C&I
visible via either the burner peep hole or the main burner visible through burner peep hole. specified in the fabrication
observation window. drawings.
RELIABILITY
R1- Fired heater shall have been designed, 1. All flanges shall be of the welding neck type and shall have a 1. Fired Heater Design Basis 1. Check and confirm the minimum 1. Min 300# flanges rating are D, C&I,
fabricated ad gone through inspection and minimum ASME Class 300 rating. ASME Class 400 flanges Specification 300# welding neck type flanges specified in the datasheet
testing as per design requirements. shall not be used. are used. and fabrication drawings.
2. Expansion joints shall be provided around burner blocks. 3. Inspection Report and Site 2. Check and confirm the expansion 1. Expansion joints are C&I
Observation joints are provide at burner block. specified in fabrication
drawing.
3. Observation doors shall be installed in the heater walls to 3. Inspection Report and Site 3. Check and confirm the 3. Observation doors are C&I
provide a clear view of the burner(s), flame(s) and flame- Observation observations doors are available specified in the fabrication
exposed tube surfaces in the radiant sections at heater wall. drawings.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A144 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
4. The field inspection procedures shall be in accordance with 3. Inspection Report and Site 3. Check and confirm the field 3. Validated NDT and C&I,
PTS 12.02.01. Observation inspection is performed in Inspection report
accordance with the approved
project specification.
5. The steel structure shall comply with PTS 11.10.01, PTS 3. Inspection Report and Site 1. Check and confirm the steel 3. Heater tolerance is specified C&I,
11.15.02 .The deflection of roof, floor and wall beams shall Observation structure tolerance is not in the fabrication drawings.
not exceed 1/500th of the span. exceeding 1/500th of the span.
6. Painting for Fired Heater shall be as per PTS 15.20.03 3. Painting and Coating 3. Check and confirm the 2. Type of painting and coating D, C&I
Painting and Coating for New Equipment. Specification specification have detailed out the are specified in datasheet
painting and coating system shall (D)
be as per PTS 15.20.03
3. Validated painting type in
fabrication drawing.( C&I)
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Fire 1. Prevented by suitable relief valve directed to the flare stack 1. Design Basis 1. Review and verify the venting 1. Pressure Relief venting D
Fired Heater located at hydrocarbon area Specification system. system is validated and
where there is risk of surface fire in case of acceptable
hydrocarbon leakage, its support shall be
designed with fire proofing to withstand floor
surface fire scenario for an acceptable period
of time.
S2. Explosion 1. Prevented by location 1. Equipment layout drawing , fire 1. Review and verify the equipment 1. Equipment spacing, D
Fired Heater shall be constructed and and gas detection system plot plan in accordance with sprinkler, foam, fire fighting
supported to withstand surrounding explosion spacing requirement in PTS are available.
and fire scenario for an acceptable period of 12.03.04. and 11.22.06
time and withstand credible blast loads to
maintain hydrocarbon containment.
S3. Drop object 1. HAZOP and Risk analysis applied. 1. HAZOP and HAZID report 1. Review and verify HAZOP and 1. Risk mitigated to ALARP D
Fired Heater Layout and surrounding piping/ HAZID report
equipment and its attachment shall be well
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A145 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
designed and supported. The Pressure Vessel
shall be intact and maintain hydrocarbon
containment in the event surrounding drop
object to and near the Pressure Vessel.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PC 007 - Relief System Output Provide protection to Fired Heater
To prevent failure and LOC of Heater in the event of excessive pressure than design.
I2.DS 001- Fire and Gas Detection Input Provide protection to Fired Heater
To prevent LOC and failure of PV in case of gas leakage/ fire.
I3. SD001- Emergency Shut Down Control system Input Provide protection to Fired Heater
If required depending on process condition to protect the Heater from unprecedented process
condition.
I5. ER009 -Process Control and Alarm input Provide LLL, HHL limit
To protect the levels (low/ high) out of the limit of the heater which can cause disturbance in
the process condition and LOPC/ damage to the heater
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : MK Shrivastava Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A146 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide a vapour containing barriers and to prevent migration of toxic or hydrocarbon gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Gas tight floor / walls are required to 1. Gas tight floors / walls shall be of a design that prevents the 1. Design Basis 1. Review Design Basis 1. Approved Basis Design D
prevent spread of gas into critical areas. ingress of gas. Deck and wall plates shall be continuously
welded or sealed. 2. Floor and Wall Connection 2. Review Floor and Wall 2. Approved Details Drawings
Detailing Drawings Connection Details Drawings
a. API 14 F :Design, Installation, and Maintenance of
Electrical Systems for Fixed and Floating Offshore
Petroleum Facilities for Unclassified and Class 1, Division
1 and Division 2 Locations
i. Annex E : USCG Requirements, 46 CFR, Subchapter
J, Subpart 111.105
F2. All penetrations and opening to be sealed 1. All openings (e.g. man ways) shall have seals suitable for 1. Layout Drawing * 1. Review Visual Inspection & 1. Approved Functional Test D. HUC
in such a manner to prevent gas ingress. their operation. Seal Specification Functional Test Report Report
2. All penetration shall have seals, if necessary seal shall be 2. Seal Detail 2. Review Layout Drawing 2. Approved Layout Drawing
flexible to allow pipe movement
3. Penetration Detail 3. Review Seal Specification 3. Approved Seal Specification
3. All seals shall be suitability fire rated to suit location
4. Seal Material Specification 4. Review Seal Detail 4. Approved Seal Detail
Drawing
5. Review Penetration Detail
5. Approved Material
6. Review Seal Material Certification
Specification
6. Approved Seal Material
Specification
AVAILABILITY
A1. Available on designated areas at all times 1. All material adopted shall have a design life equal to 1. Material specification 1. Functionality of gas tight floor 1. Approved Basis of Design D
during the operating life of the offshore facility. platform design life plus contingency shall be maintained at all time. HUC
2. Basis of design 2. Approved Material
2. Review Basis of Design Specification
RELIABILITY
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A147 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide a vapour containing barriers and to prevent migration of toxic or hydrocarbon gas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
R1. Tight floor wall system shall be 100% 1. Details and material used shall be reliable for the platform 1. Inspection plan 1. Review Inspection Plan 1. Approved Inspection Report D
functional during the operating life of the design life HUC
offshore facility. 2. Detail drawing 2. Review Detail Drawings 2. Approved Details Drawings
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Seals, walls and floor shall function before 1. Materials used shall be suitable to maintain seal during fire 1. Material Specification 1. Review Material Specification 1. Approved Materials D
and after "fire & explosion" exposure to and explosion scenario suitable for location. Specification
maintain gas tight seal and to minimize the
possibility of the gas ingress into enclosed
areas.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. SI002 - Topsides Primary Structure (incl. Helidecks, Crane Pedestals; Bridges; Flare Tower etc.) Input Gas Tight Floor contributes to stability of topside primary structure to withstand from collapse
due to fire and blast from the gas ingress.
I2. PS002 - Blast Input Gas tight floor/wall will contribute and provide advantages to minimize the possibility of the
gas ingress into enclosed areas.
I3. ER002 - Escape Route Output Due to accidental leakage of Gas at topside which can be fire hazard and also toxic for
human. In such cases Personnel may have to evacuate the platform.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : M Sapihie Ayob Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 11/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A148 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1- Prevent a loss of containment, The facilities (pumps, piping, hose, swivel joints) shall contain all Design Basis To check and confirm the design Approved design basis and D , C&I, HUC
flammable liquids at design pressures, temperatures and basis and specification have specification. (D)
environmental loadings for the design life of the asset. P&ID detailed out the requirements as
per OCIMF, EN1474 and PTS Approved Fabricator
The following shall be considered in design: The pipe supports shall be designed (complied with PTS Project Specification specification, general
Relevant requirement of the offshore and 12.30.04 & ASME B31.3 para 319.2.4) for the maximum arrangement & detail
onshore out of balance loads defined for all hydraulic simulations. Data Sheet. drawings and design
The SCE typical equipment types are: The dynamic Connection system shall enable safe connection calculation. (C&I)
for relative motions between the mating flanges for both Compliance to the following
Fixed transfer pipework the loading arms and the manifold flanges of the standards:
SBM tankers/carriers.
Loading pumps Material and corrosion allowance shall be considered for life- Oil Companies International
Hoses and couplings time of 25 years and for continuous operating conditions. Marine Forum (OCIMF)
Anti-static earthing devices Any cargo loading pipework alongside the accommodation guideline: “Design and
Onshore loading and off-loading shall be fully welded. Construction Specification for
systems Marine Loading Arms, third
The requirement of PTS 37.91.20.30/ PTS 20.50.01 Oil edition 1999, EN1474
Loading & Discharging for Offshore Mooring Installation, Installation and Equipment for
PTS 16.52.14, Loading Facilities For Bulk Road Vehicles Liquefied Natural Gas- Design
and relevant international standards e.g. OCIMF , EN 1474 and Testing of Marine Transfer
etc. shall be complied with. System and the PTS
37.91.20.30/ TS 20.50.01 Oil
Loading and Discharge Hoses
for Offshore Mooring
Installation
(Amendments/Supplements to
OCIMF Guide) and
Construction Specification.,
PTS 16.52.14,Loading
Facilities For Bulk Road
Vehicles
The side-by-side mooring system and the loading arms shall be Project Specification. To check and confirm that the Approved specification. (D) D , C&I, HUC
ensure that, for all specified offloading operational specification have detailed out the
environmental conditions, the carrier manifold is maintained Mechanical Data sheet working envelope for all the Approved Vendor specification,
within the loading arm safe working envelope. environmental conditions (e.g. general arrangement &
sea level, sway and tide). detail drawings and design
References: OCIMF, EN1474 and PTS 37.91.20.30./ PTS calculation (C&I)
20.50.01 Oil Loading & Discharging for Offshore Mooring
Installation i
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A149 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Hose reel shall support the hose and maintain structural integrity Specification. To check and confirm that the Approved specification. (D) D , C&I, HUC
in a marine environment under operational loads throughout specification have detailed out the
the field life in accordance with relevant codes and Data sheet requirement as per code and Approved Vendor specification,
standards. standards. general arrangement &
Hose reel calculation detail drawings and design
calculation (C&I)
F2- To allow a controlled quick disconnection Quick release system shall allow safe release even under P&ID, C&E Matrix To check and confirm that the P&ID Approved P&ID and C&E matrix D , C&I, HUC
maximum design load with a remote operated quick release and C&E matrix have detailed out (D)
in accordance with Causes and Effects matrix. Closing times the requirement as per code and
will be in accordance with 14.12.01 ESD Systems for standards. Approved Vendor specification,
Loading & Discharging Refrigerated & Pressurized LNG & general arrangement &
LNG Carriers: valve closing before opening of PERC, detail drawings and design
closing of DBVs in 5 seconds, opening of PERC in 2 calculation (C&I)
seconds.
It shall be possible to release the floating hose by remote Marine valve hydraulics Operating Procedures. Alarms and safe devices are D , C&I, HUC
release from the tanker unit control room in the event of specifications and control panels Control Room Operators maintain operational by check /
tanker breakout, effecting a "dry break" between hose and details. a log of the operating conditions Periodic verification once in
supply and discharge connection. at regular intervals. operation or shutdowns
F3- To continuously monitor input devices for Systems shall be controlled and monitored from the relevant Project Specification Operating Procedures. Alarms and safe devices are D , C&I, HUC
fault and take appropriate actions control rooms including as a minimum the dedicated control Control Room Operators maintain operational by check /
room for offloading, and each system shall be interfaced to Data sheets a log of the operating conditions Periodic verification once in
the DCS/IPS. Guidance: A Constant Position Monitoring at regular intervals. operation or shutdowns
System (CPMS) shall be provided for monitoring purpose. P&ID and Instrument diagram
The cargo pumps are provided with remote start/stop control at Project Specification Operating Procedures. Alarms and safe devices are D , C&I, HUC
the relevant control rooms including as a minimum the Control Room Operators maintain operational by check /
dedicated control room for loading. Data sheets a log of the operating conditions Periodic verification once in
at regular intervals. operation or shutdowns
P&ID and Instrument diagram
AVAILABILITY
A1- To have Tanker loading system that have There shall be a mooring release mechanism to remotely OCIMF guideline: “Design and Operating Procedures. Alarms and safe devices are D , C&I, HUC
been designed as per the code and standard release the mooring line hooks Construction Specification for Control Room Operators maintain operational by check /
particularly on safety criteria and have gone Marine Loading Arms, third a log of the operating conditions Periodic verification once in
through all the inspection and testing in order edition 1999 at regular intervals. operation or shutdowns
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A150 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
to ensure safe loading without damage to the
loading arm and without loss of containment.
RELIABILITY
R1- To have Tanker loading system that have The ERS is part of an Instrumented Protective Function with a OCIMF guideline: “Design and Operating Procedures. Alarms and safe devices are D , C&I, HUC
performed all the required inspection and Safety Integrity Level (SIL) to be defined in the SIL Construction Specification for Control Room Operators maintain operational by check /
testing as per code and standard. assessment study. Marine Loading Arms, third a log of the operating conditions Periodic verification once in
edition 1999. at regular intervals. operation or shutdowns
Each emergency release system for the arms shall be provided OCIMF guideline: “Design and Operating Procedures. Alarms and safe devices are D , C&I, HUC
with an accumulator to provide back-up power in case of Construction Specification for Control Room Operators maintain operational by check /
power failure or hydraulic pump mechanical fail. Marine Loading Arms, third a log of the operating conditions Periodic verification once in
edition 1999. at regular intervals. operation or shutdowns
In the event of a fuse/power failure, the ERS shall remain in a OCIMF guideline: “Design and Operating Procedures. Alarms and safe devices are D , C&I, HUC
'safe' condition but manual activation of the ERS via a push Construction Specification for Control Room Operators maintain operational by check /
button on one of the solenoids shall still be possible. Marine Loading Arms, third a log of the operating conditions Periodic verification once in
edition 1999. at regular intervals. operation or shutdowns
SURVIVABILITY
S1- Fire event Loading system shall withstand the effects of fire without loss of Fire and explosion study, passive Review listed documentation Study Report, Calculation D , C&I, HUC
containment for the TR endurance period, or the event fire protection study, heat up
duration, whichever is the shorter. calculation. Verification during construction &
commissioning
S2- Explosion events Loading system are to withstand the effect of an explosion load Fire and explosion study, passive Review listed documentation Study Report, Calculation D , C&I, HUC
with no loss of containment. fire protection study, heat up
calculation. Verification during construction &
commissioning
S3- Dropped objects Loading system shall withstand or be protected from, the effects Drop object study. Review listed documentation (Drop Availability of Study report, D , C&I, HUC
of credible object study) Verified documents.
potential dropped objects or other mechanical handling even
ts as far as reasonably practicable. Verification during construction &
commissioning
S4- Extreme environmental conditions Loading system shall withstand the 100 year environmental Environmental study Review listed documentation Availability of Study report, D , C&I, HUC
conditions during offloading operations, and 10,000 year Verified documents.
environmental conditions in its stored position, without loss Verification during construction &
of containment. commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A151 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PC007 - Relief System Output Provide protection to Loading system
To prevent failure and LOC of loading system in the event of excessive pressure than design.
I2.DS001- Fire and Gas Detection Input Provide protection to Loading system
To prevent LOC and failure of loading system in case of gas leakage/ fire.
I3. PC005 - Hydrocarbon Piping & Equipment (incl. Valves & Instrumentation Input Review and maintain
If required depending on process condition to protect the loading system from unprecedented
process condition.
I4. SD001- Emergency Shut Down control system Input Provide protection, if required
To stop the loading system in case of any emergency
I5. PS001 & PS008 - Deluge system/ Fire water spray system Output Provide fire protection To prevent from external fire and to control the temperature of Loading
system.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : MK Shrivastava Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A152 of A454
SCE GOAL - Prevent release of helifuel from pressurized fuel systems which could lead to a fire. Prevent / avoid a helicopter crash due to contaminated fuel.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1- Safe refueling of Helicopter on the 1. All equipment including pipework, vessels, flexible hoses 1. Design basis 1. Check and confirm the Design 1. Approved design basis and D , C&I
Installation and nozzles containing helifuel shall contain the fuel at its basis and Specification have specification. (D)
design pressure, temperature and environmental loadings 2. Project Specification detailed out the requirement of
for the design life of the asset. The system shall be designed the design code shall be as per 2. Approved vendor
adequately for its design life, adequate material selection, 3. Data sheet CAP 437 for the helicopter specification, general
corrosion allowance, internal/ external coatings etc., shall be refueling equipment and the arrangement & detail
included. aviation fuel quality specification. drawings and design
Helicopter refueling equipment designed in accordance with calculation. (C&I)
CAP437 'Standard for Offshore Helicopter Landing Areas',
etc. to minimize risk of leakage at all times including during
storage tank filling and refueling operations
2. Fuel pumps shall resist vibrations and cyclic loading to 1. Pump datasheets & 1. Review lisA7:D13ted 1. Approved Pump Datasheet D , C&I
prevent fatigue failure. specifications documentation and Specification. (D)
3. Vessels and fuel pumps shall be capable of withstanding 1. Pump datasheets & 1. Check and confirm the 1. Approved Datasheet and D , C&I
maximum nozzle loads imposed. specifications Specification and Datasheet for Specification. (D)
fuel pump and vessels have
2. Tank datasheets & detailed out the requirement to be 2. Approved vendor
specifications capable of withstanding maximum specification, general
nozzle loads imposed. arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A153 of A454
SCE GOAL - Prevent release of helifuel from pressurized fuel systems which could lead to a fire. Prevent / avoid a helicopter crash due to contaminated fuel.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
4. The fuelling pump should be interlocked in such a way that 1. Mechanical datasheet 1. Check and confirm the 1. Approved Datasheet and D , C&I
the pump will never start until positive earth bonding has Specification and Datasheet have Specification. (D)
established between the aircraft and the refueling system 2. Project specification detailed out the requirement of
(Refer to PTS 37.19.10.31/ 11.22.10 Helidecks on Fixed and fuelling pump should be 2. Approved vendor
Mobile Offshore Installations) interlocked for positive earth specification, general
bonding. arrangement & detail
drawings (C&I)
5. All equipment including pipework, vessels, flexible hoses 1. Design Basis 1. Check and confirm the Design 1. Approved Datasheet and D , C&I
and nozzles containing helifuel shall be capable of Basis, Specification and Specification. (D)
withstanding loads imposed due to vessel motions without 2. Mechanical datasheet Datasheet have detailed out the
loss of containment. requirement of loads imposed due 2. Approved vendor
(Refer to PTS 37.19.10.31/ 11.22.10 Helidecks on Fixed and 3. Project specification to vessel motions. specification, general
Mobile Offshore Installations) arrangement & detail
drawings (C&I)
6. Helifuel tanks' storage locations shall be provided with 1. Design Basis 1. Check and confirm the Design 1. Approved Datasheet and D , C&I
bunds to contain possible fluid spills when connecting / Basis, Specification and Specification. (D)
disconnecting or other events. 2. Mechanical datasheet Datasheet have detailed out the
(Refer to PTS 37.19.10.31/ 11.22.10 Helidecks on Fixed and requirement of bunds to contain 2. Approved vendor
Mobile Offshore Installations) 3. Project specification possible fluid spills. specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings (C&I)
7. Helifuel tanks shall be constructed of either stainless steel or 1. Design Basis 1. Check and confirm the Design 1. Approved Datasheet and D , C&I
mild steel. If mild steel is used, then the tanks should be Basis, Specification and Specification. (D)
lined with a suitable white colored, fuel resistant epoxy 2. Tank datasheets & Datasheet have detailed out the
surface finish (Refer to PTS 37.19.10.31/ 11.22.10 Helidecks specifications requirement of helifuel tanks shall 2. Approved vendor
on Fixed and Mobile Offshore Installations) be constructed of either stainless specification, general
steel or mild steel. arrangement & detail
drawings (C&I)
F2- Cleanliness of fuel 1. Helifuel filtration system shall remove solid contaminants to 1. Filter datasheets & Project 1. Check and confirm the 1. Approved Datasheet and D , C&I
ensure 100% at 5 micron and 95% at 1 micron & smaller as specifications Specification and Datasheet have Specification. (D)
indicated in the Project specification. detailed out the requirement of
helifuel filtration system shall 2. Approved vendor
remove solid contaminants to specification, general
ensure 100% at 5 micron and arrangement & detail
95% at 1 micron & smaller. drawings and detail
calculations (C&I)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A154 of A454
SCE GOAL - Prevent release of helifuel from pressurized fuel systems which could lead to a fire. Prevent / avoid a helicopter crash due to contaminated fuel.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. F2.b) Remove water to ensure less than 15 ppm free water 1. Filter datasheets & 1. Check and confirm the Design 1. Approved Datasheet and D , C&I
or as indicated in the Project Specification. specifications Basis, Specification and Specification. (D)
. Datasheet have detailed out the
requirement of less than 15 ppm 2. Approved vendor
of free water. specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings and detail
calculations (C&I)
AVAILABILITY/RELIABILITY
R1- Helicopter Refueling System are 1. Helicopter Refueling System are designed / fabricated in 1. Design Basis 1. Check and confirm that the 1. Approved vendor D , C&I and HUC
considered available for the operating life if all accordance with Project specification and proven practices. Helicopter Refueling System is in specification, general
functional requirements are met. The Installation and operation is as per the project 2. Mechanical datasheet accordance with Project arrangement & detail
specification. Specification and all documents , drawings (C&I) and Test
3. Project specification Inspection records are available Records
SURVIVABILITY
S1- Fire event 1. Helicopter refueling systems shall withstand the effects of 1. FERA analysis 1. Review listed documentation 1. Approved listed D
fire without loss of containment for the TR endurance period documentation (D).
as define in the safety studies. 2. Piping general arrangements 2. Verification during construction &
Guidance: this can be achieved by location, inherent safety, commissioning
or by the application of firewater or passive protection. 3. Surveillance during start-up
2. Use of portable electronic devices on the apron area shall be 1. Operational procedures 1. Review listed documentation 1. Approved listed D
prohibited (para. 2.2 of CAP 748: 2004 'Aircraft Fuelling and documentation (D).
Fuel Installation Management').
S2- Explosion events 1. Helicopter refueling system shall withstand the effect of an 1. FERA analysis 1. Review listed documentation 1. Approved listed D
explosion load as defined in the FERA with no loss of documentation (D).
containment. 2. Piping general arrangements 2. Verification during construction &
commissioning
S3- Dropped objects 1. Helicopter refueling systems shall be protected from the 1. Dropped objects analysis 1. Review listed documentation – 1. Approved listed D
effects of credible potential dropped objects or other documentation (D).
mechanical handling events as far as reasonably 2. Piping general arrangements 2. Verification during construction &
practicable. commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A155 of A454
SCE GOAL - Prevent release of helifuel from pressurized fuel systems which could lead to a fire. Prevent / avoid a helicopter crash due to contaminated fuel.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
S4- Extreme environmental conditions 1. Helicopter refueling systems shall withstand, without loss of 1. Basis of design 1. Review listed documentation 1. Approved listed D , C&I, HUC
This is generic, to be removed. containment, loads corresponding to extreme environmental documentation ( D)
conditions as defined in the project basis of design. 2. Piping material specifications 2. Verification during construction
3. valve datasheets
4. material certificates
I4. SD001- Emergency Shut Down control system Input Provide protection, if required
To protect the system and LOPC in case of any emergency
I5. PS001 & PS008 - Deluge system/ Fire water spray system Output Provide fire protection
To prevent from external fire and to control the temperature of helicopter refueling system.
I6. IC003 and IC005 -Certified Electrical equipment and Electrical earthing continuity Output Provide Uninterruptable Power System
To protect the system adequacy for any electrical hazards.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : MK Shrivastava Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A156 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. To maintain the Temporary Equipment The Surface equipment vessels for well testing purpose or any Process Design Basis Check and confirm the design basis Approved design basis and D, P, C&I
within desired the operating and design other temporary equipment designated for testing purpose to and specification have detailed specification. (D)
parameters and connected properly. be designed and fabricated in accordance with appropriate P&ID out the requirement as per code
industry codes and standards. e.g. ASME Boiler and and standard. The fabrication and Approved vendor specification,
Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII, Division 1 or Division 2, Datasheet & Requisition installation requirements are also general arrangement &
PD 5500 Specification for Unfired Fusion Welded Pressure complying with codes/ industries detail drawings and design
Vessel and PTS 12.20.01 Pressure Vessels. Equipment assembly and fabrication standard. calculation. (C&I)
drawing
The vessels shall be equipped with suitably sized manhole so P&ID Check and confirm the specification Approved design basis and D, P, C&I
that internal visual inspection and cleaning can be performed and drawings have detailed out the specification. (D)
while the skid is still hooked up on the rig. Also, inlet Datasheet & Requisition given requirement.
manifold shall be provided to enable by-pass of fluid to either Approved vendor specification,
oil or gas discharge line. Equipment assembly and fabrication general arrangement &
drawing detail drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
The temporary Pressure equipment shall have adequate, Process Design Basis Check and confirm the P&ID, Approved design basis and D, P, C&I
pressure control system, level control system, metering specification and drawings that specification. (D)
facilities, chemical injection points, sampling outlets and P&ID have the detailed given
flange connection (isokinetic sampling). All piping requirement. . Approved vendor specification,
connections shall be designed as per ASME B 31.3 or Datasheet & Requisition general arrangement &
acceptable codes and standards. detail drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
Vessels designed for or potentially operated as atmospheric Process Design Basis Verify the P&ID and Drawings Approved design basis and D, P, C&I
vessels shall be equipped with devices or designed so that showing the adequate PV valve specification. (D)
return of air causing an explosive mixture or backfire into the P&ID and necessary protection.
vessel is prevented. Approved vendor specification,
Datasheet & Requisition general arrangement &
detail drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
F2. Produced water and hydrocarbons shall be The Equipment area shall be located in such a way that it Process Design Basis Review Process Design Basis and Approved design basis and D, P, C&I
disposed off without spill to sea; sampled and prevents oil spill from spreading outside the dedicated area. Layout Design Documentations Layout. (D)
quantity measured. Layout Design Documentations
General arrangement & detail
drawings and Specification.
(C&I)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A157 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Any water dumped overboard shall contain less than 40 ppm of Process Design Basis Review Process Design Basis and Approved design basis. (D) D, P, C&I
hydrocarbons as specified by DoE requirement. Discharged Standard operating procedure
water shall be sampled and quantity measured. Standard operating procedure Procedure and Specification.
(C&I)
F3. The pressure relief system is suitably sized The vessel shall be equipped with 2 independent pressure relief Process Design Basis Check and confirm the P&ID, Approved design basis and D, P, C&I
to discharge maximum gas and/ or liquid devices protecting the vessel against overpressure as per specification and drawings that specification. (D)
design flow rate. designed code. The pressure relief device shall also protect P&ID have the detailed given
the vessel inlet/ by-pass manifold. The pressure relief requirement. . Approved vendor specification,
system from all relief devices shall be routed to relief Datasheet & Requisition general arrangement &
headers for high / low pressure relief. detail drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
The discharge shall be directed to the flare boom or alternatively Process Design Basis Check and confirm the P&ID, Approved design basis and D, P, C&I
can be routed to dedicated safe area, e.g. to closed drain specification and drawings that specification. (D)
system. P&ID have the detailed given
requirement. . Approved vendor specification,
Datasheet & Requisition general arrangement &
detail drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
F4. Piping system connected with the The interconnecting piping system shall be permanently installed Process Design Basis Check and confirm the P&ID, Approved design basis and D, P, C&I
equipment shall be adequately designed and with an effort to minimize elastomers in the connections. The specification and drawings that specification. (D)
fit for purpose. piping shall be located below grating where appropriate to P&ID have the detailed given
provide a safe working environment. requirement. . Approved vendor specification,
Datasheet & Requisition general arrangement &
detail drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
All surface pressure containing piping and vessels shall be Process Design Basis Check and confirm the P&ID, Approved design basis and D, P, C&I
installed in such a manner that blow down of the equipment specification and drawings that specification. (D)
is possible from safe area through manual activation feature P&ID have the detailed given
provided by contractor. requirement. . Approved vendor specification,
Datasheet & Requisition general arrangement &
detail drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A158 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F5. The PSD and ESD system shall be Process control shall be through local control system. Process Design Basis Review Process Design Basis, P&ID, Approved design basis and D, P, C&I
adequately designed for safe operation of the Instrumentation Design Basis, specification. (D)
surface equipment P&ID Cause & Effect Diagram and
Datasheet & Requisition to ensure Approved vendor specification,
Instrumentation Design Basis the requirement has been general arrangement &
considered. detail drawings and design
Cause & Effect Diagram calculation. (C&I)
The PSD system shall be electronically operated and monitored Process Design Basis Review Process Design Basis, P&ID, Approved design basis and D, P, C&I
from contractor's control room. Instrumentation Design Basis, specification. (D)
P&ID Cause & Effect Diagram and
Datasheet & Requisition to ensure Approved vendor specification,
Instrumentation Design Basis the requirement has been general arrangement &
considered. detail drawings and design
Cause & Effect Diagram calculation. (C&I)
The PSD system shall be capable of shutting in the well on the Process Design Basis Review Process Design Basis Validated document listed D, P, C&I, HUC
flowhead production wing valve. Activation shall take place showing
as automatic functions from sensors installed as per API P&ID Review P&ID
14C as well as manual activation of PSD buttons located at PSD system capable of
the following minimum places: Instrumentation Design Basis Review Instrumentation Design Basis shutting in the well on the
wing valve
Driller cabin Cause & Effect Diagram Review Cause & Effect Diagram Activation as per API 14C
Separator area
Inside or outside operator's office Datasheet & Requisition Review Datasheet & Requisition
The ESD system shall be capable of shutting in the well on the Process Design Basis Review Process Design Basis Validated document listed D, P, C&I
subsea test tree by manual activation of ESD buttons showing
located at the following minimum places: P&ID Review P&ID
ESD system capable of
Outside operator's office Instrumentation Design Basis Review Instrumentation Design Basis shutting in the well on
One additional convenient location subsea test tree by
Cause & Effect Diagram Review Cause & Effect Diagram manual activation
The PSD and ESD buttons shall be separated, have protective Process Design Basis Review Process Design Basis, P&ID, Validated document listed D, P, C&I,
cover and be clearly marked. Instrumentation Design Basis, showing
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A159 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
P&ID Cause & Effect Diagram and
Datasheet & Requisition to ensure ESD system capable of
Instrumentation Design Basis the requirement has been shutting in the well on
considered. subsea test tree by
Cause & Effect Diagram manual activation
The PSD and ESD system shall be equipped with 2 levels where Process Design Basis Review Process Design Basis, P&ID, Validated document listed D, P, C&I,
level 1 shall be a PSD which stops the flow by closure on in- Instrumentation Design Basis, showing
line valves. Level 2 shall be an ESD which will blow down P&ID Cause & Effect Diagram and
the pressurized vessels in the plant after discontinuation of Datasheet & Requisition to ensure ESD system capable of
flow has been confirmed. Instrumentation Design Basis the requirement has been shutting in the well on
considered. subsea test tree by
Cause & Effect Diagram manual activation
AVAILABILITY
A1. The pressure equipment are considered to Designed and fabricated in accordance with recognized code Process Design Basis Check and confirm that the Validated document showing D, P, C&I, HUC
have inherent availability derived from and standards. Temporary pressure Equipment is
compliance with applicable international codes P&ID in accordance with Project Compliance to Codes and
and standard and are fit for purpose. Specification and all documents , standards
Datasheet & Requisition Inspection records are available
RELIABILITY
R1. Movable and Temporary equipment are Designed and fabricated by Authorized Fabricator and monitored Process Design Basis Check and confirm that the Validated document showing D, P, C&I
considered to have inherent reliability derived by an independent specialist third party. Temporary pressure Equipment is
from compliance with applicable international P&ID in accordance with Project Compliance to Codes and
codes and standard and are fabricated at Specification and all documents , standards
ASME Certified fabricator and is fit for Datasheet & Requisition Inspection records are available
purpose.
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Fire and Explosion Temporary equipment shall have protection against fire events Process Design Basis Review Process Design Basis Validated document showing: D, P, C&I, HUC
Movable and Temporary equipment shall be via deluge system and/ or located away from process
located in safe area and protected from equipment containing hydrocarbons. P&ID Review P&ID Pressure equipment
surrounding fire and explosion. If required it protected via deluge
shall be designed to sustain surrounding fire Datasheet & Requisition Review Datasheet & Requisition system (if applicable)
for acceptable period of time and withstand
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A160 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
credible blast loads to maintain hydrocarbon Fire, Explosion Risk Analysis Review Fire, Explosion Risk Analysis
containment. (FERA) (FERA)
PFP requirement shall be considered based on consequence Process Design Basis Review Process Design Basis Validated document showing: D, P, C&I, HUC
modelling results (fire and explosion scenarios)
P&ID Review P&ID PFP requirement for pressure
equipment protected
Datasheet & Requisition Review Datasheet & Requisition based on consequence
modelling findings
Fire, Explosion Risk Analysis Review Fire, Explosion Risk Analysis
(FERA) (FERA)
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PC007 - Relief System (PRV, PSV etc.) Output Provide Over pressure protection to Equipment
I3. PC013 - Well Intervention/ Well Control Equipment Input To provide leakage protections
I6. SD001 - ESD Control System Output To provide protections when required
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : MK Shrivastava Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A162 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent the formation of potentially hazardous concentrations of flammable and / or toxic gaseous mixtures in hazardous areas by providing adequate ventilation to dilute,
disperse and remove such mixtures to a suitable location.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1- The integrity of the HVAC system shall be 1. There shall be adequate design air flow and no significant 1. HVAC Design Basis 1. Check and confirm that the 1. Approved HVAC design D, C&I
ensured and to be in good condition and visible deterioration of the HVAC system ducting and requirement of design air flow, basis and specification (D).
provide adequate ventilation. equipment that could prevent the system from meeting the 2. Project specification ducting and equipment are
The following also to be to be considered: function. The HVAC system shall be designed as per PTS adequate, have been detailed out 2. Approved vendor
12.24.02 Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System for 3. Data sheet in the Design Basis and specification, general
Provide sufficient air changes to prevent the Offshore Application Specification. arrangement & detail
build-up of a flammable atmosphere during drawings and design
normal operations in hazardous areas. calculation. (C&I)
Prevent through pressurization the ingress of
potentially flammable gas air mixtures from
adjacent hazardous areas into non-hazardous 2. Accomplish positive flow from outdoors to indoors and vice- 1. HVAC Design Basis 1. Review and verify that the 1. Approved design basis and D, C&I
areas. versa. requirement of a positive air flow specification. (D)
Prevent transfer of smoke or flammable 2. Project specification are accomplished, have been
atmosphere to other areas by automatically detailed out in the Design Basis 2. Approved vendor
shut down ventilation and close dampers on 3. Data sheet and Specification. specification, general
detection of smoke or hydrocarbon gas arrangement & detail
Status of HVAC and dampers shall be 4. Design calculation drawings and design
displayed on the fire and gas panel. calculation. (C&I)
The minimum requirement for the HVAC
system i.e. 6 changes per hour in areas of
non-hazardous by location, or 12 changes per 3. The air flow direction shall be from clean rooms to fouling 1. HVAC Design Basis 1. Check and confirm that the 1. Approved HVAC design D, C&I
hour in areas of non-hazardous by rooms (e.g. from control/computer/telecommunication room requirement of clean room and basis and specification (D)
pressurization. to battery/ laboratory/ HVAC machine room, etc.) 2. Project specification fouling rooms are separated, have
All TR boundary and internal fire dampers shall been detailed out in the Design 2. Approved vendor
be fully close within 3 seconds of initiation and 3. Data sheet Basis and Specification. specification, general
provide an effective barrier against smoke and arrangement & detail
gas ingress. 4. Design calculation drawings and design
Ventilation intake and exhaust shall be located calculation. (C&I)
at non classified area as per hazardous area
drawing.
Ventilation fan and damper shutdown logic 4. Air from fouling rooms such as smoking room, battery room, 1. HVAC Design Basis 1. Check and confirm that the 1. Approved HVAC design D, C&I
shall be as per F&G Cause and Effects. toilet, etc. shall be exhausted to outdoor. requirement of fouling rooms are basis and specification (D).
Pressurized status indication shall be provided 2. Project specification exhausted outdoor, have been
at main control area upon loss of detailed out in the Design Basis 2. Approved vendor
pressurization. 3. Design calculation and Specification. specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A163 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent the formation of potentially hazardous concentrations of flammable and / or toxic gaseous mixtures in hazardous areas by providing adequate ventilation to dilute,
disperse and remove such mixtures to a suitable location.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
5. The control room design for Ventilation shall also comply to 1. HVAC Design Basis 1. Check and confirm that the 1. Approved HVAC design D, C&I
ISO 11064-2 Ergonomic Design of Control Centers- Part 2- requirement of control room basis and specification (D).
Principles for the Arrangement of Control Suites 2. Project specification design in accordance with ISO
requirements as per PTS 14.00.01 Human Factor 11064-2, have been detailed out 2. Approved vendor
Engineering - Human/ Machine Interface and Control Room 3. Design calculation in the Design Basis and specification, general
Design, Para 6.1 Specification. arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
6. Functional test of the HVAC System as well as all the 1. Project Specification 1. Check and confirm the 1. Approved specification, D, C&I,
inspection and testing during installation and pre- requirements of testing and datasheet and ITP. (D)
commissioning shall be performed as per PTS 12.24.02 2. Mechanical Data sheet inspection are detailed out in the Approved Inspection and
Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System for Offshore Project Specification, Inspection testing records. ( C&I)
Application. 3. Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) and Test Plan (ITP) and monitor
(witness) the critical testing and
inspection activities during
fabrication.
AVAILABILITY
A1- HVAC System is considered available for 1. HVAC System are designed in accordance with relevant 1. HVAC System Design Basis, 1. Check and confirm that the HVAC 1. Validate the availability of D, C&I, and HUC
the operating life if all functional requirements standards as per Project specification and PTS 12.24.02 and System is in accordance with Documents
are met with. it shall be available for the operating life. 2. Project Specification Project Specification and all
documents , Inspection records
3. Mechanical Data Sheet are available
RELIABILITY
R1- To have HVAC system that have been 1. The air quality for human safety & comfort and equipment Inspection Reports Check and confirm the tests have Validated Test Records & C&I
designed, fabricated and gone through reliability shall conform to PTS 12.24.01 Heating, Ventilation Test Records been completed and performed in Inspection Report
inspection and testing as per design & Air Conditioning System for Onshore Application, 12.24.02 Site Observation accordance with approved project
documents. Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System for Offshore requirements
Application, 12.24.03 Installation, Testing & Commissioning
of HVAC System and ANSI/ ASHRAE 62 guide line
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A164 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent the formation of potentially hazardous concentrations of flammable and / or toxic gaseous mixtures in hazardous areas by providing adequate ventilation to dilute,
disperse and remove such mixtures to a suitable location.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. The requirement for flammable and toxic gases detection Inspection Reports Check and confirm the tests have Validated Test Records & C&I
and their control system shall be in accordance with PTS Test Records been completed and performed in Inspection Report
14.30.04 and PTS 14.12.07. Upon activation, such detectors Site Observation accordance with approved project
shall trigger actions as described in standards and design requirements
basis.
3. The field inspection procedures shall be in accordance with Inspection Reports Check and confirm the tests have Validated Test Records & C&I
PTS 12.24.03 Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Test Records been completed and performed in Inspection Report
HVAC System and PTS 12.02.01 Field Inspection prior to Site Observation accordance with approved project
Commissioning of Mechanical Equipment. Testing shall be requirements
complied with PTS and vendor recommendations.
4. Performance test of the installed HVAC system shall be 1. Inspection Reports 1. Check and confirm the tests have 1. Validated Performance Test C&I
completed prior to mechanical acceptance. All equipment, been completed and performed in Records
instrumentation, control systems and safety devices shall be 2. Test Records accordance with approved project
demonstrated accordance with PTS 12.24.01 Heating, requirements.
Ventilation & Air Conditioning System for Onshore 3. Site Observation
Application, PTS 12.24.02 Heating, Ventilation & Air
Conditioning System for Offshore Application, PTS 12.24.03
Installation, Testing & Commissioning of HVAC System and
certified by local Authority.
SURVIVABILITY
S1- Hydrocarbon/Toxic Release 1. Prevented by location 1. Equipment layout drawing 1. Review and verify the equipment 1. Equipment spacing ,wind D
HVAC systems shall fulfil the positive pressurization plot plan in accordance with direction
requirements to ensure the safety of personnel by spacing requirement in PTS
preventing ingress of flammable/toxic gasses to non- 12.03.04 Layout of Offshore
hazardous areas in all adverse weather condition and Facilities and 11.22.06 Layout of
emergency situations. Offshore Facilities
S2- Fire 1. Prevented by location 1. Equipment layout drawing , fire 1. Review and verify the equipment 1. Equipment spacing, D
The design and operation of the HVAC equipment shall be and gas detection system plot plan in accordance with sprinkler, fire and gas
fully integrated with the electrical, instrument, fire detection spacing requirement in PTS detectors, fire fighting are
and fire protection systems to provide a safe environment. 12.03.04 Layout of Offshore available.
Facilities and 11.22.06 Layout of
Offshore Facilities. Review of
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A165 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent the formation of potentially hazardous concentrations of flammable and / or toxic gaseous mixtures in hazardous areas by providing adequate ventilation to dilute,
disperse and remove such mixtures to a suitable location.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Control and mitigation of Fire and
explosion shall be as per PTS
16.72.02.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. DS001- Fire and Gas Detection Input Provide detection to HVAC system
To prevent failure in the event of fire
I3. IC003- Certified (Ex rated) Electrical equipment Input Ex rated safe electrical system to prevent any spark
To have spark proof electrical system
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : MK Shrivastava Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A166 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent the ingress or build-up of flammable gas-air mixtures or life threatening atmosphere into non-hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1- To prevent the ingress of flammable gas- 1. The HVAC system shall be designed as per PTS 12.24.02 1. HVAC Design Basis, 1. Check and confirm that the 1. Approved HVAC design D, C&I
air mixtures or life threatening atmosphere into Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System for Offshore requirement of HVAC system basis, and specification (D)
non-hazardous areas. Application and PTS 12.24.03 Installation, Testing & 2. Project specification shall be designed as per PTS
Commissioning of HVAC System. 12.24.02 has been detailed out in 2. Approved vendor
The following shall also be considered: 3. Mechanical datasheet the Design Basis and specification, general
Prevent migration between areas and maintain Specification. arrangement & detail
integrity of fire rated boundaries. drawings and design
Provide sufficient air changes to prevent the calculation. (C&I)
build-up of a flammable atmosphere during
normal operations in hazardous areas. 2. Non-hazardous area ventilation system visual inspection and 1. HVAC Design Basis, 1. Check and confirm the 1. Approved specification, D, C&I
Prevent through pressurization the ingress of fire damper function test of the HVAC System as well as all requirements of testing and datasheet and ITP. (D)
potentially flammable gas air mixtures from the inspection and testing during installation and pre- 2. Project specification inspection are detailed out in the Approved Inspection and
adjacent hazardous areas into non-hazardous commissioning shall be performed as per PTS 12.24.02 Project Specification, Inspection testing records. ( C&I)
areas. Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System for Offshore 3. Mechanical datasheet and Test Plan (ITP) and monitor
Prevent transfer of smoke or flammable Application. (witness) the critical testing and
atmosphere to other areas by automatically inspection activities during
shut down ventilation and close dampers on fabrication.
detection of smoke or hydrocarbon gas.
Status of HVAC and dampers shall be 3. The non-hazardous area differential pressure 1. HVAC Design Basis, 1. The non-hazardous ventilation 1. Approved operation and C&I, HUC
displayed on the fire and gas panel. instrumentation shall meet its calibration requirements for system shall respond as detailed commissioning procedure
The minimum requirement for the HVAC indication (where provided) and alarm set point. 2. Project specification in the Fire & Gas Cause and available and acceptable
system i.e. 6 changes per hour in areas of Effects. Validated Inspection and
non-hazardous by location, or 12 changes per 3. Mechanical datasheet testing records.
hour in areas of non-hazardous by
pressurization.
All TR boundary and internal fire dampers shall
be fully close within 3 seconds of initiation and
provide an effective barrier against smoke and
gas ingress. 4. Confirm full travel and closure of Fire Damper blades. 1. HVAC Design Basis, 1. HVAC fire dampers are to be fully 1. Approved operation and C&I, HUC
Ventilation intake and exhaust shall be located operable across the full range of commissioning procedure
at non classified area as per hazardous area 2. Project specification movement (using local or remote available and acceptable
drawing. operation). Validated Inspection and
Ventilation fan and damper shutdown logic 3. Mechanical datasheet testing records.
shall be as per F&G Cause and Effects.
Pressurized status indication shall be provided 5. The control room design for Ventilation shall also comply to 1. HVAC Design Basis, 1. HVAC fire damper status shall be 1. Approved operation and HUC
at main control area upon loss of ISO 11064-2 requirements as per PTS 14.00.01, Human indicated on the Fire & Gas commissioning procedure
pressurization. Factor Engineering - Human/ Machine Interface and Control 2. Project specification Panel. available and acceptable.
Room Design, Para 6.1.
3. Mechanical datasheet 2. Approved vendor design on
Fire & Gas Panel.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A167 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent the ingress or build-up of flammable gas-air mixtures or life threatening atmosphere into non-hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F2- Protection of Temporary Refuge to 1. Temporary Refuge to prevent the ingress of flammable gas- 1. HVAC Design Basis, 1. Check and confirm that the design 1. Approved HVAC design D, C&I
maintain safety air mixtures or life threatening atmosphere into the requirement of Temporary Refuge basis and specification (D).
Temporary Refuge (where applicable). 2. Project Specification has been detailed out in the
Design Basis and Specification. 2. Approved vendor
3. Mechanical Datasheet specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
2. The Temporary Refuge pressurization status shall be 1. HVAC Design Basis, 1. Check and confirm that the design 1. Approved HVAC design D, C&I
indicated on the Fire & Gas Panel. requirement of Temporary Refuge basis and specification (D).
2. Project Specification has been detailed out in the
Design Basis and Specification. 2. Approved vendor
3. Mechanical Datasheet specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
3. Confirm full travel and closure of Fire Damper blades. 1. HVAC Design Basis, 1. Check and confirm that the design 1. Approved HVAC design D, C&I
requirement of Fire Damper blade basis and specification (D).
2. Project Specification has been detailed out in the
Design Basis and Specification. 2. Approved vendor
3. Mechanical Datasheet specification, general
arrangement & detail
drawings and design
calculation. (C&I)
F3- Prevent the build-up of a flammable 1. Battery room function test as well as all the inspection and 1. HVAC Design Basis, 1. Check and confirm the 1. Approved specification, D, C&I
atmosphere within the battery room (where testing during installation and pre-commissioning shall be requirements of battery room datasheet and ITP.( D)
applicable). performed as per PTS 12.24.02 Heating, Ventilation & Air 2. Project Specification function test is part of testing and
Conditioning System for Offshore Application. inspection (ITS) have been 2. Approved Inspection and
3. Mechanical datasheet, detailed out in the Project testing records. ( C&I)
Specification, Inspection and Test
Plan (ITP) and monitor (witness)
the critical testing and inspection
activities during fabrication
AVAILABILITY
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A168 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent the ingress or build-up of flammable gas-air mixtures or life threatening atmosphere into non-hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
A1- HVAC System is considered available for 1. HVAC System are designed in accordance with relevant 1. HVAC System Design 1. Check and confirm that the HVAC 1. Validate the availability of D, C&I, and HUC
the operating life if all functional requirements standards as per Project specification and PTS 12.24.02 and Basis,Project Specification System is in accordance with Documents
are met with. it shall be available for the operating life. Mechanical Data Sheet, As built Project Specification and all
drawings and Inspection/ Test documents , Inspection records
records are available
RELIABILITY
R1- To have HVAC system that have been 1. The air quality for human safety & comfort and equipment 1. HVAC Design Basis & 1. Check and confirm the tests have 1. Approved Test Records & C&I, HUC
designed, fabricated and gone through reliability shall conform to PTS 12.24.01 Heating, Ventilation Specification been completed and performed in Inspection Report
inspection and testing as per design & Air Conditioning System for Onshore Application /12.24.02 accordance with approved project
documents. Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System for Offshore requirements
Application and ANSI/ASHRAE 62 guide line
2. The field inspection procedures shall be in accordance with 1. HVAC Design Basis & 1. Check and confirm the tests have 1. Approved Test Records & C&I, HUC
PTS 12.02.01, Testing shall comply with PTS 12.24.01 Specification been completed and performed in Inspection Report
Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System for Onshore accordance with approved project
Application, PTS 12.24.02 Heating, Ventilation & Air 2. Test Records requirements
Conditioning System for Offshore Application, PTS 12.24.03
Installation, Testing & Commissioning of HVAC System and
vendor recommendations.
3. Performance test of the installed HVAC system shall be 1. Inspection Reports 1. Check and confirm the tests have 1. Approved Performance HUC
completed prior to mechanical acceptance. All equipment, been completed and performed in Test Records and
instrumentation, control systems and safety devices shall be 2. Test Records accordance with approved project Inspection Report
demonstrated accordance with PTS Heating, Ventilation & requirements.
Air Conditioning System for Onshore Application, PTS
12.24.02 Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System for
Offshore Application, PTS 12.24.03 Installation, Testing &
Commissioning of HVAC System and certified by local
Authority.
SURVIVABILITY
S1- Hydrocarbon/Toxic Release 1. Prevented by location 1. Equipment layout drawing 1. Review and verify the equipment 1. Equipment spacing ,wind D
HVAC systems shall fulfil the positive pressurization plot plan in accordance with direction
requirements to ensure the safety of personnel by spacing requirement in PTS
preventing ingress of flammable/toxic gasses to non- 12.03.04 Layout of Offshore
hazardous areas in all adverse weather condition and Facilities and 11.22.06 Layout of
emergency situations. Offshore Facilities
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A169 of A454
SCE GOAL - To prevent the ingress or build-up of flammable gas-air mixtures or life threatening atmosphere into non-hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
S2- Fire 2. Prevented by location 1. Equipment layout drawing , fire 1. Review and verify the equipment 1. Equipment spacing, D
The design and operation of the HVAC equipment shall be and gas detection system plot plan in accordance with sprinkler, fire and gas
fully integrated with the electrical, instrument, fire detection spacing requirement in PTS detectors, fire fighting are
and fire protection systems to provide a safe environment. 12.03.04 Layout of Offshore available.
Facilities and 11.22.06 Layout of
Offshore Facilities. Review of
Control and mitigation of Fire and
explosion shall be as per PTS
16.72.02.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1.DS 001- Fire and Gas Detection Input Provide detection to HVAC system
To prevent failure in the event of fire
I3. IC 003- Certified (Ex rated) Electrical equipment Input Ex rated safe electrical system to prevent any spark
To have spark proof electrical system
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : MK Shrivastava Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A170 of A454
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from electrical equipment in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1) Hazardous Area Classification (HAC) - 1. Area classification shall be based on the normal 1. Electrical Design 1. Review on hazardous area 1. Hazardous area D, C&I
General operating conditions and does not apply to catastrophic Basis classification. classification meet
Hazardous area classification shall be situations such as the rupture of a process vessel or requirement.
performed and in line with national/local large diameter pipe work. The risk mitigation for such 2. Hazardous area
legislative requirement, PTS, IP-15 or other large releases shall be carried out by proper layout, classification
international codes & standards acceptable by separation distances, facility sightings and proper schedule and
host country. design, maintenance and operation of the plant. drawings
(PTS 16.71.01 - Clause 2.1.1)
Relevant international standards are as 3. Level of Release
follows: - 2. HAC shall be undertaken for all new facilities that handle Frequency
a) IEC flammable fluids in accordance with IP-15 and its calculation
b) API associated related standard and PTS. In areas where
national codes are available or codes other than IP-15
are commonly used, the codes should be reviewed and
supplemented where necessary.
(PTS 16.71.01 - Clause 2.1.2)
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from electrical equipment in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
vapour to achieve its lower flammability limit and to be
unaffected by structure induced flow.
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from electrical equipment in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
h. Any automatic valve in the fuel gas system inside the
enclosure shall (PSR) have a packing leak off line
vented to a safe location outside the enclosure.
(PTS 16.71.01 - Clause 8.2.5.4)
F2) Hazardous Area Classification (HAC) - 1. In populated areas (i.e. onshore), the hazardous area 1. Electrical Design 1. Review on hazardous area 1. Hazardous area D, C&I
Drilling Rigs Equipment and Well around a wellhead shall (PSR) be fully contained within a Basis classification. classification meet
Operations security fence extending 30 m from the wellhead, to requirement.
The hazardous area classification of Drilling keep out possible ignition sources. 2. Hazardous area
rigs equipment and well operations shall be in (PTS 16.71.01 - Clause 3.0) classification
line with national/local legislative requirement, schedule and
PTS, IP-15 or other international codes & 2. For wire lining operations, the depressurizing vent of the drawings
standards acceptable by host country. lubricator shall (PSR) be considered as a source of
primary grade release.
(PTS 16.71.01 - Clause 3.0)
F3) Non-Electrical Source of Ignition 1. The minimum distance for a fixed ignition source shall be 1. Electrical Design 1. Review on hazardous area 1. Hazardous area D, C&I
The location and control of non-electrical 15 m away from hazardous area boundary. Basis classification and plant equipment classification meet
source of ignition shall be in line with (PTS 16.71.01 - Clause 3.0) layout requirement.
national/local legislative requirement, PTS, IP- 2. Hazardous area
15 or other international codes & standards 2. Fired heaters shall be located in non-hazardous areas, classification
acceptable by host country. at least 15 m away from hydrocarbon containing schedule and
equipment, except for :- drawings
a. The fuel gas KO drum for supply of fuel to fired 3. Plant Equipment
heaters, and the process and liquid and/or gaseous layout
fuel piping going to the heaters/furnaces where the
area classification shall only consider the possibility of
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A173 of A454
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from electrical equipment in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
leaking flanges around the KO drum and hydrocarbon-
containing piping.
b. Furnace related equipment containing material above
its auto-ignition temperature, such as reactors and
possibly heat exchangers.
(PTS 16.71.01 - Clause 3.0)
a. Zone 1
i. LV motors and all inherently non-sparking
equipment (e.g. junction boxes and luminaires)
shall have type of protection 'e'.
ii. HV motors and all inherently sparking equipment
(e.g., switchgear and controlgear), shall have type
of protection 'd' or 'p'.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A174 of A454
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from electrical equipment in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
b. Zone 2
i. Motors and inherently non-sparking equipment
shall have type of protection 'n', albeit equipment
approved for Zone 1 is also acceptable.
ii. Inherently sparking equipment shall have type of
protection 'd' or 'p', as stated for Zone 1.
(PTS 16.71.01 - Clause 3.0 and PTS 13.00.01 -
Clauses 2.3.1)
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from electrical equipment in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F6) Substation/Equipment Room and 1. Electrical equipment should, as far as reasonably 1. Electrical Design 1. Review on design of substation / 1. Design of substation / D, C&I,HUC
Installations practicable and economic, be located in unclassified Basis. equipment rooms and related ventilation equipment rooms and
Substation design and installation shall be in area. Control rooms and Substations should be situated system. related ventilation system
accordance with PTS, IEC or other in unclassified areas. 2. Specification and meet requirements.
international codes & standards acceptable by (PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 2.3.1) Datasheet (HVAC)
host country.
2. All openings (doors, ventilations, etc.) of electrical 3. Substation /
substation/equipment room shall be positioned in non- Equipment Layout
hazardous area and more than 2 meters away from the Drawings
hazardous area boundaries. Otherwise, the entire
building shall be pressurized with air locked entrance 4. Hazardous area
passage and gas detection system at inlet of the air classification
pressurization system. schedule and
(PTS 13.42.01 - Clause 3.23) drawings
F7) Rotating Machines and Drivers 1. HV motors with type of protection 'n' or 'e' shall not be 1. Electrical Design 1. Review on selection of Ex equipment 1. Equipment selected and D, C&I,HUC
Selection and design of rotating machines and installed in Zone 2 areas where the motor voltage Basis. and design of rotating machines / design of rotating machines
mechanical drivers in hazardous areas shall be exceeds 6.6 kV or the motor drives a drivers. / drivers meet requirements
in accordance with PTS, IEC or other centrifugal/screw/reciprocating hydrocarbon gas 2. Specification and in hazardous area.
international codes & standards acceptable by compressor. Datasheet (Ex
host country. (PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 2.3.1) equipment)
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from electrical equipment in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
prevent surface temperature from exceeding
temperature classified.
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from electrical equipment in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
d. Navigational Aids conformity
(PTS 13.42.01 - Clause 2.6)
4. Hazardous area
2. Helideck lighting shall comply with at least EPL Gc/Dc classification
minimum standard i.e. Zone 2. as per CAP 437 schedule and
requirements. drawings
(PTS 13.42.01 - Clause 3.10.6)
AVAILABILITY
NA NA NA NA NA NA
RELIABILITY
R1) Reliability 1. Ex equipment in hazardous area shall be properly 1. Specification and 1. Review of conformance certificates. 1. Installation of Ex equipment D, C&I,HUC
Ex equipment shall be reliable and require installed without any unauthorized modification, incorrect Datasheet (Ex comply with applicable
minimum maintenance. cable glanding usage, leakage and etc. equipment) standards and meet
(PTS 13.02.01 - Clauses 3.2.3) requirements.
2. Type test certificate
and reports (Ex
Equipment)
3. Certificates of
conformity and
declaration of
compliance
SURVIVABILITY
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A178 of A454
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from electrical equipment in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
S1) Ex Rated Electrical Equipment 1. All Ex equipment must be certified by approved Ex 1. Specification and 1. Review of conformance certificates. 1. The electrical equipment P, C&I,HUC
Survivability Due to MAH Certification Bodies (ExCBs) with appropriate Ex Datasheet (Ex installed at the hazardous
Electrical Equipment in the vicinity of explosion markings on equipment name-plate. equipment) 2. Review of HAC Drawings area meet the minimum
and fire hazardous area shall be selected in an (PTS 13.00.01 - Appendix 1) requirement.
appropriate manner by specifying the ignition 2. Type test certificate
temperature and the apparatus group(s) 2. Ex d junction boxes cable entries shall be pre-drilled by and reports (Ex
relating to the substances being processed, the Ex certified manufacturers in order to ensure the Equipment)
handled or stored. validity of existing certification is maintained.
(PTS 13.42.01 - Clause 3.5) 3. Certificates of
conformity and
declaration of
compliance
S2) Conformance Test To Check The 1. A certificate of conformity shall be obtained from the 1. Certificates of 1. Review of conformance certificates. 1. The electrical equipment P, C&I,HUC
Suitability Of The Equipment to Survive The Manufacturer for electrical apparatus in Zone 0, Zone 1 conformity and installed at the hazardous
Hazardous Gas Leak and Zone 2 areas. A declaration of compliance may be declaration of area meet the minimum
accepted instead of a certificate of conformity for compliance requirement.
electrical apparatus in Zone 2 areas, which has type of
protection 'n' or 'pz'
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 2.5)
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from electrical equipment in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. IC001 - Hazardous Area Ventilation Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
Certified (Ex rated) Electrical Equipment requirement and HAC drawing will determine the Ex
requirement for Hazardous Area Ventilation
I2. IC002 - Non-Hazardous Area Ventilation Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
Certified (Ex rated) Electrical Equipment requirement and HAC drawing will determine the Ex
requirement for Non-Hazardous Area Ventilation
I3. PS014 - Navigational Aids Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
Certified (Ex rated) Electrical Equipment requirement and HAC drawing will determine the Ex
requirement for Navigational Aid equipment
I4. ER003 - Emergency / Escape Lighting Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
Certified (Ex rated) Electrical Equipment requirement and HAC drawing will determine the Ex
requirement for emergency/escape lighting
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Pantaleon Su Lai Ting Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 18/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A180 of A454
SCE GOAL -
To ensure that Cargo and Slop Tanks atmosphere are maintained below the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL).
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Gas blanketing system is provided to Maintain non-flammable vapour in the cargo tank ullage space Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Basis Process design D
maintain an inert atmosphere in the vapour by maintaining the oxygen content of the ullage space at /Philosophy basis/Philosophy specify
space of the cargo tanks. less than 8% by volume and at a positive pressure at all Utility Design - Inert Gas demand minimum criteria for
times, except when it is necessary for the tank to be gas- calculation Review Inert gas demand calculation avoiding flammable D
free. . mixtures.
Reference: FSS Code Chapter 15 Alarm and trip schedule Review Operating manual and
Verification of alarm and trip Inert gas demand calculation C&I, HUC
schedule during construction & indicate adequate supply of
commissioning inert gas considering all
operating scenarios.
System shall be capable of delivering inert gas to the cargo Design Basis Review Process Design Basis Process design basis specify D
tanks at a rate at least 125% of the maximum rate of system IG design capacity
discharge capacity of the ship expressed as a volume. Utility Design - Inert Gas demand Review Utility design -Inert gas requirement.
Reference: FSS Code Chapter 15 calculation demand calculation
Utility design calculation
indicates that the system is
capable of delivering inert
gas at a rate at least 125%
of maximum discharge
capacity of ship expressed
as volume.
For blanketing of tanks and vessels the maximum amount of Piping and Instrumentation Diagram Review Piping and Instrumentation Piping and Instrumentation D
nitrogen required to maintain inert atmosphere shall be Diagram Diagram indicate minimum
based on inbreathing of tank considering maximum draw off Pressure vacuum safety valve and and maximum Design
rate from tank as well as thermal breathing. Protect tanks pressure vacuum breaker Review Pressure vacuum safety valve pressure and temperature. D
against over and under pressure events when connected to datasheet and pressure vacuum breaker
inert blanketing gas header by installing Pressure Vacuum datasheet Pressure vacuum safety valve
Safety Valve / Pressure Vacuum Breaker. Operating and Maintenance Manual and pressure vacuum
Reference: API 2000 Review Operating and Maintenance breaker datasheet specify
manual and Verification of Design the correct design D,C&I,HUC
during construction & conditions, codes and
commissioning specifications
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A181 of A454
SCE GOAL -
To ensure that Cargo and Slop Tanks atmosphere are maintained below the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL).
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Operating and maintenance
manual includes inspection
and testing of pressure
vacuum safety valve and
pressure vacuum breaker,
safety devices are
operational by check /
Periodic verification once in
operation or shutdowns
Inert gas shall be continuously monitored for pressure and Piping and Instrumentation Diagram Review Piping and Instrumentation Piping and Instrumentation D
oxygen content. Diagram Diagram indicate minimum
Reference: API-2000, Annex F. Analyzer datasheet and maximum Operating
Review Analyzer datasheets and set pressure. D
Operating and Maintenance Manual points
Analyzer datasheet specify the
Review Operating and maintenance correct mode of analysis of D,C&I,HUC
manual and Verification of alarm oxygen content and
and trip schedule during permissible tolerances.
construction & commissioning
Operating and Maintenance
manual includes instrument
set points for alarms and
safety devices.
Portable instruments for measuring oxygen and flammable Piping and Instrumentation Diagram Review Piping and Instrumentation Piping and Instrumentation D
vapour concentration shall be provided. Diagram Diagram indicate additional
Reference: FSS Code - Chapter 15 Section 2.4.2 Analyzer datasheet tap off for analyzer for cargo
Review Analyzer datasheet venting prior to man entry. D
Operating and Maintenance manual
Review Operating and maintenance Analyzer is suitable for D,C&I,HUC
manual and Verification of alarm measurement of residual
and trip schedule during oxygen content.
construction & commissioning
Operating and maintenance
manual includes monitoring
of oxygen content prior to
man entry.
Remotely controlled manually operated steam, carbon dioxide or Piping and Instrumentation Diagram Review Piping and Instrumentation Piping and Instrumentation D
nitrogen snuffing facilities shall be in place for pressure relief Diagram Diagram indicate Snuffing
vents that discharge flammable vapours to the atmosphere
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A182 of A454
SCE GOAL -
To ensure that Cargo and Slop Tanks atmosphere are maintained below the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL).
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
at more than 30 m (100 ft) above grade and if the site has Snuffing system specification and Review snuffing system datasheet system. D
frequent thunderstorms. datasheet Review Operating and Maintenance
Reference: PTS 16.52.04 , Section 8 manual and Verification of alarm Snuffing system specification
Operating and Maintenance Manual and trip schedule during and datasheet specify the D,C&I,HUC
construction & commissioning correct quantity of snuffing
fluid and detection
mechanism for fire or
ignition snuffing process
completion.
The system shall be capable of delivering inert gas with oxygen Piping and Instrumentation Diagram Review Piping and Instrumentation Piping and Instrumentation D
content of not more than 5% by volume in the inert gas Diagram Diagram indicate Snuffing
supply main to the cargo tanks at any required rate of flow. Analyzer specification and datasheet system.
Inert Gas analyzers shall be monitored in the CCR and Review Analyzer specification and D
alarm on detection of high oxygen content greater than 5%. Operating and Maintenance manual datasheet Analyzer specification and
Reference: FSS Code Chapter 15 datasheet specify the
Review Commissioning manual and correct set point and proven D,C&I,HUC
Verification of alarm and trip detection mechanism for
schedule during construction & Oxygen.
commissioning
Operating and Maintenance
manual includes inspection
and testing of analyzer and
safety devices.
A gas regulating valve shall be provided in inert gas main header Piping and Instrumentation Diagram Review Piping and Instrumentation Piping and Instrumentation D
which shall automatically regulate the flow of inert gas to the Diagram Diagram indicate Snuffing
tanks. Valve datasheet system.
Reference FSS Code Chapter 15 section 2.3.1.3 Review Valve datasheet D
Operating and Maintenance manual Valve datasheet specify the
Review Operating and Maintenance correct set point.
manual and Verification of set D,C&I,HUC
points during construction & Operating and Maintenance
commissioning manual includes inspection
and testing of regulating
valve.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A183 of A454
SCE GOAL -
To ensure that Cargo and Slop Tanks atmosphere are maintained below the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL).
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
At least two Non return devices on flue gas shall be provided to Piping and Instrumentation Diagram Review Piping and Instrumentation Piping and Instrumentation D
prevent hydrocarbon reverse flow to machinery space Diagram Diagram indicate Snuffing
uptakes or gas safe areas. One of non-return device shall be Valve datasheet system.
water seal and one would be having positive means of Review Valve datasheet
closing. Valve datasheet specify the
Reference FSS Code Chapter 15 section 2.3.1.4 correct set point.
The non-return devices shall be located in cargo area on deck. Isometric Diagram Review Piping Isometric Diagram Piping Isometric Diagram D
Reference FSS Code Chapter 15 section 2.3.1.4 correctly indicate location of
Piping and instrumentation diagram Review Piping and Instrumentation NRV's.
Diagram
Review Piping and
Instrumentation Diagram to
identify location of NRV's.
Liquid level alarms shall be provided on all inert gas generator Inert gas generator datasheet Review Inert gas generator datasheet Inert gas datasheet shall D
deck seals and all Pressure Vacuum Breakers, (PVBs) indicate requirement of
Reference: IGS Code - Regulation 62.11 Piping and Instrumentation diagram Review Inert gas generator Piping Level transmitters.
and instrumentation diagram
Alarm and Trip schedule Piping and instrumentation
Review Alarm and trip schedule diagram of Inert gas
generator indicate level
alarm on deck seal,
pressure vacuum breaker.
Two blowers (of equal capacity) shall be provided and shall be Process design Basis/Philosophy Review Process design Process design D
capable of delivering scrubbed flue gas to the cargo tanks at basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy shall
a rate of at least 125% Piping and Instrumentation diagram indicate blower capacity.
of the maximum rate of discharge capacity of the ship Review Inert gas generator Piping
expressed as a volume. (IGS Code - Regulation 62.3.1) Blower datasheet and instrumentation diagram Piping and instrumentation
diagram of Inert gas
Review Blower datasheet generator indicate the
required control and
instrumentation
SCE GOAL -
To ensure that Cargo and Slop Tanks atmosphere are maintained below the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL).
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
AVAILABILITY
A1. Inert gas blanketing system shall have The hydrocarbon blanket gas header shall have 100% PVSV Piping and Instrumentation Diagram Review Piping and Instrumentation Piping and Instrumentation D
availability of 100% capacity. Diagram Diagram indicate spare
Reference: API 2000 Section 5.5 Pressure vacuum safety valve PVSV requirement.
datasheet Review Pressure vacuum safety valve D
and pressure vacuum breaker Pressure vacuum safety valve
Operating and Maintenance Manual datasheet and pressure vacuum
breaker datasheet specify
Review Operating and Maintenance the correct design
manual and Verification of Design conditions, codes and D,C&I,HUC
during construction & specifications
commissioning
Operating and maintenance
manual includes inspection
and testing of pressure
vacuum safety valve and
pressure vacuum breaker,
safety devices are
operational by check /
Periodic verification once in
operation or shutdowns
The hydrocarbon blanket gas shall be available at all times in the Piping and Instrumentation Diagram Review Piping and Instrumentation Piping and Instrumentation D
cargo, slop and off-spec tanks. Diagram Diagram indicate
Reference: API 2000 Section 5.2 Instrument datasheets hydrocarbon blanket gas as
Review Instrument datasheets and alternative source for D
Operating and Maintenance Manual set points inerting of cargo tanks.
Hydrocarbon header oxygen analyzers and pressure indication Piping and Instrumentation Diagram Review Piping and Instrumentation Piping and Instrumentation D
shall always be available during cargo operations. Diagram Diagram indicate minimum
Reference: API 2000 Section 5.2 Operating and Maintenance Manual and maximum Operating
Review Operating and Maintenance pressure. D,C&I,HUC
manual and Verification of Design
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A185 of A454
SCE GOAL -
To ensure that Cargo and Slop Tanks atmosphere are maintained below the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL).
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
during construction & Operating and maintenance
commissioning. manual includes instrument
set points, safety devices.
Blowers monitoring shall be available at all times. Process design Basis/Philosophy Review Process design Process design D
basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy shall
Piping and Instrumentation diagram indicate requirement
Review Inert gas generator Piping monitoring of blower system D
Operating and design manual and instrumentation diagram e.g. flow rate, vibration
level.
Review of operating and design D,C&I, HUC
manual and verification during Piping and instrumentation
construction & commissioning diagram of Inert gas
generator indicate the
required control and
instrumentation for
switchover to standby
blower.
Inert gas generator deck seal water level shall be maintain by 2 Process design Basis/Philosophy Review Process design Process design basis D
x 100% equal capacity top-up pumps. basis/Philosophy /Philosophy shall indicate
Piping and Instrumentation diagram requirement of backup for
Review Inert gas generator Piping deck seal pumps. D
Pump datasheet and instrumentation diagram
Piping and instrumentation
Operating and design manual Review Pump datasheet diagram of Inert gas D
generator indicate the
Review of operating and design required control and D,C&I, HUC
manual and verification during instrumentation for switch
construction & commissioning over of deck seal pumps.
SCE GOAL -
To ensure that Cargo and Slop Tanks atmosphere are maintained below the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL).
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
RELIABILITY
R1. Inert gas to blanketing system shall be The system shall be capable of: Design Calculations Review Design calculations Required level of reliability is D
secure and have high reliability. ensured by Design.
Inerting empty cargo tanks by reducing the oxygen content of Hazop Close outs Review Hazop close out report
the atmosphere in each tank to a level at which Review of Hazop close out
combustion cannot be supported; ensure the sustenance of
Maintaining the atmosphere in any part of any cargo tank with design barriers.
an oxygen content not exceeding 8% by volume and at a
positive pressure at all times in port and at sea except
when it is necessary for such a tank to be gas-free;
Eliminating the need for air to enter a tank during normal
operations except when it is necessary for such a tank to
be gas-free; and
Purging empty cargo tanks of a hydrocarbon gas, so that
subsequent gas-freeing operations will at no time create a
flammable atmosphere within the tank.
Reference: FSS code Section 2.2.4.3.
Provision shall be made to ensure that the water seal is Process design Basis/Philosophy Review Process design Process design D
protected against freezing, in such a way that the integrity of basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy shall
the seal is not impaired Piping and Instrumentation diagram indicate requirement of
by overheating. Review Inert gas generator Piping source and cleanliness of
Reference: FSS code Section 2.2.4.3. and instrumentation diagram water for liquid deck seal.
SURVIVABILITY
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
INTERDEPENDENCIES
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A187 of A454
SCE GOAL -
To ensure that Cargo and Slop Tanks atmosphere are maintained below the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL).
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. IC007 - Inert gas system Input Inert gas (using N2) design will be done considering the additional requirements for cargo
tank operations.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Zainab Kayat Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A188 of A454
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from lightning and static discharge in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1) Earthing 1. The design and engineering of earthing system shall 1. Design Basis and 1. Review on design and engineering of 1. Earthing system meet D, C&I, HUC
Appropriate earthing system (i.e. including satisfy all statutory requirements of the country in which Specification earthing systems to be provided. requirements
bonding) shall be provided in line with the electrical installation will be located. (Earthing)
national/local legislative requirement, PTS and (PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 2.1)
relevant international standards. 2. Layout drawings
2. Single integrated earthing system shall be installed to (Earthing)
Note: provide a common ground plane reference for electrical
a) IEC, and electronic system and a well-defined (return) current 3. Typical installation
b) British Standards, path. drawing (Earthing)
c) IEEE Standards. (PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 5.5.1)
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from lightning and static discharge in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F2) Earthing for Substation, Switch room 1. Branch earth conductors connected to individual 1. Design Basis and 1. Review on design and size of earthing 1. Earthing conductor meet D, C&I, HUC
and Control Room switchgear and control gear assemblies shall be sized as Specification conductor. requirements and adequate
Earthing conductor for substation, switch room follows: (Earthing) size.
and control room shall be provided in
accordance with PTS requirement. a. Rated short circuit current and duration up to and incl. 2. Layout drawings
40 kA/1s (Earthing)
i. Conductor size is 2 x 70mm²
b. Rated short circuit current and duration > 40 up to 100 3. Typical installation
kA/1s drawing (Earthing)
i. Conductor size is 2 x 120mm²
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 5.5.2)
F3) Earthing for Plant Equipment and 1. Metallic enclosures of electrical equipment shall be 1. Design Basis and 1. Review on design and size of earthing 1. Earthing conductor meet D, C&I, HUC
Structure bonded to the plant earth grid or offshore steel structure / Specification conductor. requirements and adequate
Earthing conductor for plant equipment and hull (for offshore installation). The metallic enclosures of (Earthing) size.
structure shall be provided in accordance with non-electrical equipment, e.g., vessels, shall also be
PTS requirement. bonded to the plant earth grid, offshore steel structure / 2. Layout drawings
hull or be provided with their own earth electrodes. (Earthing)
(PTS 13.00.01 Clause 5.5.3 and 6.2.5)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A190 of A454
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from lightning and static discharge in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. Cross-sectional area of branch conductors connecting 3. Typical installation
equipment and structures to the plant earth grid shall be drawing (Earthing)
as follows:
F4) Earthing for Lightning & Static ONSHORE 1. Design Basis and 1. Review on design of earthing for lightning 1. Earthing design for lightning D, C&I, HUC
DischargeEarthing for lightning & static Specification (Earthing) and static discharge. and static discharge meet
discharge shall be provided accordance with 1. Electrodes shall be connected to the structure to be 2. Layout drawings requirements
PTS requirement and relevant international protected (i.e. lightning and static discharge) and (Earthing) 3. Typical
standards. interconnected with the plant earth grid by 70 mm² earth installation drawing
cables. (PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 5.5.4) (Earthing)
2. Floating roof tank above ground shall be designed in line
with recommended practice of API 545. Shunts shall be
provided and placed every 3 m maximum on the
circumference of the roof for good bonding between
floating roof and tank shell.
i. fuelling operations;
ii. filling of containers, tanks and pressure vessels;
iii. high fluid velocities (high water sprays, gas jets);
iv. shot blasting;
v. Steam cleaning.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A191 of A454
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from lightning and static discharge in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F5) Earthing and bonding for Jetty 1. Earthing and bonding of jetties shall be executed in 1. Design Basis and 1. Review on design of earthing and 1. Earthing design for Jetty D, C&I, HUC
Earthing and bonding for Jetty shall be accordance with IEC 60079-14 and the International Specification bonding for Jetty. meet requirements
provided in accordance with PTS requirement Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals (ISGOTT). (Earthing)
and relevant international standards. (PTS 13.00.01 clause 6.6.1)
2. Layout drawings
2. Pipe and/or hose connections between the ship and the (Earthing)
jetty shall be provided with insulating flanges or joints,
whose minimum insulation resistance before installation 3. Typical installation
shall be 10 kΩ measured with an insulation resistance drawing (Earthing)
tester at a minimum of 50 Vdc. The maximum insulation
resistance shall be 100 MΩ to prevent static build-up.
(PTS 13.00.01 clause 6.6.3)
AVAILABILITY
A1) Availability of Earthing 1. Earth grid shall be connected to at least two groups of 1. Design Basis and 1. Review on design adequacy of earthing 1. Design and earthing system D, C&I, HUC
Earthing system shall be available at all times. earth electrodes (onshore) or platform jackets (offshore). Specification system. adequacy meet
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 5.5.1) (Earthing) requirement
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from lightning and static discharge in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
connections or be provided with their own duplicate earth 3. Typical installation
electrodes. drawing (Earthing)
(PTS 13.00.01 Clause 5.5.3)
RELIABILITY
R1) Reliability 1. For onshore installation, electrical resistance between 1. Design Basis and 1. Review on design (including calculation 1. Earthing system design and D, C&I, HUC
Earthing system shall be reliable and require earth grid and general mass of earth shall not exceed 4 Specification of earth resistance) of earthing system. calculation meet
minimal maintenance. ohms when any one group of electrodes is disconnected. (Earthing) requirements.
(PTS 13.00.01 clause 5.5.1)
2. Layout drawings
2. For onshore installation, the combined resistance to the (Earthing)
general mass of earth of the electrodes provided for
metallic enclosure of non-electrical equipment (i.e. 3. Earthing calculation
vessel, pipe rack etc.) and lightning protection shall not
exceed 10 ohm when isolated from the plant earth grid.
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clauses 5.5.3 & 5.5.4)
R2) Construction 1. Selection of earthing conductor material, size and type 1. Specification 1. Review on construction of earthing 1. Earthing system are D, C&I, HUC
Earthing system shall be suitable for the site shall be provided to prolong the survivability of cables (Earthing) system. suitable for the site
environment. and earthing rods for operation in the climate of the conditions
installation.
SCE GOAL - To minimize the likelihood of ignition from lightning and static discharge in hazardous areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
R3) Testing 1. The following site acceptance test shall be conducted as 1. Specification 1. Review on site test records for earthing 1. Earthing and bonding value HUC
Testing shall be conducted at site to ensure a minimum for earthing & bonding: (Earthing) and bonding. are acceptable and meet
that earthing and bonding meet requirement. requirement.
a. Earth resistance test (for onshore installations) 2. Test Records
b. Continuity Test
c. Visual inspection
(PTS 13.02.01 clause 3.11)
SURVIVABILITY
S1 Electrical Earthing Continuity 1. For earthing of electrical systems, equipment and 1. Electrical Design 1. Review on design of earthing system. 1. Earthing and bonding D, C&I, HUC
In order to have the Earthing continuity due to structures, each installation shall have one common Basis meets the requirement.
MAH two earthing connection to be installed earth grid connected to at least two groups of earth
for all equipment and non-current carrying electrodes. The earth grid shall comprise standard 2. Earthing Layout
metals. copper earthing cables with green/yellow PVC Drawings
sheathing. The equipment shall be connected to the
earth grid/bar by at least two earthing conductor. 3. Earthing Single Line
(PTS 13.00.01 clause 5.5.1 & 5.5.2) Diagram
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
Interaction of Electrical Earthing & Bonding System with other SCEs. Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
I1. IC003 - Certified (Ex rated) Electrical Equipment effectively and vice versa.
Electrical earthing SCE will define the requirement for certified (Ex rated) electrical equipment
installation
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Pantaleon Su Lai Ting Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 18/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A194 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide sufficient purging of the flare or vent systems to prevent oxygen ingress and the possibility of detonation within the flare and vent system
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. To displace existing air from the stack (pre- 1. Recommended minimum fuel gas Purge rate shall be 1. Process design basis/Flare and 1. Review Process Design Basis 1. Process design basis / D
purge) and continuously purge to prevent air according to Appendix 9 or according to equation specified venting Philosophy /Philosophy Philosophy specify
ingress into flare tip/vent during low flow in PTS for vertical stacks or flare package supplier minimum design criteria for
conditions. This ensures that no flammable recommendation whichever is highest. 2. Fuel Gas Purge calculations 2. Review Fuel gas purge fuel gas purge system and D
mixture can build up in the headers or Reference : PTS 16.52.04 section 7.2.2 calculations quality of fuel gas.
flare/vent. 3. Flare tip datasheet Philosophy specify purge
3. Review Flare tip datasheet gas reliability and availability D
4. Operating and Maintenance requirements considering all
manual 4. Review & Verification of operating scenarios. D,HUC
Operating and Maintenance
manual 2. Fuel gas purge calculations
consider all operating
scenarios in determining
maximum fuel gas purge
rate
2. Clean dry natural gas shall be provided for the fuel gas 1. Process design basis 1. Review Process Design Basis 1. Process design D
purge system /Philosophy /Philosophy basis/Philosophy specify
Reference : PTS 16.52.04 Section 7.2 composition of fuel gas
2. Fuel Gas Purge calculations at 2. Review Fuel gas purge used for flare and vent
various modes of operations. calculations purging.
3. Flare tip datasheet 3. Review Flare tip datasheet 2. Fuel gas purge calculations
consider all operating
scenarios in determining
dew point for selected fuel
gas.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A195 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide sufficient purging of the flare or vent systems to prevent oxygen ingress and the possibility of detonation within the flare and vent system
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
3. Flare tip datasheet specify
minimum purge rate and
quality
3. Flare and vent system shall be purged with nitrogen and/ or 1. Process design basis / 1. Review Process Design Basis 1. Project Design D
fuel gas to prevent air ingress from farthest points and philosophy /Philosophy basis/philosophy specifies
upstream ends of headers and sub headers the requirement (strategic
Reference :Norsok Std P-100 Section 16.7 & Best Practices 2. Fuel Gas Purge calculations at 2. Review Fuel gas purge location) of purging.
various modes of operations. calculations 2. Fuel gas purge calculations
consider all locations where
3. Piping and instrumentation 3. Review Piping and purge gas connections are
diagram Instrumentation diagram provided in determining
quantity of purge gas.
4. Purge gas flow rate on each header shall be monitored in 1. Process design basis/ 1. Review Process design basis/ 1. Process design basis D
the DCS and the loss of purge gas shall initiate an alarm. philosophy philosophy /philosophy specifies the
Reference : Adapted from API 521 Section 6.4.3.6.2 requirement of monitoring of
2. Alarm set point list. 2. Review Alarm set point list purge gas. D
3. Piping and instrumentation 3. Review Piping and 2. Set points for alarm are D
diagram Instrumentation diagram provided in alarm set point
list
4. Commissioning manual 4. Review of commissioning manual D, HUC
3. Piping and instrument
diagram indicate all
locations where purge gas
monitoring is provided.
SCE GOAL - To provide sufficient purging of the flare or vent systems to prevent oxygen ingress and the possibility of detonation within the flare and vent system
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
AVAILABILITY
A1. Purging to Flare and vent systems shall be 100% 1. Purge gas rate shall be maintained at all times by providing 1. Process design basis 1. Review Process Design Basis 1. Process design basis D
available
fixed orifice, rota meter etc. to avoid disruption to purge gas /philosophy /philosophy /philosophy specify
due instrument malfunction. switchover mechanism to
Reference : Adapted from API 521 Section 6.4.3.6.2 PTS 16.52.04 section 2. Fuel Gas Purge calculations at 2. Review Fuel gas purge backup of purge gas/ D
7.2 & PTS 16.52.04 section 7.2
various modes of operations. calculations philosophy specify purge
gas reliability and availability
3. Piping and Instrumentation 3. Review Piping and requirements considering all
Diagram Instrumentation Diagram operating scenarios. D
4. Operating and Maintenance 4. Review Operating and 2. Fuel gas purge calculations
manual Maintenance manual consider all operating D, HUC
scenarios in determining
maximum fuel gas purge
rate
RELIABILITY
R1. Purging to Flare and vent systems shall be 1. Ensure that the purge gas source shall (PSR) be reliable to 1. Process design basis 1. Review Design Basis /Flare and 1. Design Basis /Flare and D
highly reliable secure the purge gas supply and the purge shall (PSR) be /philosophy venting philosophy venting philosophy specify
transported through a locked open block valve. A purge requirement for LO/car seal
system without a seal vessel shall have a reliability 2. Piping and Instrumentation 2. Review Piping and open considering facility
comparable to that of the seal drum. Diagram Instrumentation Diagram operation philosophy.
Reference : PTS 16.52.04 section 7.2
2. Piping and instrumentation
diagram indicate
requirement of LO/car seal
open on valves in purge
system,
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A197 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide sufficient purging of the flare or vent systems to prevent oxygen ingress and the possibility of detonation within the flare and vent system
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
SURVIVABILITY
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. IC004 - Cargo inert gas system Input Cargo tank inert gas system design is based on Fuel gas purge system design, if HC gas is
used for inerting the tanks.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Zainab Kayat Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A198 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Nitrogen gas generator unit 1. Nitrogen gas generators shall be capable of providing inert 1. Process design 1. Review Process design 1. Process design D
gas with maximum oxygen content of 5% by volume. To Basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy shall
assure nitrogen quality, the outlet of the unit shall be indicate sizing basis of inert
equipped with an oxygen analyzer that can be monitored 2. Nitrogen gas generator 2. Review Inert gas generator gas generator D
and alarmed from the DCS. datasheet datasheet
Reference: PTS 16.39.08 Sect 3.1.1, 4.2.6 2. Inert gas data sheet indicate D, C&I, HUC
3. Piping and Instrumentation 3. Review of P&ID the required size and other
diagram requirements like
4. Review alarm and trip list instrumentation
4. Alarm and trip list
3. Alarms and safety devices
are indicated in Piping and
instrumentation diagram.
2. For blanketing of tanks and vessels, the maximum amount 4. Process design 4. Review Process design 1. Process design basis D
of nitrogen required to maintain the inert atmosphere shall Basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy /Philosophy shall indicate
(PSR) be based on the inbreathing of the tank considering requirement of monitoring
the maximum draw-off rate from the tank as well as thermal 5. Sizing Calculation 5. Review Sizing calculation oxygen content of inert gas.
breathing.
Reference: PTS 16.39.08 Section 2.2.2 2. Sizing calculation indicate
the capacity and reserve
nitrogen requirements.
3. If purges are used instead of conventional flame arresters, 4. Process design 4. Review Process design 1. Process design D
purge velocities of at least 1.5 m/s shall (PSR) be applied Basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy shall
corresponding to 2-3 times the laminar burning velocity of indicate requirement of
hydrocarbon vapours to prevent flame flash back. 5. Piping and Instrumentation 5. Review Inert gas generator Piping monitoring oxygen content D
Reference: PTS 16.39.08 Section 2.2.1 diagram and instrumentation diagram of inert gas.
6. Operating and design manual 6. Review of operating and 2. Piping and instrumentation D, C&I, HUC
maintenance manual and diagram of Inert gas
verification during construction & generator indicate the
commissioning segregation between
hazardous and non-
hazardous areas
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A199 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
3. Set points for alarms and
safe devices are indicated in
operating and maintenance
manual.
4. A tank inerting system as described in 3.5.3 may be 5. Inert gas generator datasheet 5. Review Inert gas generator 1. Inert gas datasheet shall D
specified to avoid pulling air into the tank during vacuum datasheet indicate requirement of
conditions. No credit for these inerting systems shall be 6. Piping and Instrumentation Level transmitters.
taken for the purpose of sizing the vacuum-relief device. The diagram 6. Review Inert gas generator Piping
venting devices shall be sized for the case where the inert and instrumentation diagram 2. Piping and instrumentation
gas is unavailable. 7. Safeguarding memorandum diagram of Inert gas
Reference: API 2000 Section 3.5.3, 3.6 7. Review Safeguarding generator indicate level
memorandum alarm on deck seal,
pressure vacuum breaker.
3. Safe guarding
memorandum indicate the
PVSV sizing and scenarios.
5. All nitrogen users shall (PSR) have backflow protection 1. Process design 1. Review Process design 1. Process design D
included in the design of its piping connection or coupling Basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy shall
with other services. This can be by:a) Mechanical backflow indicate blower capacity.
protection; non-return valve(s)b) Instrument Protective 2. Piping and Instrumentation 2. Review Inert gas generator Piping
Function (IPF) in combination with non-return valvesc) diagram and instrumentation diagram 2. Piping and instrumentation
Positive isolation such as spades and removable spool diagram of Inert gas
pieces generator indicate the
Reference: PTS 16.39.08 Section 4.4.1 required isolation , backflow
prevention control and
instrumentation
6. Inert gas shall be continuously monitored for pressure and 1. Piping and Instrumentation 1. Review Piping and 1. Piping and Instrumentation D
oxygen content. Diagram Instrumentation Diagram Diagram indicate minimum
Reference: API-2000, Annex F. and maximum Operating
2. Analyzer datasheet 2. Review Analyzer datasheets and pressure. D
set points
3. Operating and Maintenance 2. Analyzer datasheet specify
manual 3. Review Operating and the correct mode of analysis D,C&I,HUC
Maintenance manual and of oxygen content and
Verification of alarm and trip permissible tolerances.
schedule during construction &
commissioning 3. Operating and Maintenance
manual includes instrument
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A200 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
set points for alarms and
safety devices.
AVAILABILITY
A1. Inert gas system 1. Back-up supply of nitrogen shall (PSR) considered by 1. Process design 1. Review Process design 1. Process design D
means of installing a dedicated storage vessel system, with Basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy shall
secure instrument air and electricity, to provide a minimum indicate requirement of
amount of nitrogen to safely shutdown during an emergency. 2. Piping and Instrumentation 2. Review Inert gas generator Piping backup supply and
Reference PTS 16.39.08 Section 4.3 diagram and instrumentation diagram instrument air and electrical D
requirements.
3. Design calculations 3. Review of design calculations
2. Piping and instrumentation D,C&I
diagram of Inert gas
generator indicate the
required control and
instrumentation for back up
supply
RELIABILITY
R1. Reliability 1. Nitrogen is used for blanketing, inerting and special 1. Process design 1. Review Process design 1. Process design D
functions like purging of flare headers, buffer medium for dry Basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy basis/Philosophy shall
gas seal for compressors and pumps etc. Reliability of indicate nitrogen users and
Nitrogen system shall match plant reliability requirements. 2. Piping and Instrumentation 2. Piping and instrumentation its criticality.
diagram diagram
2. Piping and instrumentation
3. RAM study 3. Review of RAM study diagram of Inert gas
generator indicate various
users of nitrogen and their
special requirements if any.
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Fire event
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A201 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
S2. Explosion events
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
S3. Dropped objects
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
S4. Extreme environmental conditions
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
OPERATIONAL ASSURANCE AND VERIFICATION
Planned Assurance Applicable Criteria Frequency Verification Frequency Measureable
Unit
TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. IC004 - Cargo inert gas system Input Cargo tank inert gas system design is based on IG system design, if IG is used for inerting
and purging.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Zainab Kayat Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A202 of A454
SCE GOAL - To reduce the likelihood of ignition of gas or flammable vapors from various ignition sources including hot surfaces.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1- To minimize the risk of a source ignition in 1. Equipment layout to ensure avoid having ignition sources in 1. Design Basis 1. Verify location of the equipment 1. Validate design for D, C&I
a hazardous area e.g.: a hazardous area in all operating conditions (normal and having potential source of ignition compliance with
- Electrical equipment located in hazardous upset) and environment scenario (wind, lightning). Refer to 2. P&ID in compliance with design code, Specifications and Reports
area PTS 11.22.06 and 12.03.04. for location of related source of Project specification and PTS. of HAZOP, HAZID.
- Fired heater/ Furnaces ignition. 3. Test Records 2. Compliance to the PTS for ignition D, C&I
- Internal Combustion Engines control from potential hazardous 2. Validated Test Records &
- Fixed combustion engines 2. Protection of electrical equipment in hazardous areas shall 4. Inspection Reports as well as electrical spark. Inspection Report
- Fuel K.O.Drums be as per PTS 13.00.01 and HAZOP/ HAZID study and To prevent ignition from non-Ex-
- Vehicle-Road and Rail Traffic near hazardous implementation in design to protect continuous sources of CEE and mobile / portable /
area ignition for all potential hazards, e.g. fired heaters, internal temporary electrical equipment in
- Protection of Storage Tanks from Lightning combustion engines, etc. shall be as per PTS 16.71.01, PTS hazardous areas. Ensure
16.71.03 and PTS 16.71.04. Avoidance of mechanical
sparking. Manufacturer’s
3. The service areas of the equipment where it is possibility to clearances shall be maintained
generate heat shall utilize heat detection methods and between moving and static
control using PTS 14.12.07, Fire, Gas and smoke detection elements of rotating equipment in
system. hazardous areas.
AVAILABILITY
A1- All the ignition sources are studied and 1. All ignition protection component/ instrumentation shall be 1. P&ID and equipment protection 1. Check and confirm the ignition 1. Check functionality of safety D
analyzed, properly located and designed suitably protected. The electrical installation in hazardous specification. protection component/ protection at site.
(together with ignition protection) with regards areas shall be accordance with IEC 60079-14. The process instrumentation available and
to the hazardous sources (gas or flammable measurement and control in operating condition shall functioning at site.
vapors) as per the specification, code and accordance to IEC 60654-1 & IEC 60654-4
standard for all conditions.
RELIABILITY
R1- Perform study and analysis on the ignition 1. The equipment and supply shall be checked for its reliability 1. Design Basis & Specification 1. Check and confirm that the 1. Test Records & D, C&I, HUC
sources in accordance to its hazardous as per the Project document. supply and tests have been Inspection Report
sources (gas or flammable vapors) for all the completed and performed in
operating conditions (normal and upset). accordance with approved project
requirements
SURVIVABILITY
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A203 of A454
SCE GOAL - To reduce the likelihood of ignition of gas or flammable vapors from various ignition sources including hot surfaces.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
S 1- Hydrocarbon release and Fire 1. Prevented by location: 1. Layout drawings, fire and gas 1. Review and verify the equipment 1. Equipment layout, HAZOP D, C&I
The Ignition Control System shall be fully integrated with the detection system. layout and HAZOP and HAZID and HAZID Report.
electrical and instrument system and adequate fire detection report
/ fire protection systems shall be provided.
OPERATIONAL ASSURANCE AND VERIFICATION
Planned Assurance Applicable Criteria Frequency Verification Frequency Measureable
Unit
TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
1.DS 001- Fire and Gas Detection Input Provide detection to Ignition system
To prevent failure in the event of fire
3. IC 003- Certified (Ex rated) Electrical equipment Input Ex rated safe electrical system to prevent any spark
To have spark proof electrical system
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : MK Shrivastava Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A204 of A454
SCE GOAL - To ensure that gas from the flare system does not accumulate and cause a hazard to the facility, following planned or emergency depressurisation
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Provide continuous pilot with remote 1. The pilot flame line shall be individually supplied with 1. Design Basis 1. Review listed documentation & 1. Flare ignition design D, P
ignition for all flares continuous fuel gas and ignition source. drawings. requirements are
2. Flare Ignition Package implemented & specified
The ignition system should be designed using Specifications
compressed air flame front generator and may be 2. Test ignition system during SAT. 1. Pilot flame is ignited with HUC
equipped with spark ignition as the back-up as per PTS the flame ignitor
16.52.04
References:
i. API 537 Section 4.7.2
ii. PTS 6.52.04 Section 9.2 and 9.3.
F2. Provide pilot flame monitoring 1. Pilot flame monitoring/detection system shall be 1. Design Basis 1. Review listed documentation & 1. Flame monitoring utilises D, P
designed to confirm that the pilots are lit using any of drawings. approved instrument type
the following : 2. Flare Ignition Package
Specifications 1. Test pilot flame detection 1. Pilot flame is detected by HUC
a. Thermocouples installed within the pilot head the instrument
b. Ionization monitoring within the pilot head 3. P&ID
c. Remote acoustic monitoring
d. Infrared or optical monitors
References:
2. Sheathing for TC should be designed to extend 1. Design Basis 1. Review listed documentation & 1. Sheathing covers minimum D, P, C&I
throughout the zone that see flame impingement, drawings (vendor cable schedule) distance required
typically 1.8m (6 ft) or 125% of the actual flare burner 2. Flare Ignition Package
diameter . Specifications
F3 - Provide pilot with sufficient heat energy 1. API STD 537 recommends a minimum pilot heat release 1. Design Basis 1. Review listed documentation & 1. Datasheets indicate D, P
of 13.2 MW (45,000BTU/hr) (LHV) when flaring drawings minimum heat release
hydrocarbon gases, with a lower heating value of 11,175 2. Flare Ignition System required
kj/Nm3 (300 BTU/scf) or greater Package Specifications
& Datasheets 2. Review vendor datasheet/ certificate/ 1. Minimum pilot heat release HUC
calculation on pilot heat release is achieved
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A205 of A454
SCE GOAL - To ensure that gas from the flare system does not accumulate and cause a hazard to the facility, following planned or emergency depressurisation
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
AVAILABILITY
A1. Pilot flame shall be available at all 1. Minimum two pilot lines with individual continuous source 1. Design Basis 1. Review listed documentation & 1. Flare ignition design D, P, C&I
operating conditions. of fuel gas and ignition. drawings requirements are
2. Flare Ignition Package implemented
Bottled gas supply skid shall be provided for start-up / Specifications
normal operation if there is no other reliable source of 2. UPS sizing is adequate for
fuel gas supply. 3. Operating & pilot ignition attempt.
Maintenance Manual
Power supply for the ignition panel shall be sourced from 2. Test functionality during SAT. 1. Flare ignition achievable HUC
UPS. using back up bottled gas
2. The pilot shall be designed to continually burn and ignite 1. Design Basis 1. Review listed documentation & 1. Datasheets indicate ignition D,P
the flare at a minimum wind speeds of 160 km/h (100 drawings. capability during high wind
mph) under dry conditions and 140 km/h (85 mph) when 2. Flare Ignition Package speed.
combined with a rainfall of 50 mm (2 in) per hour. Specifications &
Datasheets 2. Test functionality during FAT 1. Flame ignition achievable in C&I
Reference : API STD 537 Section 4.7.2 simulated high wind speed
condition
RELIABILITY
R1. Pilot ignition system shall be operating 1. A continuous source of clean fuel gas, pressure 1. Design Basis 1. Review listed documentation & 1. Flare ignition design D, P, C&I
reliably. regulated, with a defined range of heating value and drawings. requirements are
composition, shall be supplied to the pilot. 2. Flare Ignition Package implemented
High and low pressure alarms for the fuel gas and Specifications &
2. Test alarm activation during SAT. 1. Alarms triggered on the set HUC
compressed air shall be provided. Datasheets
condition.
Strainer to be provided for each pilot at the base of the
gas mixer 3. Piping &
Instrumentation
References: Diagram (P&ID)
PTS 16.52.04 Section 9.2 and 9.3
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A206 of A454
SCE GOAL - To ensure that gas from the flare system does not accumulate and cause a hazard to the facility, following planned or emergency depressurisation
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
4. Operating &
Maintenance Manual
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Flare ignition system to survive: 1. All flare ignition system outdoor cables shall be fire 1. Design Basis 1. Review cable datasheets. 1. Flare ignition panel cable D, P, C&I
i) Fire/Explosion event resistant as per IEC 60331 and fire retardant as per IEC follows specification
ii) Hydrocarbon/toxic release event 60332 with galvanized steel wired armour (SWA) 2. Flare ignition package
specification
2. Ignition system instrument & accessories are certified to 1. Design Basis 1. Review instrument & accessories 1. Flare ignition instrument D, P, C&I
suit the hazardous area classification (HAC) of the datasheets. and accessories comply
particular area. 2. Flare ignition package with the HAC requirement.
specification
Reference:
PTS 14.10.02 Section 2.6
3. Ignition system panel to be located at an area identified 1. FERA analysis report 1. Review FERA report and layout 1. Ignition system panel is D, C&I
as having lesser risk of explosion diagram designed to be installed at
2. Equipment Layout an area with minimum
diagram exposure to explosion risk
SCE GOAL - To ensure that gas from the flare system does not accumulate and cause a hazard to the facility, following planned or emergency depressurisation
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. SD001 - Emergency shutdown system Output The flare ignition panel provide pilot flame out alarm to emergency shutdown system
I2. ER009 - Process control & alarms Output The flare ignition panel provide pilot flame out alarm to DCS
I3. ER005 - Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) Input UPS ensure flare ignition system capability to ignite pilot flame during MAH in case of pilot flame out
occurring.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Chua Kien Kek Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 07/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A208 of A454
SCE GOAL - To detect all flammable gas accumulations, oil mist accumulations, the presence of smoke or toxic gases (H2S and CO) and all fires and initiate an executive action.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. The FGS system shall be designed as non- 1. Diagnostic feature shall be available to monitor the FGS 1. Design Basis & 1. Review listed documents & drawings 1. Non-fail safe design is D, P
fail safe. system to avoid spurious executive action. Safeguarding incorporated in the
Philosophy 2. Perform Independent Project review documentation
Ref: PTS 14.12.07 Section 8.1
2. FGS Specification &
Datasheets 3. Test FGS output signal during SAT. 1. FGS output energisation/ HUC
de-energisation conform
with non-fail safe
requirement.
F2. The FGS shall be designed to give warning 1. The minimum FGS requirements for various type of 1. Design Basis & 1. Review listed documents & drawings 1. Detector types are as per D, P
of flammable or toxic gas releases or the offshore operating facilities shall be as per PTS 14.12.07 Safeguarding specification in PTS
outbreak of fire by providing an alarm or table 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 Philosophy 2. Review F&G detector types
initiating executive action.
2. FGS Specification &
Datasheets
2. When gas/fire detection is provided for specific plant 1. Design Basis & 1. Review listed documents & drawings 1. FGS system is designed to D, P, C&I
equipment, such as gas turbine which is equipped with Safeguarding send trip signal to shutdown
its own dedicated control/safeguarding system, the Philosophy 2. Trip function shall be aligned with specified equipment
output of the gas/fire detection system shall be used as safeguarding philosophy and IPF
shutdown initiator for the control/safeguarding system of 2. F&G Shutdown studies
that piece of equipment as appropriate. Hierarchy
Ref : PTS 14.12.07 3. Process Shutdown 3. Test FGS ability to trip equipment 1. FGS is able to shut down HUC
Hierarchy during SAT. the specified equipment on
detectors trigger.
4. Equipment
Specification
3. FGS Mapping study report shall be used to decide on 1. Design Basis & 1. Review listed documents & drawings 1. Detectors type & installation D, P
the following: Safeguarding details are designed as per
Philosophy 2. Review detectors datasheet FGS Mapping study report.
a. Detector type to be utilized
b. Coverage area 2. FGS Specification & 2. Designated detectors for
c. Detector minimum elevation Datasheets particular area are selected
d. Distance between detectors to work within its operating
3. FGS Mapping Report capability
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A209 of A454
SCE GOAL - To detect all flammable gas accumulations, oil mist accumulations, the presence of smoke or toxic gases (H2S and CO) and all fires and initiate an executive action.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
e. Detector angle of coverage 4. Detectors datasheet 3. Conduct physical inspection on 1. Detectors installation C&I
installation at site. conform with design
Ref: PTS 14.33.01 documents.
F3. FGS shall be designed to provide 1. Fire and Gas Detection Mapping study’s 1. FGS Mapping Report 1. Review FGS mapping report and 1. Recommendation as per D, P, C&I
adequate coverage for all areas assigned recommendation for detectors quantity required to meet closeout report. FGS mapping report is
under the system. the coverage area shall be incorporated into the design implemented.
of the FGS (as applicable).
1. FGS detector voting shall be according to FGS CEM, 1. Design Basis & 1. Review listed documentation and 1. Voting on FGS is derived D
which is derived based on IPF study and FGS mapping Safeguarding drawings. from recommendation
study to assess risk level and robustness of hardware. Philosophy specified in IPF and FGS
Ref: PTS 14.12.07 Section 9.5 mapping study
2. FGS Layout Drawings
Common practice is 1ooN for alarm and 2ooN for 1. Test FGS voting during FAT. 1. Voting of FGS detectors are C&I
executive action. 3. FGS CEM as per CEM.
Ref: PTS 14.33.01 Section 3.3
F4. FGS system shall be designed in 1. Where control, safety & FGS functions are integrated in 1. FGS functional design 1. Review listed documentation & 1. Safety Function is D, P
compliance with the standards, FGS safety one system, for example small fields application, the specifications drawings incorporated
PLC shall be designed to meet IEC61508 & level of independence shall be demonstrated as per IEC
61511 61508 & 61511 2. ICSS package 2. Review specification during ITB 1. Specification clearly in ITB P
specifications document.
Commonly referred to as Integrated Control & Safety
System (ICSS)
3. Check & test separation between 1. Separation between critical C&I
control, safety & FGS function components of control,
components during FAT. safety & FGS function are
verified and tested.
AVAILABILITY
A1. The FGS shall be designed to be fully 1. FGS shall be capable of performing online testing facility 1. Design Basis & 1. Review listed documentation & 1. Online testing is included D, P
operational and online at all times, even during to test its integrity without shutting down processes or Safeguarding drawings inside the design
total plant shutdown. plant production Philosophy specification on FGS
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A210 of A454
SCE GOAL - To detect all flammable gas accumulations, oil mist accumulations, the presence of smoke or toxic gases (H2S and CO) and all fires and initiate an executive action.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
2. FGS Specification & 2. Test online testing capability during FAT 2. Online testing is verified to C&I, HUC
Ref: PTS 14.12.07 Section 11.1 Datasheets & SAT be functional
2. Shutdown override & signal to the control room to 1. Design Basis 1. Review listed documentation & 1. Shutdown overrides & D, P
indicate system isolation shall be made available. drawings system isolation indication
2. FGS Specification & is available and indicted in
Inputs to the FGS from initiators having executive Datasheets the drawings.
actions, other than alarming to the control room shall not
be provided with maintenance overrides. 3. FGS Functional Design 2. Conduct sample testing of the FGS 1. The functional test is C&I
Operation overrides shall not be used for FGS. Specification Isolation function conducted & results of the
function tests meet
Ref : PTS 14.12.07 specification requirements
3. Conduct FGS isolation test during SAT. 1. FGS isolation is available HUC
and conforms to
specification
3. Power supply for FGS shall be designed such that it is 1. FGS Specification 1. Review listed documentation & 1. FGS system power is D, P
sourced from 'vital' power supply, which will be able to drawings. having supply from 'vital'
change over to UPS in the event of emergency/failure of 2. Power distribution power system
main supply. drawing
1. Test FGS system capability to run on 1. FGS system works HUC
Ref : PTS 14.12.07 Section 2.1 UPS during SAT. flawlessly on UPS upon
failure of main power
supply.
4. It is recommended to provide voting of detectors to 1. FGS Cause & Effect 1. Review FGS Cause & Effect Matrix 1. Voting of detectors are D
increase availability of the FGS system on automatic Matrix document. provided in the matrix
executive action scenario. document.
SCE GOAL - To detect all flammable gas accumulations, oil mist accumulations, the presence of smoke or toxic gases (H2S and CO) and all fires and initiate an executive action.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
RELIABILITY
R1. FGS system shall be designed with electric 1. Field initiators should be individually wired to the control 1. Safeguarding Design 1. Review listed documentation & 1. Field initiators are wired D, P, C&I
circuitry that is able to differentiate between module or to the FGS system Basis drawings. individually as per design
safe condition, alarm condition, open loop and requirements
short circuit. Ref: PTS 14.12.07 Section 3.1 2. FGS Specification &
2. Review listed documentation & 1. Line monitoring is available D, P
Datasheets
drawings. as per spec
2. Loop integrity for each initiator electric circuitry shall be
enhanced with line monitoring facilities. 3. FGS Specification &
Datasheets 3. Test line monitoring functionality during 1. Line monitoring function HUC
Ref: PTS 14.12.07 Section 3.1 SAT. works as per requirement.
SURVIVABILITY
S1. FGS system shall survive the following 1. All critical components of FGS system are installed and 1. Design basis & 1. Review listed documentation & 1. Critical FGS system D, C&I
MAH: located inside safe area. specifications drawings. components are installed in
i. Fire/explosion safe location.
ii. Hydrocarbon/toxic release 2. Equipment Layout
Diagram
2. FGS field cabling shall be routed through area with 1. Design Basis 1. Review design documents and cable 1. ESD field cables are routed D, C&I
minimal exposure to fire and explosion. routing layout drawing. through area with minimal
2. Cable Routing Layout risk of fire and explosion
hazard.
3. FERA Report
3. All FGS system field cabling shall be designed as fire 1. Design Basis 1. Review listed documentation & 1. Cables are designed as per D, P, C&I
retardant and fire resistance as appropriate, as per IEC drawings. specification.
61508 & IEC 61511. 2. FGS Specification &
Datasheets 2. Perform visual inspection on cables 2. Visual inspection complies
Exposed field cables are of fire resistant type, with a with spec.
minimum of 30 min. fire rating, if they are required to
function when exposed to fire.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A212 of A454
SCE GOAL - To detect all flammable gas accumulations, oil mist accumulations, the presence of smoke or toxic gases (H2S and CO) and all fires and initiate an executive action.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
4. Outdoor FGS panel shall be designed with proper 1. Design Basis 1. Review design documents and 1. FGS panels are designed D, P, C&I
explosion protection (Ex). equipment layout drawing. to be located at area with
As much as possible, location of the panel must be at an 2. Equipment Layout minimal risk of exposure to
area with minimal exposure to fire and explosion hazard. Drawing 2. Review Ex certificate. fire and explosion.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. ER005 - Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) Input UPS ensure FGS system ability to continuously operate during MAH since main supply will be most
probably taken offline during emergency
I2. SD001 - Emergency shutdown system Output Upon triggering of fire and gas detectors in the hazard event, the emergency shutdown system
(typically SIL PLC) shall activate shut down or blowdown action to mitigate escalation of fire.
I3. PS001 - Deluge system Output Upon detection of fire, deluge system on the particular fire zone shall be triggered to suppress fire and
provide protection on vessel & equipment.
I4. PS004 - Fire Water Pumps (Incl. Caissons, Tank and Supports) Output Upon triggering of fire detectors, fire water pumps will be started automatically to mitigate escalation of
fire.
I5. PS007 - Gaseous Fire Suppression System Output Gaseous fire suppression system in protected room/enclosure is triggered upon detection of fire or
smoke
I6. PS008 - Fine Water Spray System Output Fine water spray system is triggered by FGS upon detection of fire in and around protected units or
enclosures such as diesel engine generator, gas turbines and compressors.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A213 of A454
SCE GOAL - To detect all flammable gas accumulations, oil mist accumulations, the presence of smoke or toxic gases (H2S and CO) and all fires and initiate an executive action.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
I7. PS009 - Sprinkler System Output Upon detection of fire, sprinkler system for a particular fire zone will be triggered by FGS to suppress
fire and/or protect vessels and equipment.
I8. PS011 - Fixed Foam System Output Upon detection of fire, foam system on particular fire zone shall be triggered to suppress fire and
provide protection on vessel & equipment.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Chua Kien Kek Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 07/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A214 of A454
SCE GOAL -
Security systems provide an additional level of surveillance and control
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. CCTV used for entrance control, intruder CCTV should be considered to provide visual check and back-up Plant Telecommunication Design Review Telecommunication Design CCTV provides visual check and D
detection, communication with security staff to other alarm system(s). Specification Specification back-up to other alarm
and communication with city or national systems
security forces. (PTS 14.40.01) Surveillance Equipment Layout Review Surveillance Equipment
Layout
CCTV system can either be colour or monochrome. The system CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification CCTV meets the requirements D, P, C&I, HUC
shall be either 625 lines/ 50 Hz or 525 lines/ 60 Hz, 2:1 in PTS
interlaced (depending on the local broadcasting standard) CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet &
Requisition
(PTS 14.40.01)
The system and its transmission facilities shall be such that a CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification CCTV transmits clear and sharp D, P, C&I, HUC
clear and sharp picture is obtained on each monitor (even if picture on each monitor
the same picture is selected simultaneously on all possible CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet &
monitors). Fibre optic cable transmission is preferred. The Requisition
use of intermediate amplifiers shall be avoided where
possible.
(PTS 14.40.01)
The RCZ cameras should be considered for the following CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification RCZ cameras installed in the D, P, C&I, HUC
purposes, but not limited to: areas as per item 1.d.
CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet &
Personnel in plants handling toxic products Requisition
The loading areas of road tankers or rail cars
Jetties where tankers are loaded
Critical plant areas
Jetties/ wharfs
F2. Cameras shall be adequately designed, fit The cameras shall have CCD (charged coupled device) image CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification Cameras have CCD image pick D, P, C&I, HUC
for purpose at the installation it is used at. pick-up devices. The resolution in the center of the picture up devices.
shall be 550 lines minimum for monochrome and 320 CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet &
minimum for colour. The signal-to-noise ratio shall be at Requisition Functionalities of cameras meet
least 43 dB. the requirements
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A215 of A454
SCE GOAL -
Security systems provide an additional level of surveillance and control
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
(PTS 32.71.00.10 Appendix 2 - 2)
The sensitivity on the CCD target for a maximum signal shall be CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification Functionalities of cameras meet D, P, C&I, HUC
at least 0.5 lux for monochrome and 10 lux for colour. the requirements
CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet &
(PTS 32.71.00.10 Appendix 2 - 2) Requisition
The cameras shall be equipped with remote-controllable CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification Functionalities of cameras meet D, P, C&I, HUC
'window' cleaning facilities when specified by the Principal. the requirements
CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet &
(PTS 14.40.01) Requisition
Fixed focal length (FPFF) cameras shall have a manual focus CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification Functionalities of cameras meet D, P, C&I, HUC
adjustment. RCZ cameras (cameras that can be controlled the requirements
from the monitor position) shall have remote control pan, tilt, CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet &
zoom and focus facilities. The pan and tilt heads shall allow Requisition
rotation over a min of 300 degrees in the horizontal plane
and 60 degrees upwards and downwards. The orientation of
the cameras shall not be affected by strong winds.
(PTS 14.40.01)
The maximum permissible ambient temperature for the cameras CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification Cameras can operate up to a D, P, C&I, HUC
shall be at least 50oC.(PTS 14.40.01) temperature of 50oC.
CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet &
Requisition
It shall be assured that internal condensation or condensation on CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification Functionalities of cameras meet D, P, C&I, HUC
the 'window' will not occur. If necessary, thermostatically the requirements
controlled internal and/or 'window' heaters shall be provided. CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet &
Requisition
(PTS 14.40.01)
The ratio between maximum and minimum focal length for the CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification Functionalities of cameras meet D, P, C&I, HUC
zoom lens shall be at least 6. the requirements
CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet &
(PTS 14.40.01) Requisition
The aperture ratio (f-number) of the lenses shall be selected CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification Functionalities of cameras meet D, P, C&I, HUC
such that a good picture is obtained at night with the existing the requirements
plant and equipment lighting. It shall be 1.4 or less for fixed CCTV Datasheet & Requisition
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A216 of A454
SCE GOAL -
Security systems provide an additional level of surveillance and control
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
focal length lenses and 1.8 or less for zoom lenses. Review CCTV Datasheet &
Requisition
(PTS 14.40.01)
F3. The location of the plant and security Selection of camera positions shall be carefully done, as to Plant Telecommunication Design Review Telecommunication Design Camera is located in a suitable D, P, C&I, HUC
cameras should be integrated as far as prevent the direct light of the sun or of lamps from shining Specification Specification position
possible. into the camera lens.
Surveillance Equipment Layout Review Surveillance Equipment
(PTS 14.40.01) Layout
Cameras shall always be located inside the fence. Plant Telecommunication Design Review Telecommunication Design Camera is located inside the D, P, C&I, HUC
Specification Specification fence.
(PTS 14.40.01)
Surveillance Equipment Layout Review Surveillance Equipment
Layout
F4. Recording from the critical cameras should Digital video recorders should be provided to record continuous CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification Digital video capable of D, P, C&I, HUC
be enabled. 'snapshots' from critical cameras. recording continuous
CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet & 'snapshots'
(PTS 14.40.01) Requisition
High capacity discs should be installed and the time between CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification High capacity discs provided D, P, C&I, HUC
each snapshot should be chosen so that overwriting will not and meet the requirements
occur in less than 24 hours or as specified by the Principal. CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet &
Requisition
(PTS 14.40.01)
The emergency/ contingency plan for the plant should provide CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification Emergency plan allows the D, P, C&I, HUC
for the removal of discs after an event to prevent further removal of discs after an
overwriting and to allow for later analysis. CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet & event
Requisition
(PTS 14.40.01)
F5. The cameras shall be mounted on fixed Existing non-vibrating structures (wherever possible) shall be CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet & Cameras are properly fixed and D, P, C&I, HUC
structures that will provide the best possible used for mounting the camera, otherwise special structures Requisition mounted
view. shall be provided.(PTS 14.40.01) Structural Design Basis
Review Structural Design Basis
2. The cameras shall be easily accessible for maintenance with CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet & Cameras are properly fixed and D, P, C&I, HUC
fixed or mobile Requisition mounted
access platforms. Swing-type poles are not recommended. Structural Design Basis
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A217 of A454
SCE GOAL -
Security systems provide an additional level of surveillance and control
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Review Structural Design Basis
(PTS 14.40.01)
The apparent vibration of any object on the screen due to the CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet & Cameras are properly fixed and D, P, C&I, HUC
vibration of the structure on which the camera is mounted Requisition mounted
shall be less than 2 mm with a frequency of less than 2 Hz. Structural Design Basis
Swing and torsion of the structure and backlash of the pan Review Structural Design Basis
and tilt heads shall be taken into account.
(PTS 14.40.01)
F6. The monitors shall be adequately designed The screen size shall be 44 cm (17 inch). CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification The screen size is 44cm D, P, C&I, HUC
and fit for purpose.
(PTS 14.40.01) CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet &
Requisition
The monitors shall have a band-width of at least 7 MHz (-1 dB) CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification The monitors have a band-width D, P, C&I, HUC
and a horizontal resolution in the center of the picture of 600 of 7 MHz minimum and
lines at moderate brightness. CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet & horizontal resolution of
(PTS 14.40.01) Requisition picture of 600 lines at
moderate brightness
The maximum permissible operating temperature shall be at CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification The maximum permissible D, P, C&I, HUC
least 40 °C. operating temperature is 40
CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet & °C min
(PTS 14.40.01) Requisition
The monitors shall have facilities to loop the video signal through CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification The monitors have facilities to D, P, C&I, HUC
to other monitors. loop the video signal to
CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet & other monitors
(PTS 14.40.01) Requisition
The monitor shall remain dark if no camera is selected or if there CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification The monitor remains dark if no D, P, C&I, HUC
is no signal at the video input. camera is selected / no
CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet & video input signal
(PTS 14.40.01) Requisition
The screen shall have a non-reflective surface. Each monitor CCTV Design Specification Review CCTV Design Specification The screen has non-reflective D, P, C&I, HUC
shall also have the following control facilities: surface
CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet &
Control of the wiper/washer or air jet window cleaning, if fitted; Requisition
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A218 of A454
SCE GOAL -
Security systems provide an additional level of surveillance and control
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Pan, tilt, zoom and focus controls in the case of RCZ
cameras. Control of a camera shall only be possible when
it is selected on the monitor. In the stand-by position no
camera shall be selected and the monitor shall be dark.
(PTS 14.40.01)
F7. The entrance control system shall control Electronic badges or tags shall be provided for authorized Electronic badge datasheet & Review Electronic badge datasheet & Electronic badges or tags D, P, C&I, HUC
the specified area and establish inventory of persons and/ or vehicles. requisition requisition provided for authorized
people within that area. personnel/ vehicles
(PTS 14.40.01)
The badges must be unique and shall be interrogatable by fixed Electronic badge datasheet & Review Electronic badge datasheet & The badges are unique D, P, C&I, HUC
equipment (badge readers) at normal entrances and exits. requisition requisition
(PTS 14.40.01)
There shall be separate badge readers to record in-coming and Electronic badge reader datasheet & Review Electronic badge datasheet & Separate badge readers D, P, C&I, HUC
outgoing persons. requisition requisition provided
(PTS 14.40.01)
The system shall contain a data base of valid cards with the Electronic badge reader datasheet & Review Electronic badge datasheet & Each reader position provided D, P, C&I, HUC
name of the bearer and intercom facilities to the gate- requisition requisition with indication "valid" and
house.(PTS 14.40.01) "invalid"
AVAILABILITY
A1. The CCTV system shall be designed for The system (cameras, monitors and recorder(s)) shall be CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet & CCTV meets the requirements D, P, C&I. HUC
continuous duty. connected to a power supply which will continue to operate Requisition
in the case of a main power failure. The vital power supply UPS Datasheet & Requisition
should allow operation of the whole CCTV system for at Review UPS Datasheet & Requisition
least 4 hours. Electrical Line Diagram
Review Electrical Line Diagram
(PTS 14.40.01)
RELIABILITY
R1. The badge reader database shall be The contents of the memory of the badge reader shall not be lost Memory badge reader datasheet & Review memory badge reader D, P, C&I. HUC
available at all times in case of power failure. The system shall start automatically requisition datasheet & requisition
at power return.
(PTS 14.40.01)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A219 of A454
SCE GOAL -
Security systems provide an additional level of surveillance and control
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
SURVIVABILITY
S1. All CCTV components should meet the The camera components shall comply with IEC79-14 (protection CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet & Camera components comply D, P, C&I. HUC
requirement to operate in a hazardous required by hazardous area classification). Requisition with IEC 79-14
environment. requirements
(PTS 14.40.01)
The camera enclosures shall be made of stainless steel with a CCTV Datasheet & Requisition Review CCTV Datasheet & Camera enclosures meet the D, P, C&I. HUC
rain/ sun shield and a protective cover for the 'window'. The Requisition requirements
ingress protection (IP) of the cameras shall be minimum
IP65 as defined by IEC529.
(PTS 14.40.01)
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. ER004 - Internal, External & Emergency Communication Input To be available at all times
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 19/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A220 of A454
SCE GOAL - Water in Condensate detection system to prevent excessive corrosion in downstream equipment or hydrate blockage. Water Dew Point detection system to prevent
excessive corrosion in downstream equipment or hydrate blockage.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Moisture analyzer shall be able to 1. The moisture analyzer sample take off point shall be 1. Moisture Analyzer 1. Review design document & drawings. 1. Take-off sample point is D, P, C&I
determine the dew point of moisture level of designed at a point where the sample is most Specifications & designed at proper location
the gas stream in pipeline representative on the properties of the process stream. Datasheets 2. Review analyzer design calculation.
Ref: PTS 14.30.01 Section 3.2 2. Design calculation indicates
2. P&ID sample is in single phase at
Sample point and probe to be designed to ensure the take-off point
sample extracted is in single phase.
Ref: PTS 14.30.01 Section 3.1 1. Check sample take-off location during 1. Sample take-off point is as C&I
construction. per design
Heat tracing may be installed along the sample line to
avoid temperature variation on the sample.
2. The moisture analyzer shall be designed to automatically 1. Moisture Analyzer 1. Review design document & drawings. 1. Requirements on D, P
and continuously measure the quality of gas in pipeline. Specifications & operational capability is
The analyzer selection shall meet PTS 14.30.03 Section Datasheets reflected in the design
3.10 document
The analyzer shall be of high accuracy at low moisture 2. Test analyzer performance during FAT. 1. Analyzer accuracy is as per C&I
concentration type. stated in datasheets.
AVAILABILITY
A1. Moisture analyzer shall be able to operate 1. Sampling system shall have pressure reduction regulator 1. Moisture Analyzer 1. Review design document & drawings. 1. Specifications are D, P
and functional during all operating conditions. to step down process pressure. Specifications & incorporated into the design
Datasheets
2. Analyzer power supply shall be sourced from 'vital' 1. Moisture Analyzer 1. Review design document & drawings. 1. Analyzer power is source D, P, C&I
power supply. In case of emergency or interruption of Specifications & from 'vital' power supply
main power supply, analyzer shall continue to work. Datasheets
2. Power distribution
drawing
RELIABILITY
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A221 of A454
SCE GOAL - Water in Condensate detection system to prevent excessive corrosion in downstream equipment or hydrate blockage. Water Dew Point detection system to prevent
excessive corrosion in downstream equipment or hydrate blockage.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
R1. Moisture analyzer reading shall be made 1. Analyzer shall be provided with online calibration feature. 1. Moisture Analyzer 1. Review design document & drawings. 1. Online calibration feature is D, P
reliable all the time. This is to ensure it can be maintained routinely. Specifications & specified in the datasheets.
Datasheets
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. ER009 - Process control and alarms Output The water in condensate sensor provide signal and alarms to DCS. It also provides interlock on final
elements such that if the moisture reading is high, condensate and gas will not be allowed into the
pipeline.
I2. ER005 - Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) Input UPS ensure moisture analyzer ability to continuously operate during MAH since main supply will be
most probably taken offline during emergency
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Chua Kien Kek Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 07/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A222 of A454
SCE GOAL - To mitigate the consequence of fire and explosion by providing cooling to structures and process plant and limiting the spread of fire.
2. The nozzle spacing and position shall in accordance with NFPA 1. Design Basis & 1. To review and verify nozzle spacing 1. Nozzle spacing and D, C&I, HUC
15: Specifications and position from design drawing position within
specification
a. Nozzles spacing shall not exceed 3.5m or one per 10m 2 for 2. Design Drawings
general areas (PTS 80.47.10.31 Performance Standard
Template). Nozzle spacing (vertically or horizontally) shall not 3. SAT report
exceed 10ft (3m) (NFPA 15 Section 7.1.8; 7.1.9)
b. Nozzles shall be positioned to impinge water directly on the
areas of the source of fire and where spills are likely to spread
or accumulate (NFPA 15 Section 7.3.1.2)
c. Nozzles shall be positioned so that spray patterns from
individual nozzle shall overlap to avoid the possibility of dry
spot (PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 8.2.2.12) (NFPA 15 Section
7.4.3.7.5)
3. For offshore facilities, the protective blow-off caps shall be fitted 1. Design Drawings 1. To confirm the availability of protective 1. Protective blow-off caps D, C&I, HUC
when nozzle used for dedicated wellhead and BOP protection blow-off caps for wellhead and BOP are
(PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 8.2.2.12) 2. SAT report available
F2. TO PROVIDE EFFECTIVE WATER 1. The deluge system shall achieve the minimum discharge density 1. Design Drawings 1. To review and verify the initial design 1. Water discharge density at D, C&I, HUC
DISTRIBUTION ON DEMAND AT MINIMUM as per NFPA 15 and PTS requirements. These include general basis and calculation specific area/equipment is
DISCHARGE DENSITY AND WATER requirements below: 2. Design Basis & within specification
PRESSURE Specifications
a. General area - 8-10 L/min/m2
b. Pumps & compressors: 20.4 L/min/m2 3. Design
c. Vessels, tanks pipelines: 10 L/min/m 2 Calculations/Report
d. Personnel exposure: 45 - 130 L/min/m2
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A223 of A454
SCE GOAL - To mitigate the consequence of fire and explosion by providing cooling to structures and process plant and limiting the spread of fire.
2. The spray head/nozzle shall achieve the minimum water 1. Design Drawings 1. To review the minimum water pressure 1. Deluge flowing pressure D, C&I, HUC
pressures as per NFPA 15 and PTS requirements. of the sprayer within specification
2. Design Basis &
a. Open sprinklers: Specifications
b. High-velocity sprayer:
c. Windage area - 3.5 bar(ga); Enclosed area - 2.8 bar (ga)
(PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 8.2.2.12 (Table 8.3))
(PTS 80.47.10.31 Performance Standard Template)
(NFPA 15 Section 8.1.2; 12.3.3.1)
F3. TO DELIVER WATER AT REQUIRED 1. The response time of the deluge system shall be in accordance 1. Design Philosophy 1. To confirm the design response time 1. Deluge system response D, C&I, HUC
RESPONSE TIME to PTS and NFPA 15. Longer response times may be acceptable - SAT report of the deluge system time within specification
but should be justified by the FES and the relevant Performance
Criteria (PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 8.2.1)
F4. TO PROVIDE INITIATION SYSTEM FOR 1. The deluge system shall be equipped with the following: 1. Design Drawings 1. To test the functionality of deluge 1. Deluge Initiation system is D, C&I, HUC
DELUGE OPERATION, CONTROL AND initiation system available and operable
MONITORING a. Automatic initiation system by detectors 2. Design Basis &
b. Manual push button located in the control room Specifications
c. Alarm and annunciation
d. Pneumatic control and release system 3. SAT report
(PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 8.3.1)
F5. TO MEET MINIMUM STANDARD OF 1. 1 bar safety factor shall be incorporated in the initial design (PTS 1. Design Drawings 1. To review and verify the initial design 1. Piping system within D, C&I, HUC
DELUGE PIPING SYSTEM 80.47.10.12 Section 8.2.2.7) basis and calculation specification
2. Design Basis &
Specifications
3. SAT report
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A224 of A454
SCE GOAL - To mitigate the consequence of fire and explosion by providing cooling to structures and process plant and limiting the spread of fire.
3. SAT report
3. Equivalent lengths of valves and fittings shall be scaled in 1. Design Drawings 1. To review and verify the initial design 1. Piping system within D, C&I, HUC
accordance to NFPA 15 (PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 8.2.2.7) basis and calculation specification
2. Design Basis &
Specifications
3. SAT report
4. All overhead piping shall be well supported and fixed to prevent 1. Design Drawings 1. To review and verify the initial design 1. Piping system within D, C&I, HUC
deflection and vibrations (PTS 80.47.10.31 Section 4.2.1(c)) basis and calculation specification
2. Design Basis &
Specifications
3. SAT report
F6. TO FOLLOW SYSTEM EXPANSION 1. For preliminary conceptual design sizing, allowing for expansion 1. Design Calculations 1. To review the design calculations for 1. Design calculations for D
REQUIREMENTS OF THE DELUGE SYSTEM of the system and hydraulic imbalance, the following system expansion and hydraulic system expansion and
contingencies shall be used: imbalance hydraulic imbalance using
the required contingencies
a. General area: 25% contingency
b. Vessel and equipment: 50% contingency
c. Areas under and onstructed spray pattern: 50% contingency
d. Structures: 50% contingency These contingencies shall be
increased by 15% hydraulic imbalance in the summation of
above quantities (PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 8.2.2.6)
AVAILABILITY
A1. System to be available 100% of the time 1. The deluge system shall receive sufficient water from either 1. Design Drawings 1. To review the design drawings to 1. System is available 100% D, HUC
during operation primary or secondary firewater supply on demand for purpose of ensure the availability of two separate of the time during
fire control and extinguishment (PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 2. Design Basis & firewater supply operation
8.2.2.5) Specifications
RELIABILITY
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A225 of A454
SCE GOAL - To mitigate the consequence of fire and explosion by providing cooling to structures and process plant and limiting the spread of fire.
2. The deluge system shall be designed to allow isolation and 1. To confirm the availability of deluge - Deluge Bypass Valve is D, C&I
maintenance. Isolation valve shall be supervised. The manual manual bypass valve available
bypass shall be fitted to allow maintenance of the strainer. (PTS
80.47.10.12 8.2.2.5)
3. The deluge system should have a self-contained emergency 1. To confirm the availability of self- - Self-contained emergency D, C&I
source of electrical to operate the emergency fire pump during contained emergency source of source of electrical is available
the emergency cases (FSS Code Chapter 12 Section 2.1) electrical
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Fire and explosion survivability 1. Cabling, ringmains, valves and fittings to be located to minimize 1. ESSA Report 1. To review ESSA and FSA reports - ESSA and FSA results meet D
damage from explosion, pool fire, jet fire (PTS 80.47.10.31 minimum requirement
Performance Standard Template) 2. FSA report
2. Valve sets to remain operable under foreseeable explosion (PTS 1. ESSA Report 1. To review ESSA and FSA reports - ESSA and FSA results meet D
80.47.10.31 Performance Standard Template) minimum requirement
2. FSA report
S2. Dropped object swinging load survivability 1. All parts, fittings and valves shall be located so as to minimize 1. ESSA Report 1. To review ESSA and FSA reports - ESSA and FSA results meet D
any damage occurring due to dropped objects swinging loads minimum requirement
2. FSA report
INTERDEPENDENCIES
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A226 of A454
SCE GOAL - To mitigate the consequence of fire and explosion by providing cooling to structures and process plant and limiting the spread of fire.
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A227 of A454
SCE GOAL - The fire and explosion mitigation system shall be designed to ensure it is capable of mitigating the effects of explosions in designated areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. The Blast wall should be capable of 1. The structure elements shall withstand blast pressure 1. Structural Design Basis 1. Review Structural Design Basis 1. Approved Structural Design D, C&I
withstanding the designed blast pressure. a. PTS 34.19.10.30 - Design of Fixed Offshore Structures Basis
(WSD) 2. Structural Blast Analysis 2. Review Structural Blast Analysis
i. Section 5.8 : Fire and Blast Assessment 2. Approved Structural Blast
The criteria and assessment shall follow as per API 3. Blast wall specification 3. Review Blast Wall Specifications Analysis
RP2A- WSD
4. Material Take Off 4. Review Material Take Off 3. Approved Blast Wall
b. PTS 111.403 - Blast Resistance Building Design Specification
i. Section 5.3 : Calculation Data 5. Blast Wall Certification 5. Review Blast Wall Certification
The dynamics calculations must be based on the 4. Approved Material Take Off
following parameters: 6. AFC drawings 6. Review AFC drawings
5. Approved Blast Wall
Shock or pressure wave 7. All documentation has been Certification
Peak side-on positive (or negative) over-pressure reviewed by relevant parties.
Positive (or negative) phase duration 6. Approved AFC drawings
Positive (or negative) impulse 8. Technical audits and design
Peak reflected pressure reviews have been carried out at 7. Approved the following
Dynamic (blast wind) pressure relevant stages of design. documents has a minimum
Shock front velocity comply with codes,
9. Design has been carried out in standards and PTS:
Blast wavelength
accordance with correct quality
Material Properties
and engineering procedures. 8. Member and joint UC
c. API 2FB - Recommended Practice for the Design of
9. Strain limit maintained.
Offshore Facilities Against Fire and Blast Loading
d. API RP2A - Planning, Designing, and Constructing Fixed
Offshore Platforms—Working Stress Design
i. Section C18.7.2 : Overpressure
SCE GOAL - The fire and explosion mitigation system shall be designed to ensure it is capable of mitigating the effects of explosions in designated areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
i.
4. A Fire and Explosion Risk Assessment must to be carried to 1. FERA Studies 1. Review FERA Studies 1. Approved FERA Studies
assist the design of the blast wall based on dedicated
scenario/specific scenario. 2. Structural Design Basis 2. Review Structural Design Basis 2. Approved Structural Design
Basis
References:
a. ISO 13702 - Petroleum and natural gas industries, Control
and mitigation of fires and explosions on offshore
production installations - Requirements and guidelines.
SCE GOAL - The fire and explosion mitigation system shall be designed to ensure it is capable of mitigating the effects of explosions in designated areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
characteristics are rate of rise, peak overpressure, and
area under the curve
F2.Inherent safe layout to minimize the 1. Design principles to be adopted for equipment layout: 1. AFC drawings 1. Fire and Explosion mitigation shall 1. Approved AFC drawings D
potential explosion overpressure be considered and installed in
a. Design ventilation to minimize build-up any releases 2. Equipment layout accordance with the design basis. 2. Approved Equipment Layout
b. Minimize ignition sources
c. Minimize congestion 2. Review AFC Drawings 3. Approved Blast wall
d. Orientate horizontal vessels so that the longest dimension 3. Blast Wall Specification Specification
is in direction of vent flow 3. Review Blast Wall Specification
e. Do not obstruct openings in module boundaries
f. Maximize openings, particularly floors and ceilings 4. Review Equipment Layout
g. Consider grated floors and ceilings
h. Consider mitigation by venting, water sprays, chemicals
and dilution
i. Avoid long modules
j. Minimize flame path
F3. Structure should be intact for design blast 1. There shall be no damage or deterioration to the following 1. PQP 1. Review PQP 1. Blast wall, Doors, Primary D, C&I
pressure. components that may seriously affect their resistance to the supports are intact.
identified fire/explosion events: 2. Structural Welding and 2. Review Structural Welding and
Installation Procedure Installation Procedure 2. Approved Fire/Explosion
a. Blast/fire walls, including supporting steelwork material remains in
b. Blast/fire walls welded/bolted connections on floor or 3. Material specification for wall, 3. Review Material Specification accordance with the design
ceiling. piping and electrical basis / specification.
c. Pipe penetrations and cable transits in blast/fire walls and 4. Review structural connection
decks 4. Structural connection & support detailing 3. Approved PQP
d. Doors within blast/fire walls and bulkheads including detailing
framing and sealing arrangements 4. Approved Structural
e. Supports for safety critical piping, vessels and equipment. Welding and Installation
Procedure
References:
i. ISO 13702 - Petroleum and natural gas industries, 5. Approved Material
Control and mitigation of fires and explosions on Specification
offshore production installations - Requirements and
guidelines.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A230 of A454
SCE GOAL - The fire and explosion mitigation system shall be designed to ensure it is capable of mitigating the effects of explosions in designated areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
B10 Explosion mitigation & protection systems 6. Approved structural
Increase the strength of support of piping, vessels connection & support
and equipment to support drag loads. detailing
2. The area on either side of designated explosion vents shall 1. Material specification 1. Review Material specification 1. Approved Material D, C&I
be free from local obstruction, temporary equipment etc. that specification
may block the vent and reduce its effectiveness.* Explosion 2. Equipment Layout 2. Review Equipment Layout
vent/relief panel systems shall show no signs of damage, 2. Approved Equipment Layout
deterioration or modification that may adversely affect the 3. Pressure Relief and Venting 3. Review Pressure Relief and
release pressure or opening time. philosophy Venting philosophy 3. Approved Pressure Relief
References : and Venting philosophy
SCE GOAL - The fire and explosion mitigation system shall be designed to ensure it is capable of mitigating the effects of explosions in designated areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
b. API RP2A - Planning, Designing, and Constructing Fixed
Offshore Section C18.7.6 Blast Mitigation
i. Blast relief panels and louvers can be used to provide
extra venting during an explosion.
3. Designated blast walls/fire walls, including connections that 1. Material specification 1. Review Material specification 1. Approved Material D, C&I
provide a segregation barrier between adjacent areas shall specification
show no damage or deterioration that introduces a 2. Pipe Routing Layout 2. Review Pipe Routing Layout
significant communication path. 2. Approved Pipe Routing
3. Electrical Tray Routing Layout 3. Review Electrical Tray Routing Layout
Cable transits and pipe penetrations shall be in place and Layout
sealing arrangements complete. Doors within the structure 4. Structural Connection Details 3. Approved Electrical Tray
shall fully close on demand and sealing arrangements shall 4. Review Structural Connection Routing Layout
be complete and undamaged. Details
4. Approved Structural
References : Connection Details
a. ISO 13702 - Petroleum and natural gas industries, Control
and mitigation of fires and explosions on offshore
production installations - Requirements and guidelines.
AVAILABILITY
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A232 of A454
SCE GOAL - The fire and explosion mitigation system shall be designed to ensure it is capable of mitigating the effects of explosions in designated areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
A1. Blast wall and elements is mandatory to be 1. No major defects and issues such as major cracks based on 1. Site observation. 1. The design basis shall ensure that 1. Approved inspection D
available on designated areas at all times inspection findings. Fire and Explosion critical records
during the operating life of the offshore facility 2. Inspection records (visual, equipment/structures/barriers can
and to withstand the energy impulse generate 2. Connection is mandatory to follow as per drawings and DT/NDT, survey etc.) withstand explosion effects. 2. Approved inspection
from the blast. analysis report. commissioning reports.
3. Inspection commissioning 2. Review inspection records
3. Material on elements is mandatory to follow as per reports. 3. Approved structural
specification. 3. Review inspection commissioning connection drawings.
4. Structural Connection drawings reports.
4. Approved material
5. Material specification. 4. Review structural connection specification.
drawings.
RELIABILITY
R1. Structural members and joints are 1. The structure shall demonstrate have adequate structure 1. Site observation 1. Regular inspections shall be 1. Approved Structural D, C&I
considered to have inherent availability derived strength as per F1. conducted to ensure that the Reliability Analysis
from applicable codes and standards as 2. Structural Reliability Analysis Fire/Explosion material remains in
detailed under Functionality above and are fit- accordance with the design basis 2. Approved MTO
for-purpose. 3. MTO and shall ensure that Fire and
Explosion critical 3. Approved Weight control
4. Weight control report equipment/structures/barriers can report
withstand explosion effects.
5. AFC drawings 4. Approved AFC drawings
2. Review Structural Reliability
6. Material specification Analysis 5. Approved Material
specification
7. Welding report and certification 3. Review MTO
6. Approved Welding report
4. Review Weight control report and certification
SCE GOAL - The fire and explosion mitigation system shall be designed to ensure it is capable of mitigating the effects of explosions in designated areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
7. Review Welding report and
certification
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Blast wall is compulsory to protect the 1. Mandatory to meet the minimum requirements from the 1. Site observation and Design 1. The design basis shall ensure that 1. Approved Blast Mitigation D
critical equipment, personnel and safely selected code and standards. Philosophy Documentation Fire and Explosion critical Procedure
transmit the loads into structure without equipment/structures/barriers can
primary structure failure. a. API RP2A - Planning, Designing, and Constructing Fixed 2. Blast Mitigation Procedure withstand explosion effects. 2. Approved Blast Analysis
Offshore Platforms—Working Stress Design Report
i. Section C18.7.6 Blast Mitigation 3. Blast Analysis Report 2. Review Blast Mitigation
Provide adequate vent area to ignition sources. Procedure 3. Approved Blast Wall
ii. Section C18.7.3 : Structural Resistance 4. Blast Wall Connection Drawings Connection Drawings
Strength Limits 3. Review Blast Analysis Report
Maximum stresses are limited to some percentage
of yield 4. Review Blast Wall Connection 4. Approved and verified the
Drawings following as a minimum
Deformation Limit comply with codes,
The mandatory criteria are: standards and PTS:
No part of the structure impinges on critical
operational equipment. a. Members Deformation
Ensure the deformations do not cause collapse of b. Strain limits as per F1
any part of the structure that supports the safe
area, escape routes, and embarkation point
within the endurance period.
Strain Limit
Steel used offshore have a minimum strain capacity
of approximately 20 percent at low strain rates
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. SI002 - Topside Structure, Soft mooring, Risers & Conductors, Boat landing platform Input Blast wall required to be parts of topside. All the criteria of blast will inherit to topside.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A234 of A454
SCE GOAL - The fire and explosion mitigation system shall be designed to ensure it is capable of mitigating the effects of explosions in designated areas.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
I2. SD001 - Emergency Shutdown (ESD) Control System Input ESD is to limit the hydrocarbon inventory by isolating the leak section upon detection from
FGS and subsequently reduce the explosion overpressure.
I3. DS001 - Fire and Gas Detection Input FGS is to limit the hydrocarbon inventory by detecting presence of gas and subsequently
reduce the explosion overpressure.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : M Sapihie Ayob Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 11/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A235 of A454
The foam inductor shall be equipped to allow adjustment of foam Design Drawings To review the Design Drawings to ensure The foam inductor is available D
concentration with water at correct proportions. the availability of foam inductor.
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 3.2)
These foams should be applied at a minimum application rate of 6.0 Design Drawings To review the Design Drawings to ensure The foam inductor is available D, C&I, HUC
liters per square meter per minute. the availability of foam inductor.
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 2.6)
The capacity of the system shall be capable of providing foam for a Design Basis & To review the design basis and The application rate and HUC
minimum period of 5 minutes. Specification specification minimum discharge rate of
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 2.7) foam solution is within
Test system functionally specification.
F2. To provide acceptable application rate and The minimum application rate of finished foam discharge from the Design Basis & To review all the supporting documents. The application rate and D, P, HUC
minimum discharge rate of foam solution system shall be 6.0 liters per square meter per minute in Specification minimum discharge rate of
accordance to PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 2.6 System test functionality to ensure foam solution is within
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 2.6) Design Calculation application rate and minimum specification.
discharge rate of the foam solution
The system shall be capable of delivering a discharge rate for at FAT Report within specification.
least 5 minutes depending of Helicopter overall length (L) as per
below :
L < 15m : 250 L/min
15m < L <24m : 500 L/min
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A236 of A454
F3. To deliver foam to the landing area at the The fire fighting system shall be able to bring the helideck fire under Design Basis & To review the Design Basis & Specification The discharge capability of the HUC.
required response time. control within 30 seconds measured from the time of system is Specification foam system is within
producing foam. System test functionality specification time.
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 2.2)
The fire fighting system shall be able to bring the helideck fire under Design Basis & To review the Design Basis & Specification The discharge capability of the HUC.
control within 30 seconds measured from the time of system is Specification foam system is within
producing foam. System test functionality specification time.
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 2.2)
The foam inductor shall be equipped to allow adjustment of foam Design Drawings To review the Design Drawings to ensure The foam inductor is available D
concentration with water at correct proportions. the availability of foam inductor.
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 3.2)
There shall be at least two deliveries of hand controlled foam branch Design Drawing To review all the supporting documents to The hand controlled foam D,F &C, HUC
pipes for the application of aspirated foam at minimum rate of ensure the availability of hand branch pipes is available
225 liters/min through each hose line in accordance to PTS Design Basis & controlled foam branch pipes and its application rate is
37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 2.9 Specification within specification range.
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 2.9) System test functionality
These foams should be applied at a minimum application rate of 6.0 Design Basis & To review the design basis & specification The operating pressure of D,P,HUC
liters per square meter per minute. Specification hydrant system is within
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 2.6) specification.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A237 of A454
The capacity of the system shall be capable of providing foam for a Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Discharge time of clean agent D, C&I, HUC
minimum period of 5 minutes. philosophy accordance with design
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 2.7) Review design calculation basis and specification
F5.TO PROVIDE ACCEPTABLE The minimum application rate of finished foam discharge from the Design Basis & To review all the supporting documents. The application rate and D, P, HUC
APPLICATION RATE AND MINIMUM system shall be 6.0 liters per square meter per minute in Specification minimum discharge rate of
DISCHARGE RATE OF FOAM SOLUTION. accordance to PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 2.6 System test functionality to ensure foam solution is within
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 2.6) Design Calculation application rate and minimum specification.
The system shall be capable of delivering a discharge rate for at discharge rate of the foam solution
least 5 minutes depending of Helicopter overall length (L) as per FAT Report within specification.
below :
L < 15m : 250 L/min
15m < L <24m : 500 L/min
24m < L < 35 m : 800 L/min
(Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), 2009 Chapter II-2 Part G
Regulation 18 Section 5.1.3 Table 18.1)
F6. TO DELIVER THE FINISHED FOAM TO The estimated time from the system is activated to actual production Design Basis & To review all the supporting documents. The application rate and D, P, HUC
THE LANDING AREA AT REQUIRED of foam shall be less than 15 seconds. Specification minimum discharge rate of
RESPONSE TIME. (PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 2.2) System test functionality to ensure foam solution is within
Design Calculation application rate and minimum specification.
discharge rate of the foam solution
FAT Report within specification.
The fire fighting system shall be able to bring the helideck fire under Design Basis & To review all the supporting documents. The application rate and D, P, HUC
control within 30 seconds measured from the time of system is Specification minimum discharge rate of
producing foam. System test functionality to ensure foam solution is within
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 5 Section 2.2) Design Calculation application rate and minimum specification.
discharge rate of the foam solution
FAT Report within specification.
AVAILABILITY
DIFFS
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A238 of A454
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PS004 Fire Water Pumps Input Provide fire water to fire protection systems to support escape
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 19/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A239 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Each fire water pump are adequately size The firewater pump shall be sized to provide either 100% of Design basis / Specification To verify the basis of firewater demand Firewater pump capacity is as D, P
and correctly selected. the calculated design firewater demand for the largest / Datasheet / calculation. per defined in minimum
identified fire area or an appropriate fraction determined Requisition / Firewater criteria.
by any sparing philosophy adopted. Demand Calculation
(Refer PTS 16.54.01 Clause 4.1.1)
All fire pump units shall be designed for uninterrupted Design basis / Specification 1. Review design document, requisition and 1. Adequate nos of running D, P
operation at design conditions for 10,000 h (except for / Datasheet / TBE report. hour for similar application
scheduled oil changes), or intermittent duty for 1 hour Requisition / TBE available.
per week for 10 years period whichever considered Report
stringent.
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.1.2)
F2. Each fire pump system shall be designed Pump shall have a stable head/capacity curve rising Design Basis / Datasheet / Indicate the pump requirements (head and Firewater pump design D, P
in accordance with its design characteristic. continuously to shut-off. The head at shut-off for vertical P&ID / Drawing / Pump capacity) in the pump specification, requirements are included
mixed flow pumps shall be between 110% and 140% of Performance Curve / datasheets and requisition. in requisition.
the head at the rated capacity. Requisition / TBE
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.2.1) Report
Review the pump curve in the design Pump curve, datasheet are D, P
document, requisition and TBE report. complying with the
requirement.
Carry out Performance Test Run of Fire Performance test conducted at C&I
Pump in line with the design pump manufacturer's workshop or
curve to ensure capability to deliver the at site and result meet
largest design firewater demand. design requirement.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A240 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Pumps shall provide not less than 150% of the rated capacity Design Basis / Datasheet / Indicate the pump requirements (head and Firewater pump design D, P
at a total head of not less than 65% of the head at the P&ID / Drawing / Pump capacity) in the pump specification, requirements are included
rated capacity. Performance Curve / datasheets and requisition. in requisition.
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.2.1) Requisition / TBE
Report Review the pump curve in the design 2. Pump curve, datasheet are D, P
document, requisition and TBE report. complying with the
requirement.
Carry out Performance Test Run of Fire Performance test conducted at C&I, HUC
Pump in line with the design pump manufacturer's workshop or
curve to ensure capability to deliver the at site and result meet
largest design firewater demand. design requirement.
Engine driven fire pumps shall be designed to operate Design Basis / Datasheet / Indicate the pump requirements (speed) in 1. Firewater pump design D, P
continuously at 105% of rated speed. P&ID / Drawing / Pump the pump specification, datasheets and requirements are included
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.2.1) Performance Curve / requisition. in requisition.
Requisition / TBE
Report
Review the pump curve in the design Pump curve, datasheet are D, P
document, requisition and TBE report. complying with the
requirement.
Carry out Performance Test Run of Fire Performance test conducted at C&I
Pump in line with the design pump manufacturer's workshop or
curve to ensure capability to deliver the at site and result meet
largest design firewater demand. design requirement.
The NPSH available to NPSH required shall be at least 1m Design Basis / Datasheet / Indicate the pump requirements (NPSH) in Firewater pump design D, P
throughout the operating range of the pump. The NPSH P&ID / Drawing / Pump the pump specification and datasheets. requirements are included
required by the pump shall be sufficient to ensure that Performance Curve / in requisition.
the head developed at the rated capacity does not fall off Requisition / TBE Review the pump curve in the design Pump curve, datasheet are D, P
by more than 5% during the specified life of the pump Report document, requisition and TBE report. complying with the
when operating continuously requirement.
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.2.1)
Carry out NPSH Test Run of Firewater Test report confirm design C&I
Pump in line with the design pump requirement for NPSH
curve to ensure capability to deliver the margin.
largest design firewater demand.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A241 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
To ensure the requirement of performance ITP include all testing D, P
test is listed in the specification, ITP and requirement.
Supplier's scope of work.
A coarse mesh strainer shall be located around the pump Design Basis / To ensure the strainer was included in the A coarse mesh strainer D, P
suction bell as defined in NFPA 20 shall have a free area Specification / specification and requisition. installed.
of at least four times the area of the suction bell. Datasheet / Drawing /
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.2.1) Requisition
The maximum discharge pressure shall apply to all parts of Design Basis / Datasheet / To review datasheet and test report. Maximum discharge pressure D, P, C&I
the bowl assembly and rising main. Drawing / Test Report applied to all parts.
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.2.2)
Couplings shall be designed to operate continuously with Design Basis / Requisition / To verify design document for coupling Coupling design is as per D, P
125% of maximum steady state or transient axial Datasheet / Coupling design calculation. requirement.
movement whichever larger happened simultaneously design calculation &
with 125% of angular and parallel offset. coupling drawing
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.4.2)
Each complete fire pump set, i.e. firewater pump, prime Design Basis / Review pump testing requirements are Firewater pump design D, P
mover, controller, foam pump and all ancillary items, Specification / included in requisition. requirements are included
shall be fully assembled, with all utilities connected, and Requisition / ITP / Test in requisition.
given a full-load, 8 hours performance test at the Procedure / Test Complete fire pump set shall be tested and Performance test conducted at C&I, HUC
Manufacturer’s works or on site. Reports given full load for 8-hour at Vendor's manufacturer's workshop or
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 4.2.6) workshop The Vendor shall operate the at site.
pump in the shop for a sufficient period
to produce at least six points of
complete test data, including head,
capacity, NPSH and power.
Unless otherwise specified, the Manufacturer shall operate Design Basis / Review pump testing requirements are Firewater pump design D, P
the pump in the shop for a sufficient period to produce at Specification / included in requisition. requirements are included
least six points of complete test data, including head, Requisition / ITP / Test in requisition.
capacity, NPSH and power. Procedure / Test
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 4.2.2) Reports Complete fire pump set shall be tested and Performance test conducted at C&I, HUC
given full load for 8-hour at Vendor's manufacturer's workshop or
workshop The Vendor shall operate the at site.
pump in the shop for a sufficient period
to produce at least six points of
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A242 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
complete test data, including head,
capacity, NPSH and power.
F3. Diesel engine (driver for fire pump) & it Intermittent Power Rating shall be at or above 105% of Design Basis / Requisition / Indicate the engine requirements in Engine design requirement are D, P
auxiliary shall be designed in accordance with maximum power demand and Continuous rating of the Specification / specification and datasheets. included in requisition.
its design characteristic. engine shall be more than the duty point absorbed power Datasheet / Test
plus 4% tolerance plus transmission losses and auxiliary Report
power take-off.
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.4.1 & 3.4.2)
Carry out performance test run of diesel Engine performance data, test C&I
engine at manufacturers work. reports are complying with
the requirement.
Review the engine site performance data Site performance test result are HUC
during the site test. complying with the
requirement.
The horsepower capability of the engine, when equipped for Design Basis / Requisition / Indicate the engine requirements in Engine design requirement are D, P
fire pump service, shall have a 4-hour minimum Specification / specification and datasheets. included in requisition.
horsepower rating not less than 10 percent greater than Datasheet / Test
the listed horsepower on the engine nameplate. Report
(Refer NFPA 20, 2010 Edition, Clause 11.2.2.2)
Carry out performance test run of diesel Engine performance data, test C&I
engine at manufacturer work. reports are complying with
the requirement.
Review the engine site performance data Site performance test result are HUC
during the site test. complying with the
requirement.
The fuel supply capacity shall be sufficient to provide 8 hours Design Basis / Requisition / Indicate the requirements in specification, Fuel tan capacity design D, P
of fire pump operation at 100 percent of the rated pump Specification / Vendor datasheets & requisition. requirements are included
capacity in addition to the supply required for other documents / Test in requisition.
demands. Reports
(Refer NFPA 20, 2010 Edition, Clause 9.6.2.3) To verify OEM/Packager calculation of the Vendor calculation sheet is D, P
diesel fuel tank capacity is sufficient for complying with the
8 hours continuous running at rated requirement.
capacity.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A243 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Verify fuel consumption during engine Test report / result meet design C&I
performance test and verify with fuel requirement of fuel supply
tank sizing calculation. capacity.
F4. Diesel engine (driver for fire pump) shall Engine shall have two independent means for starting. The Design Basis / Datasheet/ Confirm the engine starting provision are Engine starting system D, P
have two independent means for starting. main starter for the engine shall by batteries in dual sets. Drawings / Test included in design documents and requirements are included
Hydraulic or pneumatic starter shall be used as backup. procedure / Requisition requisition and verify TBE report to in requisition
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.4.2 and PTS 12.10.60 confirm vendor proposal are in line with
Clause 3.1.12) requirement.
Confirm that there are independent means Test result confirm design C&I
of starting the engine during testing at requirement of engine
manufacturer's work. starting system.
The engine starting system shall be designed for minimum of Design Basis / Datasheet/ Confirm the engine starting provision are Engine starting system D, P
six start attempts for each automatic and manual mode Drawings / Test included in design documents and requirements are included
of starting. procedure / Requisition requisition and verify TBE report to in requisition
Performance test of the starter shall include six starts for confirm vendor proposal are in line with
each automatic and manual mode. requirement.
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 4.2.2 and PTS 12.10.60
Clause 3.1.12) Review vendor drawing & document to Starting system meets the D, P
confirm engine starting system meet requirements.
design requirement.
Confirm that there are independent means Test result confirm design C&I
of starting the engine during testing at requirement of engine
manufacturer's work. starting system.
Diesel engines shall be equipped with a reliable starting Design Basis / Datasheet/ Confirm the engine starting provision are Engine starting system D, P
device and shall accelerate to rated output speed within Drawings / Test included in design documents and requirements are included
20 seconds. procedure / Requisition requisition and verify TBE report to in requisition.
(Refer NFPA-20, 2010 Edition, Clause 11.2.7.1 ) confirm vendor proposal are in line with
requirement.
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Verify starting device during engine Test result confirm design C&I
performance test. requirement of engine
starting system.
F5. Fire water pump control & monitoring shall Pump control panels shall be provided for each firewater Design Basis / Requisition / To confirm firewater control & monitoring FWP control & monitoring D, P
be designed in accordance with its design pump unit and the control of each firewater pump unit Fire and gas cause and design requirements are included in system design
characteristic. shall be via its own individual controller. effect matrix document design documents and requisition. requirements are included
The control panel shall monitor and annunciate the / Specification / in requisition.
normal and malfunction status of the firewater pump unit Datasheet/ FWP
during stationary and operational states. Control System
The control panel shall generate key signals and repeat Schematic Drawing /
annunciation at the Fire and Gas panel at the Control FWP control system
Point and shall accept start-only control signals from functional description
remote locations. To review FWP control system schematic FWP control is through D, P
(Refer PTS 16.54.01 Clause 4.2.1) drawing to confirm each firewater pump individual controller.
has its own individual controller.
To review FWP control system documents FWP monitoring & annunciation D, P
to confirm it monitor & annunciate meet design requirements.
malfunction status of FWP.
To review FWP control system documents FWP control repeat key signal D, P
to confirm key signals & annunciations & annunciation to F&G
are repeated at F&G panel at control panel.
point.
To verify all the control & monitoring Test result meet all the design C&I, HUC
functionality during FAT of control requirements of FWP
system and verify integration with F&G control & monitoring.
panel at site.
Firewater pump activation (automatic and manual) shall be Requisition / Fire and gas To confirm provision is included in design FWP activation requirements D, P
defined in F&G Cause & Effect Diagrams or equivalent. cause and effect matrix document and requisition. are included in requisition.
On system activation, an alarm shall be initiated at the document /
fire and gas detection panel. Specification /
Firewater pump initiation upon receiving the following Datasheet/ Test Review the Cause & Effect document. Fire and gas cause and effect D, P
signals: procedure/ FWP document meet
Control System requirement.
Local Panel Pushbutton Schematic Drawing.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A245 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F&G Panel Pushbutton Verify the pump activation (automatic / FWP functional test result meet C&I
Fire Main Pressure Switch manual) during pump testing at site and design requirement for
functional test of the control panel or FWP activation.
F&G System.
Firewater pump start feature shall be provided local to any Design Basis / Requisition / To confirm firewater pump start, stop and FWP control panel start, stop, D, P
firewater panel and at the HLO’s position if helicopter Specification / duty/standby selector requirements are duty/standby selector meet
services are provided. Datasheet / FWP included in design documents and all design requirements.
Firewater pump stop feature shall be local only. Except Control System requisition.
during testing, any alarms from pump monitoring Schematic Drawing /
systems shall not automatically stop the fire pump. FWP control system
A duty/standby selector switch shall be provided for the functional description
firewater pump system when more than one pump is
provided in addition to any selection logic from the fire To review the FWP control document for FWP start, stop meet design D, P
and gas detection system. start & stop requirement and review requirement.
(Refer PTS 16.54.01 Clause 4.2.1) cause & effect diagram to verify FWP
does not stop automatically with any
alarm.
To review FWP control system schematic FWP selector switch is provided D, P
drawing to confirm provision of selector and meet design
switch for duty/standby pump. requirement.
To verify all the control & monitoring Test result meet all the design C&I, HUC
functionality during FAT of control requirements of FWP start,
system and verify integration with F&G stop & selector switch for
panel at site. duty/standby.
Pressure switch actuation at the low adjustment setting shall Requisition / Fire and gas To confirm provision is included in design Firewater pump start sequence D, P
initiate the pump starting sequence if the pump is not cause and effect matrix document and requisition. requirements are included
already in operation. document / in requisition.
(Refer NFPA 20, 2010 Edition, Clause 12.7.2.1.6) Specification /
Datasheet/ Test
procedure/ FWP Review the Cause & Effect document. Fire and gas cause and effect D, P
Control System document meet
Schematic Drawing. requirement.
Verify pump starting sequence during site FWP functional test result meet C&I, HUC
testing and functional test of the control the requirement.
panel or F&G System.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A246 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
The controller design shall be such that when the engine is Requisition / Specification / To confirm provision is included in design FWP control system design D, P
started manually, with the hydraulic starter, all engine Datasheet/ FWP document and requisition. requirements are included
monitoring channels function, and the over speed Control System in requisition.
protection device is operative. Schematic Drawing /
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.11.1) FWP control functional
description Review FWP control system functional Vendor document confirm D, P
description to verify controller design controller design
requirement. requirement.
The controller shall be arranged to manually start the engine Requisition / Fire and gas To confirm provision is included in design FWP control system design D, P
by opening the solenoid valve drain when so initiated by cause and effect matrix document and requisition. requirements are included
the operator. document / in requisition.
(Refer NFPA 20, 2010 Edition, Clause 12.7.3.2.1) Specification /
Datasheet/ Test Review FWP control system functional Vendor document confirm D, P
procedure/ FWP description to verify controller design controller design
Control System requirement. requirement.
Schematic Drawing.
Verify controller design requirement during Control system functional C&I
control system FAT. testing meet with the
requirement.
F6. Diesel Engine (for fire water pump) air Air for combustion by the diesel drivers associated with fire Design Basis / Plot Plan/ Review air intake piping/duct routing in Air intake and ducting location D
intake shall be from safe area. pumps shall be sourced from safe area as far from Hazardous drawing. in safe location.
process as possible. classification area
Air intakes shall be located in a non-hazardous area. Drawings / Check at yard/site that the intake location is No blockage at air intake. C&I, HUC
(Refer PTS 12.10.60 Clause 3.1.23) Specification / 3D drawing clean air from unclassified area
model and that the condition of ducting is
acceptable. Verify the condition of air
filter.
F7. Diesel engine exhaust piping/duct/stack Exhaust piping shall be routed with clearances of at least Design Basis / Review exhaust piping/duct routing in Exhaust piping not in direct D
shall avoid contact with combustible material. 229 mm (9”) Specification / Plot drawing. contact with combustible
to combustible materials as specified by NFPA 20, Plan / 3D model material as per
section 11.5.2.6. requirement.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A247 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Check at yard/site and to make sure the Physical check during FAT and C&I, HUC
exhaust piping routing is away from commissioning.
combustible material.
Exhaust systems shall be terminated outside the structure at Design Basis / Review exhaust piping/duct routing in Exhaust piping discharge D
a point where hot gases, sparks, or products of Specification / Plot drawing. product of combustion to
combustion will discharge to a safe location. Plan / 3D model safe location as per
(Refer NFPA 20, 2010 Edition, Clause 11.5.3.3) requirement.
Check at yard/site and to make sure the Physical check during FAT and C&I, HUC
exhaust piping routing is terminated to commissioning.
safe location.
Exhaust system terminations shall not be directed toward Design Basis / Review exhaust piping/duct routing in Exhaust piping discharge D
combustible material or structures, or into atmospheres Specification / Plot drawing. product of combustion to
containing flammable gases, flammable vapors, or Plan / 3D model safe location as per
combustible dusts. requirement.
(Refer NFPA 20, 2010 Edition, Clause 11.5.3.4)
Check at yard/site and to make sure the Physical check during FAT and C&I, HUC
exhaust piping routing is terminated to commissioning.
safe location.
F8. The engine shall include an over speed Engine shall have an over speed shutdown device (air intake Design Basis / Datasheet/ To ensure design document and requisition All design requirement for over D, P
shutdown device (air intake shut-off) and a shut-off) and a spark arrester in the exhaust. Specification / GA included over speed air and fuel speed shutdown & exhaust
spark arrestor in the exhaust. Drawings/ P&ID shutdown devices. spark arrester are included
/Control Schematic in requisition.
Drawings
To review Cause & Effect trigger trip Air intake and fuel shut-off valve D, P
function and to review Logic Control isolate the air supply once
diagram. shutdown is initiated.
Perform Over speed Trip Protection Trip function works at the C&I
Function Test and visual inspection. correct set point and spark
arrester is available.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A248 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Verify design requirement during testing at Engine test result meet design
manufacturer's work and to ensure the requirements. C&I, HUC
complete performance test in
accordance with PTS 12.11.06 Clause
4.2.6
The engine shall run and continue to produce rated Design Basis / Datasheet/ To confirm provision is included in design All design requirement are D, P
nameplate power without shutdown or de-rate for alarms Specification / GA document and requisition. included in requisition.
and warnings, or failed engine sensors, except for over Drawings/ P&ID
speed shutdown. /Control Schematic
(Refer NFPA 20, 2010 Edition, Clause 9.6.2.2) Drawings
To review control documents & drawing to Control documents meet all D, P
ensure engine design requirements. design requirements.
Verify design requirement during testing at Engine test result meet design C&I
manufacturer's work and to ensure the requirements.
complete performance test in
accordance with PTS 12.11.06 Clause
4.2.6.
The over speed device shall be arranged to shut down the Design Basis / Datasheet/ To confirm provision is included in design All design requirements are D, P
engine in a speed range of 10 to 20 percent above rated Specification / GA document, requisition and TBE report. included in requisition.
engine speed and to be manually reset. Drawings/ P&ID
(Refer NFPA 20, 2010 Edition, Clause 11.2.4.4.2) /Control Schematic
Drawings/ Requisition /
TBE Report
To verify the over speed trip set point in Trip function specified at the D, P
control documents. correct set point.
To review Cause & Effect trigger trip Control document meet design D, P
function and to review Logic Control requirement.
diagram.
Perform Over speed Trip Protection Test result meet design C&I
Function Test and visual inspection. requirement engine shut
down at 10 to 20 present
above rated engine speed.
All controls for engine shutdown in the event of over speed Design Basis / Datasheet/ To confirm provision is included in design All design requirement are D, P
shall be 12 V dc or 24 V dc source to accommodate Specification / GA document, requisition and TBE report. included in requisition.
controls supplied on engine, and the following also shall Drawings/ P&ID
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A249 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
apply: /Control Schematic
Drawings/ Requisition /
In the event of such failure, the hydraulic cranking system TBE Report
shall provide an interlock to prevent the engine from To review Logic Control diagram and Cause Control document meet design D, P
recranking. & Effect diagram to confirm design requirement.
The interlock shall be manually reset for automatic starting requirement.
when engine failure is corrected.
(Refer NFPA 20, 2010 Edition, Clause 11.2.7.3.5 (8))
To verify design requirement during control Test result confirm compliance C&I
system functional test. & meet design requirement.
The engine, governor, fuel control system and over speed Design Basis / Datasheet/ To confirm provision is included in design All design requirement are D, P
protection shall be Specification / GA document, requisition and TBE report. included in requisition.
designed so that external power sources are not Drawings/ P&ID
required for their operation; that is, the engine shall be /Control Schematic To review control schematic drawing to All control drawing confirm D, P
capable of starting, running and stopping when all Drawings/ Requisition / verify engine skid is self-sufficient for compliance to design
platform power supplies have failed. TBE Report engine starting, running and stopping requirement.
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.4.2) without need of external power.
To verify design requirement during engine Test result meet all design C&I
& control system testing at requirement and engine
manufacturer's work. able to start, run and stop
with need of any external
power.
F9. Vibration limits at site shall be in The operation shall be observed for vibration while running, Design Basis / Datasheet/ Confirm the provision during the design and All instrumentation alarms and D, P
accordance with acceptable standard with vibration limits according to the Hydraulic Institute Drawings/OEM procurement stage. rotating machinery
Standards for Centrifugal, Rotary and Reciprocating Vibration Criteria shutdown (IPF trips) works
Pumps. (***) at the correct set-points as
(Refer NFPA 20, 2010 Edition, Clause 7.6.1.5) specified in the datasheets.
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Verify during acceptance test and Test report meet design C&I, HUC
performance test or verify the testing requirement.
report.
Vibrations of the fire pump assembly shall not be of a Design Basis / Datasheet/ Verify during acceptance test and Vibration test result meeting the C&I, HUC
magnitude to pose potential damage to any fire pump Drawings/OEM performance test or verify the testing requirement (no potential
component. Vibration Criteria report. damage of any pump
(Clause14.2.5.2.2 of NFPA 20, 2010 Edition) component due to vibration)
F10. Material of construction shall be suitable Materials of steady bearings and/or interstage bushings and Design Basis / Review material certificates, BOM Acceptable material certificates, D, P
for the specified conditions. wear rings shall be a non-galling combination. Specification / Document, welding reports and CDBM. BOM Document, welding
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.2.5 and Clause 3.2.7) Requisition / reports.
Datasheet/ Drawings/
Corrosion Design Basis
Memorandum (CDBM) To verify pump components material of Comply with CDBM D, P
construction are as per PTS 12.11.06 requirement.
Clause 3.2.
Materials, casting factors and the quality of any welding shall Design Basis / Review material certificates, BOM Acceptable material certificates, D, P
be equal to that required by ASME Section VIII, Div. 1. Specification / Document, welding reports and CDBM. BOM Document, welding
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.2.8) Requisition / reports.
Datasheet/ Drawings/
Corrosion Design Basis
Memorandum (CDBM)
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
endorsed by relevant TA
based on risk exposure.
Example: low risk by project
TA, medium or high risk by
group TA.
Minor parts not identified (nuts, gaskets, washers, keys and Design Basis / Review material certificates, BOM Acceptable material certificates, D, P
so forth) shall have corrosion resistance equal to that of Specification / Document, welding reports and CDBM. BOM Document, welding
specified parts in the same environment. Requisition / reports.
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.2.8) Datasheet/ Drawings/
Corrosion Design Basis
Memorandum (CDBM)
Castings shall be sound and free of imperfections with Design Basis / Review material certificates, BOM Acceptable material certificates, D, P
acceptance criteria as defined within section 8.2.2.7, Specification / Document, welding reports and CDBM. BOM Document, welding
Table 15 - “Materials Inspection Standards” of ISO Requisition / reports.
13709. Datasheet/ Drawings/
Corrosion Design Basis
Memorandum (CDBM)
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Example: low risk by project
TA, medium or high risk by
group TA.
Castings shall be sound and free of shrink holes, blow holes, Design Basis / To review mill certificates and NDT test Acceptable material certificates, D, P, C&I
cracks, scale, blisters and other similar injurious defects. Specification / report. BOM Document, welding
The surfaces of castings shall be cleaned by Datasheet/ Drawings/ reports.
sandblasting, shot-blasting, pickling or any other Corrosion Design Basis
standard method Memorandum (CDBM) Physical check. Comply with CDBM C&I
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.2.8) requirement.
Materials used in pump construction shall be selected based Design Basis / To review mill certificates and NDT test Acceptable material certificates, D, P, C&I
on the corrosion potential of the environment, fluids Specification / report. BOM Document, welding
used, and operational conditions. (See 3.3.9 for Datasheet/ Drawings/ reports.
corrosion-resistant materials.)(Refer NFPA 20, 2010 Corrosion Design Basis Physical check. Comply with CDBM C&I
Edition, Clause 8.1.5) Memorandum (CDBM) requirement.
F11. Firewater pump driver selection & design The electric motor driver shall be suitable for at least 1,000 Design Basis / Driver Review pump driver drawings. Pump driver meets the D, P
shall be accordance with its design start-stops between overhauls. This requirement relates selection basis / requirements including the
to the quality of the pump design, i.e. a rugged, durable Specification / power margin.
Datasheet/ Drawings/
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A253 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
characteristic. unit is required. Driver selection report and data sheet. Pump driver meets the D, P
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.1.2) requirements including the
power margin.
Electric submersible pump units shall be designed for 35,000 Design Basis / Driver Driver selection report and data sheet. Pump driver meets the D, P
h continuous operation, with 2,000 stop-starts between selection basis / requirements including the
overhauls. Specification / power margin.
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.1.2) Datasheet
Overcurrent protection of electric motors that are required to Design Basis / Driver To verify electrical motor datasheet for Pump driver meets the D, P
remain operational in the event of fire shall be set at a selection basis / overcurrent protection design requirements including the
minimum of 300 % of the motor full load current Specification / requirement. power margin.
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.4.3) Datasheet
The driver shall be selected in accordance with NFPA 20, Design Basis / Driver Driver selection report and data sheet. Pump driver meets the D, P
2010 Edition - Clause 9.5.2 (electric motors), Clause selection basis / requirements including the
11.2.2 (diesel engines), or Clause 13.1.2 (steam Specification / power margin.
turbines) to provide the required power to operate the Datasheet
pump at rated speed and maximum pump load under
any flow condition.
F12. Each foam concentrate and additive The foam pump discharge pressure shall be at least 2 bar Design Basis / Datasheet / Review pump performance curve and pump Foam Concentrate and Additive D, P
pumps shall be designed in accordance with its higher than the fire pump discharge pressure at all points Drawings / Pump's datasheets to verify design requirement pump meets the
design characteristic. on the fire pump discharge curve; Specification / Pump of foam pump discharge pressure. requirements.
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.7.3) performance curve
Review pump test report / result and verify Test report meet design C&I
its meet discharge pressure design requirement.
requirement.
The foam pump flow rate shall be adequately sized to Design Basis / Datasheet / Review pump performance curve and pump Foam Concentrate and Additive D, P
provide a nominal 1% Aqueous Film Forming Foams Drawings / Pump's datasheets to verify design requirement pump meets the
(AFFF) concentrate by volume into the firewater stream Specification / Pump of foam pump capacity. requirements.
at all points on the fire pump discharge curve. performance curve
(Refer PTS 12.11.06 Clause 3.7.3)
Review pump test report / result and verify Test report meet design C&I
its meet design requirement of flow. requirement.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A254 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Net positive suction head (NPSH) shall exceed the pump Design Basis / Datasheet / Review pump performance curve and pump NPSH meets the requirements. D, P
manufacturer’s required NPSH plus 5 ft (1.52 m) of Drawings / Pump's datasheets to verify design requirement
liquid. Specification / Pump of foam pump capacity.
(Refer NFPA 20, 2010 Edition, Clause 8.2.2) performance curve
Review pump test report / result and verify NPSH test report meet the C&I
NPSH margin. design requirement.
Foam concentrate pumps shall be capable of dry running for Design Basis / Datasheet / Indicate the pump requirement in the pump Foam Concentrate and Additive D, P
10 minutes without damage.(Refer NFPA 20, 2010 Drawings / Pump's specification, datasheet and requisition. pump meets the
Edition, Clause 8.2.4) Specification requirements.
Review FAT report. Test report meet the design C&I
requirement.
F13. Caisson shall be designed and All material shall be in accordance with design requirement. Design Basis / Datasheet/ Review project design basis and Material as specified in the D, P
constructed to meet firewater pump Drawings / Caisson's specification. design document.
requirement to operate smoothly. Specification /
Requisition / TBE Review pump design document, requisition All project document meet the D, P
Report and TBE report. design requirement.
Bottom submerged caisson to be painted internally in Design Basis / Datasheet/ Review project design basis and Anti-marine fouling system D, P
accordance PTS 15.20.03. Anti-marine fouling system Drawings / Caisson's specification. /cathodic protection
cathodic protection shall be specified in the design Specification / specified.
phase. Requisition / TBE Review pump design document, requisition
Report and TBE report.
Each pump column and bowl assembly shall be installed in Design Basis / Datasheet/ Review project design basis and Clearance all around shall meet D, P
the caisson with sufficient space for easy installation and Drawings / Caisson's specification. the requirement.
maintenance of pump. A minimum radial clearance of 50 Specification /
mm shall be maintained all around diameter of pump Requisition / TBE Review pump design document, requisition
main assembly. A minimum radial clearance shall be Report and TBE report.
increased to 75 mm for pump with a maximum diameter
500 mm or more.
The impeller immersion depth shall be sufficient to provide a Design Basis / Datasheet/ Review project design basis and Impeller location as per D, P
minimum submergence and NPSH required by pump for Drawings / Caisson's specification. requirement.
all operating range plus a margin of 1 meter base on Specification /
Lowest Water Level (LWL). Requisition / TBE Review pump design document, requisition
Report and TBE report.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A255 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F14. Firewater Tank shall be designed and Firewater tank shall be designed in accordance with latest Design Basis / Datasheet/ Review project design basis and Design for firewater tank and D, P
constructed for the efficient supply of firewater edition of API 650, NFPA 22 and PTS 12.22.02. All Drawings/Tank's specification. material selection as
demand to Fire Water System. material shall be in accordance with design requirement. Specification / specified in the design
Requisition / TBE Review pump design document, requisition document.
Report and TBE report.
Wind Load/Seismic load shall be determined and considered Design Basis / Datasheet/ Review project wind load and seismic load Wind load and seismic study D
in the design and construction of firewater tank. Drawings/Tank's study report. considered in the design.
Specification
All tank shall be fitted with earthing bosses. Design Basis / Datasheet/ Review project design basis, specification Earthing bosses supplied and D
Drawings/Tank's and drawing. fitted at firewater tank.
Specification
Verify earthing boss connection during Earthing boss properly HUC
commissioning. connected.
Welding Procedure Specification (WPS), Procedure Design Basis / Datasheet / Review project design basis, specification Manufacturing report as per D, C&I
Qualification Record (WQR) and Welding Qualification Drawings / Tank's and Vendor's manufacturing report. project requirement
(WQP) for all fire water tank shall be designed and Specification /
constructed in accordance API 650. Manufacturing Report
All external metal surface including insulated or fireproof Design Basis / Datasheet / Review project design basis, specification Firewater tank coated and D, C&I
surface of equipment and piping shall be suitably coated Drawings / Tank's and Vendor's manufacturing report. painted as requirement.
and painted in accordance with PTS 15.20.03. Specification /
Manufacturing Report
Foundation design of Firewater Tank's shall consider the Design Basis / Datasheet / Review project design basis, specification Tank settlement included in the D, C&I
effect of soil settlement. Drawings / Tank's and Soil Investigation Report. design phase and
Specification / Soil Foundation design shall ensure the tank monitored during tank
Investigation Report remains stable and that the total and erection.
differential settlements remain within
serviceable limits.
F15. Enclosure/compartment for the firewater Compartment for fire water pumps shall be design with Design Basis / Datasheet / Review project design basis, specification Compartment steel are D, C&I
pump system for (FPSO/FSO) shall be in minimum requirement of A60 fire wall as in fire integrity Drawings / Fire and compartment fire integrity report. constructed as per
accordance to the Guidance for floating report with approved area hazardous ventilation system. Integrity Report requirement
offshore unit.
Vessel compartment for firewater is designed in accordance
with International Standard.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A256 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F16. Pond for firewater shall be adequate and Pond shall be designed with the level indicator to ensure the Design Basis / Datasheet / Review project design basis, specification, Pond is sufficiently designed to D, P
sufficient to supply firewater during the fire firewater supply sufficient to deliver to firewater pumps. Drawings / Requisition / and requisition and TBE report. supply firewater during fire
incident. TBE Report incident.
During hot condition, firewater level shall be sufficiently
calculated and predicted in the design stage.
AVAILABILITY
A1. Firewater pump shall be available at all Drivers for firewater pump units shall have adequate integrity Specification / Requisition / Availability of design and operating SPIR form, Spare part checklist, D, P
times. to allow the firewater pump(s) to fulfil their role. Pump selection basis / philosophy. design and operating
(Refer PTS 16.54.01 Clause no 4.1.1) TBE report / Vendor philosophy meet the
scope of supply / requirement.
Design and Operating
Philosophy Review Vendor's spares list (insurance, Vendor scope of supply confirm D, P
commissioning, 1st year operation, 1st year spares.
consumables and special tools) during
procurement stage.
Firewater pump arrangement shall be as per PTS 16.45.01 Design Basis / To review firewater pump arrangement. Firewater pump arrangement D, P
Clause no 4.1.2.2 "Firewater pump arrangements". Specification / P&ID / meet the requirement.
Datasheet / Requisition
/ Plot Plan
Firewater pump unit location shall meet requirement of PTS Design Basis, Plot plan, 3D To review location of firewater pump. Firewater pump meet the D, P, C&I, HUC
16.45.01 Clause no 4.2.2.3. model, Electrical single requirements.
line diagram
Firewater pump drivers and power sources should be
located in dedicated enclosures and the pumps located
in areas where they are unlikely to be disabled by a fire
or explosion and/or a collision incident. This can be
achieved by locating the drivers, power sources and
pump units at the non-hazardous end of the platform.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A257 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
For indirect undriven firewater pump units, where the
drivers and power sources are located at different points
on the platform, detailed attention should be given to the
rating and protection of the electric or hydraulic lines
between the pump and the power source, including the
switchgear, so that they meet the survivability
requirements.
Where possible each of the firewater pump units should be
installed in a separate location on the offshore facility so
that it is extremely unlikely that a single fire or explosion
will put all the units out of action simultaneously.
Electrically driven firewater pump units shall have power Specification / Design and Verify electrical power redundancy. Electrical power redundancy D
available at all times, even under emergency conditions. Operating Philosophy meet requirement.
( Refer PTS 16.54.01 Clause no 4.1.1) .
The water inlet should be located so that it is not affected by Specification / Design and Review plot plan Design of water inlet meet D
hydrocarbon spillage, sewage and other contaminates Operating Philosophy requirement.
and does not impede diving operations.
(Refer PTS 16.54.01 Clause no 4.1.2.1)
An electric motor–driven fire pump shall be provided with a Design Basis, Electrical To review electrical motor driven firewater Firewater pump normal power D, P
normal source of power as a continually available single line diagram, 3D pump normal power source. source meet the
source. model. requirement.
(Refer NFPA 20 Edition 2010, Clause no 9.2.1)
Normal source of power shall meet all the requirements
of NFPA 20 Edition 2012 Clause no 9.2.2.
Electric motor driven backup fire water pump shall be Design Basis, Electrical To review electrical motor driven backup Electrical motor driven backup D, P
provided with at least one alternate power source. single line diagram, 3D firewater pump alternate power source. firewater pump alternate
(Refer NFPA 20 Edition 2010, Clause no 9.2.1) model. power source meet the
requirement.
Diesel engine for firewater pump fuel supply tank and fuel Design Basis, P&ID, To review fuel supply system. Fuel system meet the D, P
shall be reserved exclusively for the fire pump diesel Datasheet, Plot Plan requirement.
engine.
(Refer NFPA 20 Edition 2010, Clause no 11.4.2.3) Diesel tank shall be able to supply the fuel Site acceptance test result meet D, P
There shall be a separate fuel line and separate fuel to the engine as per requirement. design requirements for fuel
supply tank for each engine. & fuel supply.
(Refer NFPA 20 Edition 2010, Clause no 11.4.2.5)
Verify the fuel supply design requirement Site fuel supply meet all design C&I, HUC
during commissioning. requirement.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A258 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
A2. Firewater intake system such as caisson, Firewater intake system shall be designed in accordance to Specification / Design and Review design document, requisition and Design meet requirement. D, P
tank shall be available and in good condition International Standard. Operating Philosophy, TBE report.
during fire incident. Requisition / TBE
Report
RELIABILITY
R1. Firewater pump, foam pump and shall be Firewater pump shall be designed and selected as per NFPA Design Basis, Vendor Firewater pump designed and constructed NFPA 20 & applicable PTS D, P
reliable at all times. 20, PTS 12.11.06 Firewater Pumps for offshore proposal, Datasheet in accordance applicable code & compliance firewater pump
(Firewater pumps shall be designed to run application and PTS 16.45.01 Water Based fire standard. are selected.
without interruption for the duration of a protection systems for offshore facility.
defined emergency event) To review design basis and vendor proposal
for type of firewater pump.
Firewater pump shall be tested as per requirements of Design Basis, Datasheet, To review firewater pump requisition for Firewater pump requisition D, P
following standard & codes. Inspection & test plan, pump testing requirements. testing requirements are in
Inspection & test accordance to the
NFPA 20 Chapter 14 Acceptable Testing, Performance procedure, Pump requirement.
and Maintenance. performance test
PTS 12.11.06 Clause no 4.2 Testing. To review Inspection & test procedure Inspection & test procedure and C&I
submitted by vendor. test result / reports
complying with requirement.
To verify firewater pump testing (FAT). Test report confirm compliance C&I
to all design requirement.
3. Firewater pump Installation and commissioning shall be Commissioning procedure, To review firewater pump systems Firewater pump systems D, P
done to meet applicable codes & standards. Plot Plan, Firewater drawings. drawing meet the
NFPA 20, PTS 12.11.06 pump systems requirement.
drawings, SAT
To review commissioning procedure. Commissioning procedure meet HUC
design requirement.
To verify the test result / report of firewater Test result report complying C&I
pump SAT. with requirement.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A259 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
4. Fire water pump shall be regularly tested, inspected, and Maintenance plan. Vendor to specify the recommended Maintenance requirement HUC
maintained in accordance with a planned maintenance Design Basis / maintenance tasks for the equipment. incorporated in
system. Specification maintenance plan and SAP
system.
R2. Firewater pump shall be sourced from Vendor has proven experience of such equipment. Design basis / Experience To review the experience list of vendor for Ensure at least 3 equipment D, P
vendor with proven design. list similar equipment. from vendor have
accumulated 24000 hours
of operation.
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Fire water pump system shall be located at Survivability in fire shall be consistent with the intended use Equipment design basis / To review overall design philosophy of fire Platform layout and Operating D
non-hazardous area and water inlet location and evaluated level of criticality of firewater pumps and Safety Study repot. water pump to ensure adequacy of fire philosophy meet the
should be adequately protected against delivery systems. Any firewater pump shall be located to water supply during emergency requirement.
damage. offer maximum protection from fire events. Multiple fire
Firewater pumps system shall withstand and pumps shall be physically separated such that the Safety Study on the firewater pumps
protected from any Major Accident Hazard probability of damage due to a single event is minimized. location shall be address away or not to
such as un-ignited, gas, fire, blast and References: exposed to any MAH.
explosion.
NFPA 20
PTS 16.54.01 (Water Based Fire Protection System for
Offshore Facility)
PTS 12.11.06 (Fire water pump for offshore installation)
Firewater pump units, the drivers and power sources should Plot Plan / 3D model Verify that drivers, power sources and pump Firewater pump units, the D, C&I
be located in dedicated enclosures and the pumps units are located at the non-hazardous drivers and power sources
located in areas where they are unlikely to be disabled end of the platform. location meet requirement.
by a fire or explosion and/or a collision incident.
(Refer PTS 16.54.01 Clause no 4.1.2.3)
Firewater pump caissons should be sited inside the jacket Design Basis / Plot Plan / To review plot plan for location of pump Pump caisson location meet D
structure, wherever practical, to prevent collision 3D model caisson. requirement.
damage to the pump caisson and permit the caisson to
be supported from the jacket. To review the designed and constructed Tank as per requirement. C&I
(Refer PTS 16.54.01 Clause no 4.1.2.1) requirement as per NFPA 22 and API
650 during design and erection.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A260 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. SD001- Emergency shutdown (ESD) control systems Input Fire & Gas System integration with fire & gas detection control panel and firewater pump controller.
Firewater pump activated by FGS System.
I2. PS001 - Deluge system Output Firewater distributed from pump to deluge system.
I3. PS005 - Fire Main & Other Distribution System Input / Output Firewater pump capacity meet total demand.
Firewater pump start with any need arises in fire main & other distribution system.
Distribution of firewater from pump to users.
I4. DS001 Fire and Gas Detection Input Firewater pump running mode is triggered from fire and gas signal detection to firewater pump
controller.
I5. ER007 - Emergency power (Including Generation and Distribution) Input Emergency power to jockey pumps during normal electric supply failed.
I6. PS002 - Explosion Protection including Blast Barriers and Venting Provision Input Compartment for firewater pump in the marine facilities and others.
I8. PS010 - Power Management System Input Minimum requirement as per PS010.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A261 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide fire water on demand to extinguish or limit the spread and effects of a fire. To provide cooling to structures and process plant.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
I9. PS007 - Gaseous Fire Suppression System Input Critical equipment with enclosure.
I10. PS011 - Fixed Foam System Input Fixed foam for helideck.
I11. PS003 - Helideck Fire Fighting System Input Minimum requirement as per PS003.
I12. PS008 - Fine Water Spray (FWS) Systems Input Firewater distributed from pump to firewater spray systems.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Zaharudin B Ariffin Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 13/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A262 of A454
SCE GOAL - To distribute firewater to firewater application facilities e.g. sprinkler and fixed systems. To enable isolation or damaged sections to prevent loss of pressure.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Distribute firewater at pressures and flows 100 % of firewater demand available from any one section of fire Hydraulic analysis. Review Hydraulic analysis. Hydraulic analysis and piping D
sufficient for all potential end users when a main (i.e. main large enough for demand when one main layout confirm that fire water
section of fire main is impaired. section isolated). Firewater P&IDs and Piping Layout Review piping layout demand can be met from
PTS 16.54.01 Section 5.1.2.4 any section of fire water ring
main.
F2. Limit pressure drop to firewater end users Minimum flowing pressure from calculation of different firewater Hydraulic analysis report Review Hydraulic analysis report Hydraulic analysis report D
with one section of the fire main impaired. systems element or 7 bar (ga) whichever is greater; hydrants confirm that minimum
to be 3.5 bar (ga) or as indicated by calculation. flowing pressure and
PTS 16.54.01 Section 5.1.2.4 pressure drop can also be
maintained in the event
when one section of the Fire
main impaired.
F3. Pressurize main under normal conditions. Pressurized by electric jockey pump or sea water pump. Pump Specification, Datasheet, Review Pump Specification and Pump specification and D,C&I
PTS 16.54.01 Section 5.1.2.3 datasheets. datasheet indicate
Firewater P&IDs compliance to Fire water
Review availability and reliability ( pump standards such as D,
Fire Water Functional Description. RAM) report NFPA standard.
F4. Initiate fire pump start in loss of fire main Fire pump start initiated by pressure drop of 1 to 2 bar (ga) in Firewater P&IDs Review Firewater P&IDS P&IDs indicate the set point on D, C&I.
pressure. ring main. low pressure detection to
PTS 16.54.01 Section 5.2.3.3 Fire Water System Functional Review Fire Water System Functional initiate auto start of Fire D, HUC
description. Description. water pumps.
SCE GOAL - To distribute firewater to firewater application facilities e.g. sprinkler and fixed systems. To enable isolation or damaged sections to prevent loss of pressure.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
configuration along with
time for auto start.
F5. Provide separate connections for Provide separate connections for independent feeds for firewater Firewater P&IDS, Review P&IDs Review of P&Ids and piping D, C&I
independent feeds for firewater users. users. layouts confirm separate
PTS 16.54.01 Section 5.1.2.1 Firewater piping layout Firewater piping layouts. connections for independent
feeds for fire water users.
F6. Prevent "water hammer" damage to pipe Damage to Fire water distribution system due to water hammer Fire water Surge analysis. Review surge analysis report. Review of surge analysis report D, C&I
work. shall be avoided. Surge possibilities shall be assessed and . confirm the surge pressure
mitigated, if required. scenarios and analysis are
PTS 16.54.01 Section 4.2.2.8 performed and adequate
mitigation measures are in
place to prevent water
hammer.
F7.Respond in all ambient conditions. Pipe work and valving exposed to low temperatures should be P&IDs Review P&IDs. Review of P&IDs confirm the D, C&I
trace-heated or other measures taken. (i.e. country that minimum design
having winter season) temperature and heat
PTS 16.54.01 Section 7.1.1 and 7.1.2 tracing requirements
F8. Fire water system shall be installed in all Hydrants and hose reels fire hoses are available on the decks so Firefighting equipment Layout Review equipment layout. Review of firefighting equipment D, C&I
areas, compartments or locations in that two jets are available from different locations and with layout confirm the
accordance with the design basis standard outlets throughout the system. availability of hydrants and
PTS 16.54.01 Section 5.1.2.1 hose reels and they are
installed accordance with
the design basis.
Equipment specifications including materials of construction Design basis Review Design Basis. Review the equipment and D,C&I
shall take into account the operating environment of the materials specification and
firewater system and design life. Fire fighting Specification and Review Fire fighting Specification and datasheets are accordance
PTS 16.54.01 Section 3.1.2.4 Datasheet Datasheet with the design basis.
9. Fire water system information display All firewater systems elements shall be clearly marked with Firefighting equipment layout. Review firefighting equipment layout Review firefighting equipment D, C&I
systems should be designed located and operating instruction easily understood by those required to and the location requiring manual layout to ensure that
arranged in accordance with the design basis use them. All actuation devices or equipment requiring initiation. firefighting equipment are
and shall not cause confusion to the users. manual initiation or deployment shall (PSR) be easily accessible, away from the
accessible and located outside or away from the protected protected area with clearly
area so that an operator can actuate the systems safely label for operator to actuate
when required. manually the system when
PTS 16.54.01 Section 3.2.1.1 required.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A264 of A454
SCE GOAL - To distribute firewater to firewater application facilities e.g. sprinkler and fixed systems. To enable isolation or damaged sections to prevent loss of pressure.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
AVAILABILITY
A1. The fire water system shall be operational Block valves provided to isolate any section of main which may Firewater P&IDs. Review Firewater P&IDS Review of P&IDs confirm that D, C&I
at all times, even during total plant shutdown be damaged in fire explosion and to allow maintenance. isolate any section of main
and shall continuously monitor all applicable Valves to be accessible or operable under conditions when Fire water piping layout Review Fire water piping layout. is possible
areas, unless adequate temporary provision is required to operate.
in place. PTS 16.54.01 Section 5.1.2.1 Review of firewater piping layout
confirm location of critical
valves.
Prevent deterioration of fire main system which would cause Design Basis for firewater piping Review Design basis Design basis indicate D
blockage of end users. material, requirement of firewater
PTS 16.54.01 Section 5.1.3.2 Review Flushing Procedures. piping material. D, HUC
Flushing procedures.
Flushing procedure shall
indicate displacement of sea
water by clean water after
every usage.
RELIABILITY
R1. The firewater main shall have continuous Adequate piping capacity shall provided so that firewater is Hydraulic analysis Review Hydraulic analysis Review of Hydraulic analysis D, C&I
and adequate supply of firewater to the fire- transported and distributed effectively. confirm the pipe size is
fighting. PTS 16.54.01 Section 5.1.1 Firewater P&IDs Firewater P&IDs adequate for the required D
capacity.
The firewater main shall be designed as a ring or loop so that a
firewater- dependent system is supplied with fire-fighting Review firewater P&IDs to
water from at least two directions. To ensure a reliable ensure firewater is supplied
supply to all firewater-dependent systems and to minimize at least two different
common mode failures, each connection to the firewater direction.
main should supply only one system.
PTS 16.54.01 Section 5.1.2.1
R2. Hydrant outlets are adequate in number Hydrant outlets shall (PSR) be provided on an offshore facility so Design Basis Review Design basis Review of design basis, D, C&I
and size. that water is available when required for fire-fighting by firefighting equipment layout
means of manually deployed discharge equipment. Hydrant Specification and datasheet Review Hydrant specification and and hydrant specification D, C&I
PTS 16.54.01 Section 6.1.1 datasheet confirm the equipment,
Firefighting equipment layout sizing, type of connection
Hydrant outlets shall be of a sufficient size and number to Review fire fighting equipment layout and number of hydrants. D
provide the required flows and pressures for any manually Hydraulic analysis
deployed water discharge equipment to be operated from Hydraulic analysis D
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A265 of A454
SCE GOAL - To distribute firewater to firewater application facilities e.g. sprinkler and fixed systems. To enable isolation or damaged sections to prevent loss of pressure.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
them.
PTS 16.54.01 Section 6.1.1
Review of Equipment
specification confirm the fire
resistant requirements.
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Fire The survivability of the firewater ring main shall (PSR) be QRA, FERA and ESSA. Review QRA, FERA , ESSA reports Review of QRA, FERA, ESSA D
maximized by avoiding areas of high risk, choosing resilient results confirm survivability
materials and by making use of any form of protective for major accident events,
shielding afforded by structural members. Thus prevented by sufficient components are
Location and/or by adequate fire proofing. either unaffected (i.e.
PTS 16.54.01 Section 5.1 .1 outside hazard range) or
protected, to enable fire
main to retain its
functionality.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A266 of A454
SCE GOAL - To distribute firewater to firewater application facilities e.g. sprinkler and fixed systems. To enable isolation or damaged sections to prevent loss of pressure.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
S2. Explosion (PSR)
The survivability of the firewater ring main shall be QRA, FERA and ESSA. Review QRA, FERA and ESSA Review of QRA, FERA and D
maximized by avoiding areas of high risk, choosing resilient reports ESSA results confirm
materials and by making use of any form of protective survivability for major
shielding afforded by structural members. Thus prevented by accident events, sufficient
Location and/or by adequate fire proofing. components are either
PTS 16.54.01 Section 5.1 .1 unaffected (i.e. outside
hazard range) or protected,
The firewater system components shall (PSR) be located so as to to enable fire main to retain
minimize the probability of mechanical damage by dropped its functionality.
objects, swung loads, explosion venting, etc.
PTS 16.54.01 Section 3.1.2.3
S3. Dropped events The survivability of the firewater ring main shall (PSR) be QRA, FERA, dropped object report. Review QRA, FERA , drop object Review of QRA, FERA, dropped D
maximized by avoiding areas of high risk, choosing resilient reports object results confirm
materials and by making use of any form of protective survivability for major
shielding afforded by structural members. Thus prevented by accident events, sufficient
Location and/or by adequate fire proofing. components are either
PTS 16.54.01 Section 5.1 .1 unaffected (i.e. outside
hazard range) or protected,
The firewater system components shall (PSR) be located so as to to enable fire main to retain
minimize the probability of mechanical damage by dropped its functionality.
objects, swung loads, explosion venting, etc.
PTS 16.54.01 Section 3.1.2.3
S4. Environmental conditions Piping materials shall (PSR) be capable of operation in a safe and Design Basis Review Design Basis Review Piping material D
efficient manner when in an exposed marine environment. specification to confirm the
PTS 16.54.01 Sec. 5.1.1 Piping material specification Review piping material specification materials used meeting
Design Basis and as per
The selection of materials for pipework or other firewater system technical requirements.
components should take into account the operating
environment which is normally highly saline and often has
extremes of temperature and humidity.
PTS 16.54.01 Sec. 3.1.2.4
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A267 of A454
SCE GOAL - To distribute firewater to firewater application facilities e.g. sprinkler and fixed systems. To enable isolation or damaged sections to prevent loss of pressure.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Pipework and valves exposed to low temperatures drop below 0 Design Basis Review Design Basis Review of Design basis and D
oC and permanently filled firewater system elements are firewater P&IDs to confirm
provided, the routing of the pipework should be such as to Firewater P&IDs Review firewater P&IDs the minimum design
minimize exposure to freezing conditions. The firewater main temperature and steam/
temperature should be monitored non-intrusively at any heat tracings are provided
exposed locations likely to freeze. at any exposed location
PTS 16.54.01 Sec 3.1.2.4 likely to freeze.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. DS001- Fire and Gas Detection Input Signals loss of containment from piping system
I2. PS001- Deluge system Output Protect piping and supports from fire exposure as required.
I3. PS004 - Fire Water Pumps (Incl. Caissons, Tank and Supports) Input Provide fire protection
I4. PS009 - Sprinkler System Output Protect piping and supports from fire exposure as required
I5. PS011 - Fixed Foam System Output To combat hydrocarbon spill fires from piping system
I6. PS004 - Fire Water Pumps Input To initiate the FW system and deliver the required demand to each fire zones
I7. PS003 - Helideck Fire Fighting System Output Prevents or extinguishes fire by excluding air and cooling the fuel on the helideck structure.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Zainab Kayat Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A268 of A454
SCE GOAL - Passive Fire Protection shall be designed to ensure that it is capable of surviving pre-determined heat during fire exposure for pre-determined period in order to limit damage
for the structure/ equipment being protected.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. PFP will protect the offshore facilities or PFP shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of HSE Philosophy Passive Fire Protection shall be Approved HSE Philosophy D, P , C&I
onshore facilities for a specific period of time the HSE Philosophy and Fire Safety Design Philosophy provided in accordance with the
from fire and heat radiation. (FSDP) or Fire & Explosion Strategy (FES), ISO-13702 Fire Safety Design Philosophy Fire Safety Design Philosophy. Approved Fire Safety Design
Petroleum and natural gas industries, Control and mitigation Philosophy
of fires and explosions on offshore production installations - AFC Structural Drawings and Review HSE Philosophy
Requirements and guidelines. Approved AFC Structural
Connection Detailing Review Fire Safety Design Philosophy Drawings and Connection
PTS 80.47.10.30 - Assessment of the Fire Safety on Onshore Detailing
Installations. EERA Study Report Review AFC Structural Drawings and
Connection Detailing Approved EERA Study Report
PTS 80.80.00.11 - Control & Mitigation of Fire and Explosion FERA Study Report
Offshore Production Review EERA Study Report Approved ESSA Study Report
ESSA Study Report
PTS 11.15.01 : Passive Fire and Cryogenic Protection Review ESSA Study Report Approved FERA Study Report
Structural Analysis Report
Section 2.1.6 : PFP mandatory to have these qualities Review FERA Study Report Approved Structural Analysis
Stability Structural Basis of Design Report
Integrity Review Structural Analysis Report
Insulation PFP Specification Approved Structural Basis of
Review Structural Basis of Design Design
Section 2.3 : Formal risk based evaluation shall PFP material certification
undertake to determine the requirement for FRP Review PFP Specification Approved PFP Specification
Section 2.5 : Fire and Spillage Protection Zone Material Take Off
The extend and requirements of PFP mandatory Review PFP material certification Approved Material Take Off
based on basis requirements of PTS 16.73.01
Section 2.7: Fire Resistance Duration Review Material Take Off Approved PFP material
Protection time mandatory to follow as per PTS certification (durability test
16.73.01 or minimum is 30 minutes. Review the PFP is adequate for a certificate)
Section 3.3 : Load ratio specific period based on
Load or moment carried by members at the time of fire specification
must to follow BS 5950-8
Section 4.0 : Typical PFP Application
Support Structure
Pipe Racks & Pipe Support
Bolted Moment Connection
Primary Bracings
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A269 of A454
SCE GOAL - Passive Fire Protection shall be designed to ensure that it is capable of surviving pre-determined heat during fire exposure for pre-determined period in order to limit damage
for the structure/ equipment being protected.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Section 5.3 : Material PFP Selection Criteria
Resistance to Thermal Resistivity
Specific Weight
Bonding Strength
Weather ability and Chemical Tolerance
Protection from Corrosion
Hardness and Impact Resistance
Vibration Resistance
Compressive, Tensile and Flexural Strength
Coefficient of Expansion
Vapour Permeability and Porosity
Surface Temperature of Substrate
F2. PFP will provide protection on company The design basis objectives of PFP application shall be clearly Structural Design Basis Review Structural Design Basis Approved PFP wall design. D
asset, personnel, escape route and minimize spelt out:
the damage effect.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A270 of A454
SCE GOAL - Passive Fire Protection shall be designed to ensure that it is capable of surviving pre-determined heat during fire exposure for pre-determined period in order to limit damage
for the structure/ equipment being protected.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
To prevent escalation of the fire due to progressive releases Topside Layout Review Topside Layout Approved Structural Design
of inventory, by separating the different fire risk areas; Basis
To protect essential safety systems; PFP Wall Design Review PFP Wall Design
To protect critical components, such as separators, risers and Approved Topside Layout
topside ESD valves; Escape route layout Review Escape route layout
To minimize damage to the installation by protecting the Approved PFP Wall Design
critical structural members, and in particular those Temporary refuge layout Review Temporary refuge layout
members essential to the support of the TR(s), the Approved Escape route layout
evacuation routes to and from the TR(s) and other critical Fire Safety Design Philosophy Review Fire Safety Design Philosophy
equipment; Approved Temporary refuge
To protect personnel in the TR(s), until safe evacuation can Affected AFC Structural Drawings Review Affected AFC Structural layout
take place; and Connection Detailing Drawings and Connection
To protect escape routes to the TR(s) for a predetermined Detailing Approved Fire Safety Design
time to allow for safe escape from the area and allow for EERA Study Report Philosophy
emergency response activities; Review EERA Study Report
To protect evacuation routes from the TR(s) to the locations PFP Specification Approved Affected AFC
used for installation evacuation. Review PFP Specification Structural Drawings and
Connection Detailing
References :
PTS 34.19.20.11 - Fireproofing of Steel Structures Approved EERA Study Report
F3. Fire Proofing Zone to protect personnel Fire Proofing Zone developed as a basis of area in determining Structural Design Basis Review Structural Design Basis Approved Structural Design D
and equipments structures/ equipment to be protected. Basis
Fire Safety Design Philosophy Review Fire Safety Design Philosophy
References: Approved Fire Safety Design
PTS 34.19.20.11 - Fireproofing of Steel Structures Topside Layout Review Topside Layout Philosophy
Section 3.0: Fireproofing of Typical Equipment and
Structures in a Fire Protection Zones Approved Topside Layout
F4. PFP must provide suitable fire protection If PFP is required to provide protection following an explosion, it Structural Design Basis The design shall provide passive fire * Approved Structural Design D
after the explosion. shall be designed and installed such that the effects of the protection following an explosion Basis
where required by the design * Approved Fire Safety Design
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A271 of A454
SCE GOAL - Passive Fire Protection shall be designed to ensure that it is capable of surviving pre-determined heat during fire exposure for pre-determined period in order to limit damage
for the structure/ equipment being protected.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
explosion, such as deformation of the structure, will not Fire Safety Design Philosophy standards. Philosophy
affect its performance. * Approved Topside Layout
Topside Layout Review Structural Design Basis * Approved PFP Specification
PTS 80.80.00.11 : Control and Mitigation of Fires and
Explosions on Offshore Production Installations PFP Specification Review Fire Safety Design Philosophy
(Amendments, Supplements to ISO 13702)
Review Topside Layout
API 2FB : Recommended Practice for the Design of Offshore Review PFP Specification
Facilities Against Fire and Blast Loading
F5. Simplify of installation of PFP should PTS 11.15.01: Passive Fire and Cryogenic Protection Structural Design Basis Quality control during installation. Approved Structural Design D, C&I
meet the design requirements. Basis
Section 6.1: PFP Installation ConsiderationThe following Installation Procedure Review Structural Design Basis
minimum criteria mandatory to follow:- Approved Installation Procedure
PFP material shall be installed in accordance with the PFP Drawings Review Installation Procedure
manufacturer’s instructions/specifications and this Approved PFP Drawings
PTS. Review PFP Drawings
Before application of prime coating, the surface shall be
free from oil, grease, rust, loose scales and any foreign
particles prior to receiving the PFP coating.
Surfaces shall be prepared by abrasive blast cleanings
per specifications and manufacturer recommendations.
Steel surface shall be primed with a primer in accordance
with the PFP manufacturer’s requirement.
The entire thickness of the material shall be installed
monolithically or in one continuous operation unless
prohibited by manufacturer’s instructions.
Inspection shall be carried out regularly on the interval
of application from layer to layer.
Overcoat shall be installed if required by the material
manufacturer.
Construction activities shall be restricted for a minimum
of 24 hours in areas where materials that require
curing have been installed and are vulnerable to
mechanical damage prior to curing.
Damage to the material shall be repaired after
construction activities in the area are finished.
Suitable precautions shall be taken to terminate the PFP
surface evenly and without overspray above the
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A272 of A454
SCE GOAL - Passive Fire Protection shall be designed to ensure that it is capable of surviving pre-determined heat during fire exposure for pre-determined period in order to limit damage
for the structure/ equipment being protected.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
termination line. Material overspray on adjacent
piping, equipment, etc. shall be avoided.
AVAILABILITY
A1.The structural elements shall be available Ultimate strength analysis of the topside shall meet the minimum Fabrication & PFP Arrangement Review Fabrication & PFP Effective PFP is in place as per D, C&I
100% of the time during its design life. criteria as per item F1. drawings Arrangement drawings design.
The following items mandatorily to comply with code and Material specification Review Material specification
standards to ensure the structure can serve its design life. Weight Control Report. Approved Fabrication & PFP
Review Weight Control Report. Arrangement drawings
Structure able to withstand MAH ( Refer F1) Structural Basis of Design
Fire and Blast Resistant (Refer F1.1) Review Structural Basis of Design Approved Material specification
Fabricated to specification as per PTS 15.12.06 Inspection Plan
Review Inspection Report Approved Weight Control
PQP Report.
Review PQP
Approved Structural Basis of
Design.
Approved PQP
RELIABILITY
R1. Structural members and joints are inherent Ultimate strength analysis of the topside shall meet the minimum PEQP Procedure Review PEQP Procedure Approved that the following D
availability due to compliance with applicable criteria as per item F1 criteria have been achieved:
codes and standards as detailed under Fabrication Drawings Review Fabrication Drawings
Functionality above. The structure members UC <
Weight Control Report Review Weight Control Report 1.0
The structure durability shall
serve the fire and blast
rating and duration.
SCE GOAL - Passive Fire Protection shall be designed to ensure that it is capable of surviving pre-determined heat during fire exposure for pre-determined period in order to limit damage
for the structure/ equipment being protected.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
SURVIVABILITY
S1. The structure shall withstand any MAH and The minimum criteria of PFP shall follow as per FERA report and Structural Design Basis Review Structural Design Basis Approved Structural Design D, C&I
abnormal incident from total collapse. recommendation. Basis
Structural Reassessment Design Review Structural Reassessment
The PFP shall provide adequate fire protection Basis Design Basis Approved Structural
after an explosion events. Reassessment Design
Structural Design Reports Review Structural Design Reports Basis
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. SI002 - Topside Structure, Soft mooring, Risers & Conductors, Boat landing platform Input PFP will help the structure to resist for certain amount of time before collapsing.
I2. PS002 - Explosion Protection including Blast Barriers and Venting Provisions Output PFP need an input from the "Fire and Explosion Risk Assessment".
I3. ER002 - Escape route Input PFP will contribute and provide an advantages on safe escape route. PFP criteria will
complement each other elements.
I4. ER001 - Temporary Refuge Input TR structural integrity will be depends on the specification of PFP that have been applied to its
system.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : M Sapihie Ayob Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 11/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A274 of A454
SCE GOAL - To extinguish fires in rooms / enclosures where water based methods cannot be used.
Nozzle discharged rate for Low-Pressure Storage and High-Pressure Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Nozzle discharged accordance D, C&I, HUC
Storage shall be based on the orifice pressure in accordance philosophy with design basis and
with NFPA 12 (Table 4-7.5.2.1 & 4-7.5.3.1) 2005 Edition Review SAT test report specification.
SAT test
Minimum design nozzle pressure for Low-Pressure Storage and Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Minimum design nozzle D, C&I, HUC
High-Pressure Storage shall be accordance with NFPA 12 (4- philosophy pressure accordance with
7.5.2.2 & 4-7.5.3.2) 2005 Edition Review SAT test report design basis and
SAT test specification.
All devices shall be designed to operate within temperature range Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Devices operation temperature D, C&I, HUC
accordance with NFPA 12 (4-5.4.2.2) 2005 Edition philosophy accordance with design
Review SAT test report basis and specification.
SAT test
The quantity of CO2 main supply shall be at least sufficient for the Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Quantity of CO2 supply D, C&I, HUC
largest single hazard protected or group hazards that are to be philosophy accordance with design
protected simultaneously accordance with NFPA 12. (4-6.1) Review design calculation basis and specification.
2005 Edition Design calculation
Review SAT test
SAT test
For cargo spaces the quantity of carbon dioxide available shall, Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Quantity of CO2 supply D, C&I, HUC
unless otherwise provided, be sufficient to give a minimum philosophy accordance with design
volume of free gas equal to 30% of the gross volume of the Review design calculation basis and specification.
largest cargo space to be protected in the ship. (FSS Code Design calculation
2.2.1.1) Review SAT test
SAT test
Accordance to FSS Code (2.2.1.2), for machinery spaces the Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Quantity of CO2 supply D, C&I, HUC
quantity of carbon dioxide carried shall be sufficient to give a philosophy accordance with design
minimum volume of free gas equal to the larger of the following Review design calculation basis and specification.
volumes, either: Design calculation
Review SAT test
SAT test
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A275 of A454
SCE GOAL - To extinguish fires in rooms / enclosures where water based methods cannot be used.
The quality of CO2 supply shall meet the minimum properties as Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Quality of CO2 supply D, C&I, HUC
accordance with NFPA 12 (4-6.3) 2005 Edition philosophy accordance with design
Review design calculation basis and specification.
Design calculation
Review SAT test
SAT test
Duration to achieve CO2 design concentration for total flooding Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Duration to achieve CO2 D, C&I, HUC
system shall as accordance to NFPA 12 (5-5.2.1 & 5-5.2.3) 2005 philosophy design concentration
Edition Review SAT test report accordance with design
SAT test basis and specification.
For machinery spaces, the fixed piping system shall be such that Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Duration to discharge the D, C&I, HUC
85% of the gas can be discharged into space within 2 minute as philosophy specified volume of CO2
accordance to FSS Code 2.2.1.5 Review SAT test report accordance with design
SAT test basis and specification.
Angle of discharge nozzles for application system shall be designed Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Angle of discharge nozzles D, C&I, HUC
accordance with NFPA 12 (Table 6-4.4.3.2) 2005 Edition philosophy accordance with design
Review SAT test report basis and specification.
SAT test
F2. SHALL PROVIDE PROPER Design of distribution system for High-Pressure and Low-Pressure Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy CO2 distribution system D, C&I, HUC
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TO EXECUTE THE system shall be based on NFPA 12 (4.7) 2005 Edition philosophy accordance with design
CO2 RELEASE Review SAT test report basis and specification.
SAT test
CLEAN AGENT
F3. SHALL PROVIDE EFFICIENT AND All devices shall be designed to operate within temperature range Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Operating temperature of D, C&I, HUC
SUFFICIENT AMOUNT OF CLEAN AGENT accordance with NFPA 2001 (2-3.3.3) 2000 Edition philosophy devices accordance with
SUPPLY DURING DEMAND Review SAT test report
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A276 of A454
SCE GOAL - To extinguish fires in rooms / enclosures where water based methods cannot be used.
The quality of agent shall meet the standards of quality given as Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Quality of clean agent supply D, C&I, HUC
accordance with NFPA 2001 (Table 2-1.2a, 2-1.2b & 2-1.2c) philosophy accordance with design
2000 Edition Review design calculation basis and specification
Design calculation
Review SAT test
SAT test
4. Minimum design concentration requirement for different class of Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Minimum design concentration D, C&I, HUC
fuel accordance with NFPA 2001 (3-4.2) 2000 Edition philosophy of clean agent accordance
Review design calculation with design basis and
Design calculation specification
Review SAT test
SAT test
Calculation of amount of halocarbon and inert gas agent to achieve Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Amount of clean agent to D, C&I, HUC
the design concentration shall be accordance with NFPA 2001 philosophy achieve the design
(3-5.1 & 3-5.2) 2000 Edition Review design calculation concentration accordance
Design calculation with design basis and
Review SAT test specification
SAT test
Discharge time of halocarbon and inert agents as accordance with Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Discharge time of clean agent D, C&I, HUC
NFPA 2001 (3-7.1.2.1 & 3-7.1.2.2) 2000 Edition philosophy accordance with design
Review design calculation basis and specification
Design calculation
Review SAT test
SAT test
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A277 of A454
SCE GOAL - To extinguish fires in rooms / enclosures where water based methods cannot be used.
F5. Shall provide proper distribution system to Design of distribution system for clean agent system shall be based Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Distribution system of clean D, C&I, HUC
execute the clean agent release on NFPA 2001 (2-2) 2000 Edition philosophy agent accordance with
Review design calculation design basis and
Design calculation specification
Review SAT test
SAT test
AVAILABILITY
CARBON DIOXIDE
A1. The CO2 system shall be available at all Independent secondary (standby) power supply shall supply energy Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Power of the CO2 system is D, C&I, HUC
times to the system in the event of total failure or low voltage of the philosophy redundant
primary (main) power supply according to NFPA 12 (4-5.7) 2005 Review design calculation
Edition Design calculation
Review SAT test
SAT test
Both main and reserve CO2 supplies shall be connected to the Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy CO2 supply of the system is D, C&I, HUC
distribution piping and arranged for easy changeover according philosophy redundant
to NFPA 12 (4-6.1.3) 2005 Edition Review SAT test report
SAT test
CLEAN AGENT
A2. The clean agent system shall be available Adequate and reliable primary and 24-hour minimum standby Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Power supply of the clean D, C&I, HUC
at all times sources of energy for requirement of the clean agent system as philosophy agent is redundant
accordance to NFPA 2001 (2-3.2.2) 2000 Edition Review design calculation
Design calculation
Review SAT test
SAT test
Both main and reserve clean agent supplies shall be connected to Design basis & Review design basis & philosophy Clean agent supply of the D, C&I, HUC
the distribution piping and arranged for easy changeover philosophy system is redundant
according to NFPA 2001 (2.-1.1.3) 2000 Edition Review SAT test report
SAT test
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A278 of A454
SCE GOAL - To extinguish fires in rooms / enclosures where water based methods cannot be used.
SURVIVABILITY
CARBON DIOXIDE
S1. The extinguishing system shall survive in The system capable of providing an effective agent concentration for ESSA Analysis of overpressure and fire loading ESSA and FEA are conducted D, C&I, HUC
case of fire and explosive event. total flooding systems and maintaining this for a period of time to
allow effective emergency action by trained personnel. FEA
CLEAN AGENT
S2. The extinguishing system shall survive in The system capable of providing an effective agent concentration for ESSA Analysis of overpressure and fire loading ESSA and FEA are conducted D, C&I, HUC
case of fire and explosive event. total flooding systems and maintaining this for a period of time to
allow effective emergency action by trained personnel. FEA
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A279 of A454
SCE GOAL - To extinguish fires in rooms / enclosures where high volume water-based methods cannot be used.
The spray must project a sufficient mass of water into a fire to - Design Basis & Review the system design by authorized The system meet the D, C&I, HUC
extinguish it. The droplets shall has sufficient momentum to Philosophy personnel. requirement.
penetrate buoyant fire gases and reach and cool the fuel. (PTS
80.47.10.12 Section 10.2.2.1) Test the data during installation.
The spray angle determines the volume of space throughout which Design Basis & Review the system design by authorized The system meet the D, C&I, HUC
the mass of water dispersed and the net velocity, hence Philosophy personnel. requirement.
momentum of the spray (PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 10.2.2.1)
Test the data during installation.
The spray nozzles shall be provided with frangible discs, blow-off Design Basis & Review the system design by authorized The system meet the D, C&I, HUC
caps and unobstructed opening upon system operation. (NFPA Philosophy personnel. requirement.
750 Section 2.6.5). The blow-off cap shall be made of a non-
sparking material. Test the data during installation.
The nozzles should be provided with a nominal 6 mm (1/4 in) or Design Basis & Review the system design by authorized The system meet the D, C&I, HUC
larger nominal inlet thread or equivalent. (FSS Resolution Philosophy personnel. requirement.
MSC.98(73)) FSS Resolution MSC.98(73) Appendix
1 Section 4.1
F2. THE APPLICATION RATE, DISCHARGE The system shall be effective against the hazard of the type being Design Basis & Test the system and show that the system The system effective again the D, C&I, HUC
TIMES AND DISCHARGE SEQUENCE protected. (PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 10.2.2.2) Philosophy is effective against hazards. hazards.
SHALL BE APPROPRIATE TO THE
EQUIPMENT PROTECTED, THE HAZARD The system require the discharge sequencing to ensure the Design Basis & Established test on discharge sequencing The discharge sequences are D, C&I, HUC
AND THE DESIGN INTENT. effectiveness and minimize the water damage. (PTS 80.47.10.12 Philosophy requirements to ensure effectiveness effective.
Section 10.2.2.2) but minimize water damage.
The system shall be working and suit under all operating conditions Design Basis & Test the system under all operating The system working under all D, C&I, HUC
and for all scenarios. (PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 10.2.2.2) Philosophy condition and for all scenarios during operating conditions and
installation. for all scenarios.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A280 of A454
SCE GOAL - To extinguish fires in rooms / enclosures where high volume water-based methods cannot be used.
The system shall be tested to extrapolate results and to allow for Design Basis & Testing to get extrapolate results and allow The system is design to allow C&I, HUC
actual risk. (PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 10.2.2.2) Philosophy system design for actual risk. to actual risk.
The system shall be tested for full discharge at the commissioning Design Basis & Full discharge test at the commissioning Water quantity used against C&I, HUC
stage and at regular intervals after installation. (PTS Philosophy stage and at regular intervals after time
80.47.10.12 Section 10.4.1) installation.
Discharge times and
sequence.
The system shall provide capacity of water for 4 timed discharges of Design Basis & Review the design system and test during The system design meet the D, C&I, HUC
15 second each or as required by the manufacturer of Philosophy installation. requirement.
equipment. (PTS 80.47.10.12 Section Appendix 1)
To locate the storage containers as close as possible to the hazard Design Basis & Review the design system by authorized The system design meet the C&I, HUC
or within hazards they protected and shall not be exposed to fire Philosophy personnel. requirement.
or mechanical damage in a manner that affects performance.
(NFPA 750 Section 4.5.3). Cabinet should withstand the effects
of fire and explosion in the specific area.
The system acceptance shall be done including flushing or cleaning Design Basis & Test functionality of the system during All the functionality are HUC
of piping, hydrostatic test, air tests, review of mechanical and Philosophy acceptance test. accepted.
electrical components, preliminary functional tests and system
operational tests. (NFPA 750 Section 9)
F3.A VALIDATED BASIS FOR THE FINE The design basis should use empirical data obtained from tests Design Basis & To test and review the system by All documents are D
WATER SPRAY SYSTEM DESIGN SHALL BE which can be shown directly relevant to the situation. (PTS Philosophy authorized body. independently validated.
DOCUMENTED. 80.47.10.12 Section 10.2.2.1)
The supplier shall provide the calculation sheet regarding system Design Basis & Review and validate by authorized All documents are D
design, discharge rates, discharge times, nozzle numbers and Philosophy personnel. independently validated.
nozzle locations. (PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 10.2.2.2)
The safety margins above minimum application rates along with the Design Basis & Review and validate by authorized All documents are D
number of discharge shots available in excess of minimum Philosophy personnel. independently validated.
requirement shall be documented. (PTS 80.47.10.12 Section
10.2.2.2)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A281 of A454
SCE GOAL - To extinguish fires in rooms / enclosures where high volume water-based methods cannot be used.
The supplier/manufacturer shall provide Working Plan, Hydraulic Design Basis & Review and validate by authorized All documents are D
Calculation Documentations (Hydraulic Calculation Sheet, Philosophy personnel. independently validated.
Summary Sheet, Detailed Work Sheets, Graph Sheets),
Pneumatic Calculation Documentation (Summary Sheet and
Detailed Work Sheets), Detection, Actuation and Control
Systems Documentation (As-Built Installation Drawings,
Operation and Maintenance Manuals, Written Sequence of
Operation and Inspection, Testing and Maintenance Reports).
(NFPA 750 Section 8)
F4. THE FINE WATER SPRAY SYSTEM Are water additives such as foam concentrate required to enhance Design Basis & To be tested by supplier and reviewed by All test is conducted and meet D
SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE A LIST OF system effectiveness? (PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 10.2.2.2) Philosophy authorized personnel. the requirements.
ADDITIONAL MEASURES THAT ARE
REQUIRED TO ENSURE THE Do the tests demonstrate that the supplier can design for different Design Basis & To be tested by supplier and reviewed by All test is conducted and meet D
EFFECTIVENESS OF THE SYSTEM. (ISO equipment configurations so that the water mist can be projected Philosophy authorized personnel. the requirements.
13702 Clause 11.3.4) into all fire areas? (PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 10.2.2.2)
3. The supplier shall provide the risk reduction measures to ensure Design Basis & To be tested by supplier and reviewed by All test is conducted and meet D
effective operation on the system. (PTS 80.47.10.12 Section Philosophy authorized personnel. the requirements.
10.2.2.2)
The supplier shall provide pipe or tube and fittings that exhibits Design Basis & To be tested by supplier and reviewed by All test is conducted and meet D, C&I, HUC
minimal corrosion because of the potential for the clogging of Philosophy authorized personnel. the requirements.
water mist nozzles. (NFPA 750 Section A.2.3.1 & A.2.4.1)
The manufacturer has responsibility to implement a quality control Design Basis & Test functionality of the system during The system meet the product C&I, HUC
programme to ensure that production continuously meets the Philosophy acceptance test. specifications and
requirements in the same manner as the originally tested functionality.
samples. (FSS Resolution MSC.98(73) Appendix 1 Section 3.1)
The manufacturer should set and secured the load on the heat- Design Basis & To be check and verified by certified The system design meet the C&I, HUC
responsive element in automatic nozzles as to prevent field Philosophy personnel. requirement.
adjustment or replacement. (FSS Resolution MSC.98(73)
Appendix 1 Section 3.2)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A282 of A454
SCE GOAL - To extinguish fires in rooms / enclosures where high volume water-based methods cannot be used.
AVAILABILITY
A1. Water source is normally readily available Pressure tank(s) shall be provided to immediately supply the system Design Basis & Test functionality during acceptance test. The function is meet the C&I, HUC
and uninterrupted. at the design flow and pressure for not less than 60 seconds. Philosophy requirements.
(NFPA 750 Section 11.3.5.3)
The water system shall supply the system with fresh water for a Design Basis & Test functionality during acceptance test. The function is meet the C&I, HUC
period of at least 30 minutes. (NFPA 750 Section 11.3.5.4) Philosophy requirements.
A2. Main and emergency source power The system shall be provided with both main and emergency Design Basis & Review by authorized personnel. The function is meet the C&I, HUC
supplies to the system with automatic sources of power and shall be provided with automatic Philosophy requirements.
changeover. changeover. One of those sources of power shall be wholly Test functionality during acceptance test.
provided from outside the protected space. (NFPA 750 Section
11.3.6)
RELIABILITY
R1. The water mist nozzles shall be suitable The water mist nozzles shall not easily get blocked. (PTS Design Standard Test the system components by The nozzle is reliable to be D, C&I, HUC
and reliable for no failure on demand. 80.47.10.12 Section 10.2.2.2) Drawings and authorized personnel. use.
Installation Records
SURVIVABILITY
S1. In the event of fire, the system shall The system need to remain operable under any fire condition. (PTS Design Basis & Experience judgement and test the design. The system remain operable. C&I, HUC
survive. 80.47.10.12 Section Appendix 1) Philosophy
SCE GOAL - To extinguish fires in rooms / enclosures where high volume water-based methods cannot be used.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 19/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A284 of A454
SCE GOAL - To control or extinguish localized fires and to prevent escalation of fires.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1.PROVIDE SUFFICIENT WATER For accommodation areas provide 5 liters per minute per Design Detail and Review and verify design specification Design, characteristics, manufacture, installation, D, C&I
THROUGH NETWORK OF PIPES TO square meter. specification and philosophy testing and maintenance to be in accordance with
CONTROL/EXTINGUISH SMALL FIRES ( PTS 80.47.10.12 ) Section 7.2.2.2 design basis and specification.
INVOLVING MAINLY CELLULOSE Design Drawing
MATERIAL.
For other areas provide10 liters per minute per square Design Detail and Review and verify design specification Design, characteristics, manufacture, installation, D, C&I
meter. specification and philosophy testing and maintenance to be in accordance with
( PTS 80.47.10.12 ) Section 7.2.2 design basis and specification.
Design Drawing
Design area for water demand 280 m2. Design Detail and Review and verify detail design Design, characteristics, manufacture, installation, D, C&I
( PTS 80.47.10.12 ) Appendix A: Sprinkler system specification testing and maintenance to be in accordance with
(FSS Code, Resolution A800(19) Section 3.22) design basis and specification.
Design Drawing
Minimum operating pressure 0.5 bar (ga). Design Detail and Review and verify detail design Design, characteristics, manufacture, installation, D, C&I, HUC
( PTS 80.47.10.12 ) Appendix A: Sprinkler system specification testing and maintenance to be in accordance with
design basis and specification.
Design Philosophy
Maximum operating pressure is 12 bar ( 175 psi ) Design Detail and Review and verify detail design Design, characteristics, manufacture, installation, D, C&I, HUC
( NFPA 13 2002 section 14.4.4.8.1 ) specification testing and maintenance to be in accordance with
design basis and specification.
Design Philosophy
Minimum water supply duration is 30 min Design Detail and Review and verify detail design Design, characteristics, manufacture, installation, D, C&I, HUC
(FSS Code, Resolution A800(19) Section 3.3) specification testing and maintenance to be in accordance with
design basis and specification.
Design Philosophy
F2 PROVIDE UNIFORM DISTRIBUTION OF Minimum area cover by one sprinkler per 10 m 2. Design Basis & Review and verify design specification Design, characteristics, manufacture, installation, D, C&I
WATER OVER AREA. ( PTS 80.47.10.12, Appendix A : Sprinkler system ) Specification and philosophy testing and maintenance to be in accordance with
Maximum area of coverage of a sprinkler shall not design basis and specification.
exceed 21 m2 Design Drawing
( NFPA 13 2002 section 8.5.2.2.2 )
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A285 of A454
SCE GOAL - To control or extinguish localized fires and to prevent escalation of fires.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Maximum spacing between sprinkler is 4.6 m Design Basis & Review and verify design specification Design, characteristics, manufacture, installation, D, C&I
( NFPA 13 2002 table 8.6.2.2.1(a)) Specification and philosophy testing and maintenance to be in accordance with
design basis and specification.
Design Drawing
Spray patterns not impaired by structure etc. Design Basis & Confirm detail design and testing Design, characteristics, manufacture, installation, D,P, C&I, HUC
( PTS 80.47.10.12 ) Specification testing and maintenance to be in accordance with
design basis and specification.
Design Drawing
F3 ANNUNCIATE CONFIRMATION OF Pressure switch in valve to report to F & G panel. Design Basis & Review and verify design philosophy Sprinkler system to be fitted with flow switch giving D, C&I, HUC
SPRINKLER OPERATION. ( PTS 80.47.10.12, Appendix 1 : Sprinkler system ) Specification alarm and indication in CCR when activated
Design Drawing
Flow switch for each fire zone where several zones Design Basis & Review and verify design philosophy Sprinkler system to be fitted with flow switch giving D, C&I, HUC
covered by one sprinkler valve. Specification alarm and indication in CCR when activated
( PTS 80.47.10.12, Appendix 1 : Sprinkler system )
(FSS Code, Resolution A800(19) Section 3.13) Design Drawing
F4 RESPOND RAPIDLY TO DEVELOPING Pipework exposed to low temperatures should be trace- Design Basis & Review and verify design specification At Design Phase D, C&I
FIRE. heated or other measures taken. ( PTS 80.47.10.12, Specification and philosophy Design,characteristics,manufacture,installation,testing
Appendix 1 : Sprinkler system ) and maintenance to be in accordance with design
Design Philosophy basis and specification
At Procurement Phase
Design,characteristics,manufacture,installation,testing
and maintenance to be in accordance with design
basis and specification
At HUC Phase
Design,characteristics,manufacture,installation,testing
and maintenance to be in accordance with design
basis and specification
Sprinkler defined as Fast Response have a thermal Design Basis & Review design basis and verify testing Fast Response RTI ≤ 50 meters per seconds D, C&I, HUC
element with an RTI of 50 meter/second or less. Specification
( NFPA 13 2002 section 3.6.1 )
Sprinkler should have fast response characteristics Design Philosophy
as defined in ISO standard 6182-1
(FSS Code, Resolution A800(19) Section 3.20)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A286 of A454
SCE GOAL - To control or extinguish localized fires and to prevent escalation of fires.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
3. Sprinkler defined as Standard Response have a Design Basis & Review design basis and verify testing Standard Response RTI ≥ 80 meters per seconds D, C&I, HUC
thermal element with an RTI of 80 meter/second or Specification
more
( NFPA 13 2002 section 3.6.1 ) Design Philosophy
F5. RESPOND IN ALL AMBIENT Use 68 °C frangible bulbs, or rated for 30 °C above the Design Detail and Review and verify design basis Normal temperature rating of frangible bulbs is 68 °C D, C&I, HUC
CONDITIONS. maximum ambient temperature specification or 30 °C above the maximum ambient
( PTS 80.47.10.12 section 7.2.2 ) temperature for high ceiling temperatures
(FSS Code, Resolution A800(19) Section 3.21) Design Philosophy
AVAILABILITY
A1. 'Sprinkler system to be available at all Automatic Sprinkler system shall be connected to a Design Detail and Review and verify design specification Sufficient water supply D, C&I
times when spaces being protected are pressurized water supply specification and philosophy
occupied and this system also is capable of ( PTS 80.47.10.12 section 7.2.1 )
immediate operation and no action by Design Drawing
personnel is necessary.
Sprinkler system which connected to an unpressurised Design Detail and Review and verify design specification Sufficient water supply D, C&I
fire main, should have reliable and sufficient supply of specification and philosophy
water available to provide protection until the fire
main is pressurized. Design Drawing
( PTS 80.47.10.12 section 7.2.1)
3. The system shall be provided with main and Design Detail and Review and verify design specification Main and emergency source of power is available D, C&I
emergency source of power specification and philosophy
(FSS Code, Resolution A800(19) Section 3.8)
Design Drawing
A2. Sprinkler system should maintain The stock of spare sprinklers shall include all types Design Detail and Review and verify design specification Main and emergency source of power is available D, C&I
adequate no. of spare sprinklers as per NFPA and ratings installed and shall be as follows: specification and philosophy
and OEM
For protected facilities having under 300 sprinklers - no Design Drawing
fewer than six sprinklers.
ii) For protected facilities having 300 to 1000
sprinklers -no fewer than 12 sprinklers.
iii) Fur protected facilities having over 1000
sprinklers - no fewer than 24 sprinklers.
( NFPA 13 2002 section 6.2.9.5 )
RELIABILITY
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A287 of A454
SCE GOAL - To control or extinguish localized fires and to prevent escalation of fires.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
R1. All sprinkler system should have provision Underground piping, from the water supply to the system Design Detail and Review and verify system design At Design Phase D, C&I, HUC
for flushing of piping riser, and lead-in connections to system riser shall be specification Design,characteristics,manufacture,installation,testing
completely flushed before connection is made to and maintenance to be in accordance with design
downstream fire protection system piping basis and specification
( NFPA 13 2002 section 10.10.2.1.1 )
At Procurement Phase
Design,characteristics,manufacture,installation,testing
and maintenance to be in accordance with design
basis and specification
At HUC Phase
Design,characteristics,manufacture,installation,testing
and maintenance to be in accordance with design
basis and specification
The flushing operation shall be continued for a sufficient Design Detail and Review and verify system design At Design Phase D, C&I, HUC
time to ensure thorough cleaning. specification Design,characteristics,manufacture,installation,testing
( NFPA 13 2002 section 10.10.2.1.2 ) and maintenance to be in accordance with design
basis and specification
At Procurement Phase
Design,characteristics,manufacture,installation,testing
and maintenance to be in accordance with design
basis and specification
At HUC Phase
Design,characteristics,manufacture,installation,testing
and maintenance to be in accordance with design
basis and specification
The minimum rate of flow shall be not less than one of the Design Detail and Review and verify system design At Design Phase D, C&I, HUC
following : specification Design,characteristics,manufacture,installation,testing
and maintenance to be in accordance with design
Hydraulically calculated water demand rate of the basis and specification
system, including any hose requirements.
Flow necessary to provide a velocity of 10 ft/sec (3.1 At Procurement Phase
m/sec) in accordance with Table 10.10.2.1.3 Design,characteristics,manufacture,installation,testing
( NFPA 13 2002 section 10.10.2.1.3 ) and maintenance to be in accordance with design
basis and specification
At HUC Phase
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A288 of A454
SCE GOAL - To control or extinguish localized fires and to prevent escalation of fires.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Design,characteristics,manufacture,installation,testing
and maintenance to be in accordance with design
basis and specification
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Cellulose fire Need to remain operable until system initiated Design Detail and Review and verify detail design At Design Phase D, C&I, HUC
(NOTE: Would not normally be required to ( PTS 80.47.10.12, Appendix 1 : Sprinkler system ) specification Design,characteristics,manufacture,installation,testing
survive explosion and maintenance to be in accordance with design
or jet fire.) basis and specification
At Procurement Phase
Design,characteristics,manufacture,installation,testing
and maintenance to be in accordance with design
basis and specification
At HUC Phase
Design,characteristics,manufacture,installation,testing
and maintenance to be in accordance with design
basis and specification
OPERATIONAL ASSURANCE AND VERIFICATION
Planned Assurance Applicable Criteria Frequency Verification Frequency Measureable
Unit
TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PS004 Fire pump, distribution pipe work and water supply Input Provide fire water and fire fighting media to fire protection systems
12. PS005 Fire Main and Other Distribution System Input To protect escape routes and TR
13. DS001 Fire & Gas Detection Input To provide early warning of emergencies
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 19/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A289 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain the stability of the main power generating system by load shedding and isolation of faulty circuits.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1) Power Management System (PMS) The design and engineering of the PMS shall satisfy all Electrical Design Basis Review on design and engineering of PMS PMS system meet requirements D, P, C&I, HUC
Power management system (such as ENMC, statutory requirements of the country in which the to be provided.
etc.), where provided, shall be in line with electrical installation will be located. Specification (PMS)
national/local legislative requirement, PTS and (PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 2.1)
international standards. Drawings (PMS)
Load Shedding
Philosophy
F2) Load Shedding Automatic load shedding scheme(s) shall be provided for Electrical Design Basis Review on design and automatic load Automatic load shedding D, C&I,HUC
Load shedding scheme, where provided, shall plants with own generation capable of operating in island shedding scheme provided. scheme meet requirement.
be able to shed selected load to ensure stable mode or situations. Specification (PMS)
generation operation. (PTS 13.00.01 - Clauses 3.5.2 & 3.7.1)
Electrical single line
The types of load shedding systems, which should be drawings
considered, are:
Load shedding study
an under frequency load shedding scheme, which report
automatically sheds low, medium and, if necessary,
high priority loads to prevent the system frequency
falling below typically 95 % of nominal frequency.
an integrated load shedding scheme, normally as part of
PMS system, based on power supply availability and
load status.
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clause A3.7)
F4) Load Restoration Automatic control systems such as load transfer and motor Electrical Design Basis Review on design and load restoration Load restoration scheme meet D, C&I,HUC
Load restoration scheme, where provided, restarting arrangements, and protective systems to scheme provided. requirement.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A290 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain the stability of the main power generating system by load shedding and isolation of faulty circuits.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
shall be able to transfer / restart selected loads initiate load shedding in the event of under frequency Specification (PMS /
with certain conditions to ensure stable conditions, shall be incorporated so that plant operations Auto-restart / ATS)
electrical system operation. are affected to the minimum practicable and Electrical single line
economically justifiable extent after system or equipment drawings
failures.
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 3.7.1) Motor restart /
reacceleration study
report
F5) Protective Devices and Electrical system shall be equipped with automatic protection Electrical Design Basis Review on design and protection system Protection system function meet D, C&I,HUC
RelaysSafeguarding of electrical system shall for selective isolation of faulted equipment with minimum provided. requirement.
be ensured in the event of electrical equipment delay within a time corresponding to the short circuit Specification (Electrical
failure or system mal-operation. current withstand capability of equipment, system Protection)
stability limits, successful motor re-acceleration and the
maximum fault clearance times. Electrical single line
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 3.7.1) drawings
AVAILABILITY
A1) Auxiliary Power Supply The auxiliary power supplies for all control and protective Electrical Design Basis Review on design (including battery sizing) Power supplies design and D, C&I,HUC
The PMS, control and protective devices shall devices of generation and distribution installation shall of power supplies for control and backup batteries capacities
have reliable auxiliary power supplies for safe be backed-up by batteries of sufficient capacity to supply Specification (UPS, protective devices. are adequate and meet
and reliable operation. the connected load for at least eight hours. Generator & requirements.
(PTS 13.11.01 Clause 8.111 and PTS 13.21.01 Clause Switchgear)
Shall Be supplied from UPS 4.9.16.)
Electrical single line
Availability of the PMS shall be based on the requirement diagram
and criticality of the functions, in accordance to IEC
60300 and IEC 60706. UPS & Battery sizing
(PTS 13.30.01 Clause 7.4.7) calculation
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A291 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain the stability of the main power generating system by load shedding and isolation of faulty circuits.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
RELIABILITY
R1) Reliability & Lifetime System component shall have sufficient lifetime of 20 years. Specification (PMS) Review on reliability and provision for long The reliability and lifetime of D, P
PMS, where provided, shall be reliable and (PTS 13.30.01 Clause 8.6) lifetime operation of PMS. PMS meet requirements.
require minimal maintenance.
PMS component shall have min. MTBF not less than 100
000 hours with maintenance interval not less than:
50,000 hours for equipment dedicated to support, control
and monitor primary function for part of electrical
network (i.e. bay, generator, busbar, line and etc.) at
substation (i.e. levels 1 and 2)
25,000 hours for other equipments at higher level (level 3)
(PTS 13.30.01 Clause 7.4.7)
The min. MTTR for PMS shall not be more than 8 hours.
(PTS 13.30.01 Clause 7.4.7)
R2) Construction The electrical installation shall be suitable for the site Specification (PMS) Review on construction of ENMC. PMS are suitable for the site D, C&I
PMS, that is being provided, shall be suitable conditions as specified by the Owner, including seismic conditions
for the site environment. conditions where necessary.
(PTS 13.00.01 Clause 2.1.2)
R3) Testing The following acceptance test shall be conducted as a Specification (PMS) Review on test certificates and records for Performance of PMS is C&I,HUC
PMS, that is being provided, shall be tested at minimum: PMS. acceptable and meet
factory and site to ensure the system meet Type test Test Certificates and requirement.
requirement. EMC test Records
Factory acceptance test (FAT)
Integrated FAT
Fool-proof test
Routine Test
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A292 of A454
SCE GOAL - To maintain the stability of the main power generating system by load shedding and isolation of faulty circuits.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Sample Test
Site acceptance test (SAT)
Site integration test (SIT)
Availability test
(PTS 13.30.01 - Clause 9.3)
SURVIVABILITY
S1) Power Management System Survivability Redundancy in design (PLC/CPU, server, mass data Specification (PMS & Review of design and engineering Performance of DCS is D, P
due the MAH storage, communication links, power supply, operator DCS) acceptable and meet
The main purpose of PMS is to station and engineering work station at different location. requirement.
a) Control of set points and modes of operation (PTS 13.30.01 – Clause 7.4.7)
for generator units
b) Safeguarding to maintain the safety and
stability of the overall power system.
c) Supervisory control, monitor and data
logging
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
Interaction of Power Management System with other SCEs. Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
I1. ER005 - Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) effectively and vice versa.
Equipment and sizing of UPS will be determine by the equipment installed as part of Power
Management System
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Pantaleon Su Lai Ting Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 18/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A293 of A454
SCE GOAL - To extinguish or prevent the spread of process fire and to enable the application of foam as a shield.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. TO PROVIDE SUITABLE TYPE OF Type of foam shall be selected according to flammable Design Basis & Review listed documentation , Possible type of flammable liquid is identified D, P
FOAM IN TERMS OF CONCENTRATION, liquid present at the location area i.e. non-water Specifications Drawings
APPLICATION METHOD AND PURPOSE miscible and polar solvents.
(PTS 80.47.10.32 Section 2.3.8) Design Philosophy
Application method suitable for offshore facilities shall be Design Basis & Review during system design Suitable application method D, C&I
based on PTS as follows: Specifications
F2. TO PROVIDE ACCEPTABLE The application rate should be around 4.1 L/min/m2 to 6.5 Design Basis & Review during system design application rate shall be in between 4.1 L/min/m2 to D, C&I, HUC
APPLICATION RATE AND MINIMUM L/min/m2 delivered onto fuel surface depending on Specifications 6.5 L/min/m2
DISCHARGE TIMES OF FOAM SOLUTION types of foam and fire risk based on NFPA 11. Verify during specific application test
(PTS 80.47.10.30 Section 5.3) Design Philosophy i.e. Manufacturers' instructions or
UL listing
Design Calculation
The minimum discharge time should be comply NFPA Design Philosophy Review during system design Minimum discharge times comply with standard D, C&I, HUC
11based on hydrocarbon types
(NFPA11 Section 5.2.5.2.2) Design Calculation
F3. QUANTITY AND QUALITY OF FOAM Quantity of foam concentration shall comply with NFPA Design Philosophy Review during system design Foam quantity comply with spec D, C&I, HUC
CONCENTRATE ISHALL IN ACCORDANCE 11or EN 13565-2 (e.g., 1 %, 3 % or 6 %). Percentage
WITH FSDP concentrate to water shall follow PTS Section 2.3.8.1 Design Calculation Verify during specific application test
to 2.3.8.9 i.e. Manufacturers' instructions or
(PTS 80.47.10.32 Section 2.3.12) UL listing
Foam shall have capability of suppressing flammable Design Basis & Review during system design Foam have capability of suppressing flammable D, P
vapours to minimize the risk of re-ignition Specifications vapours
(PTS 80.47.10.32 2.3.10.8 Section 2.3.10.8 ) Review listed documentation and
Design Report report
Drainage time shall be express at 25% depending on Design Basis & Review during system design Drainage time is express at 25% of liquid solution D, C&I, HUC
types of foam based on NFPA 11 Specifications
(PTS 80.47.10.32 Section 2.3.10.5) Visual & inspection during
Design Philosophy functionality test
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A294 of A454
SCE GOAL - To extinguish or prevent the spread of process fire and to enable the application of foam as a shield.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F4. TO PROVIDE ACCEPTABLE RANGE The expansion ratio shall follow PTS 80.47.10.32 (2.3.6). Design Basis & Review during system design The expansion ratio follows PTS 80.47.10.32 (2.2.6) D, C&I, HUC
EXPANSION RATIO OF FOAM Generally the following terminology is used: Specifications
Visual & inspection during
Low expansion foam: Up to 20:1; functionality test
Medium expansion foam: Between 20:1 and 200:1;
High expansion foam: Between 200:1 and 1,000:1.
(PTS 80.47.10.32 Section 2.3.6 )
Any required fixed high-expansion foam system in Design Basis & Review during system design - The foam concentrates of high-expansion follows D, C&I, HUC
machineryspaces shall be capable of rapidly Specifications Visual & inspection during spec
discharging through fixed discharge outlets a quantity functionality test
of foam sufficient to fill the greatest space to be
protected at a rate of at least 1 m in depth per
minute.The quantity of foam-forming liquid available
shall be sufficient to produce a volume of foam equal
to five times the volume of the largest space to be
protected. The expansion ratio of the foam shall not
exceed 1,000 to 1.(FSS CODE Chapter 6 Section
2.2.1.2)
The foam concentrates of low-expansion foam fire- Design Basis & Review during system design The low-expansion foam fire-extinguishing systems D, C&I, HUC
extinguishing systems shall be approved by the Specifications follows spec
Administration based on the guidelines developed by Visual & inspection during
the Organization. functionality test
( All the performance and testing criteria, surveys
should follow Guidelines MSC/Circ.582 & Corr.1,
SOLAS 74(83) Reg. II-2/61 used for oil tankers,
machinery spaces according to SOLAS 74(83)
regulation II-2/8)
(FSS CODE Chapter 6 Section 2.3.1.1)
(Guidelines MSC/Circ.582 & Corr.1)
(SOLAS 74(83) Reg. II-2/61
(SOLAS 74(83) regulation II-2/8)
Fixed low-expansion foam fire-extinguishing systems Design Basis & Review during system design The low-expansion foam fire-extinguishing systems D, C&I, HUC
shall be capable of discharging through fixed Specifications follows spec
discharge outlets in not more than 5 min a quantity of Visual & inspection during
foam sufficient to cover to a depth of 150 mm the functionality test
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A295 of A454
SCE GOAL - To extinguish or prevent the spread of process fire and to enable the application of foam as a shield.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
largest single area over which oil fuel is liable to
spread. The expansion ratio of the foam shall not
exceed 12 to 1.
(FSS CODE Chapter 6 Section 2.3.1.2)
F5. TO PROVIDE SUFFICIENT DISTANCE Good quality foam shall travel up to 30 m over a fuel Design Basis & Review during system design The foam travels at a sufficient distance D, C&I, HUC
TRAVEL OF FOAM surface based on NFPA 11. Specifications
(PTS 80.47.10.32 Section 2.3.6 ) Verify during functionality test
Design Philosophy
F6. TO PROVIDE CORRECT The foam facilities system shall comply with PTS and Design Basis & Review during system design Foam facilities comply with standard D, C&I, HUC
PROPORTIONING RATE NFPA 11 according to following considerations: Specifications
Review listed document & drawing
Location of foam concentrate storage Design Philosophy
Availability of water pressure
Flow requirements
Availability of power source
(PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 9.2.2.5)
For designed foam systems providing aspirated foam, Design Basis & Review during system design Foam proportioning accuracy meets with standard D, C&I, HUC
proportioning accuracy shall +/- 10%. While For Specifications
firewater discharge elements not specifically Verify during functionality test
designed for foam application, minimum proportioning Design Philosophy
rate shall within 10% of concentrate design rate (i.e.
0.9% for a 1% concentrate). (PTS 80.47.10.31
Performance Criteria Template)In BS EN 13565-1
generally -0% to + 30%. (BS EN 13565-2 Section 5.7
)
F7. PIPING MATERIALS AND FITTINGS All piping materials and fittings design and components Design Basis & Review listed drawing documentation Piping materials, fittings design and components D, P, C&I, HUC
DESIGN AND COMPONENTS SHALL BE shall be comply with NFPA 11. Specifications meets with standard
BASED ON PROVEN STANDARDS (NFPA 11 Section 4.7) Verify during functionality test
Design Drawing
F8. ALL THE FOAM PROPORTIONING All foam system shall be in accordance with the FSDP. Design Basis & Review listed drawing documentation Installation follow the Administration requirements D, C&I, HUC
DEVICE SHOULD BE IN ACCORDANCE (FSS Code, section 2.2.2.1, 2.2.2.2, 2.2.2.3, 2.3.2.1). Specifications
WITH FIRE SAFETY DESIGN PHILOSOPHY Verify during functionality test
(FSDP) Design Drawing
FSDP
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A296 of A454
SCE GOAL - To extinguish or prevent the spread of process fire and to enable the application of foam as a shield.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F9. THE USE OF FOAM, INCLUDING USE During training the foam shall not be allowed to escape to Design Philosophy Review listed documentation and No foam is escape to watercourses D, C&I, HUC
DURING TRAINING AND TESTING, SHALL watercourses. report
BE DONE IN AN ENVIRONMENTALLY (PTS 80.47.10.32 Section 2.3.3) Design Report
RESPONSIBLE MANNER Visual Inspection during training and
testing
AVAILABILITY
A1. Power source shall be required for Positive displacement type pump are preferable with Design Basis & Review during system design Power source is provided for foam concentration D, C&I, HUC
system that employ foam concentration power sources by electricity, diesel or water power Specifications pump
pumps (PTS 80.47.10.12) Verify during visual test functionality
(PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 9.2.2.5) Design Drawing
Foam concentration pump shall be designed and installed Design Basis & Review during system design Pump is design based on spec D, C&I, HUC
based on NFPA 20 for automatic foam system. Specifications
(NFPA 11 Section 4.6.1) Verify during visual test functionality
Design Drawing
Pump should be capable of delivering at least one jet Design Basis & Review during system design Pump is design based on spec D, C&I, HUC
simultaneously from each of any two fire hydrants, Specifications
hoses and 19 mm nozzles while maintaining a Verify during visual test functionality
minimum pressure of 0.35 N/mm2 at any hydrant. Design Drawing
(MODU Code Section 9.4.5)
A2. The water supply shall be in sufficient The water supply shall sufficient enough of a quantity to Design Basis & Review during system design Quantity of water supply is sufficient enough D, C&I, HUC
quantity supply all the devices that shall be permitted to be Specifications
used simultaneously for the specified time based on
NFPA11 Design Drawing
(NFPA 11 Section 4.2.1.1.1)
RELIABILITY
R1. The foam concentrate shall be store in a Foam concentrate shall be stored in a dedicated storage, Design Basis & Review listed documentation, Materials comply with the spec D, C&I
suitable storage manufactured of a suitable material tank or in the Specifications Drawings.
manufacturer's non-metallic drums or larger
containers such as “tote tanks” or Intermediate Bulk Design Drawing Visual Inspection during functionality
Containers (IBCs) as follows on PTS test
Note: inspection/testing and maintenance of foam
agent shall be done.
(PTS 80.47.10.31 Section 5.1.1)
(PTS 80.47.10.32 Section 2.3.13)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A297 of A454
SCE GOAL - To extinguish or prevent the spread of process fire and to enable the application of foam as a shield.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Storage facility shall be situated in a safe and easily Design Basis & Review listed documentation and Facility store at a safe and easily accessible location D, C&I
accessible location for road transport operations Specifications report
(PTS 80.47.10.31 Section 5.1)
Design Drawing Visual Inspection during training and
testing
The foam tank shall incorporate a level sensing device to Design Basis & Review listed documentation, Level sensing device is installed D, C&I
give level indication and a low level alarm. The level Specifications Drawings.
indication and alarms shall be given at the FGP.
(PTS 80.47.10.12 Section 9.2.2.7) Design Drawing Visual Inspection during functionality
test
R2. Shelf life of foam shall be maintain Measures shall be taken to minimize the contact of foam Design Philosophy Review listed documentation and Contaction between foam concentration with air is D, C&I
concentrate with air report minimize
(PTS 80.47.10.32 Section 2.3.10.7) Design Report
Verify during testing
Sunroof shall be installed to avoid high temperature Design Philosophy Review listed documentation and Sunroof is installed D, C&I
(PTS 80.47.10.32 Section 2.3.10.7) report
Design Report
Verify during testing
Foam shall be checked for a possible change in fire Design Philosophy Review listed documentation and Possible change in fire performance is check D, C&I, HUC
performance using a fire tray during regular training report
(PTS 80.47.10.32 Section 2.3.10.7) Design Report
Verify during testing
Stock shall be checked annually by retuning a sample to Design Philosophy Review listed documentation and Foam stock is check annually D, C&I, HUC
the Supplier/independent laboratory report
(PTS 80.47.10.32 Section 2.3.10.7) Design Report
Verify during testing
SURVIVABILITY
S1. All components shall withstand an All components including storage tanks, foam pumps, FSA report Analysis of overpressures. FSA is conducted D, C&I, HUC
explosion supply lines and discharged elements shall be remain
operable after an explosion Verify by experienced judgement, test
(PTS 80.47.10.12 Performance Criteria Template) evidence or similar to support
design or protection provided
S2. All components shall withstand an pool All components including storage tanks, foam pumps, FSA report Analysis of overpressures. FSA is conducted D, C&I, HUC
fire supply lines and discharged elements shall be remain
operable under fire conditions Verify by experienced judgement, test
(PTS 80.47.10.12 Performance Criteria Template) evidence or similar to support
design or protection provided
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A298 of A454
SCE GOAL - To extinguish or prevent the spread of process fire and to enable the application of foam as a shield.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
S3. All components shall withstand an jet fire Foam of limited value in jet fires but survivability may be FSA report Analysis of overpressures. FSA is conducted D, C&I, HUC
required for use in secondary fires.
(PTS 80.47.10.12 Performance Criteria Template) Verify by experienced judgement, test
evidence or similar to support
design or protection provided
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PS004 Firewater pump and firewater main Input Provide fire protection for escape routes and TR
I2. DS001 Fire and Gas System Input To provide early warning of emergency situation.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 19/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A299 of A454
SCE GOAL - To remove sand and other solid particles from the hydrocarbon stream and to prevent erosion and operational issues of topside equipment on piping, vessels and other
related equipment.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. To provide the separation and collection, To separate sand and solids from hydrocarbon by means Sand Management Review Sand Management Strategy Confirm the specified grain size and concentration of D, P, C&I, HUC
cleaning and disposal processes of sand and of gravity, hydrocyclone, sand traps or filter systems. Strategy sands and solids are met.
solids from the hydrocarbon Separation requirements for sand and solids from Review Process Design Basis
hydrocarbon shall meet the specified grain size (e.g. Process Design Basis Confirm on the efficiency of the desander based on
in microns) and concentration (e.g. in ppmv, % Review Corrosion / Erosion Study sand concentration at the inlet and outlet of the
weight, mg/L) Corrosion / Erosion Report desander.
Desander sizing shall be based on minimum, Study Report
maximum flow rate and production pressure. Review Design Specification
Design Specification
Standard Operation Procedure
To collect separated oily sand and solids from Process Design Basis Review Process Design Basis Confirm that the means of sand collection do not D, P, C&I, HUC
hydrocarbon by means of using accumulator vessels affect the process integrity and safety.
or sump tanks. Dedicated collection system (e.g. Design Specification Review Design Specification
accumulator) shall be available on the desander
system. Removal of sand from the accumulator shall P&ID Review Design data sheet
be possible without isolating the desander/seperation
system. Design Data Sheet Standard Operation Procedure
To clean oily sand and solids from adsorbed hydrocarbon Process Design Basis Review Process Design Basis Confirm the cleaning procedure of sands meets the D, P, C&I, HUC
prior to disposal. Dedicated sand cleaning system specifications
shall be available. This can be an integrated part of Management of Review Corrosion / Erosion Study
the separation process or an add-on module to the produced sand Report
desander system. disposal (MPM
guideline) Review Standard Operation Guideline
To transport or dispose sands and solids properly Process Design Basis Review Process Design Basis Confirm the safe disposal procedure meets the D, P, C&I, HUC
throughout sand disposal system. The presence of requirements
Hazardous substance (e.g. H2S, LSA, TENORM, Corrosion / Erosion Review Corrosion / Erosion Study
Heavy metal) shall be checked to ensure safe Study Report Report
disposal procedures.
Design Specification Review Standard Operation Guideline
SCE GOAL - To remove sand and other solid particles from the hydrocarbon stream and to prevent erosion and operational issues of topside equipment on piping, vessels and other
related equipment.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Recorder, DPU Cell) to monitor the development of Process Design Basis Review Process Design Basis
sands/solids
Corrosion / Erosion Review Corrosion / Erosion Study
Study Report Report
F2. Desander systems shall comply with The barrel/casing shall comply with ASME Section VIII Desander System Review Desander System Design Confirm that all requirements of ASME Section VIII D , P, C&I, HUC
applicable codes and standards to meet the Div. 2 Codes and Standards. Design data sheet Data Sheet Div. 2 Codes and Standards are met
requirements of minimum wall thickness and
equipment class Review P&ID and Drawing Confirm all requirements of FAT and SAT are met
The piping system shall comply with PTS ASME B31.3 Desander System Review Desander System Design Confirm that all requirements of ASME B31.3 Codes D , P, C&I, HUC
Codes and Standards Design Data data sheet and Standards are met
Sheet
Review P&ID and Drawing Confirm all requirements of FAT and SAT are met
Review P&ID and Drawing Confirm FAT and SAT meets requirements
F3. Desander System shall be fitness for Desander system shall be properly handled and tested FAT Report Review FAT Report Confirm FAT is available and meets all requirements P, C&I
service at all times prior to the installation
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A301 of A454
SCE GOAL - To remove sand and other solid particles from the hydrocarbon stream and to prevent erosion and operational issues of topside equipment on piping, vessels and other
related equipment.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Handling & Review Handling & Installation Confirm the availability of Handling & Installation
Installation procedure Documents
Procedures
Installed Desander system performance shall be tested SAT Report Review SAT Report Confirm SAT report meets the stated design HUC
prior to handover to operation. requirements
Performance test
report test report Confirm performance test results meets the
expectations as agreed at different operating
conditions.
AVAILABILITY
A1. Desander system shall meet the overall Desander system shall have the required availability and Operating philosophy Review RAM report Confirm performance meets the RAM criteria D,P, HUC
availability of the production system functionality as required by their design.
RAM studies
RELIABILITY
R1. Desander system shall meet the overall Desander system shall have the required reliability to Operating philosophy Review RAM report Confirm on the Inspection, Maintenance Plan D,P, HUC
reliability of the production system meet the availability as required by their design.
RAM studies
SURVIVABILITY
S1. No specific Survivability Criteria identified N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input /Output Explanation
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A302 of A454
SCE GOAL - To remove sand and other solid particles from the hydrocarbon stream and to prevent erosion and operational issues of topside equipment on piping, vessels and other
related equipment.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
PC006 - Pipeline Input The piping layout and configuration (inlet & outlet) of the desander shall take into account the impact of erosion due
to sand and minimize dead ends, sudden change in flow and low points to avoid sand deposition and accumulation
in the line.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Zainab Bt Kayat Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 30/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A303 of A454
SCE GOAL - To ensure the robustness of the chemical injection application for production enhancement, water injection, flow assurance, efficient clean-up, emulsification and
demulsification, proper metal passivation and reduction of biological and/or chemical or electro chemical corrosion and scaling problems.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1 Chemical pumps and storage volume shall The pumps shall be positive displacement pumps, sized to the Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Process Design D,C&I
be designed to meet the intended process full range of possible operational conditions. Diaphragm Basis/Philosophy Basis/Philosophy indicate
/production requirements pumps with direct mechanical actuation shall not be used. Technical specification of Chemical type of pump in chemical
Reference PTS 16.52.03 section 3.2.1 Dosing Package Review Technical specification of injection service
Chemical Dosing Package
Datasheets of Dosing Pumps Technical specification of
Review Datasheets of Dosing Pumps Chemical Dosing Package
Piping & Instrumentation Diagram include type of pumps in
(P&IDs) Review Piping & Instrumentation chemical injection service
Diagram (P&IDs)
Datasheets of Dosing Pumps
indicate selected pump type
Material selection shall be compatible with the chemical Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Basis Process Design Basis D, C&I
envisaged during life cycle and considering chemical /Philosophy /Material Selection /Philosophy indicate
supplied from different vendors for given type of treatment. Technical specification of Chemical Report material of construction for
Provision for connections downstream of the injection Dosing Package chemical injection package
module shall also be considered Review Technical specification of D,C&I
Reference PTS 16.52.03 section 2.3.1 (iv) Piping & Instrumentation Diagram Chemical Dosing Package Technical specification of
(P&IDs) Chemical Dosing Package
Review Piping & Instrumentation indicate material of D,C&I
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) Diagram (P&IDs) construction of chemical
of Chemicals. injection package
Review Material Safety Data Sheet D
(MSDS) of Chemicals. Piping & Instrumentation
Diagram indicate material of
construction of package and
downstream piping
SCE GOAL - To ensure the robustness of the chemical injection application for production enhancement, water injection, flow assurance, efficient clean-up, emulsification and
demulsification, proper metal passivation and reduction of biological and/or chemical or electro chemical corrosion and scaling problems.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
HSE properties of chemicals (via MSDS of chemicals) shall be Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Process Design D, C&I
documented and selection of chemical shall minimize Fire Basis/Philosophy Basis/Philosophy indicate
hazards, Occupational hazards, storage requirements, MSDS of chemical used requirement of storage and
hazards to the environment and suitability for application. 3.3 Chemical Consumption Review MSDS of chemical used chemical consumption
Reference PTS 16.52.03 section 2.3.1 Report 3.3 Review Chemical
Consumption Report MSDS of chemical used D,C&I
indicate special handling or
safety measures required
The design of the chemical injection system shall correspond to Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Basis Process Design Basis / D, C&I
the criticality of injection system. /Philosophy philosophy indicate the
Reference PTS 16.52.03 section 2.3.2, 2.3.8) Technical specification of chemical availability and criticality of
injection system Review Technical specification of chemical injection system D,C&I
chemical injection system
Reliability and maintainability (RAM) Technical specification of
study Review Reliability and maintainability chemical injection system
(RAM) study specify the required D
availability
The injection of more than one chemical at one point shall be Process Design Basis /Philosophy Review Process Design Process Design Basis D, C&I
avoided unless chemical compatibility can be assured. Basis/Philosophy /Philosophy indicate dosing
Reference PTS 16.52.03 Section 2.3.8. Piping and Instrumentation Diagram points based on process
Review Piping and Instrumentation fluid characteristics and D,C&I
MSDS of chemical used Diagram requirements
SCE GOAL - To ensure the robustness of the chemical injection application for production enhancement, water injection, flow assurance, efficient clean-up, emulsification and
demulsification, proper metal passivation and reduction of biological and/or chemical or electro chemical corrosion and scaling problems.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Piping and Instrumentation
Diagram indicate the dosing
points
Prevention of mixing chemicals: An individual drip tray shall be Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Process Design Basis D, C&I
provided for any tank where accidental mixing of its contents Basis/Philosophy /Philosophy indicate
with other chemicals will cause formation of hazardous Piping and Instrumentation Diagram process fluid characteristics
substances. Hazardous chemicals like Ferric chloride shall Review Piping and Instrumentation and requirements D,C&I
have individual vent and drip trays. Tanks without overflow MSDS of chemical used Diagram
lines shall have means to avoid chemical mixing if they have Piping and Instrumentation
a common manifold vent. Review MSDS of chemical used Diagram indicate vent and D
Reference PTS 16.52.03 Section 3.1.2 drains
Tank blanketing shall be provided if a flammable mixture exist Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Process Design Basis D, C&I
or/and decomposition of chemical is possible. Basis/Philosophy /Philosophy indicate
Reference PTS 16.52.03 Section 3.1.2 Piping and Instrumentation Diagram process fluid characteristics
Review Piping and Instrumentation and requirements D,C&I
MSDS of chemical used Diagram
Piping and Instrumentation
Review MSDS of chemical used Diagram indicate vent and D
drains
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A306 of A454
SCE GOAL - To ensure the robustness of the chemical injection application for production enhancement, water injection, flow assurance, efficient clean-up, emulsification and
demulsification, proper metal passivation and reduction of biological and/or chemical or electro chemical corrosion and scaling problems.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
MSDS of chemical used indicate
chemical compatibility
Design pressure of piping downstream of chemical injection Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Process Design Basis D, C&I
pumps shall consider pump discharge pressure, hydraulics Basis/Philosophy /Philosophy indicate
downstream and differential pressure across the quill / Piping and Instrumentation Diagram process fluid characteristics
nozzle. In order to avoid over pressurization of pump and Review Piping and Instrumentation and dosing requirements
downstream system each chemical injection pump discharge Diagram
shall have a relief valve installed. Piping and Instrumentation
Reference PTS 16.52.03 Section 2.3.5 Diagram indicate dosing
points
F2. Selection of the chemicals shall be verified Validation of performance on suitability and effectiveness of the Trial Run Report from chemical Review Trial report. Trial report indicate performance HUC
for their intended chemical duty (for corrosion chemical, fluid characteristics and behavior with time e.g. provider of chemical and the
protection, descaling, dewaxing, production viscosity change, shelf life. Review Sampling point location suitability with respect to D,C&I,HUC
enhancement etc.) Reference PTS 16.52.03 Appendix 1 Sampling points provided at material of construction,
appropriate location. compatibility like foaming,
turbidity, pH etc.
In order to ensure correct dosage of chemicals and have Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Basis Process Design Basis D, C&I
necessary storage inventory, appropriate flow meters, /Philosophy /Material Selection /Philosophy indicate
totalizer/monitoring devices on injected chemical flow rates, Technical specification of Chemical Report material of construction for
storage tank level transmitters shall be provided. Dosing Package chemical injection package
Reference PTS 16.52.03 Section 2.3.5 Review Technical specification of D,C&I
Piping & Instrumentation Diagram Chemical Dosing Package Technical specification of
(P&IDs) Chemical Dosing Package
Review Piping & Instrumentation indicate material of D,C&I
Process calculations. Diagram (P&IDs) construction of chemical
injection package
Review Process calculations D
Piping & Instrumentation
Diagram indicate material of
construction of package and
downstream piping
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A307 of A454
SCE GOAL - To ensure the robustness of the chemical injection application for production enhancement, water injection, flow assurance, efficient clean-up, emulsification and
demulsification, proper metal passivation and reduction of biological and/or chemical or electro chemical corrosion and scaling problems.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Review of chemical
consumption, dosage rates,
tank sizing and storage
volumes.
F3. Storage Tanks Tank filling and relief back flow connections shall be designed in Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Basis Process Design Basis D , C&I
order to minimize swirl and build-up of static electricity. /Philosophy /Philosophy indicate this
Reference PTS 16.52.03 Section 3.1.2 Technical specification of chemical requirement
injection system Review Technical specification of D, C&I
chemical injection system Technical specification of
Chemical Dosing Package
indicate this requirement
AVAILABILITY
A1. Selection of chemical hardware to meet The uptime of injection system to be evaluated based on Cost Benefit analysis of high Review Cost Benefit analysis of high Cost Benefit analysis of high D
specified availability. manning levels and frequency of operators intervention, availability against production availability against production availability against
remoteness of location with supply chain, power supply uptime. uptime. production uptime indicate
availability. the basis of selection of
Reference PTS 16.52.03 2.1.2 Operating Philosophy and Operating Review Operating Philosophy and chemical injection program. D,HUC
Guideline of Chemical injection Operating Guideline of Chemical
system. injection system. Operating Philosophy and
Operating Guideline of
Chemical injection system
indicate the availability and
reliability requirement on
chemical injection system,
example storage
requirement and logistic of
chemical transfer system.
RELIABILITY
R1'The sparing requirement for pumps shall be Sparing requirement and use of common pumps to be Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Basis Process design basis D
based on the required availability of production determined based on criticality of chemical injection /Philosophy /Philosophy indicate
wells/facilities. considering both normal and emergency situations. Operating and Maintenance reliability requirement,
Reference PTS 16.52.03 03 section 2.3.5 ,2.4.5,3.2 Philosophy or Guideline sparing philosophy for D,HUC
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A308 of A454
SCE GOAL - To ensure the robustness of the chemical injection application for production enhancement, water injection, flow assurance, efficient clean-up, emulsification and
demulsification, proper metal passivation and reduction of biological and/or chemical or electro chemical corrosion and scaling problems.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Review Operating and Maintenance chemical injection system.
Philosophy or Guideline
Operating and Maintenance
Philosophy or Guideline
indicate the maintenance
and guide line for
maintaining reliability of
chemical injection system
SURVIVABILITY
N/A
NA NA N/A N/A N/A
OPERATIONAL ASSURANCE AND VERIFICATION
Planned Assurance Applicable Criteria Frequency Verification Frequency Measureable
Unit
TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Zainab Kayat Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A309 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid helicopter/aircraft collision with the installation.
2. To provide a safe landing area for helicopters.
3. To alert aircraft of the position of the installation so that they may take timely action to avoid the area.”
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1) Navigational Aids The design and engineering of Nav-aid and obstruction Electrical Design Basis and Review on design and engineering of visual Navigational aids meet D, C&I,HUC
Appropriate maritime navigation aids shall be systems shall satisfy all statutory requirements of the Specification and audible navigational aids to be requirements
provided in line with national/local legislative country in which the electrical installation will be located. (Navigational Aids) provided.
requirement, International Association of (PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 2.1)
Lighthouse Authorities (IALA) and the Layout drawings
Standard Marking Schedule requirements for The navigational aids system shall comprise the followings: (Navigational Aids)
Offshore Installations.
Visual navigational aids line and connection
Visual navigational aids shall be installed for onshore drawings (Navigational
and man-made offshore structure(s). Aids)
Audible navigational aids
Audible navigational aids shall be installed for man- Type test certificates and
made offshore structure(s), where level of visibility is reports.
under 1 nautical mile for more than three (3) days per
Year Type approval letter (from
(PTS 13.15.01 - Clause 2.2.1) authorities).
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid helicopter/aircraft collision with the installation.
2. To provide a safe landing area for helicopters.
3. To alert aircraft of the position of the installation so that they may take timely action to avoid the area.”
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
operation, inspection and maintenance.
(PTS 33.80.00.30 - Clause 2.2)
F2) Location and Coverage (Navigational The lights and sound signal shall be placed not less than 6m Electrical Design Basis and Review on location and coverage of Adequate coverage of relevant D, C&I,HUC
Aids) and not more than 30m above Mean High Water Springs Specification navigational aids visual and audible
Navigational aids shall be installed at (MHWS) (Navigational Aids) navigational aids
appropriate locations to ensure adequate (IALA Recommendation O-139)
coverage Layout drawings
At least one light is visible from any location around the (Navigational Aids)
platform (for the operating distance).
(PTS 33.80.00.30 - Clause Appendix 1)
F3) Helideck Landing LightsHelideck lighting The helideck shall be equipped with the following touch- Electrical Design Basis and Review on location and coverage of Helideck landing lights meet D, C&I,HUC
shall be provided in accordance with PTS, down and lift-off area lighting system. Specification (Helideck navigational aids requirements and adequate
ICAO, CAP437 and Civil Aviation Authority Landing Lights) coverage
(CAA) requirements, if night landing is required Perimeter lights;
Status (wave-off) lights Layout drawings (Helideck
Floodlights and illumination of target circle and “H” Landing Lights)
Internally illuminated wind sock
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4, PTS 33.80.00.30 Clause Single line and connection
A.2.2.1 and CAP437) drawings (Helideck
Landing Lights)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A311 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid helicopter/aircraft collision with the installation.
2. To provide a safe landing area for helicopters.
3. To alert aircraft of the position of the installation so that they may take timely action to avoid the area.”
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Average horizontal illumination on the surface of touch-down Illumination level
area shall be at least 10 lux with a uniformity ratio calculations/simulations
(average to minimum) of not more than 8:1. (Helideck flood lights)
(PTS 33.80.00.30 - Clause A.2.2.2)
F4) Aeronautical Obstruction Lights Aeronautical obstruction lights shall be provided at the Electrical Design Basis and Review on design and coverage of Aeronautical obstruction lights D, C&I,HUC
Aeronautical obstruction lights shall be highest point of the platform obstacles such as towers Specification aeronautical obstruction lights. meet requirements and
provided in accordance with PTS, ICAO, and vent stacks such that at least one light can be seen (Aeronautical adequate coverage
CAP437 and Civil Aviation Authority (CAA) by a pilot from any point above the horizon. Obstruction Lights)
requirements. The light can be installed at 3m below the top of flare
stack to avoid heat sources Layout drawings
For height of obstacle exceeding 45m related to MHWS, a (Aeronautical
second pair of aeronautical obstruction lights shall be Obstruction Lights)
provided at mid level or at every interval of 45m
maximum. Single line and connection
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4, PTS 33.80.00.30 Clause drawings (Aeronautical
A.2.3.1 and CAP437) Obstruction Lights)
F5) Navigational Aids Central Control Panel Separate control and monitoring systems shall be provided Design Basis and Review on design of navigational aids Navigational Aids controls meet D, C&I,HUC
(NCCP) for the visual and audio navigational aids. Specification controls. requirements.
The navigational lights and sound signals shall The control and monitoring system shall be fault tolerant (Navigational Aids)
be controlled and monitored from NCCP. with redundancy (i.e. two DC/AC inverters and two “U”
coders) Layout drawings
The NCCP shall be provided with status and alarm (Navigation Aids)
annunciators and sub-distribution equipment.
(PTS 33.80.00.30 - Clause 3.3.1 and 4.1) Single line and connection
drawings (Navigational
The control of navigational lights shall be fully automatic (by Aids)
a photocell) whilst the control of the audible navigational
aids shall be manual, either local or remote.
(PTS 33.80.00.30 - Clause 3.3.2 & 3.3.3)
AVAILABILITY
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A312 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid helicopter/aircraft collision with the installation.
2. To provide a safe landing area for helicopters.
3. To alert aircraft of the position of the installation so that they may take timely action to avoid the area.”
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
A1) Power Supply A battery backed-up standby power supply system shall be Design Basis and Review on design (including battery sizing) Power supplies design and D, C&I,HUC
Navigational aids system shall have reliable provided and dedicated to navigational aids consumer Specification (Power of power supplies for navigational and backup batteries capacities
incoming source of power supplies. (i.e. navigational lights, sound signals and associated Supply for Navigational aviation lights. are adequate and meet
controls). Aids & Aviation Lights) requirements.
Main lights of 12,000 cd effective intensity can be supplied UPS and Battery Sizing
from normal AC supply (i.e. emergency source if Calculations (For
available) without battery backup. Navigational Aids &
(PTS 33.80.00.30 - Clause 2.4.3) Aviation Lights)
RELIABILITY
R1) Reliability & Life Time Navigational aids system shall be designed for expected Specification (Navigational Review on reliability and provision for long The reliability and lifetime of D, P, C&I,HUC
Navigational aids shall be reliable and require lifetime of 20 years with min. availability of 0.998 and Aids and Aeronautical lifetime operation of navigational and navigational aid and
minimal maintenance. reliability of 0.84. Obstruction Lights) aeronautical obstruction lights. aeronautical obstruction
The backup batteries shall have an expected lifetime of 10 lights meet requirements.
years (VRLA batteries) or 20 years (vented batteries)
(PTS 33.80.00.30 - Clause 2.1 and 2.4)
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid helicopter/aircraft collision with the installation.
2. To provide a safe landing area for helicopters.
3. To alert aircraft of the position of the installation so that they may take timely action to avoid the area.”
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
R2) Construction All components shall be protected for operation in the climate Specification (Navigational Review on construction of navigational aids Navigational aids and aviation D, P, C&I
The navigational aids shall be suitable for the of the installation. aids system) and aviation lights. lights are suitable for the
site environment and approved by relevant site conditions
local authorities. All exposed hardware, hinges, shall be 316L stainless
steel.
For junction boxes, other corrosion resistive materials like
GRP may be used.
R3) Testing The following factory/site acceptance test shall be conducted Specification (Navigational Review on testing and FAT records for Performance of navigational C&I,HUC
Testing shall be conducted at factory and site as a minimum: aids system) navigational aids and aviation lights. aids and aviation light are
to ensure that navigational aids and aviation acceptable and meet
lights meet requirement. Insulation test Test Records requirement.
Load duration test
Functional test
Visual inspection
(PTS 33.80.00.30 - Clause 6.3)
SURVIVABILITY
S1) Nav-aid System to Survive the MAH The Nav-aid system installation shall comply with the Specification Review on design and engineering of Nav- The Nav-aid systems are being D, P, C&I
For the Nav-aid/Aviation system to survive the recommendations as laid down in IEC 60079. Datasheet aid system to be provided. provided to meet the
MAH, the system shall be installed in (PTS 13.15.01 - Clause 2.4) Plant layout requirement of the
accordance to IEC 60079 IEC 60529. UK Civil Technical organization
Aviation authority (CAA); CAP437, The Nav-aid systems to be designed, constructed and referred in S1
International Association Lighthouse installed in accordance to the International standards
Authorities (IALA) International Civil Aviation and / or recommended practices by the technical
Organization organizations referred in S1
(PTS 13.15.01 - Clause 1)
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid helicopter/aircraft collision with the installation.
2. To provide a safe landing area for helicopters.
3. To alert aircraft of the position of the installation so that they may take timely action to avoid the area.”
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Planned Assurance Applicable Criteria Frequency Verification Frequency Measureable Unit
TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. IC003 - Certified (Ex rated) Electrical Equipment Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
Certified (Ex rated) Electrical Equipment requirement and HAC drawing will determine the Ex
requirement for Navigational Aid equipment
I2. ER005 - Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
Navigational aid will determine the requirement for UPS
I3. PS015 - Collision Avoidance System Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
Visual navigation aids shall be installed for onshore and man-made offshore structure(s) and audible
navigational aids shall be installed for man-made offshore structure(s) where level of visibility is under
1 nautical mile for more than three (3) days per year to provide warning to the boat/chopper when
approaching the platform to avoid collision.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Pantaleon Su Lai Ting Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 18/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A315 of A454
SCE GOAL - To avoid ship collision by passing or drifting vessels with the installation.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Automated Radar Plotting Aid (ARPA) shall The system shall be able to detect vessels on collision System Specifications & Review listed documents & datasheets The required functionality is D, P
have the functions to ensure ship, boat or course with the installation within 50 mins. Datasheets specified in the datasheets
helicopter shall be equipped with monitoring and documentation.
system to ensure collision can be avoided The system shall be able to register the course and Design basis
speed of the object, and plotting facilities shall be
provided. Check the functionalities during SAT The monitoring system can HUC
detect presence of other
Ref: PTS 14.40.07 Section 3.2 vessels
Automatic identification system coverage around the System Specifications & Review listed documents & datasheets Automatic identification system D, P
installation shall be sufficient to detect automatic Datasheets coverage is at least 20
identification system signals from vessels at a distance nautical miles
of minimum 20 nautical miles. Design basis
Test maximum coverage of identification Coverage verified to cover at HUC
system during SAT. least 20 nautical miles.
F2. The facility shall be equipped with means System Specifications & Review listed documents & datasheets Alarming equipments are inside D, P
to avoid collision with errant vessels. The radar system shall be provided with proximity alarm to Datasheets the list of deliverables
warn the observer of an approaching vessel with time to
closest point of approach. If there is no dedicated stand- Design basis
by vessel, the following equipment shall be installed:
Tension leg platforms shall be equipped with an underwater System Specifications Review listed documents & datasheets Underwater warning device is D, P
warning device to warn submarines on collision course. specified in the design
Design basis document
SCE GOAL - To avoid ship collision by passing or drifting vessels with the installation.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
The facility and SBV shall be fitted with communications System Specifications & Review listed documents & datasheets Communication system and D, P
equipment to enable contact with any errant vessel with Datasheets pyrotechnics are inside the
collision potential. The SBV shall have available scope of supply
pyrotechnics to attract attention of errant vessel crew Design basis Test the communication system during FAT. Communication system works C&I
should radio contact is not possible. as specified.
AVAILABILITY
A1. Facility ARPA systems should be available The system power shall be source from emergency power System Specifications & Review listed documents & datasheets Power for ARPA system is D, P
at all times to assist in collision prevention. system. Upon interruption to main power supply, Datasheets designed to source from
electrical power will be diverted from UPS. emergency power system
Design basis
2. Test ARPA system capability to run on 1. ARPA system continues to HUC
Power Distribution Diagram emergency power system during SAT. run smoothly upon
emergency power
changeover to UPS.
RELIABILITY
R1. The ARPA system shall be of proven ARPA shall be supplied with valid certificates from an Testing and Maintenance The equipment shall be inspected, tested Testing and inspection D, P
quality so that it will operate reliably. independent and competent body which state limiting Report and maintained at frequencies which programme and procedure
operating parameters and confirm that the components maintain the validity of the certificates are in place and effective.
have been designed, constructed and tested in supplied in accordance with planned
accordance with internationally recognized standards. maintenance routines.
SURVIVABILITY
S1. ARPA system shall able to survive the The systems are not intended to survive facility hydrocarbon Design basis The ARPA shall be equipped with robust The ARPA shall provide D, P
following MAH: releases other than that covered by hazardous area features and relevant protection in order accuracies not less than
- Hydrocarbon/toxic release certification, to withstand the environmental those required under all
but should be capable of operating effectively in all conditions environmental conditions
design environmental conditions. specified during design.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A317 of A454
SCE GOAL - To avoid ship collision by passing or drifting vessels with the installation.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
I2. ER005 - Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) Input UPS ensure collision avoidance system ability to continuously operate during MAH since main supply
will be most probably taken offline during emergency
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Chua Kien Kek Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 07/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A318 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide metocean data for design and operation to project groups, environmental consultants and for navigational purposes.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1 – The Metocean Data Gathering System The minimum design parameter of the site-specified Metocean Project Design Specification Review the Project Design The information of environment D,P, C&I, HUC
(MDGS) should be capable to supply full Database which applicable for the item (i, ii, iii, iv and v Specification inclusive of design parameter indicated in the
information about data collection, data (except for transportation)) in the Section F1 shall be Metocean Data Report life, project duration and period, Metocean Data Report is
processing and data quality with all data established containing information on: areas/project specified location. specifically generated for
requests to enable users to assess data Project Design Specification the designated area/location
suitability for: General climate description such as wind, waves and current Review the Metocean Data Report to as defined in the Project
a - Design the new structures Main extreme data of main swell, second swell, wind sea, Transportation/Tow Route Metocean ensure the information of climate Design Specification
b - Assessment of the existing structures sustained wind, squalls, current, highest astronomical tide Data Report descriptions, main extreme data,
c - Assessment of mobile offshore units (HAT) / lowest astronomical tide (LAT) and storm surge for main extreme sea-states, extreme The information of environment
d - Operation of the platform a return period of 1-year, 10-years and 100-years sea-states, extreme winds, parameter indicated in the
e - Determination of limiting environmental associated with prevailing direction. extreme current, join extreme Transportation/Towing
conditions, weather windows, actions and Extreme sea-states such as extreme main swell, extreme condition, operational sea-states, Metocean Data Report is
action effect for pre-services and post- secondary swell and extreme wind sea and most probable operational winds, operational specifically generated for
services. associated Tp per return periods (years) currents, wave and wind energy the designated area/location
Extreme winds such as extreme sustain winds and extreme spectra, tides, marine growth, and as defined in the Project
Reference: ISO 19901-1:2005(E), gusts sea water physical characteristic Design Specification
METOCEAN DESIGN AND OPERATING Extreme current such as extreme surface currents, extreme are presented in the report.
CONSIDERATION, Part 1, Section 1 current through water depth and current profile near
seabed. Review the Project Design
Join extreme condition, i.e. any possible combination between Specification inclusive the towing
directions of sustain wind or squalls / swells / wind-seas / duration and period, areas/project
surface current / deepwater current as well as inverse specification location.
FORM contours
Operational sea-states, i.e. criteria to recombine a sea-state Review the Transportation/Tow Route
from its partitions and Hs-Tp directional distributions of Metocean Data Report to ensure
main swell, secondary swell and wind sea, distribution of the information of towing routes,
individual waves, monthly distribution of significant height, extreme winds, wave extremes,
quantiles of monthly significant height distributions, sea- tropical cyclones extremes,
states persistence and waiting time. adjusted design criteria, 10-years
Operational winds, i.e. sustained winds, squall seasonal extreme design criteria and
Operational currents, i.e. current speed-directional distribution, frequency of wave height are
current profile presented in the report.
Wave and wind energy spectra
Tides
Marine growth
Air and seawater physical characteristic such as air
temperature, air humidity, air pressure, seawater
temperature and salinity.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A319 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide metocean data for design and operation to project groups, environmental consultants and for navigational purposes.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
The minimum design parameter of the site-specified Metocean
Database which applicable for the item (v, (transportation))
in the Section F1 shall be established containing information
on:
Towing routes description and sectors
Extreme winds (Non-Tropical cyclone)
Wave Extremes (Non-Tropical cyclone)
Tropical cyclone extremes
“Adjusted” design criteria
10-years extreme design criteria
Frequency of wave height versus direction relative to the
transport heading
F2 - The Weather Monitoring System (WMS) All equipment is to be installed at the outdoor weather Operation Manual Review Operation Manual WMS installed at required D, P, C&I, HUC
shall be designed to be real-time weather monitoring station with data displays in the radio room. This location
monitoring data collection and display system system is required to process and distribute data for the use Plot Plan Layout Review Plot Plan Layout
suitable for installation in support of operation by supply vessel and helicopter pilot to ensure safe
personnel and helicopter operations at operation for helicopter and operations personnel
offshore.
The accuracy, range, type and location of the instruments should Operation Manual Review Operation Manual Instrumentation in WMS D, P, C&I, HUC
be determined with due regard to the purpose of the accurate, and fit for purpose
recordings. Weather Monitoring System Review Weather Monitoring System
Specification Specification
The accuracy of metocean recordings should be chosen in
accordance with Annex 1.B of WMO No.008)
F3 - Weather observation and reporting for A complete aviation routing weather report is as per specification Weather Report Review Weather Report Weather report and weather HUC
helicopter operations shall have adequate in WMO-No.306, under code FM 15-X Ext. METAR. The forecast meets the
information for safe operations parameters included are: Weather Forecast Review Weather Forecast requirement design
requirement
Wind direction
Wind speed
Visibility (according to METAR specifications, and RVR if
available)
Weather
Cloud
Dew-point temperature
Air temperature
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A320 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide metocean data for design and operation to project groups, environmental consultants and for navigational purposes.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Air pressure (QNH)
The wind measurements should be representative for the wind Meteorological Report Review Meteorological Report Wind sensor in appropriate D, C&I, HUC
field at the helicopter deck. This is best achieved if the location
location of the wind sensor is selected to minimize the
influence from the construction (LQ, cranes, etc.). Top of
derrick or mast is the best choice in most cases.
F4 - Weather observation and reporting for A complete weather observation report is as per specification in Meteorological Report Review Meteorological Report Meteorological report meets the HUC
weather forecasting services shall have WMO-No.306, under code FM 13-X SHIP. The parameters requirement
adequate information for safe operations included are:
Wind direction
Wind speed
Air pressure
Air temperature
Sea surface temperature
Humidity
Wave height
Wave period
Current speed
Clouds
Visibility (MOR)
Weather
Icing
Observations shall be made at standard synoptic hours, Meteorological Report Meteorological Report Observations made at HUC
expressed in terms of UTC at which by international appropriate intervals
agreement, meteorological observations are made
simultaneously throughout the globe.
AVAILABILITY
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A321 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide metocean data for design and operation to project groups, environmental consultants and for navigational purposes.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
RELIABILITY
R1 - The equipment installed for metocean Equipment calibration shall be done periodically Equipment calibration report Periodic Maintenance & calibration Calibration Report meeting the P, C&I, HUC
data gathering should be periodically conducted as per WMO No. 008 requirements
calibrated and necessary maintenance I.1 - I.11 requirements
activities performed.
R2 – Helicopter pilots, helicopter landing The minimum requirement for metocean data need for helicopter Weather Forecast Report Review Weather Forecast Report The information supply in the P, C&I, HUC
officers and mariners need direct access to pilots, helicopter landing officers and mariners: ensure that the information of Weather Forecast Report is
good-quality, reliable data so that they can wave height and period, wave adequate as per minimum
assess it along with other information relating Actual weather at incident site direction and slope, swell and criteria and its information is
to the performance of their vehicle or vessel Predicted short/medium term storm surges, wind speed, up-to-date.
and make their own risk assessments and Oceanographic conditions direction and consistency, tide
operational judgement. Determine regions of atmospheric instability height and timing, water
Plan what if/scenario planning circulation, currents, water
Determine window of opportunity for vessel salvage, cargo temperature, visibility, sun up/sun
removal, crew evacuation and etc. down, rain, cloud cover, air
temperature and etc. is presented
For the above requirement, the minimum wind and sea in the report for a required
state information shall be inclusive of wave height and specified period.
period, wave direction and slope, swell and storm surges,
wind speed, direction and consistency, tide height and
timing, water circulation, currents, water temperature,
visibility, sun up/sun down, rain, cloud cover, air
temperature and etc.
SURVIVABILITY
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A322 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide metocean data for design and operation to project groups, environmental consultants and for navigational purposes.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
I1. SI001 Sub-structure (Jacket / Vessel Hull / GBS / Foundation [weathertight enclosures / piles / foundations] Output: For fixed structure Topside The Sub-structure (SI001) design shall use the approved Metocean Data given by
etc.) & Jacket strength depends on PETRONAS.
Metocean loads
1. Input
I2. SI002 - Topside Structure, Soft mooring, Risers & Conductors, Boat landing platform 2. Input The Topside-structure (SI002) design shall use the approved Metocean Data given by
PETRONAS.
I3. SI009 - Station keeping 3. Input The Station keeping (SI009) design shall use the approved Metocean Data given by
PETRONAS.
I4. SI003 - Stability system 4. Input The Stability system (SI003) design shall use the approved Metocean Data given by
PETRONAS.
I5. SI006 - Mooring system 5. Input The Mooring system (SI006) design shall use the approved Metocean Data given by
PETRONAS.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : M Sapihie Ayob Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 11/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A323 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To achieve safe shutdown of plant and equipment.
2. To prevent or mitigate the consequences of a Major Accident Event.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. ESD system shall be designed in All components used in SIL 1, 2 and 3 functions shall be ESD design basis & Review listed documentation & drawings All ESD components are D, P
compliance with the standards, whether as an independent of any components used for monitoring and philosophy independent of control &
independent system or as an integrated control functions except for the cases stated in : PTS monitoring function
system with control function. 14.12.10 Section 5.1 ESD functional design
specifications. Appropriate SIL according to
IPF report are incorporated
IPF study report into the design
Test functionality and independency during ESD system components are C&I
FAT. operationally independent
of the monitoring/control
functions
Major process equipments such as boilers, turbines and • ESD design basis & To review listed documentation & drawings. IPS separation for individual D, P
compressors that are redundant shall be engineered into philosophy unit equipments are
separate IPS (logic solver) for each individual unit • ESD functional design incorporated into the design
equipment as to avoid common failure. specifications
Reference: PTS 14.12.12 Section 2.5 Test IPS separation functionality during Failure on IPS for a unit C&I
SAT. equipment does not cause
failure on the other unit
F2. The ESD system and its components shall The IPS shall be normally energized except for lamp outputs. ESD design basis & Review listed documentation & drawings. Output state shall be as per D, P
(PSR) be designed based on a “fail safe” (PTS 14.12.12 Section 2.1) philosophy approved design
principle. specification.
Output signals shall go to a "0" (de-energized) state on ESD functional design
power failure specifications Test all outputs during FAT. Outputs during failure are C&I
(PTS 14.12.12 Section 2.1) correct as per specification.
Functional Logic Diagrams
In the event of its component failure, IPS action shall ESD design basis & Review listed documentation and drawing. ESD system provides clear D, P
maintain safety of the respective process. The action philosophy definition on action upon
must be well defined and documented. failure of its components
ESD functional design
PTS 14.12.10 Section 5.1 specification Test components failure during FAT. ESD actions and consequences C&I
follow the safety
OEM Safety Manual requirement as stipulated in
specification.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A324 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To achieve safe shutdown of plant and equipment.
2. To prevent or mitigate the consequences of a Major Accident Event.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F3. Response time of the ESD system for The scan time of safety related IPS-PLCs shall (PSR) be ESD system specifications. Review ESD system specification & loading All reference to scan time shall D,P, C&I
processing of I/O signals shall be appropriate. less than 300 ms. ESD system loading calculation. be based on < 300ms
(PTS 14.12.12 Section 2.4) calculations. scanning time.
Maximum time from input to output state change shall Test & measure scan time during FAT. Scan time shall be < 300ms C&I
(PSR) be 600 ms.
(PTS 14.12.10 Section 5.3)
Test & measure IPF loop response time Response time does not HUC
IPF loop response time (which include IPS cycle time) shall during SAT. exceed PST.
not exceed Process Safety Time (PST)
(PTS 14.12.10 Section 5.3)
F4.The ESD system (IPS-PLC) shall be The IPS shall be able to detect failure of safety critical ESD functional design Review listed documentation and drawing. ESD system is capable of D,P
provided with diagnostic & monitoring features components and initiate alarms. specifications detecting safety critical
and auto-test facilities. components failure
ESD system specifications
Test critical component failure during FAT. ESD system able to detect C&I
failure and initiate
respective alarms.
The IPS shall be capable of self-diagnostic. ESD functional design Review ESD system specification during ESD system self-diagnostic D, P
specifications ITB. capability clearly specified
in ITB documents.
ESD system specifications
Test self-diagnostic capability during FAT. ESD system is able to conduct C&I
self-diagnostic without
human interaction.
F5. Fabrication & manufacturing of ESD Fabrication and manufacturing of the safety related IPS Datasheets Review listed documentation, drawings and IPS fabricated, manufactured D, P, C&I
system components shall be based on proven components shall comply with IEC 61508 / 61511 certificates. and tested components are
standards. standard. System cabinets drawings based on IEC 61508 /
Manufacturing certificates 61511 standards
F6. Proper and complete test procedures are An IPS Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) shall be conducted FAT reports Review reports & procedures The FAT is conducted following D, P, C&I
to be provided to ensure comprehensive as per approved FAT procedure. the stipulated procedure
testing of ESD critical components. FAT procedure
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A325 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To achieve safe shutdown of plant and equipment.
2. To prevent or mitigate the consequences of a Major Accident Event.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Results of the function tests
meet specification &
requirement
Site Acceptance Test (SAT) shall be completed prior to the SAT reports Review reports & procedures SAT is conducted successfully HUC
introduction of process medium.
SAT procedure
SAT reports Check that all IPS sub-components under IPS completion certificate is HUC
RFC completion criteria has been fully produced.
SAT procedure completed.
IPS verification & validation
ESD system completion certificate has been signed
certificate off
AVAILABILITY
A1 ESD system shall be available during all Power supply for IPS shall be designed such that it will be ESD system specification Review listed documentation & drawings. ESD system power is having D, P
operating conditions. able to change over to UPS supply in the event of backup supply from UPS.
emergency/failure of main supply. Power distribution drawing
PTS 14.12.12. Section 4.1 Test ESD system capability to run on UPS ESD system works flawlessly HUC
during SAT on UPS upon failure of
main power supply.
It shall be possible to isolate, disconnect, remove and ESD system specification Review system specification during ITB. ESD system requirement is D, P
replace faulty redundant components without loss of specified clearly in ITB
operation. That is removal of faulty component shall not ESD functional design
disrupt the operation of the rest of the system. specification
Example of redundant components are IO card, Test removal of one unit of redundant Removal of one unit of C&I
controller, power supply, network equipment. component during FAT redundant component does
not affect working
PTS 14.12.12 Section 4.1 functionality of the rest of
ESD system
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A326 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To achieve safe shutdown of plant and equipment.
2. To prevent or mitigate the consequences of a Major Accident Event.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
RELIABILITY
R1. The ESD system shall be designed to The design shall be approved as per IEC 61508 / IEC 61511 Design Basis Review of ESD system safety manual System design to comply with D, P
meet the SIL requirements. and the ESD system Safety Manual safety manual
ESD system Safety Manual
Safety Manual is a manual provided by the ESD system
Check for design approval by certified Design is checked and D, C&I
supplier defining how the device, system and sub-
Functional Safety Engineer (FSE) approved by certified FSE.
system can be applied safely (IEC 61511)
As a requirement IEC 61508 SIL certification shall be made Design basis, specifications Review listed documentation, drawings & Relevant SIL certificates are D, P, C&I
available for the below components : & datasheets certification available and valid
The IPS hardware including I/O cards and manual IEC 61508 SIL certification
switches.
All input and output cards, which shall be fail safe except
for those outputs driving SIL <1 outputs and those ESD system Safety Manual
driving hardwired alarm lamps.
IPS-to-IPS communication over the Safety Bus.
Application software.
Interface cards.
R2. The ESD system shall be able to achieve a As a minimum the IPS hardware components below shall be IEC 61508 SIL certification Review listed documentation, drawings, ESD system failure on demand D, P, C&I
reliable failure on demand performance. designed to have safe fault tolerance: certification & report performance complies with
Design basis & requirement as stated in
CPUs, power supply specifications IEC 61508
Internal communication busses and IPS to IPS
communication links Datasheets
The IPS-PAS communication and the SER and
maintenance and engineering networks IPF Study Report
Redundancy at IO level shall conform to IEC 61508
requirements and accordingly provided for analogue Functional test report
digital input cards used for those inputs performing
executive actions as well as IPF verification and
Digital output cards, except for those outputs driving alarm validation report
lamps.
R3. All software backup shall be available System software configuration and application backup are ESD system functional Review list of software backups Software backups are complete C&I
available design specification
SCE GOAL -
1. To achieve safe shutdown of plant and equipment.
2. To prevent or mitigate the consequences of a Major Accident Event.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
R4. ESD components shall be protected All outdoor cabinets are certified for operation in the Design basis & Review listed documentation, drawings & Outdoor cabinets certified for D, P, C&I
against environmental conditions subjected to Hazardous Zone area. specifications certificates installation at designated
the device. hazardous area
ESD system specification Visual Inspection & testing during FAT
Outdoor IPS equipment IP rating shall be adequately Design basis & Review listed documentation & drawings Equipment certificate on ingress D, P, C&I
selected. specifications protection is available and
Visual Inspection & testing during FAT complies with requirement
ESD system specification
SURVIVABILITY
S1. ESD system shall survive the following All critical components of ESD system are installed and Design basis & Review listed documentation & drawings. Critical ESD system D, P, C&I
MAH: located inside safe area. specifications components are installed in
i. Fire/explosion safe location.
ii. Hydrocarbon/toxic release Equipment Layout Diagram
ESD field cabling shall be routed through area with minimal Design Basis Review design documents and cable ESD field cables are routed D, C&I
exposure to fire and explosion. routing layout drawing. through area with minimal
Cable Routing Layout risk of fire and explosion
hazard.
FERA Report
All ESD system field cabling shall be designed as fire Design basis & Review listed documentation & drawings. ESD field system cabling D, P, C&I
retardant and fire resistance as appropriate, as per IEC specifications complies with fire retardant
61508 & IEC 61511. Visual Inspection & testing during FAT requirement
Outdoor ESD panel shall be designed with proper explosion Design Basis Review design documents and equipment ESD panels are designed to be D, P, C&I
protection (Ex). layout drawing. located at area with minimal
As much as possible, location of the panel must be at an Equipment Layout Drawing risk of exposure to fire and
area with minimal exposure to fire and explosion hazard. Review Ex certificate. explosion.
FERA Report
Panel Ex certificate complies
with hazardous area
classification.
SCE GOAL -
1. To achieve safe shutdown of plant and equipment.
2. To prevent or mitigate the consequences of a Major Accident Event.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Planned Assurance Applicable Criteria Frequency Verification Frequency Measureable Unit
TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. SD002 - Emergency depressurising system Output The emergency depressurization system shall function to ensure the ESD control meets the shutdown
objective
I2. SD003 - HIPPS Output HIPPS system is an integrated part of ESD and shall activate when demand arise
I3. SD005 - Pipeline isolation valve Output ESD shall activate to provide proper pipeline isolation
I4. SD006 - Emergency shutdown valve Output Shutdown valve will activate when demanded if ESD system is properly function.
I5. SD007 - SSIV Output ESD sends signal to activate SSIV valve to mitigate risk.
I6. DS001 - Fire and gas detection system Input Fire and gas detection provide input to emergency control system to trigger shutdown of the facilities
to mitigate risk
I7. ER005 - Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) Input UPS ensure ESD system ability to continuously operate during MAH since main supply will be most
probably taken offline during emergency
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Chua Kien Kek Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 07/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A329 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. High-rate emergency depressurizing BDV for high-rate emergency depressurizing systems shall Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. BDV is designed with normally D, P
system shall be designed to be initiated be designed fail-safe. The selection of valve SIL rating energized solenoids and fail
automatically and/or manually, depending on shall meet IPF classification BDV Specifications & Review SIL Report open.
the type of plant or emergency and the Ref: PTS 14.12.09 and PTS 16.53.02 Datasheets
safeguarding strategy. Valve meets the SIL
IPF Classification Report requirements
Test BDV on fail-safe feature during FAT. BDV confirmed to be fail-open. C&I
Automatic emergency depressurizing systems shall be Design Basis & Blowdown Review listed documentation & drawings. Blowdown system is designed D, P
designed with manual trip facilities via hardwired Philosophy with manual trip facilities
pushbutton and with a reset to allow operator to close Review IPS functional design specification
the valve after the trip conditions have cleared. BDV Specifications on blowdown activation and reset. Reset facilities are available in
the IPS system.
Ref: PTS 14.12.09 Section 3.2 and PTS 16.53.02 Hook-up Drawings Test blowdown automatic and manual trip Automatic and manual trip HUC
Section 7.1 during SAT functionality from remote
IPS Functional Design location & IPS reset for
Specification Test IPS reset during SAT. BDV works as specified.
Manually activated depressurizing system, shall be designed Design Basis & Blowdown Review listed documentation & drawings. BD system are designed to be D, P
to be activated by hardwired pushbutton from a remote Philosophy capable of remote
location or control room. activation through
Blowdown System pushbutton.
Ref: PTS 14.12.09 Section 4.1 and PTS 16.53.02 Specifications &
Section 7.1 Datasheets Test blowdown remote activation during BD system remote activation HUC
SAT. are working as specified.
Hook-up Drawings
The BDV valve actuator shall be of the single-acting, spring Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. BDV valves are designed to be D, P
return fail-open type. single acting, spring return
BDV Specifications & fail-open
Ref: PTS 14.12.09 Section 5.1 Datasheets
Test BDV working functionality during FAT. BDV valves are fitted with C&I
single-acting, spring return,
fail-open actuator.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A330 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
BDV valves shall be designed and treated as ESD valves Design Basis & Shutdown Review listed documentation & drawings. BDV valves are designed with D, P
and equipped with both remote and local position Philosophy local and remote indication.
indication. Reset of BDV valves shall be as per start-up Review IPS functional design specification
philosophy. BDV Specifications & on start-up and reset. Reset and start-up in IPS
Datasheets design is as per philosophy
requirement.
IPS Functional Design
Specifications Test BDV reset and start-up sequence Reset and start-up sequence HUC
during SAT. for BDV is as the
Cause & Effect Matrix philosophy.
F2. Blowdown (BD) system, shall be the BD time shall be selected in accordance to specified Design Basis & Blowdown Review listed documentation & drawings. Blowdown time requirement is D, P
primary mean of depressurization during fire requirements for protection of pressurized systems Philosophy incorporated in the BD
emergency. exposed to fire.BD time shall be reduced as much as system design
possible to minimize the need for passive fire protection. Blowdown System
Specifications & Test blowdown time performance during Blowdown time performance is HUC
Datasheets SAT. as per design specification.
Generally BDV stroke from fully closed to fully open and vice Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. BD valve stroking speed D, P
versa within 30 sec from initiation pneumatically driven indicates as achievable in
valve, and 20 sec for electrically driven valve. BDV Specifications & datasheets.
Datasheets
PTS 14.12.09 Section 4.1 Test & measure BD valve closing time BD valves closing time HUC
during SAT. performance is as per
design requirement.
For depressurizing system with automatic initiation Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. BD valves I/A buffer is available D, P
Instrument air supply to the depressurizing valve shall be
assured by the use of a Secure Instrument Air (SIA) BDV Specifications &
buffer vessel/accumulator.PTS 14.12.09 Section 3.2Air Datasheets Test BD valve SIA performance during SAT. SIA volume achieves multiple HUC
charges inside the SIA buffer vessel shall be sufficient to stroking time capability as
support three valve strokes.PTS 14.12.09 Section 6.5 Hook-up drawings specified.
F3. Automatic blowdown sequence is to be Blowdown system shall be capable of full depressurization of Design Basis, Shutdown & Review listed documentation & drawings. Blowdown sequence is D, P
initiated upon detection of fire incident, process system and inventories upon activation from Blowdown Philosophy designed to follow the
together with safe sectionalisation routine. control room. stated blowdown
philosophy
As such, blowdown sequence shall be provided as to
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A331 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
improve the blowdown performance. Sectionalisation IPS Functional Design Test blowdown sequence during SAT. Blowdown sequence is HUC
might be incorporated to achieve effective Specifications activated as per
depressurization, reduce loss of containment risk and requirement in the
reduce required capacity of emergency depressurization Cause & Effect Matrix document.
system.
AVAILABILITY
A1.Depressurising facilities shall be available Upon instrument air supply failure, the SIA system shall Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. SIA buffer is provided in the D, P
at all times during plant operation, including designed to maintain sufficient pressure in the buffer design documents.
when it is shutdown but under pressure based vessel to allow for at least three valve strokes BDV Valves Specifications
on safe failure classifications. & Datasheets
Power for depressurizing facilities shall be sourced from Test BDV stroking with isolated main I/A BDV 3 strokes is achieved. HUC
'vital' power supply. In case of interruption of main power Hook-up drawings supply during SAT.
supply, UPS power is available for backup.
Design Basis
Review listed documentation & drawings. Blowdown system is supplied D, P
with power from vital source
Blowdown System
Specifications &
Datasheets Test blowdown system facilities to run on Blowdown facilities are able to HUC
total UPS during SAT. operate like normal on total
Power Distribution Diagram UPS.
RELIABILITY
R1. The depressurizing system shall be The initiating inputs shall be designed with proper Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. BDV power supply units, input D, P
designed as such it will minimize common redundancy and diversity to meet reliability and to cards, racks and field
mode failures. minimize common mode failures. BD System Specifications and/or system cabling are
& Datasheets not shared between two
As much as possible, the inputs shall not share power inputs.
supply, input cards, racks, field and/or system cables. IPS Functional Design
Specifications Test and simulate component failure during Failure on one component only C&I
Ref: PTS 14.12.09 Section 6.4 FAT. affect one input, while the
other inputs remain
operational.
BDV and associated equipments shall meet the SIL Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. BDV datasheets comply with D, P, C&I
classification requirement. SIL requirement.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A332 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
BDV Specifications &
Datasheets
SURVIVABILITY
S1. The blowdown system shall survive the The BD system equipments which are critical for the Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. BD system related equipments D, P, C&I
following MAH: effectuation of the function actions shall be are designed to be
- Fire/explosion located/protected against MAH where applicable, e.g.: BD System Specifications installed/routed with
- Hydrocarbon/toxic release & Datasheets minimal exposure to
valves and control circuit; fire/explosion hazard.
piping and pipe support; FERA Analysis Report
flare structure;
Flare knock-out drum. Equipment & Piping Layout
Diagram
Installed location/route shall be located at area with
minimal exposure to fire and explosion hazard.
S2. BD valves and valve actuators shall be BD valves and actuators to be fire safe and fire proof BD valves Specifications & Review valve datasheets & certificate BD valve conform to the design D, P
designed to ensure that as far as reasonably conforming to API 6FA as standard. Datasheets requirements
practicable the valve closing function is not
compromised under the identified design fire BD valves are to meet fire safe and fire proof FERA Report Conduct visual check during FAT. Valves & actuators are supplied C&I
and explosion hazards. requirement as per stated inside the FERA report. with the fire safe and fire
proof capability according
to the relevant standard
Ball valves in BD service shall be designed to meet fire test BD valves Specifications & Review valve datasheets & certificate BD valve conform to the design D, P, C&I
requirement as per API 607 / API 6FA Datasheets requirements
Visual observation
BD valve to be protected from explosion as required, based BD valve Specifications & Review FERA report on BD valve explosion BD valves with explosion D, P
on FERA report analysis. Datasheets exposure study. protection requirement are
designed accordingly
FERA Analysis Report
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A333 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
S3. BD valves cabling shall be able to survive All BD system field cabling shall be fire resistant as per IEC Instrument Cable Review BD valve cable specification BD valve cable conform to the D, P, C&I
fire incident. 60331 and fire retardant as per IEC 60332. Specification relevant IEC requirements
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. SD001- Emergency shutdown system Input The emergency shutdown system (PLC) provide the control system to initiate the depressurization
action to mitigate risk
I2. SD009 - Utility Air Input Utility air/instrument air is essential for BD system to provide sectionalisation, if needed.
I3. PS006 - Passive Fire Protection (incl. Doors, Walls and Penetrations) Input Provide BD system vessels & piping protection against fire/explosion during MAH.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Chua Kien Kek Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 07/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A334 of A454
SCE GOAL - To protect against over pressurization of gas transportation pipeline systems.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. HIPPS shall be designed to reliably isolate Topside & Subsea HIPPS shall be designed to fail safe; Design Basis & Shutdown Review listed documentation & drawings. HIPPS is designed to be fail D, P
source of pressure when detected where self- spring return shut off valves are recommended. Philosophy safe.
acting full flow mechanical relief is impractical Review HAZOP study report on HIPPS
and it is uneconomic to fully rate the pipeline HIPPS is a type of IPS. The requirements identified in HIPPS Specifications & items HAZOP recommendation on
and riser to the maximum pressure or it is not HAZOP shall be incorporated Datasheets. HIPPS is incorporated into
possible to fully rate the pipeline and riser. the design
Ref: PTS 14.12.10 Section 5.3 HAZOP study report
API 521 Test HIPPS system on failure scenario HIPPS goes into fail-safe state C&I
API RP 17O (Subsea HIPPS) during FAT. on simulated failure
scenario
HIPPS valves shall be exclusively designed for the HIPPS Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. HIPPS isolation valves are D, P
function only. dedicated only for HIPPS
HIPPS Specifications
Fail safe solenoid valves are preferred to achieve the fail Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. Fail safe solenoids are D, P
safe requirements for HIPPS. incorporated into the HIPPS
HIPPS Specifications & design
Datasheets
Test HIPPS system by simulating solenoid Solenoid valve returns to fail C&I
Hook-up drawings valve failure during FAT. safe as specified on failure.
HIPPS valves are essentially a specialized ESD valves. Design Basis Review HIPPS valve documentation & HIPPS valves are constructed D, P
datasheets with material as per
Hence, HIPPS valve construction material and pressure HIPPS Specifications & requirement.
rating are to follow as per PTS 14.10.01. Datasheets
HIPPS valves pressure rating
conform to design
requirement
F2. HIPPS shall be designed to achieve the Where the HIPPS is required to close more rapidly, Process HIPPS Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. Process Safety & closure time D, P
required closure / isolation requirements Safety Time and closure time shall be calculated and have been incorporated into
accommodated in the design. Hydraulic hammering shall HIPPS Specifications & the HIPPS design.
be avoided. Datasheets
Valve closure time shall be 50% of the Process Safety Test HIPPS valve stroking requirement, HIPPS valve closes from fully C&I
Time. simulating operating condition. open in 2 seconds or less.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A335 of A454
SCE GOAL - To protect against over pressurization of gas transportation pipeline systems.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Common practice is to have HIPPS valve maximum Test HIPPS valve stroking requirement HIPPS valve closes from fully HUC
closing time of 2 seconds. during SAT. open in 2 seconds or less.
HIPPS main control panel with logic solver shall be installed HIPPS Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. HIPPS main control panel is D, P
as close as possible with the sensor (transmitters) and located near the
final element (HIPPS valves) to ensure fast cycle time. HIPPS Specifications & transmitters & valves
Datasheets
AVAILABILITY
A1. HIPPS system shall be available in all HIPPS panel shall be designed independent of other IPS Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. HIPPS independence is D, P
operating and weather conditions. system. This include: incorporated into the design
HIPPS Specifications &
Dedicated power supply from main power supply Datasheets
Ability to switch to UPS in case of interruption to main Test HIPPS functionality upon switching to HIPPS operates continuously C&I
power supply Power Distribution Drawing UPS upon switching to UPS.
Its own dedicated logic solver
A2. HIPPS system to be provided with It shall be possible to isolate, disconnect, remove and Design Basis Review system specification during ITB. HIPPS system requirement is D, P
capability to maintain availability even during replace faulty redundant components without loss of specified clearly in ITB
maintenance on faulty component. operation. That is removal of faulty component shall not HIPPS Specifications &
disrupt the operation of the HIPPS system. Datasheets Test removal of one unit of redundant Removal of one unit of C&I
component during FAT redundant component does
Example of redundant components are IO card, not affect working
controller, and power supply. functionality of the HIPPS
system
For HIPPS, common practice is to have 3 pressure
transmitters.
HIPPS valve panel may be considered for 2oo2 solenoid
valve configuration.
RELIABILITY
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A336 of A454
SCE GOAL - To protect against over pressurization of gas transportation pipeline systems.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
R1. HIPPS shall be designed based on the SIL The HIPPS shall be an Instrumented Protection Function HIPPS Design Basis Review listed documentation HIPPS is designed as per SIL D, P
requirement, multiple isolation valves and replacing the PSV (secondary protection) and shall be classification
multiple sensors could be required to meet the independent of the primary protection. The SIL shall be IPF Classification Report Review IPF reports & SIL certificates
required availability and the architectural as per the IPF classification
constraints of the SIL as per IEC 61511.
The safety integrity level of HIPPS shall be determined HIPPS Design Basis Review listed documentation HIPPS is designed as per IEC D, P
according to the requirements of Clause 7.5 of Part 1 of 161508
IEC61508 Functional safety of E/E/PES Safety Related HIPPS Specifications & Review IPF reports & SIL certificates
Systems. Datasheets
SIL Certificate
Specification of instrument-based secondary overpressure HIPPS Design Basis Review listed documentation HIPPS components are D, P
protection systems shall be as per IEC 61511 designed as per IEC
HIPPS Specifications & Review IPF reports & SIL certificates 161508
Datasheets
SIL Certificate
Programmable logic solver/Solid State logic device used for HIPPS Design Basis Review listed documentation HIPPS PLC software lifecycle D, P
HIPPS, shall assure that the software lifecycle specification, design,
specification, design, programme coding, verification, HIPPS Specifications & Review IPF reports & SIL certificates programme coding,
validation techniques and the hardware requirements Datasheets verification and validation
shall meet the SIL requirements as per IEC 61508 techniques are designed as
SIL Certificate per IEC 161508
R2. The HIPPS system and its associated Reliability requirements and calculations shall be Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. IPF recommendations on D, P
instrumentation shall be designed to be tested incorporated and performed during the design phase as availability are incorporated
at regular intervals. per the recommendation of the IPF report. HIPPS Specifications & into the HIPPS design
Ref : API 521 Datasheets
IPF Report
HIPPS shall be designed with online testing facilities to Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. Online testing facilities are D, P
safely proof test its functionality. designed as per
HIPPS Specifications & specifications
Datasheets
Test functionality of testing facility during Testing facility works without C&I
FAT. interrupting HIPPS
operating functionality.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A337 of A454
SCE GOAL - To protect against over pressurization of gas transportation pipeline systems.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Test functionality of testing facility during Testing facility works without HUC
SAT. interrupting HIPPS
operating functionality.
R3. HIPPS valves shall be reliable in stopping Design shall be as per API 6D/ ISO 14313 for Rate A TSO HIPPS Specifications & Review listed documentation & drawings. Datasheets specified the HIPPS D, P
flow of process liquid to downstream units. as per ISO 5208. Datasheets valve as having TSO
The HIPPS valve shall be designed to be TSO (Tight capability.
Shut Off) and with appropriate SIL certification. SIL Classification Report
Test valve performance during SAT. No leakage detected while the HUC
HIPPS valve is in closed
Rate A specifies for zero bubbles or drops for the
position.
duration of leakage test. Minimum duration for leakage
test is as per specified in ISO 5208.
SURVIVABILITY
S1. HIPPS components shall be adequately HIPPS system field cabling shall be designed as fire Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. HIPPS field cabling complies D, P, C&I
protected against potential fire & explosion retardant and fire resistance as appropriate, as per IEC with fire retardant
hazards and the environmental conditions in 61508 & IEC 61511. HIPPS Specifications & Visual Inspection & testing during FAT requirement
which the components are being installed. Datasheets
HIPPS components (transmitters, HIPPS PLC & HIPPS Specifications & Review listed documentation & drawings HIPPS components are located D, P
accessories) shall be installed at location with minimal Datasheets in an area with minimum
risk of explosion & fire. Review equipment layout against FERA exposure to explosion and
FERA Report report fire
HIPPS panel shall be designed with proper explosion HIPPS Specifications & Review design documents and equipment HIPPS panels are designed to D, P, C&I
protection (Ex). Datasheets layout drawing. be located at area with
As much as possible, location of the panel must be at an minimal risk of exposure to
area with minimal exposure to fire and explosion hazard. Equipment Layout Drawing Review Ex certificate. fire and explosion.
SCE GOAL - To protect against over pressurization of gas transportation pipeline systems.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
S2. HIPPS valves and actuators shall be HIPPS valves and actuators to be fire safe and fire proof HIPPS Specifications & Review valve datasheets & certificate HIPPS valve conform to the D, P
designed to ensure that as far as reasonably conforming to API 6FA as standard. Datasheets design requirements
practicable the valve closing function is not Visual observation
compromised under the identified design fire HIPPS valves are to meet fire safe and fire proof FERA Report
and explosion hazards. requirement as per stated inside the FERA report.
I2. ER005 - Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) Input UPS ensure HIPPS system ability to continuously operate during MAH since main supply will be most
probably taken offline during emergency
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Chua Kien Kek Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 07/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A339 of A454
SCE GOAL - To reduce the inventory released in the event of a Major Accident Event.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Pipeline isolation valves shall be designed Pipeline Isolation valves shall be designed, manufactured, Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. Isolation valve are designed as D, P
to divert process media, facilitating tested, inspected as per API-6D/ISO 14313, ASME per API-6D standard
maintenance, equipment removal and B16.34 and other manufacturing standards, design Isolation Valve
shutdown to protect pipeline integrity. codes and standards (latest editions) indicated in latest Specifications &
edition of API-6D. Datasheets
Each valve shall bear API-6D monogram.
Pipeline Isolation valves shall be strategically located during Design Basis Review layout drawings. Isolation Valve is located at D, C&I
the design phase to permit damaged or ruptured appropriate location as to
segments of distribution pipeline to be isolated for repair Equipment Layout achieve the requirement.
without the need to shut down the entire distribution Drawings
system.
The size and pressure rating of valves designed for pipe line Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. Isolation Valve size and rating D, P
isolation shall be conforming to API-6D. are selected as per API-6D
Isolation Valve requirements
Specifications &
Datasheets
An actuated valve is to be selected for isolation valve on Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. Isolation valve type selection D, P
offshore pipeline. follows as per specification
An MOV is to be selected for isolation valve on onshore Isolation Valve
pipeline. Specifications &
Datasheets
Pipeline isolation valve shall have closure time of 1 sec per Isolation Valve Review listed documentation & drawings. Isolation valve closing time is D, P
inch not exceeding 45 secs. Specifications & designed as per
Consideration to be taken on piping conditions. Datasheets specification
Test isolation valve closing time during FAT Closing time performance C&I
simulating operating condition. achieved as stated in
datasheets.
Test isolation valve closing time during SAT Closing time performance HUC
with full operating pressure. achieved as stated in
datasheets.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A340 of A454
SCE GOAL - To reduce the inventory released in the event of a Major Accident Event.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F2. Pipeline isolation valve type shall be The functional design requirements that shall be considered Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. All functional requirements have D, P
selected mainly based on the functional during the design phase of isolation valve shall include been incorporated
requirements during the design phase but not limited to the following: Isolation Valve
Specifications & Test the functionalities during FAT All functionalities achieve C&I
Speed of operation requirement Datasheets designated performance
Fail Safe Requirement level.
Leakage requirements
Test the functionalities during SAT All functionalities achieve HUC
designated performance
level.
The isolation valve materials selection shall be based on the Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. Material selection meets design D, P, C&I
process medium requirements (e.g. corrosive, abrasive, requirements
erosive etc.). Isolation Valve
Specifications &
Datasheets
AVAILABILITY
A1. The Pipeline isolation valve shall be The valve should be designed to meet the safe failure Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. Isolation valve specified follows D, P
designed to be available during all operating classification requirement. design requirement.
condition to facilitate maintenance. Isolation Valve Review IPF Study Report
The design of valve should meet API 6D requirements to Specifications &
provide and test for TSO. Datasheets
Test functionality on TSO testing during TSO testing facility is functional. C&I
FAT.
IPF Study Report
RELIABILITY
R1. The pipeline isolation valves shall be Pipeline isolation valves shall have defined criteria for Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. Datasheets specified the D, P
designed to have a tight reliable seal during leakage rates as per API 6D requirement. There shall be isolation valve as having
shut-off and minimal flow restriction when facilities for testing of internal leakage rate on the valves. Isolation Valve TSO capability.
open. Specifications &
The pipeline isolation valve shall be designed to be TSO Datasheets Test valve performance during FAT. No leakage detected while the C&I
(Tight Shut Off) and with appropriate SIL certification. isolation valve is in closed
position.
Design shall be as per API 6D/ ISO 14313 for Rate A
TSO as per ISO 5208. Test valve performance during SAT. No leakage detected while the HUC
Rate A specifies for zero bubbles or drops for the isolation valve is in closed
duration of leakage test. Minimum duration for leakage position.
test is as per specified in ISO 5208.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A341 of A454
SCE GOAL - To reduce the inventory released in the event of a Major Accident Event.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Pipeline isolation valves and valve Fire safe valves shall conform to API 6FA standard as well Pipeline Isolation Valve Review valve datasheets & certificate Pipeline isolation valve conform D, P
actuators shall be designed to ensure that as as fire proof actuators (if applicable) Specifications & to the design requirements
far as reasonably practicable the valve closing Datasheets Visual observation
function is not compromised under the Pipeline isolation valves are to meet fire safe and fire Conduct visual check during FAT. Valves & actuators are supplied C&I
identified design fire and explosion hazards. proof requirement as per stated inside the FERA report. FERA Report with the fire safe and fire
proof capability according
Pipeline isolation valves shall be designed to meet fire to the relevant standard
test requirement as per API 607/API 6FA
All soft seated ball valves in pipeline isolation valve shall be Pipeline Isolation Valve Review valve datasheets & certificate Pipeline isolation valve conform D, P
fire tested to API 607 / API 6FA Specifications & to the design requirements
Datasheets Visual observation
Conduct visual check during FAT. Valves are certified to be fire C&I
tested as per specification
Pipeline isolation valve to be protected from explosion as Pipeline Isolation Valve Review FERA report on pipeline isolation Pipeline isolation valves with D, P
required, based on FERA report analysis. Specifications & valve explosion exposure study. explosion protection
Datasheets requirement are designed
accordingly
FERA Analysis Report
S2. Pipeline isolation valve cabling shall be All pipeline isolation valve field cabling shall be fire resistant Instrument Cable Review isolation valve cable specification Pipeline isolation valve cable D, P, C&I
able to survive fire incident. as per IEC 60331 and fire retardant as per IEC 60332. Specification conform to the relevant IEC
requirements
S3. Pipeline isolation valve shall survive Pipeline isolation valve is to be installed at location with Design Basis Review isolation valve location in the layout Isolation valve is located where D, C&I
potential impacts during MAH such as ship protection from major impact hazards. Normally it is to diagram & FERA report structural protection is
collision and explosion missiles. be installed in jacket structure. Equipment Layout Diagram provided from respective
It can also be protected by combination of blast walls & MAH (ship collision &
plated decks. FERA Analysis Report explosion missiles)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A342 of A454
SCE GOAL - To reduce the inventory released in the event of a Major Accident Event.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
I2. ER005 - Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) Input UPS ensure isolation valve system ability to continuously operate during MAH since main supply will
be most probably taken offline during emergency
I3. SD009 - Utility Air Input Utility air availability is critical to ensure sufficient supply of hydraulic service to isolation valve
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Chua Kien Kek Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 07/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A343 of A454
SCE GOAL -To reduce the hydrocarbon inventory released during Major Accident Event (MAE) by segregating the affected area.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. ESD valve design shall (PSR) be based The fail safe position of the valve shall be achieved by Instrument Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. Design document indicates D
on fail-safe design by ensuring valve closure spring-return action ESD valve return to safe
upon loss of signal / power. ESD Valve Specifications & position on failure.
PTS 14.10.01 Section 3.1.11 Datasheets
Selection of ESD valve shall meet IPF SIL Valve SIL certificate conforms P
recommendations. with SIL target
Test functionality of valve during FAT. Valve returns to safe position C&I
on failure
Where spring-return actuators are not possible or practical, Instrument Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. Design document indicates D,P
double-acting actuators shall use to drive the valve to the ESD valve return to safe
fail-safe position using stored pressure in local ESD Valve Specifications & position on failure.
accumulators (with Principal Approval) Datasheets
Test functionality of valve during FAT. Valve returns to safe position C&I
PTS 14.10.01 Section 3.1.12 on failure, utilizing local
accumulators
F2. ESD valve shall be designed to achieve fail In general the valve fail-safe action closure time shall be 5 ESD Valve Specifications & Review listed documentation & drawings. Datasheets indicate closing D,P
safe position within appropriate time, and seconds. However, where Process Safety Time (PST) is Datasheets time comply with
closure time for process ESD valve shall be applicable, ESD valve closure time shall be dictated by requirement.
defined. the PST. Test functionality of valve during FAT. Valve closing time is less or C&I
equal the specified target
time.
PTS 14.10.01 Section 3.1.14
Test valve closure time performance during Valve closing time is less or HUC
SAT equal to the specified time.
F3. All ESD valves shall be TSO ESD valves shall be design as per API 6D/ ISO 14313. ESD Valve Specifications & Review listed documentation & drawings. Datasheets specified the ESD D,P
Valves shall perform to acceptable standard on Datasheets valve as having TSO
pressure-containing capability of the shell. capability.
The valve shall be able to indicate its tightness and Test valve performance during FAT. No leakage detected while the C&I
pressure-retaining adequacy of the valve seat, as per ESD valve is in closed
leakage class of control valve specified under FCI-70-2 position
and PTS 14.10.04, section 8.2.4.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A344 of A454
SCE GOAL -To reduce the hydrocarbon inventory released during Major Accident Event (MAE) by segregating the affected area.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Test valve performance during SAT. No leakage detected while the HUC
ESD valve is in closed
position.
AVAILABILITY
A1. ESD valve shall meet the safe failure Implementation of redundancy requirement to meet safe IPF Study Report and Review of IPF Study Report and Close Out IPF recommendation is D,P
classification. failure classification is subject to Principal approval. Recommendation Report implemented
RELIABILITY
R1. ESD valve and its components shall be All ESD valves shall meet the SIL requirements stipulated in IPF Report Review listed documentation, drawings & ESD valve SIL requirements D,P
designed with high quality standard and meet the SIL classification report. IPF report. are met
the required reliability. IPF Verification shall meet HFT and/or PFD ESD valve Specifications &
requirements to meet the SIL rating classified. Datasheets
SURVIVABILITY
S1. ESD valves and valve actuators shall be ESD valves and actuators to be fire safe and fire proof ESD valve Specifications & Review valve datasheets & certificate ESD valves conform to the D,P
designed to ensure that as far as reasonably conforming to API 6FA as standard. Datasheets design requirements
practicable the valve closing function is not
compromised under the identified fire and ESD valves are to meet fire safe and fire proof FERA Report Conduct visual check during FAT. Valves & actuators are supplied C&I
explosion hazards. requirement as per stated inside the FERA report. with the fire safe and fire
proof capability according
ESD valves shall be designed to meet fire test to the relevant standard
requirement as per API 607/API 6FA
All soft seated ball valves in ESD service shall be fire tested ESD valve Specifications & Review valve datasheets & certificate ESD valve conform to the D,P
to API 607 / API 6FA Datasheets design requirements
Visual observation
Conduct visual check during FAT. Valves are certified to be fire C&I
tested as per specification
ESD valve to be protected from explosion as required, based ESD valve Specifications & Review FERA report on ESD valve ESD valves with explosion D,P
on FERA report analysis. Datasheets explosion exposure study. protection requirement are
designed accordingly
FERA Analysis Report
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A345 of A454
SCE GOAL -To reduce the hydrocarbon inventory released during Major Accident Event (MAE) by segregating the affected area.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
S2. ESD valve cabling shall be able to survive All ESD system field cabling shall be fire resistant as per IEC Instrument Cable Review ESD valve cable specification ESD valve cable conform to the D,P
fire incident. 60331 and fire retardant as per IEC 60332. Specification relevant IEC requirements
2. DS001 - Fire and Gas Detection System Input FGS will give input to trigger ESDV to mitigate unsafe conditions during MAH
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Chua Kien Kek Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 07/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A346 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To isolate the pipeline inventory in the event that the riser ESDV is unable to operate.
2. To prevent additional pipeline inventory from causing escalation of an MAE.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. SSIV valves to be provided with automatic The subsea control system shall be designed to close with Design Basis & Shutdown Review listed documentation & drawings. Documents & datasheets D, P
isolation during emergency the maximum response time not to exceed 10 min. Philosophy indicate specified closing
time requirement.
For multiple-well installations, the valves on all flowing specifications & datasheets
wells shall also be designed to close within the
designated 10 min. Test SSIV system during FAT. Testing is as 1. SSIV closure time does not C&I
per API RP 14H Section 6.2 exceed 10 min using
Ref : ISO 13628-6 Section 5.2.4.1.3 specified test procedure
The SSIV’s shall be designed to be fail-safe; they shall be Design Basis & Shutdown Review listed documentation & drawings Drawings & schematics show D, P
designed to fail closed on loss of hydraulic pressure, Philosophy fail closed functionality
signal and power.
SSIV specifications &
datasheets Test SSIV system during FAT. SSIV is fail closed C&I
SDS C&E
If the hydraulic pressure supply for the SSIV is interrupted, Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. Drawings & schematics indicate D, P
the valves shall be designed to close automatically. valve to close on hydraulic
SSIV specifications & supply interruption.
datasheets
* SDS C&E Test SSIV System during FAT. SSIV close on hydraulic C&I
pressure supply
interruption.
F2. SSIV valves to be provided with remote Hydraulic pressure for SSIV operation shall be supplied by Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawing. SSIV hydraulic supply is D, P
automatic and manual mode operation from Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU) from surface facility. exclusively sourced from
both facility control room and ESD system SSIV specifications & surface facility
datasheets
Hook-up drawings
Design Basis
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A347 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To isolate the pipeline inventory in the event that the riser ESDV is unable to operate.
2. To prevent additional pipeline inventory from causing escalation of an MAE.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
SSIV specifications &
datasheets
Hook-up drawings
The SSIV shall be controlled & operated from the surface 2. Review listed documentation & drawings SSIV is indicated clearly to be D, P
platform via hydraulic line (for direct hydraulic control controlled hydraulically from
system) or hydraulic line and electrical line (for electro- surface facility.
hydraulic control system).
The status of all riser SSIVs shall be indicated in the facility Design Basis Review listed drawings & P&IDs. Drawings & P&IDs indicate D, P
control room. status of SSIV.
SSIV specifications &
datasheets
* P&ID
Test SSIV status interface during FAT. SSIV status interface is C&I
provided for surface facility
connection
Test SSIV status during SAT. SSIV status is available in the HUC
control room
F3. The subsea control system provided shall Design selection of the type of SSIV shall depend as a Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. SSIV design requirements D, P
adhere to local legal requirement and minimum on the following : have all been incorporated
functional requirement. SSIV specifications &
Legal Requirements & Pollution standards datasheets
Fluid properties
Annular flow
Pressure
Temperature.
Setting depth
Distance from Control Platform
Casing size near surface,
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A348 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To isolate the pipeline inventory in the event that the riser ESDV is unable to operate.
2. To prevent additional pipeline inventory from causing escalation of an MAE.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
AVAILABILITY
A1. SSIV control system shall be designed The hydraulic system shall be robust and able to maintain Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. Documentation specify clearly D, P
adequately and shall be available at all times design pressure in the subsea control module during all robustness of the SSIV
modes of operation. SSIV specifications & hydraulic system
datasheets
Ref : ISO 13628-6 Section 5.3 Test hydraulic system robustness during SSIV hydraulic system is robust C&I
FAT.
Power supply for HPU panel shall have back-up supply from Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. Power supply for HPU panel D, P
UPS. indicates ability to switch to
SSIV specifications & UPS.
In case of interruption to main power supply, the HPU datasheets
panel shall be able to continue operation with power Test UPS switching functionality during HPU panel continue to operate HUC
from UPS. SAT. upon switching to UPS
supply.
RELIABILITY
R1. Failure of any subsea control system The SSIVs shall be designed to withstand operational Design Basis Review listed documentation, drawings & Materials are corrosion & D, P, C&I
component shall not prevent the fail-safe corrosion or erosion forces. Construction materials of mill test certificates errosion resistant
closure of the SSIV. corrosion resistant metals shall refer to ISO 10423/API SSIV specifications,
Spec 6A (Section 4.2.2 and Section 4.2.3) and ISO datasheets & mill test
14723/API Spec 6DSS (Section 7) certificates
SCE GOAL -
1. To isolate the pipeline inventory in the event that the riser ESDV is unable to operate.
2. To prevent additional pipeline inventory from causing escalation of an MAE.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
R2. The hydraulic system shall be designed to Subsea control module fluid-wetted components should be Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. SSIV control module D, P, C&I
minimize seawater ingress in all operational considered along with procedures to flush out components are designed
scenarios, including installation and retrieval of contaminated fluid. SSIV specifications & as per specifications
individual units. datasheets
Hydraulic fluid cleanliness shall meet a cleanliness level
as defined in SAE AS 4059 (Ref : ISO 13628-6, Section Hook-up drawings
5.1.3)
SURVIVABILITY
S1. SSIV system shall survive: All SSIV surface components are designed to be suitable for Design Basis Review listed documentation & drawings. SSIV control module D, P, C&I
i) Fire/explosion operation in the classified hazardous area classification components are designed
ii) Hydrocarbon/toxic release and weather condition. SSIV specifications, as per specifications
Associated topside control equipment shall be suitably datasheets & Review certification for component & SSIV Topside accessories are D, P, C&I
designed with certification for continuous operation in a certifications accessories. certified as per
flammable atmosphere (i.e. Zone 1) with gas group and specifications
temperature class rating appropriate to for the area Equipment Layout Drawing
classification and an enclosure rating of IP 56 as a
minimum.
Panel housing the hydraulic power unit (HPU) shall be Design Basis Review design documents and equipment HPU panel for SSIV is design to D, C&I
located at suitable area where there is a minimum layout drawing. be located at area with
likelihood of fire and explosion in the event of MAH. Equipment Layout Drawing minimal risk of exposure to
fire and explosion.
FERA Report
S2. SSIV shall be designed to reduce potential Pipeline route and ultimately, the SSIV itself shall be Project Specification Review project specification on subsea Project specification indicates D
risks associated with marine spread activities, strategically located at subsea zone with minimum or pipeline and equipment route selection. clearly on the requirement
including anchoring operation. less future marine spread activities.
OPERATIONAL ASSURANCE AND VERIFICATION
Planned Assurance Applicable Criteria Frequency Verification Frequency Measureable Unit
TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA
INTERDEPENDENCIES
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A350 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To isolate the pipeline inventory in the event that the riser ESDV is unable to operate.
2. To prevent additional pipeline inventory from causing escalation of an MAE.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PS014 - Navigation aids Input Navigation lights and alarm provide warning to the boat/chopper when approaching the platform to
avoid collision.
I2. ER005 - Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) Input UPS ensure collision avoidance system ability to continuously operate during MAH since main supply
will be most probably taken offline during emergency
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Chua Kien Kek Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 07/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A351 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide right quality and reliable source of instrument air for safety critical air controlled equipment, such as emergency shutdown valves or deluge systems.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. The instrument air (IA) shall comply with Instrument air (IA) shall be free from solids, toxic, corrosive, Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Process Design Basis D,C&I
quality specifications to avoid malfunctioning of flammable and obnoxious gases or vapours. Oil Basis/Philosophy /Philosophy indicate IA
instruments and operations of safety critical contamination shall be below 0.01 mg/Nm3 (8 ppb). Instrument Air Package and quality
equipment. Selection of oil free compressor and the appropriate filters is Compressor Datasheets Review Instrument Air Package and
required to avoid oil contamination. In particular if air Compressor Datasheets Instrument Air Package and
compressor is feed to air separation unit additional filtration Equipment layout and Hazardous Compressor Datasheets
shall be provided to remove air borne contaminants. area classification drawing Review Equipment layout and specify design requirement
Nitrogen or carbon dioxide shall not be used as back-up for Hazardous area classification on dryness and solid and oil
IA systems. drawing carryover requirements
Reference: PTS 16.39.07 Section 3.2
Equipment layout and
Hazardous area
classification drawing
indicate Instrument air
source and system
requirement on safe location
To prevent condensation in the supply piping and instruments, Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Process Design D,C&I
the dew point of the air at operating pressure shall be at Basis/Philosophy Basis/Philosophy indicate IA
least 10°C (18°F) below the lowest expected ambient Instrument Air Package and quality
temperature for the air system at any location or -40°C at Compressor Datasheets Review Instrument Air Package and
atmospheric conditions, whichever is more stringent. Compressor Datasheets Instrument Air Package and
Reference: PTS 16.39.07 Section 3.2.1 Compressor Datasheets
specify design requirement
on dryness and solid and oil
carryover requirements
The instrument air pressure in the air supply piping shall be 7 Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Process Design Basis D,C&I
barg (100 psig) under normal operation and minimum of 4.2 Basis/Philosophy /Philosophy indicate IA
barg (60psig). Secured instrument air shall be provided to Piping & Instrumentation Diagram quality, system requirement
consumers which are required to be functional during Review Piping & Instrumentation on supply pressure, users
instrument air failure such as depressurizing valves. Instrument Air Package and Diagram requiring secured supply
Reference: PTS 16.39.07 Section 2.2, 3.2 Compressor Datasheets etc.
Review Instrument Air Package and
Compressor Datasheets Piping & Instrumentation
Diagram indicate secured
Instrument air source
requirements.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A352 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide right quality and reliable source of instrument air for safety critical air controlled equipment, such as emergency shutdown valves or deluge systems.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Instrument Air Package and
Compressor Datasheets
specify design requirement
on supply pressure
Dew point analyzer shall be provided at the outlet of the drier to Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Process Design D,C&I
ensure that supply meets the dew point requirement. Basis/Philosophy Basis/Philosophy indicate IA
Reference: PTS 16.39.07 Section 3.2 Piping & Instrumentation Diagram quality
Review Piping & Instrumentation D,C&I ,HUC
Instrument Air Package and Diagram Piping & Instrumentation
Compressor Datasheets Diagram indicate Instrument
Review Instrument Air Package and air source and system D,C&I,HUC
Compressor Datasheets requirement on safe location
The quality of instrument air if used for breathing apparatus shall Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Process Design Basis indicate D,C&I
meet the requirements stated in EN 12021. Basis/Philosophy IA quality
Reference: PTS 16.39.07 Section 2.3 Piping & Instrumentation Diagram
Review Piping & Instrumentation Piping & Instrumentation
Instrument Air Package and Diagram Diagram indicate
Compressor Datasheets requirement on breathing
Review Instrument Air Package and apparatus
Compressor Datasheets
Instrument Air Package and
Compressor Datasheets
specify design requirement
on additional requirements
for using in breathing
apparatus.
A margin of 30% shall be utilized to account for uncertainties in Process Design Basis/Philosophy Review Process Design Process Design Basis indicate D,C&I
estimation of total instrument air demand. Basis/Philosophy IA quality
Reference: PTS 16.39.07 Section 3.3 Instrument air demand calculation
Review Instrument air demand Instrument air demand
calculation calculation specify 30%
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A353 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide right quality and reliable source of instrument air for safety critical air controlled equipment, such as emergency shutdown valves or deluge systems.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Instrument Air Package and Review Instrument Air Package and design margin.
Compressor Datasheets Compressor Datasheets
Instrument Air Package and
Compressor Datasheets
specify design requirement
AVAILABILITY
A1. The instrument air buffer vessel shall be The sizing of the buffer vessel(s) shall be based on the design Process Design Review Process Design Process Design Basis D,C&I
sufficiently sized to ensure safe shutdown of quantity of instrument in order to allow the safe shutdown of Basis/Philosophy/Control Basis/Philosophy/Control system /Philosophy indicate
the plant in the event of total instrument air facility. System requirement of standby
failure Reference : PTS 16.39.07 Section 3.1, 7.1 Review Equipment Datasheet time.
Equipment Datasheet
Review Utility sizing calculation Equipment Datasheet indicate
Utility sizing calculation size of buffer vessel
RELIABILITY
R1. Redundancy of Instrument Air compressor In order to ensure maximum reliability of the instrument air Process Design Basis /Philosophy Review Process Design Process Design D,C&I
is required to maintain adequate IA supply. supply consider the following: adequate number of sparing Basis/Philosophy Basis/Philosophy indicate
on air compressor and dryer system , independent drivers Equipment Datasheet availability and reliability
for compressors, adequate and reliable control system, flow Review Equipment Datasheet requirement
and pressure monitoring and trending. Piping and instrument diagram
Reference : PTS 16.39.07 section 3.1 Review Piping and instrument Equipment Datasheet indicate
diagram redundancy
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Fire events Located in Non-Hazardous area Process design Basis /Philosophy Review Process design Basis Process design Basis D,C&I
/Philosophy /Philosophy indicate
requirement of locating air
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A354 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide right quality and reliable source of instrument air for safety critical air controlled equipment, such as emergency shutdown valves or deluge systems.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Hazardous area classification Review Hazardous area classification compressor in non- D,C&I ,HUC
drawing drawing hazardous area
S2. Explosion events To be determined -Fire & Explosion Risk Analysis (FERA) FERA analysis Review FERA analysis FERA analysis indicate location D,C&I
Analysis (To identify major accident (dimensioning) events is not suspectible to FIRE
and verify the suitability of applied fire safety provisions). Hazardous area classification Review Hazardous area classification
drawing drawing Hazardous area classification D,C&I ,HUC
drawing indicate the Zoning
requirements
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Zainab Kayat Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A355 of A454
SCE GOAL -
- To provide arrangements to protect personnel from fire, explosion and toxic hazards for the time required to safely evacuate the complex or the time required to control accidents,
defining the minimum endurance period.
- To maintain a breathable and clean atmosphere that permits cognitive work for the minimum endurance period
- To provide suitable facilities for mustering and organizing evacuation of the complex.
- To provide a protected area for the storage and donning of the necessary personal protective equipment for an evacuation.
- To provide essential facilities for adequate means of internal and external command, control and communication of information to enable the incident controller to evaluate the
progress of a major accident event and the evacuation options.
- To provide a safe receiving place for escape routes and a safe embarkation point for evacuation routes.
- To provide a safe location to personnel for the duration required to control the accident or safely abandon the installation
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. The main purpose of the TR is to serve as All offshore installations shall have at least one place Safety Design Basis Review Safety Design Basis Confirm the Design Basis D
a temporary muster point with protection designated as the TR. The TR shall have the sufficient matches the intended
against fire, heat and explosions for a short capacity to protect the maximum persons on board Drawings maximum number of
period, until the platform can be safely (POB) the installation. (PTS 11.20.01, Section 2.1.2) persons on board (POB).
evacuated. This can be provided by partially
enclosing the TR or by locating the TR away The TR may be an enclosure, multiple enclosures, or
from the consequences of possible hazardous only an area on open deck. However, for small
events. platforms, a TR need not be integrated with the living
quarters and need not be enclosed. (PTS 11.20.01,
Section 3.4)
F2. All offshore installations shall have at least For both Primary and Secondary TR, a spaced area of 1.25 Safety Design Basis Review Safety Design Basis At design phase confirm the D
one place designated as the TR. The TR shall m² per person should be provided in muster station for following:
have the sufficient capacity to protect the groups of more than 20 personnel. Or, a spaced area of Layout Drawing Review Layout Drawing Layout specification meets
maximum persons on board (POB) the 0.8 m² per person should be provided in muster station the requirements
installation. for gathered group of 20 personnel or less. PTS Site Inspection Report Inspect the TR Area
11.20.01, Section 3.4) At Fabrication and Construction C&I
Structural to review correct location of evidence and Review Site Inspection Report Phase confirm the
related assurance task following:
Construction of TR is as per
the design
F3. The location should have proper access to STAND ALONE/ INTEGRATED MONITORING Safety Design Basis Review Safety Design Basis At design phase: D,
the communications, monitoring and control There shall be an emergency control point (ECP) located Confirm that an ECP and
equipment required to ensure their personal in the primary TR, if the main installation control point is Layout Drawing Review Layout Drawing ERP is planned at Primary
safety and safe evacuation can be conducted. not part of the primary TR. All the essential command TR.
The functions are to secure means of escape support functions shall be available in either the ECP or Design Specification Review Equipment Data Sheet for ECP and
to the TR and to provide a complete the ERPt. (PTS 11.20.01, Section 3.5.1) ERP At C&I Phase: C&I
evacuation from the TR. Site Inspection Report Confirm that an ECP and
Inspect the availability of ECP and ERP ERP is being installed at
TR
SCE GOAL -
- To provide arrangements to protect personnel from fire, explosion and toxic hazards for the time required to safely evacuate the complex or the time required to control accidents,
defining the minimum endurance period.
- To maintain a breathable and clean atmosphere that permits cognitive work for the minimum endurance period
- To provide suitable facilities for mustering and organizing evacuation of the complex.
- To provide a protected area for the storage and donning of the necessary personal protective equipment for an evacuation.
- To provide essential facilities for adequate means of internal and external command, control and communication of information to enable the incident controller to evaluate the
progress of a major accident event and the evacuation options.
- To provide a safe receiving place for escape routes and a safe embarkation point for evacuation routes.
- To provide a safe location to personnel for the duration required to control the accident or safely abandon the installation
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F4. Function as a tool to maintain a non- TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEM: EERA Study Report Review EERA Study Report At Design Phase: D , C&I, HUC
hazardous environment for the personnel to The life support system’s scope and extent will vary,
ensure their ability to take rational action from minimal or no specific provision (with no TRIA Study report Review TRIA Study report Confirm that a life support
environmental concern) to a purpose-designed system has been included
enclosure incorporating specialist environmental control SGIA Study Report Review SGIA Study report in the design
facilities. (PTS 11.20.02, Section 4.1) Confirm that RPE, as
Design Specification Review RPE Procurement Specification required, has been
included in the design.
At C&I Phase:
Inspect construction and
ensure that the
construction is as per the
design.
At HUC Phase:
F5. TR structural support should remain stable, Components of the topsides and substructure essential for TRIA Study report Review TRIA Study report At Design Phase: D,
usable and accessible condition during the maintaining the structural integrity of the TR and other
endurance period, hence, maintenance of the means of escape and evacuation including Ensure design of TR
integrity of the supporting structure is required. structure meets required
TR structure, inclusive of bulkheads and decks; standards and endurance
Supporting structures, including bulkheads and decks; time. C&I
Components providing for buoyancy, stability and station
keeping (in mobile units). (PTS 11.20.01) At C&I Phase:
Mobile unit or floating vessel shall be able to remain on Confirm that the structural
station and accessible during the endurance period or for support system is being
a sufficient time to enable all personnel to escape from constructed to meet the HUC
required endurance time
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A357 of A454
SCE GOAL -
- To provide arrangements to protect personnel from fire, explosion and toxic hazards for the time required to safely evacuate the complex or the time required to control accidents,
defining the minimum endurance period.
- To maintain a breathable and clean atmosphere that permits cognitive work for the minimum endurance period
- To provide suitable facilities for mustering and organizing evacuation of the complex.
- To provide a protected area for the storage and donning of the necessary personal protective equipment for an evacuation.
- To provide essential facilities for adequate means of internal and external command, control and communication of information to enable the incident controller to evaluate the
progress of a major accident event and the evacuation options.
- To provide a safe receiving place for escape routes and a safe embarkation point for evacuation routes.
- To provide a safe location to personnel for the duration required to control the accident or safely abandon the installation
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
the fixed installation and muster in the TR. Inspect and confirm the
construction quality of
TR shall (PSR) is designed to maintain its integrity until the structural support system
immediate threat has been relieved or has subsided. The meet the requirements
integrity of the TR is no longer threatened when life
support and conditions external to the TR which are not At HUC Phase:
harmful to personnel have been re-established. (PTS
11.20.01, Section 5.2.1) Confirm that TR integrity is in
accordance with the
design standards.
F6. TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE PRIMARY The provision of communication facilities should be in Project Safety Design Review Project Safety Design Philosophy At Design Phase: D, P, HUC
COMMAND SUPPORT SYSTEM: accordance with PTS 14.40.03. Primary Command Philosophy
COMMUNICATIONSThe location should have Support System shall be provided for communications Review Safety Design Basis Confirm the specification
proper access to the communications, and monitoring during the emergency situation to ensure Safety Design Basis meets the requirements
monitoring and control equipment required to that: Review Layout Drawing Inspect and confirm the FAT
ensure their personal safety and safe The ability to communicate with all personnel at muster Layout Drawing and SAT meet the
evacuation can be conducted. stations and embarkation areas; Review Specifications for requirements
The ability to request outside assistance; Specifications for Telecommunication Systems Confirm all EERA, QRA,
The ability to initiate general alarm conditions; Telecommunication TRIA, SGIA reports meet
Two-way voice communications with a secondary TR, for Systems Review SAT & FAT report requirements
the endurance period of the secondary TR;
The ability to monitor fire, smoke and those toxic and SAT & FAT report Review EERA Study Report At Procurement Phase:
flammable gases which may occur, and to monitor Confirm that adequate
their propagation: EERA Study Report Review QRA Study report specifications are
In the TR; developed for the
On evacuation routes; QRA Study report Review TRIA Study report procurement of the
At embarkation areas; and d) required equipment
In modules and areas adjacent to the TR, evacuation TRIA Study report Review SGIA Study Report Inspect all equipment on
routes and embarkation areas; delivery to ensure it meets
The ability to visually determine the physical condition of: SGIA Study Report the procurement
Evacuation routes leading to embarkation areas; and specifications.
Embarkation areas;
At HUC Phase:
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A358 of A454
SCE GOAL -
- To provide arrangements to protect personnel from fire, explosion and toxic hazards for the time required to safely evacuate the complex or the time required to control accidents,
defining the minimum endurance period.
- To maintain a breathable and clean atmosphere that permits cognitive work for the minimum endurance period
- To provide suitable facilities for mustering and organizing evacuation of the complex.
- To provide a protected area for the storage and donning of the necessary personal protective equipment for an evacuation.
- To provide essential facilities for adequate means of internal and external command, control and communication of information to enable the incident controller to evaluate the
progress of a major accident event and the evacuation options.
- To provide a safe receiving place for escape routes and a safe embarkation point for evacuation routes.
- To provide a safe location to personnel for the duration required to control the accident or safely abandon the installation
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
For manned installations, the provision of emergency Test and inspect all
power and emergency lighting equipment and installation
(PTS 11.20.01, Section 5.1.3). to ensure that it meets the
design standards and
operates correctly.
F7. TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COMMAND Loss or impairment would not necessarily compromise the Project Safety Design Review Project Safety Design Philosophy At Design Phase: D
SUPPORT FUNCTION integrity of the TR, escape or evacuation routes, or Philosophy - Review Safety Design Basis
points of embarkation but are beneficial to the effective Confirm the specification
management of all incident scenarios. Safety Design Basis Review Layout Drawing meets the requirements
Confirm all EERA, QRA,
Layout Drawing Review Specifications for TRIA, SGIA reports meet
Telecommunication Systems requirements
Specifications for P
Telecommunication Review SAT & FAT report At Procurement Phase:
Systems
Review EERA Study Report Confirm that adequate
SAT & FAT report specifications are
Review QRA Study report developed for the
EERA Study Report procurement of the
Review TRIA Study report required equipment HUC
QRA Study report Inspect all equipment on
Review SGIA Study Report delivery to ensure it meets
TRIA Study report - the procurement
specifications.
SGIA Study Report
At HUC Phase:
SCE GOAL -
- To provide arrangements to protect personnel from fire, explosion and toxic hazards for the time required to safely evacuate the complex or the time required to control accidents,
defining the minimum endurance period.
- To maintain a breathable and clean atmosphere that permits cognitive work for the minimum endurance period
- To provide suitable facilities for mustering and organizing evacuation of the complex.
- To provide a protected area for the storage and donning of the necessary personal protective equipment for an evacuation.
- To provide essential facilities for adequate means of internal and external command, control and communication of information to enable the incident controller to evaluate the
progress of a major accident event and the evacuation options.
- To provide a safe receiving place for escape routes and a safe embarkation point for evacuation routes.
- To provide a safe location to personnel for the duration required to control the accident or safely abandon the installation
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
to ensure that it meets the
design standards and
operates correctly.
F8. Secondary TR's essential command Means of communication with the primary TR, for the Project Safety Design Review Project Safety Design Philosophy At Design Phase: D ,P, HUC
support functions relaying of information regarding the whereabouts and Philosophy Confirm the specification
numbers of personnel unable to reach the primary TR Review Safety Design Basis meets the requirements
and to receive information regarding evacuation. This is Safety Design Basis Inspect and confirm the FAT
intended to assist in accounting for personnel; Review Layout Drawing and SAT meet the
andMeans of monitoring conditions on the designated Layout Drawing requirements
evacuation route, which may be done visually.(PTS Review Specifications for Confirm all EERA, QRA,
11.20.01, Section 4.3) Specifications for Telecommunication Systems TRIA, SGIA reports meet
Telecommunication requirements
Systems Review SAT & FAT report
At Procurement Phase:
SAT & FAT report Review EERA Study Report Confirm that adequate
specifications are
EERA Study Report Review QRA Study report developed for the
procurement of the
QRA Study report Review TRIA Study report required equipment
Inspect all equipment on
TRIA Study report Review SGIA Study Report delivery to ensure it meets
the procurement
SGIA Study Report Review Site Inspection Report specifications.
SCE GOAL -
- To provide arrangements to protect personnel from fire, explosion and toxic hazards for the time required to safely evacuate the complex or the time required to control accidents,
defining the minimum endurance period.
- To maintain a breathable and clean atmosphere that permits cognitive work for the minimum endurance period
- To provide suitable facilities for mustering and organizing evacuation of the complex.
- To provide a protected area for the storage and donning of the necessary personal protective equipment for an evacuation.
- To provide essential facilities for adequate means of internal and external command, control and communication of information to enable the incident controller to evaluate the
progress of a major accident event and the evacuation options.
- To provide a safe receiving place for escape routes and a safe embarkation point for evacuation routes.
- To provide a safe location to personnel for the duration required to control the accident or safely abandon the installation
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F9. Evacuation and escape to sea. Based on HEMP and/or legal requirements, the following Safety Design Basis Review Project Safety Design Philosophy At Design Phase: D
means of evacuation and escape to sea should normally Confirm the requirement for
be provided on manned installations: Layout Drawing Review Safety Design Basis adequate marking and
signage for all escape
Primary means of evacuation TR Design Specifications Review Layout Drawing routes.
The preferred method of installation evacuation;
Site inspection Report Review TR Design Specification At HUC Phase: HUC
Bridge-link to an adjacent installation or the gangway Inspect and ensure that all
to a mobile unit when available. Procurement Review Site Inspection Report escape routes are
Helicopter; where conditions are favourable the specifications adequately identified and
maximum utilization of the available helicopters that signs are available.
should be pursued in any offshore evacuation.
However, helicopter availability, weather and
helicopter access during the type of incident for
which a TR is required (e.g. an uncontrollable fire)
may make helicopter evacuation less reliable than
the available survival craft.
Survival craft; shall be distributed so that sufficient
capacity for the maximum permitted POB is readily
and safely accessible from the TR during any
incident.
(PTS 11.20.01, Section 4.4.1)
F10. Secondary means of evacuation: To provide full controlled evacuation of the installation, Project Safety Design Review Safety Design Basis At Design Phase: D
exclusive of external assistance and without personnel Philosophy
directly entering the sea the optimum means of Review SGIA Report Confirm that the design
secondary evacuation is survival craft such as TEMPSC Safety Design Basis provides for protection of
in accordance with IMO and other acceptable standards. Review TRIA report the TR from potential
(PTS 11.20.01, Section 4.4.1) SGIA Report smoke or gas ingress. HUC
Review Layout Drawing Review the design to ensure
TRIA Report that exits meet the design
standards.
Layout Drawing
At C&I Phase:
TR Design Specifications
Inspect and confirm the seal
door and material meet
specifications and
installed properly
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A361 of A454
SCE GOAL -
- To provide arrangements to protect personnel from fire, explosion and toxic hazards for the time required to safely evacuate the complex or the time required to control accidents,
defining the minimum endurance period.
- To maintain a breathable and clean atmosphere that permits cognitive work for the minimum endurance period
- To provide suitable facilities for mustering and organizing evacuation of the complex.
- To provide a protected area for the storage and donning of the necessary personal protective equipment for an evacuation.
- To provide essential facilities for adequate means of internal and external command, control and communication of information to enable the incident controller to evaluate the
progress of a major accident event and the evacuation options.
- To provide a safe receiving place for escape routes and a safe embarkation point for evacuation routes.
- To provide a safe location to personnel for the duration required to control the accident or safely abandon the installation
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F11. Tertiary means (for escape to sea) Back-up systems should be chosen on the basis that they Project Safety Design Review Project Safety Design Philosophy At the C&I Phase: C&I
will ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, escape Philosophy Confirm that the tertiary
from the installation without the need to enter the water Review Safety Design Basis method of evacuation is
should other evacuation arrangements fail. Safety Design Basis available.
Review SGIA Report
A tertiary method for escape to the sea will create additional SGIA Report
risks associated with immersion in water and the Review TRIA report
subsequent need for rescue.Life-jackets should be TRIA Report
provided at suitable locations on the installation to Review Layout Drawing
maximize the chances of survival of personnel entering Layout Drawing
the sea. Review TR Design Specifications
TR Design Specifications
The selection of tertiary method and its types, numbers and Inspect the location and quality of TR
locations is based on the likely demands derived from Site Inspection / SAT
incident scenarios and the maximum personnel Report Review Site inspection / SAT Report
distribution should be considered. (PTS 11.20.01,
Section 4.4.1)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A362 of A454
SCE GOAL -
- To provide arrangements to protect personnel from fire, explosion and toxic hazards for the time required to safely evacuate the complex or the time required to control accidents,
defining the minimum endurance period.
- To maintain a breathable and clean atmosphere that permits cognitive work for the minimum endurance period
- To provide suitable facilities for mustering and organizing evacuation of the complex.
- To provide a protected area for the storage and donning of the necessary personal protective equipment for an evacuation.
- To provide essential facilities for adequate means of internal and external command, control and communication of information to enable the incident controller to evaluate the
progress of a major accident event and the evacuation options.
- To provide a safe receiving place for escape routes and a safe embarkation point for evacuation routes.
- To provide a safe location to personnel for the duration required to control the accident or safely abandon the installation
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F12. Escape routes shall be as direct as The dimension should be adequate for the number of people Project Safety Design Review Project Safety Design Philosophy At Design Phase: D
possible and remain unobstructed and viable who may be required to use them, taking account of the Philosophy Confirm that the Design of
for as long as reasonably possible. Safe use maximum level of occupancy, required transfer times Review Safety Design Basis the escape routes meets
should be feasible through routing or direct and casualty treatment handling. Safety Design Basis the specifications.
protection rather than by reliance on PPE. Review TRIA report
In general, escape routes should be greater than 1m wide TRIA Report
and have adequate vertical clearance. Review TR Design Specification
TR Design Specifications
For routes which are unlikely to be used frequently (and then
only by a small number of people), a reduction in width Site Inspection Report
may be acceptable.
AVAILABILITY
A1. The Temporary Refuge shall be available TR to be available to all personnel (EERA and TRIA studies Design Basis Review Design and verify drawing At Design Phase: D
at all times. shall have demonstrated that in 100% of cases, Confirm that the design of
personnel who have survived the initial effects of an Design Specifications TR meets design
MAH, will then be able to make their way to one of the standards.
designated TRs) Layout drawings
SCE GOAL -
- To provide arrangements to protect personnel from fire, explosion and toxic hazards for the time required to safely evacuate the complex or the time required to control accidents,
defining the minimum endurance period.
- To maintain a breathable and clean atmosphere that permits cognitive work for the minimum endurance period
- To provide suitable facilities for mustering and organizing evacuation of the complex.
- To provide a protected area for the storage and donning of the necessary personal protective equipment for an evacuation.
- To provide essential facilities for adequate means of internal and external command, control and communication of information to enable the incident controller to evaluate the
progress of a major accident event and the evacuation options.
- To provide a safe receiving place for escape routes and a safe embarkation point for evacuation routes.
- To provide a safe location to personnel for the duration required to control the accident or safely abandon the installation
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
(ERP) is able to perform
two-way communications,
Life Support Systems
functions normally and are
in good condition,
Structural Supports have
no damage or severe
corrosion, Survival Packs
are available and not
expired, Signage are in
good conditions, Doors
(for enclosed TR only) are
able to seal the air tight
adequately, Emergency
Power and Lightings
functions properly, and
HVAC (for enclosed TR
only) functions properly.
Confirm the TR construction
is as per design
specifications and as-built
drawing
SURVIVABILITY
S1. TR shall survive during emergency TR to survive exposure to all fire and explosion events TRIA Report Review and TRIA and SGIA reports confirm At Design Phase: D, HUC
situation without loss of integrity for the specified period the requirements are met
SGIA Report Confirm that TR meets all
All systems required to survive to maintain TR integrity to design requirements.
withstand all fire and explosion events
At HUC Phase:
TR/ Muster area to maintain positive pressurization during
MAH. Confirm TR is free from
impairment
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A364 of A454
SCE GOAL -
- To provide arrangements to protect personnel from fire, explosion and toxic hazards for the time required to safely evacuate the complex or the time required to control accidents,
defining the minimum endurance period.
- To maintain a breathable and clean atmosphere that permits cognitive work for the minimum endurance period
- To provide suitable facilities for mustering and organizing evacuation of the complex.
- To provide a protected area for the storage and donning of the necessary personal protective equipment for an evacuation.
- To provide essential facilities for adequate means of internal and external command, control and communication of information to enable the incident controller to evaluate the
progress of a major accident event and the evacuation options.
- To provide a safe receiving place for escape routes and a safe embarkation point for evacuation routes.
- To provide a safe location to personnel for the duration required to control the accident or safely abandon the installation
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Shutdown of affected TR/ Muster area HVAC systems and Confirm TR is free from
rapid closure of fire dampers. smoke and gas ingress
Confirm the time elapsed
meets the requirements
I1. PS006 Passive Fire Protection (Incl. Doors, Walls and Penetrations); Input 1. Protects escape routes and TR
I2. ER001 Temporary Refuge (TR) / Primary Muster Areas; Input 2. Provides temporary refuge to enable headcount prior to escape
I3. ER003 Emergency / Escape Lighting; Input 3. Ensure that escape routes can be used at all times
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 19/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A365 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide sufficient safe, readily identifiable, escape routes for all personnel to leave an area affected by an incident, reach the TR from any part of the installation
they are likely to occupy and transfer from the TR to the TEMPSC embarkation points and Helideck (where applicable).
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. CONDITIONS REQUIRED FOR TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE AND CLEAR SIGNAGES AND HSE and Fire Protection Review HSE and Fire Protection Philosophy All the deliverables shall meet D , P, C&I, HUC
INTEGRITY MARKINGS: Philosophy the minimum criteria
Safety information/Diagrams/Drawing showing the basic Review Layout Drawing( e.g. Safety Sign requirements
room/module layouts, evacuation routes, fire fighting Layout Drawing( e.g. Drawing, Escape Route, Fire Fighting,
equipment, safety and life saving equipment and Safety Sign Drawing, Safety and Life Saving Equipment
locations/details of fire control arrangements shall be Escape Route, Fire layout)
located in strategic areas around the installation, e.g. at Fighting, Safety and
muster areas, main stair landings, close to fire fighting Life Saving Review Safety Sign, Escape Route, Fire
areas and at emergency exits/entrances as applicable. Equipment layout) Fighting, Safety and Life Saving
They shall be clearly visible and, if necessary, Equipment Specification and Datasheet
illuminated. (PTS 37.17.10.11). Safety Sign, Escape
Route, Fire Fighting, Confirm the Site Inspection / SAT meets the
Safety signs and color coding shall follow PTS 60.2002 Safety and Life requirements
Saving Equipment
Specification and
Datasheet
TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE DURATION OF EMERGENCY Project Safety Design Review Project Safety Design Philosophy Confirm the Emergency Power D ,P, C&I, HUC
POWER & LIGHTING: Philosophy and Lighting system meet
Review Safety Design Basis the specifications
The duration for Emergency Lighting at the ER should Safety Design Basis
exceed the length of time that can be guaranteed from Review Layout Drawing Confirm the quality of
the standard emergency luminaires Layout Drawing Emergency Power system
All escape routes to the Escape Route on the installation Review Emergency Power Design are installed as per
should be provided with emergency lighting of the Emergency Power Specifications specifications
battery backed fluorescent type. Design Specifications
Lighting of the evacuation routes from the TR shall be Review HSE Case Report Cross refer detail technical
available when the platform is evacuated. HSE Case Report specification to ER003
Where smoke may obstruct vision when the evacuation Inspect and confirm the availability and
route is to be used, some form of illuminated low level Site Inspection / FAT / quality of the Emergency Lighting
route indication should be provided. (PTS 37.17.10.11) SAT Report System
As per PTS 33.64.10.10 Electrical Engineering Guideline,
for offshore installation the batteries of UPS units shall Cross refer detail Confirm the FAT / SAT report meets the
be rated to energize emergency and escape lighting for technical requirements
3hrs (the latter with 1hr internal battery back up) specification to
Cross refer detail technical specification to ER003 ER003 Cross refer detail technical specification to
ER003
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A366 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide sufficient safe, readily identifiable, escape routes for all personnel to leave an area affected by an incident, reach the TR from any part of the installation
they are likely to occupy and transfer from the TR to the TEMPSC embarkation points and Helideck (where applicable).
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
TO PROVIDE PROPER MATERIALS FOR FIRE Project Safety Design Review Project Safety Design Philosophy Confirm the material meet the D , P, C&I, HUC
PROTECTION: Philosophy specifications
The selection and specification of materials used in the Review Safety Design Basis
construction of the ER shall be consistent with their Safety Design Basis Confirm that the material
function and do not lead or contribute to loss of integrity Review TR Design Specifications availability and quality meet
as defined by the acceptance criteria. (PTS 37.17.10.11) Layout Drawing the specification
Inspect the quality of materials being
TR Design Specifications installed
TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE ESCAPE ROUTE FOR HSE and Fire Protection Review HSE and Fire Protection Philosophy All the deliverables shall meet D ,P, C&I, HUC
PERSONNEL TO TR/ MUSTER AREA: Philosophy Safety the minimum criteria
The facility should have 3 means of evacuation, i.e.: Sign, Escape Route, Review Safety Sign, Escape Route, Fire requirements
Fire Fighting, Safety Fighting, Safety and Life Saving
Primary means of evacuation, i.e. the access to the and Life Saving Equipment Specification and Datasheet
installation, generally involving external assistance. Equipment
Secondary means of evacuation, i.e. the self supporting Specification and Review Layout Drawing( e.g. Safety Sign
way to evacuate the installation, typically survival craft Datasheet Drawing, Escape Route, Fire Fighting,
such as TEMPSC. Safety and Life Saving Equipment
Tertiary means (for escape) such as life rafts, personal Layout Drawing( e.g. layout)
chutes, knotted ropes, etc. Safety Sign Drawing,
A minimum of two routes, which are independent to the Escape Route, Fire Inspect the location and quality of ER
extent of being unlikely to be impaired by the same Fighting, Safety and facilities being installed
incident scenario, shall be provided between each area Life Saving
of the installation and the TR. Equipment layout) Review Site Inspection / SAT report
Where the provision of two alternative escape routes is
clearly impractical (e.g. service platform, flare and
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A367 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide sufficient safe, readily identifiable, escape routes for all personnel to leave an area affected by an incident, reach the TR from any part of the installation
they are likely to occupy and transfer from the TR to the TEMPSC embarkation points and Helideck (where applicable).
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
crane access), or the level of risk is tolerable and as Site Inspection / SAT
low as reasonably practicable (e.g. from small or Report
normally unoccupied areas), an area may have a
single exit leading from it. Special access procedures
and/or means of other evacuation e.g. cage ladder
should apply to such areas.
For bridge-linked installations, if it can be demonstrated
that the bridge connections are accessible and
passable under all major incident scenarios, and/or the
risk to loss of bridge integrity is acceptable, a single
bridge may link platforms. Two routes should
nevertheless lead to such a bridge and, dependent on
the likely hazards, also lead from it. (PTS 37.17.10.11)
F2. TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE ENDURANCE TIME REQUIRED TO COMPLETE EVACUATION HSE and Fire Protection Review HSE and Fire Protection Philosophy Confirm the analyses of TR D ,HUC
PERIOD Under this criterion, those incidents which require Philosophy endurance period meet the
personnel to take refuge in the TR/muster area, and Review Safety Sign, Escape Route, Fire specification
where the potential exists for a loss of integrity which Safety Sign, Escape Fighting, Safety and Life Saving
would necessitate installation evacuation, are Route, Fire Fighting, Equipment Specification and Datasheet Verify that the Emergency &
considered. Minimum endurance time should cover: Safety and Life Fire Drill meet the required
Saving Equipment Review Layout Drawing( e.g. Safety Sign time
Time to respond to an alarm Specification and Drawing, Escape Route, Fire Fighting,
Time to travel to the TR/muster area Datasheet Safety and Life Saving Equipment
Time to muster and reach decision layout)
Time to evacuate Layout Drawing( e.g.
For Secondary TRs/muster area, the endurance period Safety Sign Drawing, Review EERA Study report
should take account of the incident scenarios from Escape Route, Fire
which the requirement of a secondary TR/muster area Fighting, Safety and Review TRIA Study report
was determined. The secondary TR/muster area Life Saving
endurance period should allow sufficient time to: Equipment layout) Review QRA Report
escape to the secondary TR/muster area; EERA Study report Review HSE Case Report
muster at the secondary TR/muster area;
communicate with the primary TR/muster area; and TRIA Study report Review Site Inspection / Emergency & Fire
if appropriate, evacuate using the dedicated means of Drill Report
evacuation. (PTS 37.17.10.11) QRA Report
Note:
To cross referred with ER 001 (TR/muster area) HSE Case Report
Site Inspection /
Emergency & Fire
Drill Report
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A368 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide sufficient safe, readily identifiable, escape routes for all personnel to leave an area affected by an incident, reach the TR from any part of the installation
they are likely to occupy and transfer from the TR to the TEMPSC embarkation points and Helideck (where applicable).
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
AVAILABILITY
A1. 'Escape Route shall be available at all Escape and evacuation route shall be as direct as possible Design Basis Carry out Inspections of Primary and Confirm that Structural D, C&I, HUC
times and unobstructed. Route should remain passable, as far Secondary Escape Route and confirm Supports and handrails
as is reasonable for as long as they needed during Design Specifications they are in accepted conditions have no damage or severe
emergency despite the effect of the incident. (PTS corrosion, Emergency
37.17.10.11) Drawing Review Design and verify the drawing Power and Lightings
functions properly, and
Signage's, structural supports, handrails, and emergency Inspection and Test signages are in good
power and lightings for Primary and Secondary Escape Records conditions.
Routes shall be available all the time.
Confirm the Escape Route
construction is as per
design specifications and
as-built drawing
RELIABILITY
R1. Escape Route shall be reliable at all times Signage's, structural supports, handrails, and emergency Design Basis Carry out Inspections of Primary and Confirm that Structural D, C&I, HUC
power and lightings for Primary and Secondary Escape Secondary Escape Route and confirm Supports and handrails
Routes shall be reliable design. Design Specifications they are in accepted conditions have no damage or severe
corrosion, Emergency
Drawing Review design and verify the drawing Power and Lightings
functions properly, and
Inspection and Test signages are in good
Records conditions
SCE GOAL - To provide sufficient safe, readily identifiable, escape routes for all personnel to leave an area affected by an incident, reach the TR from any part of the installation
they are likely to occupy and transfer from the TR to the TEMPSC embarkation points and Helideck (where applicable).
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
design specifications and
as-built drawing
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Escape Route shall survive during Escape Route shall be clear from any impairment and clear EERA Report Review EERA, TRIA and SGIA reports Confirm Escape Route is free D, HUC
emergency situation from any smoke and gas ingress Confirm the requirements are met from impairment
Elapsed time required to reach Escape Route from or to SGIA Report
TR shall meet the required time Confirm Escape Route is free
TRIA Report from smoke and gas
ingress
I2. ER001 Temporary Refuge (TR) / Primary Muster Areas; Input Provides temporary refuge to enable headcount prior to escape
I3. ER003 Emergency / Escape Lighting; Input Ensure that escape routes can be used at all times
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 19/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A370 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide adequate illumination at emergency response locations and to escape routes in the event of a major hazardous event.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1) Emergency/Escape Lighting The design and engineering of the emergency/escape Electrical Design Basis Review on the design and engineering of The Emergency/Escape lighting D, P
Appropriate Emergency/Escape lighting shall lighting installation shall satisfy all statutory requirements emergency/escape lighting that need to are to provide as per all
be provided in line with statutory requirement, of the country in which the electrical installation will be Layout drawings be provided. statutory requirements of
PTS and relevant international standards. located. (Lighting) the country in which the
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 2.1) Review and Check the conformance electrical installation will be
Note: Relevant international standards are as Specification and MTO certificates for compliance located and as per the type
follows: - Emergency/Escape Lighting of type Ex 'd' or Ex 'e' luminaires (Ex rated) requirements.
a) ANSI/ANSLG, should be used in all plant area, whether classified Zone Conformance certificates
b) CIE, 1, Zone 2 or non-hazardous.
c) FCC, (PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 4.10.2)
d) FTC,
e) IES,
f) NEMA,
g) NFPA,
h) UL.
F2) Location and Coverage (Emergency Emergency lighting shall be provided at strategic locations Electrical Design Basis Review the layout drawing for the on Adequate coverage of relevant D, C&I,HUC
Lighting) with adequate coverage for emergency purposes. location and coverage of emergency emergency lighting.
Emergency Lighting shall be installed at Layout Drawings lighting.
appropriate locations to ensure adequate Key operational areas such as control room, radio room (Lighting)
illumination for safety reasons and permit and crane access ladders
minimum operation (offshore) during power Switch rooms and generator rooms
failures. Fire Stations
First-Aid Rooms
Watchmen's Offices
Main Entrances, and all other buildings and strategic
areas where required for safety reasons.
Obstruction lights on vent stacks and crane booms
Perimeter lights on helidecks
Accommodation and workshop areas
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 5.4.2 & 6.2.4.ii)
SCE GOAL - To provide adequate illumination at emergency response locations and to escape routes in the event of a major hazardous event.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Control Room and Auxiliary Rooms (including 10 %
connected to inverter system) = 50%
Substation, Field Auxiliary Room, Compressor and
Generator Buildings = 30%
Offshore installation = 25%
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 5.4.2 & 6.2.4.ii)
F3) Location and Coverage (Escape Escape lighting shall be installed at the following locations: Electrical Design Basis Review the layout drawing for the on Adequate coverage of relevant D, C&I,HUC
Lighting) location and coverage of escape escape lighting.
Escape lighting shall be installed at appropriate All buildings and every exit doorway to light the way for Layout Drawings lighting.
locations to ensure adequate lux coverage for personnel leaving the building along defined escape (Lighting)
personnel escape. routes;
Every Sleeping Cabin; Test reports
Escape Routes and all obstacles on the escape routes;
External Escape Ways (Ladders, Stairways and
Walkways);
Internal Escape Ways (Escape Routes in Modules or Deck
Areas, Accommodation Area Corridors and Galley);
Embarkation Areas (Access to Helideck and Survival Craft
Stations/Life Boats);
Muster Points and Areas (Helicopter Waiting Room,
Cinema, Lounge, Dining Room and Emergency
Response Team Muster Points);
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 5.4.2 & 6.2.4.iii)
F4) Portable Emergency LightingPortable Portable emergency lighting units (i.e. battery powered hand Electrical Design Basis Review the layout drawing for the on Ensure the portable emergency D, C&I,HUC
emergency lighting units shall be provided at lamps) suitable for use in Zone 1 area with battery rated location for portable emergency lighting. lighting units are purchased
strategic locations for emergencies purpose. for not less than 6h operation shall be provided at:- Layout Drawings and installed as per the
Inside substations and switch houses near all entrances; (Lighting) type (Ex rated) and the
At the exit doors of all non-hazardous area modules in battery autonomy is not
offshore installation. E.g. installation control center, MTO less than 6h
switch rooms, utility areas and emergency team muster
points.(PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 4.10.5 & 6.2.4.ii) Vendor documents
AVAILABILITY
A1) Power Supply Emergency lighting shall be fed via circuits with stand-by Electrical Design Basis Review on design (including battery sizing) Power supplies design and D, P, C&I,HUC
Emergency/Escape lighting shall have reliable supply from one of the following sources :- of power supplies for backup batteries capacities
incoming source of power supplies. Single line diagram emergency/escape lighting. are adequate and power is
an emergency generator (Lighting) always available without
any interruption.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A372 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide adequate illumination at emergency response locations and to escape routes in the event of a major hazardous event.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
an inverter having a battery with an autonomy time of at Battery sizing calculation
least 1 h for onshore and 3 h for offshore installations. (for inverter/UPS)
If power is supplied by an emergency generator, a
number of luminaires in the control room and its Lighting Layout drawing
basement as well as field auxiliary rooms shall have a
stand-by supply from an independent source with
battery back-up to avoid complete darkness during
start-up of the emergency generating set.
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 5.4.2)
RELIABILITY
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A373 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide adequate illumination at emergency response locations and to escape routes in the event of a major hazardous event.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
R1) Reliability & Life Time Emergency/Escape lighting shall have battery pack with Electrical Design Basis Review on reliability and provision for long The reliability and lifetime of D, P
Emergency/ Escape lighting shall be reliable expected life span of 4 to 6 years. lifetime operation of emergency/escape emergency/escape lighting
and require minimal maintenance. (PTS 13.02.01 Clause 4.9) Specification (Lighting) lighting. meet requirements.
Escape lighting shall have integral batteries to provide an Type test certificates and
autonomy time of at least 30 min for onshore and 60 min records
for offshore installations, and shall be part of the
emergency lighting system to illuminate the way for safe
escape of personnel during power blackouts.
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 5.4.2 & 6.2.4.iii)
R2) Emergency/Escape Lighting Installation All components shall be protected for operation in the climate Specification (Lighting) Review on construction of emergency/ Emergency/ escape lighting are C&I
Emergency/Escape lighting shall be suitable of the installation. MTO (in the event escape lighting. suitable for site conditions
for site environment and installed as per the Long life lamps in combination with electronic ballasts Specifications are not
Drawing. shall be used in new installations, and for upgrading old being produced)
installations, so as to take advantage of their increased
lumen efficiency and economic life. Typical Installation
(PTS 13.00.01 Clause 2.1 and 4.10) Details
R3) Testing The following site acceptance test shall be conducted as a Specification (Lighting) Review on testing and SAT records for Performance of HUC
Testing shall be conducted at site to ensure minimum: emergency/escape lighting. emergency/escape lighting
that emergency/escape lighting meet Test Records are acceptable and meet
requirement. Functional test including autonomy time requirement.
Insulation test
Illumination level test
Visual inspection
(PTS 13.02.01 - Clause 3.10)
SURVIVABILITY
S1) Emergency/Escape Lighting to Survive Emergency/Escape Lighting of type Ex 'd' or Ex 'e' luminaires Specification (Lighting) Review the MTO. Emergency/ escape lighting C&I
the MAH should be used in all plant area, whether classified Zone MTO shall be type Ex 'd' or Ex 'e'
If any one of the Emergency/Escape lighting 1, Zone 2 or non-hazardous.
has been effected due to the MAH, the other (PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 4.10.2)
Emergency/Escape lighting shall be capable of
providing sufficient light along the escape route
for evacuation.
SCE GOAL - To provide adequate illumination at emergency response locations and to escape routes in the event of a major hazardous event.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1.IC003 - Certified (Ex rated) Electrical Equipment Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
Certified (Ex rated) Electrical Equipment emergency/escape lighting shall be Type Ex 'd' or Ex 'e'
I2.ER001 - Temporary Refuge (TR)/Primary Muster Area Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
Temporary Refuge (TR)/Primary Muster Area emergency/escape lighting requirement depends on this
SCE
I3. ER002 - Escape Route Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
Escape route lighting requirement of emergency/escape lighting depends on this SCE
I4. ER005 - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
UPS will provide supply to emergency/escape lighting
I6 ER007 - Emergency Power Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
Emergency Power will provide supply to emergency/escape lighting
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Pantaleon Su Lai Ting Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 18/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A375 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To ensure that all personnel on board or at site at any location are made aware of any need for mustering or abandonment once the decision has been made.
2. To ensure that the communications systems and information required for emergency response control, platform evacuation, and with all external parties identified in the
emergency plan are available.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. The Public Address and General Alarm PAGA shall be capable of raising the alarm at all parts of the Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. PAGA system capable of D, C&I, HUC
System (PAGA) shall broadcast Public installation where persons are frequently present. Where Design Basis / broadcasting facility status
Address / General Alarm signal in case of an aural communication is not practicable, conspicuous Philosophy Test functionality during commissioning. to all personnel on board
accidental event requiring evacuation of an visual warning by means of a coloured light system
area of the facility or the facility itself. (For indicating platform status should be provided. System equipment and
offshore manned facilities only) (PTS 32.71.00.12 3.1.1.1 ) field devices
specifications /
datasheets
PAGA shall consist of duplicated isolated systems, each Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. PAGA system capable of D, C&I, HUC
system separately feeding each location over separately Design Basis / broadcasting facility status
routed cabling, and each system on its own capable of Philosophy Test functionality during commissioning. to each location/area
providing full audibility and/or visibility in all areas of the separately
platform. System equipment and
(PTS 32.71.00.12 3.1.1.1 ) field devices
specifications /
datasheets
SCE GOAL -
1. To ensure that all personnel on board or at site at any location are made aware of any need for mustering or abandonment once the decision has been made.
2. To ensure that the communications systems and information required for emergency response control, platform evacuation, and with all external parties identified in the
emergency plan are available.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
The system shall be capable of delivering 75 dBA +/-3 dB Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. PAGA system capable of D, C&I, HUC
average program level in indoor location and 96 dBA at Design Basis / broadcasting platform
outdoor locations at a distance of 2 meters. Philosophy Test functionality during commissioning. status to all personnel on
The PA system paging access priorities shall be as board in accordance with
follows: System equipment and paging access priorities
i) Master consoles, field devices
ii) Muster Consoles, specifications /
iii) Telephone access, and datasheets
iv) Entertainment.
(PTS 32.71.00.12 3.1.1.1) (PTS 32.71.00.17 4.12) System equipment and
field devices layout
F2. Audible communication systems to enable The normal plant telephone and plant radio systems shall be Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. The normal plant telephone and D , P, C&I, HUC
two way communications with personnel at any designed to cope with the extra traffic expected during Design Basis / plant radio systems are
location on the facility. emergencies. The emergency room should be equipped Philosophy Verify during commissioning. able to cope with the extra
with one or more telephones on the plant Private traffic expected during
Automatic Branch Exchange (PABX) and city Emergency room layout emergencies. The
exchanges. (for plant facility only) emergency room is
(PTS 32.71.00.10 9.3) equipped with one or more
telephones on the plant
Private Automatic Branch
Exchange (PABX) and city
exchanges.
All installations with a LQ shall be equipped with a telephone Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. Facility is equipped with a D , P, C&I, HUC
system complete with telephone exchange and Design Basis / telephone system complete
telephone instruments. (for offshore facility with LQ Philosophy Verify during commissioning. with telephone exchange
only)(PTS 32.71.00.12 3.2.1.1) and telephone instruments.
Crane radios may be of hybrid design and should provide the Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. Crane is equipped with all the D , P, C&I, HUC
following functions: Design Basis / means of communication in
i) VHF marine band operation for communication with Philosophy Verify during C&I, commissioning. minimum criteria.
supply vessels;
ii) the platform VHF or UHF radio system (if fitted);
iii) public address facility for broadcasting instructions to
the deck crew.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A377 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To ensure that all personnel on board or at site at any location are made aware of any need for mustering or abandonment once the decision has been made.
2. To ensure that the communications systems and information required for emergency response control, platform evacuation, and with all external parties identified in the
emergency plan are available.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Crane radios should also be provided with the following
for ease of operation:
i) choice of loudspeaker or headphones;
ii) boom microphone mounted on an adjustable
mechanical support;
iii) press-to-talk facility operated either by a foot switch or
a switch fixed to the crane control levers.
(for offshore facilities only)
(PTS 32.71.00.12 3.2.1.5)
F3. Communication system to enable A multi-channel VHF marine band radiotelephone shall be Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. A multi-channel VHF marine D, P, C&I, HUC
communications between the facility and its provided for routine communications with nearby Design Basis / band radiotelephone is
immediate locality, other facilities and shore. shipping and other installations and for emergency voice Philosophy Test functionality during commissioning. provided.
communications on the marine distress frequency of
156.8 MHz (channel 16). The control unit(s) should be Marine VHF radio Additional VHF marine band
located in the radio room and/or control room so that a specifications radiotelephone is provided
continuous watch can be kept, at least during the hours in the TR.
of manning. An additional VHF marine band
radiotelephone shall be provided in the TR if this is a Radio is locally controlled and
different location from the above. (for offshore facilities powered by a battery which
only) in the TR as well.
(PTS 32.71.00.12 3.1.2.3)
Alarm sounders shall broadcast signal in case of an Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. Alarm sounders is functional to D, P, C&I, HUC
accidental event requiring evacuation of the facility. (For Design Basis / broadcast signal.
offshore normally unmanned facilities only) Philosophy Test functionality during commissioning.
(PTS 32.71.00.17 4.1.2)
Fire and gas cause and
effect matrix
Where helicopters are used, a single frequency VHF Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. A single frequency VHF D, P, C&I, HUC
aeronautical radiotelephone shall be provided for routine Design Basis / aeronautical radiotelephone
and emergency communications. The VHF aeronautical Philosophy Test functionality during commissioning. both base station radio and
radio system shall comprise of base station radio and handheld are provided.
handheld portables. A single base station radios shall be Aeronautical VHF radio
positioned in the radio room designed for 19” mounting. specifications Additional VHF aeronautical
An additional VHF aeronautical band radiotelephone band radiotelephone is
shall be provided in the TR if this is in a different location provided in the TR.
from the radio room/control room. (for offshore facility
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A378 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To ensure that all personnel on board or at site at any location are made aware of any need for mustering or abandonment once the decision has been made.
2. To ensure that the communications systems and information required for emergency response control, platform evacuation, and with all external parties identified in the
emergency plan are available.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
with helipad/helideck only)
(PTS 32.71.00.12 3.1.2.4)
A satellite-based communications system shall be installed Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. INMARSAT or VSAT is D, P, C&I, HUC
for living quarters platforms that are remote from land. Design Basis / provided.
An INMARSAT or VSAT shall be provided. A dish Philosophy Test functionality during commissioning.
antenna shall be installed in the living quarter’s platform
for these purposes. (for offshore facility with LQ only)
(PTS 32.71.00.12 3.1.2.6)
F4. A global marine distress system (GMDSS) GMDSS console level and type of equipment provided shall Met ocean study report Review listed documentation & Drawings. GMDSS console package is D,P, HUC
console shall ensure lifeboats & evacuation conform to the 2009 SOLAS convention concerning following requirement of
chutes and remote support organizations radio communications and to the 2009 code for the sea area (A1/A2/A3/A4).
communications to facility, and emergency construction and equipment of MODUs. Note that under
position indications of lifeboats. the GMDSS regulations, the equipment required
depends on the sea area (A1/A2/A3/A4) where the
facility is located.(PTS 32.71.00.12 3.1)
Each Totally Enclosed Motor Propelled Survival Craft Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. Each TEMPSC is equipped with D , P, C&I, HUC
(TEMPSC) and lifeboat shall be equipped with the Design Basis / the minimum criteria.
following: Philosophy Verify during C&I and commissioning.
i) an emergency radiotelephone on the international
marine distress frequency of 156.8MHz (channel 16); TEMPSC package
ii) a search and rescue radar transponder, operating in specifications
the 9GHz marine radar frequency band;
iii) an approved electronic position indicating rescue GMDSS console
beacon operating on the specifications
international satellite distress frequency of 406 MHz.
Fitting of this beacon depends on there being a well
defined national rescue service in operation.
(PTS 32.71.00.12 3.1.1.2)
F5. The Communication Control interface shall The radio room may be combined or physically separated Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. The radio systems are able to D, C&I, HUC
enable communications for operational team from the radio equipment room partitions. Its location Design Basis / interface with the
with all combines radio systems. must be strategically close to the Central Control Room Philosophy Verify during C&I and commissioning. communication control
(CCR). This will allow key personnel ready access to the interface radio system,
radio room in emergencies and also allow the platform System equipment and composed of central
supervisor the ease of communicating to the radio field devices equipment and Radio
operator on his normal course of duty. Where living specifications / remote control consoles in
quarters are provided, the radio operation room shall be datasheets strategic locations.
within the living quarters.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A379 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To ensure that all personnel on board or at site at any location are made aware of any need for mustering or abandonment once the decision has been made.
2. To ensure that the communications systems and information required for emergency response control, platform evacuation, and with all external parties identified in the
emergency plan are available.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
(PTS 32.71.00.17 4.4) System equipment and The system is capable of
The system shall be capable of establishing field devices layout establishing communication
communication from the radio remote control consoles to from the radio remote
individual selected radio transceiver combining Cabling routing layout / control consoles to
telephony, VHF marine, VHF aeronautical and UHF (if wiring diagram individual selected radio
fitted) transceiver combining
Radio room, CCR telephony, VHF marine,
location layout VHF aeronautical and UHF
drawing. (if fitted)
AVAILABILITY
A1. Marine VHF Radio A multi-channel VHF marine band radiotelephone shall be Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. A multi-channel VHF marine D, P, C&I, HUC
provided for routine communications with nearby Design Basis / band radiotelephone is
shipping and other installations and for emergency voice Philosophy Test functionality during commissioning. provided.
communications on the marine distress frequency of
156.8 MHz (channel 16). Marine VHF radio
(PTS 32.71.00.12 3.1.2.3) specifications
An additional VHF marine band radiotelephone shall be Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. Additional VHF marine band D, P, C&I, HUC
provided in the TR if this is a different location from the Design Basis / radiotelephone is provided
above. Note that radios in the TR should be locally Philosophy Verify during commissioning. in the TR.
controlled and powered by a battery which is also
located in the TR. Marine VHF radio Radio is locally controlled and
(PTS 32.71.00.12 3.1.2.3) specifications powered by a battery which
in the TR as well.
A2. Aeronautical VHF Radio (for offshore Where helicopters are used, a single frequency VHF Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. A single frequency VHF D, P, C&I, HUC
facilities with helideck / helipad only) aeronautical radiotelephone shall be provided for routine Design Basis / aeronautical radiotelephone
and emergency communications. The VHF aeronautical Philosophy Test functionality during commissioning. both base station radio and
radio system shall comprise of base station radio and handheld are provided.
handheld portables. Aeronautical VHF radio
(PTS 32.71.00.12 3.1.2.4) specifications
2. An additional VHF aeronautical band radiotelephone shall Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. Additional VHF aeronautical D, P, C&I, HUC
be provided in the TR if this is in a different location from Design Basis / band radiotelephone is
the radio room/control room. Philosophy Verify during commissioning. provided in the TR.
(PTS 32.71.00.12 3.1.2.4)
Aeronautical VHF radio
specifications
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A380 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To ensure that all personnel on board or at site at any location are made aware of any need for mustering or abandonment once the decision has been made.
2. To ensure that the communications systems and information required for emergency response control, platform evacuation, and with all external parties identified in the
emergency plan are available.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
A3. Communication Systems The operation of communication systems shall not be Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. Operation of communication D, HUC
adversely affected by the operation of other devices in Design Basis / system is not affected by
close proximity (electromagnetic compatibility) Philosophy Verify during commissioning. the operation of other
(IEC 61000) devices in close proximity.
All external equipment to be rated to a minimum of IP 56 Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. All external equipment is rated D, P, C&I, HUC
except VHF marine radios for TEMPSCs and portable Design Basis / to minimum of IP 56 except
radios which shall be IP 66 Philosophy Verify during commissioning. VHF marine radios for
(IEC 60529) TEMPSCs and portable
IP rating certificates radios which is IP 66.
A4. PA/GA PAGA shall consist of duplicated isolated systems, each Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. PAGA system capable of D , C&I, HUC
system separately feeding each location over separately Design Basis / broadcasting facility status
routed cabling, and each system on its own capable of Philosophy Test functionality during commissioning. to each location/area
providing full audibility and/or visibility in all areas of the separately
platform. System equipment and
(PTS 32.71.00.12 3.1.1.1 ) field devices
specifications /
datasheets
A5. Internal/External communication Internal/external communications will be provided by a range Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. At least one method of D, HUC
of methods, such that there is always an alternative Design Basis / internal/external
available in the event of a single failure Philosophy Test functionality during commissioning. communication is available
in the event of a single
failure.
RELIABILITY
R1. Communication system shall have reliable Most of the telecoms equipment are powered from the Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. Charger and battery are reliable D, P, C&I, HUC
power supply or battery backup during Major charger output. Therefore, the charger shall be designed Design Basis / to maintain power for
Accident Event (MAE). for operation either as battery charger (battery Philosophy Test functionality during FAT and telecommunication in MAE
connected) or as battery eliminator (battery commissioning. in minimum required time.
disconnected) with built in automatic output voltage
controlled and current limiting features. The charger shall
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A381 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To ensure that all personnel on board or at site at any location are made aware of any need for mustering or abandonment once the decision has been made.
2. To ensure that the communications systems and information required for emergency response control, platform evacuation, and with all external parties identified in the
emergency plan are available.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
be rated to recharge the fully discharge battery to within UPS specification /
80% of full capacity in the specified interval while datasheet
simultaneously supplying the maximum specified D.C
load. All alarms, meters and other features shall properly FAT test procedure and
monitor the charger operation. The charger alarms results
(charger fail and AC fail alarms) shall be extended to the
supervisory system. The batteries shall be rated and Supervisory system
sized such that they can supply the load for a specified Design Basis /
interval (usually six hrs) when initially charged to 75% of Philosophy
their maximum capacity. The battery back-up time
should provide minimum 6 hours un-interrupted Software FAT result
operation in the event of a.c supply/ charger failure with
the exception of SOLAS. The battery back-up time for
SOLAS shall be 24 hours operation.
(PTS 32.71.00.17 4.19)
Where DC UPS is used for SOLAS equipment and Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. DC UPS is following minimum D, P, C&I, HUC
emergency equipment located in TR, DC UPS shall have Design Basis / requirement.
minimum requirement as in Appendix 2 of PTS Philosophy Test functionality during FAT and
33.65.50.31. commissioning.
(PTS 32.71.00.12 7.2.1) Specification for DC UPS
Plant radio system shall be powered from a battery backed Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. Battery backed up time is at D,P, HUC
power system with back up time at least 8 hours. (for Design Basis / least 8 hours.
onshore plant facilities only) Philosophy
(PTS 32.71.00.10 4.7)
Plant radio specification
and datasheet
Telecommunications systems for survival craft shall consist Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. Equipment consist internal D, P, HUC
of equipment wholly powered by internal battery packs Design Basis / battery pack within
contained within a watertight case. Philosophy watertight case.
(PTS 32.71.00.12 7.2.2)
Equipment specification
and datasheet
SCE GOAL -
1. To ensure that all personnel on board or at site at any location are made aware of any need for mustering or abandonment once the decision has been made.
2. To ensure that the communications systems and information required for emergency response control, platform evacuation, and with all external parties identified in the
emergency plan are available.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
The PABX shall have a battery back-up, the duration of Telecommunication Review listed documentation & Drawings. PABX have battery back-up D, P, HUC
which is determined by local requirements, typically 8 Design Basis / with minimum requirement.
hours. It is necessary to keep the PABX operational for Philosophy
this period, even after loss of emergency generation,
because most voice communications, on platform, to Equipment specification
other platforms and to shore are provided by the PABX. and datasheet
(PTS 32.71.00.12 7.2.3)
SURVIVABILITY
S1. The design of telecommunication The total public address and general alarm system shall be Telecommunication Review listed documentation and drawings. The design and construction of D, C&I, HUC
infrastructure and its associated equipment designed and constructed to survive as far as is Design Basis / public address and general
should meet the requirement to operate in a practicable physical damage to parts of the platform. Philosophy Verify during C&I and Comm. alarm system is capable to
hazardous environment. (PTS 32.71.00.12 3.1.1.1 ) survive as far as is
System equipment practicable physical
specifications / damage to parts of the
datasheets platform.
Ex 'd' PAGA speakers as defined in BS 5345 (Part 3) and BS Telecommunication Review listed documentation and drawings. PAGA speakers are rated as D, C&I, HUC
5501 (Part 5) shall be installed at hazardous areas and Design Basis / per minimum criteria.
outdoor locations. They shall be suitable for continuous Philosophy Verify during C&I and Comm.
operation in hazardous areas classifies as Zone 1 in
accordance with Institute of Petroleum Model Code of PAGA speakers
Safe Practice, Part 15, Area Classification Code for specifications /
Installations Handling Flammable Fluids, August 2002 datasheets
2nd Edition (IP 15) and PTS 80.00.10.10. The
temperature classification shall be T3 and the gas System equipment and
grouping IIC. Construction shall be from ultra violet field devices layout
resistant glass fibre reinforced polyamide with
environmental protection being rated as IP 65 minimum Ex certificates
in concurrence with IEC 60144. Whereas ceiling
mounted indoor speakers without certification will be IP rating certificates
acceptable within the living quarters. The equipment
shall be fully solid state. Provision of reserve sets on hot
standby with automatic as well as manual change-over
shall be required.
(PTS 32.71.00.17 4.12)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A383 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To ensure that all personnel on board or at site at any location are made aware of any need for mustering or abandonment once the decision has been made.
2. To ensure that the communications systems and information required for emergency response control, platform evacuation, and with all external parties identified in the
emergency plan are available.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
The threshold values of RF (Radio Frequency) to meet Telecommunication Review listed documentation and drawings. Suitable radio frequency is used D, C&I, HUC
requirement of IIC gas group shall be 2 Watts, IIB gas Design Basis / in the area with the gas
group shall be 3.5, IIA gas group shall be 6 Watts and I Philosophy Verify during C&I and Comm. group.
gas group shall be 6 Watts for long narrow structures,
e.g. cranes and 8 Watts for all other structures. System equipment and
(BSI PD CLC/TR 50427:2004 8.3.1 Table 2) field devices layout
All outdoors distribution boxes shall be Ex 'e' (increased Telecommunication Review listed documentation and drawings. Distribution boxes are rated as D, C&I, HUC
safety) type in accordance with BS 5345 and BS 5501 Design Basis / per minimum criteria.
when used in Zone 1 & 2 areas. Philosophy Verify during C&I and Comm.
The degree of protection of the enclosure shall have a
minimum IP 65 rating in accordance with IEC 60144. Distribution boxes
Metal gland plates shall be provided for earth continuity. specifications /
Top cable entries will not be allowed in the outdoor datasheets
locations. All drilled/tapped entries to Ex 'e' boxes shall
be provided with suitable certified stopping plugs. Distribution boxes layout
(PTS 32.71.00.17 2.3.2) drawing
Ex certificates
IP rating certificates
All handheld portable radios shall be certified by a Telecommunication Review listed documentation and drawings. All handheld portable radios are D, P, HUC
recognized authority as intrinsically safe in design and Design Basis / certified by recognized
suitable for continuous operation in areas classifies as Philosophy Verify after procurement or during Comm. authority.
Zone 1.
(PTS 32.71.00.17 2.3.2) Radio specification /
datasheets
Ex certificates
S2. All communication system shall meet the All telecoms installation including antenna and feeders shall Telecommunication Review listed documentation and drawings. All telecoms installation D, C&I, HUC
requirement of proper earthing and lightning be bonded and earthed. For offshore systems the Design Basis / including antenna and
protection. platform steel work is considered as the main earthing Philosophy Verify during C&I and Comm. feeders are bonded and
system and current return path. Lightning rod or arrestor earthed correctly.
shall be used to protect the tower and antennae as well
as the sensitive electronic equipment exposed to the sky
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A384 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To ensure that all personnel on board or at site at any location are made aware of any need for mustering or abandonment once the decision has been made.
2. To ensure that the communications systems and information required for emergency response control, platform evacuation, and with all external parties identified in the
emergency plan are available.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
at the top of a building/platform/vessel against lightning Earthing and bonding
strikes. Gas discharge lightning arrestor shall be installation drawing
installed at the Main Distribution Frame (MDF) for all
telephone and control circuits, and at the Main Lightning protection
Distribution Panel (MDP) for all PA circuits. installation drawing
(PTS 32.71.00.17 4.20)
MDF and MDP layout
and wiring drawing
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. IC003 Certified (Ex rated) Electrical Equipment Input To avoid ignition in hazardous areas
I2. DS001 Fire and Gas detection Input To alert occupants to emergency situations
I3. ER001 Temporary Refuge (TR) / Primary Muster Input Provides temporary refuge to enable headcount prior to escape
I4. ER002 Escape Routes Input Ensure that escape routes can be used at all times
I5. ER005 Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) Input Provide alternative power for essential systems
I6. LS002 Rescue Facilities Input To avoid ignition in hazardous areas
To alert occupants to emergency situations
Provides temporary refuge to enable headcount prior to escape
Ensure that escape routes can be used at all times
Provide alternative power for essential systems
To provide adequate escape facilities
I7. LS004 Alternate Means of Escape Input Provide alternative power for essential systems
To provide adequate escape facilities
I8. LS003 TEMPSCs / Lifeboats Input Provides temporary refuge to enable headcount prior to escape
To provide adequate escape facilities
I9. ER007 Emergency Power (including generation & distribution) Input Ensure that escape routes can be used at all times
Provide alternative power for essential systems
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A385 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To ensure that all personnel on board or at site at any location are made aware of any need for mustering or abandonment once the decision has been made.
2. To ensure that the communications systems and information required for emergency response control, platform evacuation, and with all external parties identified in the
emergency plan are available.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
I1. IC003 Certified (Ex rated) Electrical Equipment Input To avoid ignition in hazardous areas
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 19/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A386 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide an uninterrupted power supply to the vital services during a Major Accident Event (MAE) when normal power fails.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1) Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) The design and engineering of UPS shall satisfy all statutory Electrical Design Basis and Review on design and engineering of UPS to be UPS meet requirements D, C&I. HUC
Appropriate UPS shall be provided in line with requirements of the country in which the electrical Specification (UPS) conducted.
national/local legislative requirement and installation will be located.
international standards (i.e. IEC Standard). (PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 2.1) Layout drawings (UPS)
SCE GOAL - To provide an uninterrupted power supply to the vital services during a Major Accident Event (MAE) when normal power fails.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Static modular UPS system shall be hot swappable, redundant,
scalable type and shall consist of :-
UPS design shall minimize the risk of short circuits and all
components shall be of a quality and reliability that satisfy the
requirements of a secure a.c. source of power to vital
equipment.
(PTS 13.12.02 Clause 2.2.3)
F2) Rectifier Rectifier shall be capable to supply the power requirements of the Electrical Design Basis and Review on design of rectifier unit to be Rectifier rating are adequately size D, C&I,HUC
UPS rectifier rating shall be sized adequately for load (via inverter for AC loads) while simultaneously Specification (UPS) conducted. and meet requirements
charging batteries according to design. recharging its battery upon restoration of a.c. mains voltage.
(PTS 13.12.01 Clause 2.3.1 and PTS 13.12.02 Clause 2.3.1) Single line drawings (UPS)
The rectifier shall be rated to recharge the batteries to a nominal Sizing Calculation and
of 85% within 10 h and 100% in 24 h. Selection (rectifier)
(PTS 13.12.01 Clause 3.1.1 and PTS 13.12.02 Clause 3.1.1)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A388 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide an uninterrupted power supply to the vital services during a Major Accident Event (MAE) when normal power fails.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F3) BatteryBattery specification shall be provided The batteries of UPS units shall be rated to energies the relevant Electrical Design Basis and Review on design of batteries to be conducted. Batteries specification and sizing D, C&I, HUC
in line with PTS requirement. loads for not less than: Specification (UPS) meet requirements
Equipment Sizing (UPS &
For onshore installation Batteries)
30 min for process plant shutdown; Single line drawings (UPS)
1 h for utility plants;
1 h for emergency lighting;
10 min for non-process computer installations;
8 h for fire-fighting and fire alarm systems;
8 h for telecommunication and radio systems
4 h for HV switchgear (PTS 13.11.01 Annex DD.2)
For offshore installation
30 min for emergency shutdown and depressurizing
systems;
45 min for process monitoring and control systems;
3 h for public address, platform audible alarms and
status lights;
3 h for fire and gas detection and alarm systems;
3 h for emergency and escape lighting (the latter with 1
h internal battery backup);
24 h for SOLAS (Safety of Life at Sea) communications
equipment;
96 h for navigational aid systems and obstruction lights.
24 h for helideck lighting (PTS 13.00.01 Clause 3.9.4)
4 h for HV switchgear (PTS 13.11.01 Annex DD.2)
SCE GOAL - To provide an uninterrupted power supply to the vital services during a Major Accident Event (MAE) when normal power fails.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F4) Locking & protection facilities A lockable, fused load-switch (or fuse + switch), miniature circuit Electrical Design Basis and Review on locking & protection UPS UPS locking & protection facilities D, C&I. HUC
Locking & protection function facilities shall be breaker (MCB) or moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB) shall Specification (UPS) specification. meet requirements
provided for UPS. be provided on the battery circuit adjacent to the battery for Single line drawings (UPS)
short circuit protection and on-load isolation of the battery.
(PTS 13.12.01 Clause 2.7.4 and PTS 13.12.02 Clause 2.7.6)
F5) Location of UPS & Batteries Unless otherwise specified, UPS & batteries shall be located inside Electrical Design Basis and 1. Review on location of UPS and batteries. Location of UPS & batteries in an D, C&I. HUC
UPS & Batteries shall be installed at appropriate a freely ventilated room or module with controlled average Specification (UPS) appropriate location and
location. temperature of 20°C to 25°C meet requirements
(PTS 13.12.01 Clause 2.5.2 and PTS 13.12.02 Clause 2.5.1) Equipment Sizing (UPS)
Layout drawings (UPS)
A separate battery room shall be provided for vented batteries
exceeding 20,000VAh. Battery Sizing Calculations
(PTS 13.00.01 Clause 6.1.3.iv)
F6) UPS & Batteries Monitoring function UPS and batteries shall be provided with operating, status and Electrical Design Basis and 1. Review on monitoring function of UPS. UPS monitoring function meet D, C&I. HUC
UPS & Batteries shall provided with status alarm & diagnostic indications in the form of LED/LCDs and/or Specification (UPS) requirements
annunciators for condition monitoring. measuring instruments.
(PTS 13.12.01 Clauses 5.1 to 5.6 and PTS 13.12.02 Clauses 5.1 Single line and connection
to 5.8) drawings
AVAILABILITY
A1) Power Supply UPS shall capable of operation with variations voltage and Electrical Design Basis and Review on design (including battery sizing) of Power supplies design and backup D, C&I. HUC
UPS system shall have reliable incoming source of frequency but limited under steady state condition as follows: Specification (UPS) power supplies for UPS. batteries capacities are
power supplies. adequate and meet
Nominal system voltage : ±10% Data Sheet (UPS) requirements.
Nominal system frequency : ±5%
(PTS 13.12.01 Clause 2.6.1 and PTS 13.12.02 Clause 2.6.1) UPS and Battery Sizing
Calculations
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A390 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide an uninterrupted power supply to the vital services during a Major Accident Event (MAE) when normal power fails.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
RELIABILITY
R1) Reliability & Life Time UPS & batteries shall be designed for expected lifetime as follows: Specification (UPS) Review on reliability and provision for long The reliability and lifetime of UPS D, P, C&I
UPS shall be reliable and require minimal 20 years for rectifier, inverter, static switch and associate Data Sheet (UPS) lifetime operation of UPS. meet requirements.
maintenance. auxiliaries
4 year's continuous operation for rotating equipment e.g.
cooling fans
Min. 6 years for capacitor
20 years for NiCd battery at controlled average room
temperature of 25°C
10 years for vented Lead Acid battery at controlled average
room temperature of 25°C
12 years for VRLA battery at controlled average room
temperature of 20°C
(PTS 13.12.01 Clause 2.2.6 and PTS 13.12.02 Clause 2.2.5)
R2) Construction All components shall be protected for operation in the climate of Specification (UPS) Review on construction of UPS. UPS are suitable for the site D, C&I. HUC
UPS shall be suitable for site environment and the installation. It shall be designed with consideration of Data Sheet (UPS) conditions
approved by relevant authority. ageing factor that can be expected.
SCE GOAL - To provide an uninterrupted power supply to the vital services during a Major Accident Event (MAE) when normal power fails.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
R3) TestingTesting shall be conducted at factory The following factory acceptance test shall be conducted as a Electrical Design Basis and Review on testing and FAT records for UPS and Performance of UPS and batteries C&I, HUC
and site to ensure that UPS and Batteries meet minimum: Specification (UPS) Batteries. are acceptable and meet
requirement. Inspection Test Plan requirement.
Insulation test Inspection Test Procedure
Load duration test Test Records
Functional test
UPS unit static load test
UPS unit dynamic load test (AC UPS)
Load transfer test (AC UPS)
Aux. equipment and control circuit test
DC ripple measurement (AC UPS)
Battery certification requirements (PTS 13.12.01 - Clause
6.2 and PTS 13.12.02 - Clause 6.2)
SURVIVABILITY
S1) Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) to Survive The two separate identical UPS units, each 100% rated with load Specification Review on design and engineering of UPS to be Ensure the UPS units provided are D, P, C&I
the MAH sharing circuit for parallel operation i.e. 100% redundancy Datasheet conducted. acceptable and meet
For the system to survive the MAH two separate shall be installed (PTS 13.12.01 - Clause 2.3.3) Single Line diagram requirement.
identical UPS systems to be provided.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A392 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide an uninterrupted power supply to the vital services during a Major Accident Event (MAE) when normal power fails.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
OPERATIONAL ASSURANCE AND VERIFICATION
Planned Assurance Applicable Criteria Frequency Verification Frequency Measureable Unit
TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PS010 - Power Management System Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating effectively and
vice versa.
UPS is provide supply to Power Management System
I2. PS014 - Navigational Aids Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating effectively and
vice versa.
UPS will provide supply to Nav aid system
I3.ER003 - Emergency / Escape Lighting Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating effectively and
vice versa.
UPS will provide supply to emergency/escape lighting
I4.DS001 - Fire and Gas Detection Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating effectively and
vice versa.
UPS will provide supply to F & G System
I5 PS015 - Collision Avoidance System Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating effectively and
vice versa.
UPS will provide supply to RADAR System
I6.ER009 - Process Control and Alarms Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating effectively and
vice versa.
UPS will provide supply to Distribution Control System
I7.SD001 - Emergency Shutdown (ESD) Control System Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating effectively and
vice versa.UPS will provide supply to Shutdown System
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A393 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide an uninterrupted power supply to the vital services during a Major Accident Event (MAE) when normal power fails.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
18. Internal, External and Emergency Communication Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating effectively and
vice versa.
UPS will provide supply to telecommunication System during emergency
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Pantaleon Su Lai Ting Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 18/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A394 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid collision by the helicopter with the installation.
2. To facilitate the evacuation of personnel from the installation to the nearest place of safety.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. All new build offshore helidecks should be As a general rule, a limit on the standard deviation of the Pre-flight weather reports Review pre-flight weather reports Vertical airflow velocity does not D
located at or near non-hazardous area or Zone vertical airflow velocity of 1.75 m/s should not be exceed 1.75 m/s
2 exceeded. The helicopter operator should be informed at
the earliest opportunity of any wind conditions for which
this criterion is not met.
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 3 -2.3.2 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437)
The maximum permissible concentration of hydrocarbon gas Helideck Availability Review Helideck Availability Study Maximum permissible D
within the helicopter operating area is 10% Lower Study hydrocarbon gas
Flammable Limit (LFL). concentration at helicopter
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 3 - 2.3.4 / Civil Aviation operating area does not
Publication(CAP) 437) exceed 10% LFL.
F2. The helideck shall have adequate visual The colour of the helideck should be dark green. The Design Basis Review helideck datasheet and requisition Helideck is dark green in colour, D, P, C&I, HUC
indication of the installation helideck so that it perimeter of the landing area should be clearly marked perimeter clearly marked
could be readily identified from the air and sea with a white painted line 30 cm wide. Nonslip materials Helideck Datasheet Confirm helideck is installed as per design with white painted line
from all normal angles and directions of should be used. in commissioning procedures 30cm wide.
approach. (PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 2.1 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437) Nonslip material used
The actual D-value of the helideck should be painted on the Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition D-value is painted on the D, P, C&I, HUC
helideck inboard of the chevron in alphanumeric symbols helideck, 10 cm high
10cm high. Confirm helideck is installed as per design
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 2.3 / Civil Aviation in commissioning procedures
Publication(CAP) 437)
A white heliport identification marking ‘H’ marking should be Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Heliport identification marking D, P, C&I, HUC
marked co-located with the Touch Down/Position ‘H’ in white
Marking (TD/PM) with the cross bar of the ‘H’ lying along Confirm helideck is installed as per design
the bisector of the OFS. The 'H' marking should be 4m in commissioning procedures 'H' marking co-located with the
high, 3m wide and 0.75m limb width. TD/PM with the cross bar of
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 2.7 & Appendix A / Civil the ‘H’ lying along the
Aviation Publication(CAP) 437) bisector of the OFS
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid collision by the helicopter with the installation.
2. To facilitate the evacuation of personnel from the installation to the nearest place of safety.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Prohibited landing heading sectors should be marked where Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Prohibited landing heading D, P, C&I, HUC
it is necessary to protect the helicopter from landing or sectors marked on helideck
maneuvering in close proximity to limiting obstructions. Confirm helideck is installed as per design
Prohibited sector(s) are to be shown by red hatching of in commissioning procedures
the TD/PM, with white and red hatching extending from
the red hatching out to the edge of the landing area.
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 2.9 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437)
A maximum allowable mass marking should be marked on Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Maximum allowable mass (in D, P, C&I, HUC
the helideck. The height of the figures should be 90 cm tonnes) marked on helideck
with a line width of approximately 12 cm and be in a Confirm helideck is installed as per design in white, 90cm high, 12cm
colour which contrasts with the helideck surface in commissioning procedures line width
(preferably white: avoid black or grey). The marking,
two- or three-digit number expressed to one decimal Number followed by letter 't'
place rounded to the nearest 100 kg, followed by the indicating tonnes
letter 't' indicating mass in tonnes (1000 kg).
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 2.5 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437)
The origin of the 210° OFS for approach and take-off should Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Black chevron provided, each D, P, C&I, HUC
be marked on the helideck by a black chevron (to leg 79cm long and 10cm
provide visual guidance to the HLO), each leg being 79 Confirm helideck is installed as per design wide
cm long and 10 cm wide. The black chevron may be in commissioning procedures
painted on top of the (continuous) white perimeter line to
achieve maximum clarity for the helideck crew.
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 2.2 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437)
(CONDITIONAL) In the case of square or rectangular decks Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition D, P, C&I, HUC
there should be a minimum of four lights along each side
including a light at each corner of the landing area. The Confirm helideck is installed as per design
‘main beam’ of the green perimeter lights should be of at in commissioning procedures
least 30 candelas intensity.(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4
- 3.1 / Civil Aviation Publication(CAP) 437)
The periphery of the landing area should be lined by green Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Landing area lined by green D, P, C&I, HUC
perimeter LED lights visible omnidirectional from on or perimeter LED lights, not
above the landing area. The lights should not exceed the Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement exceeding 25cm above the
height of 25cm above the surface of the helideck, equally surface of helideck
spaced at intervals <= 3m around the perimeter of the
landing area, coincident with the white line delineating
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A396 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid collision by the helicopter with the installation.
2. To facilitate the evacuation of personnel from the installation to the nearest place of safety.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
the perimeter. The perimeter lights are to be visible at Perform inspection during fabrication Lights equally spaced at
night from a minimum range of 0.75 NM. according to testing and inspection plan intervals <= 3m
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 1.5 & 3.1 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437) Confirm helideck is installed as per design Visible at night from a minimum
in commissioning procedures range of 0.75NM
The colour of the perimeter light should be Light Emitting Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition LED green lights that meet the D, P, C&I, HUC
Diode (LED) green (defined in ICAO Annex 14 V1, requirements of ICAO
Appendix 1, para. 2.1.1(c). The chromaticity should lie Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement
within the following boundaries:
Perform inspection during fabrication
Yellow boundary x = 0.36 - 0.08y according to testing and inspection plan
White boundary x = 0.65y
Blue boundary y = 0.39 - 0.171x Confirm helideck is installed as per design
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix A - 2.4 / Civil Aviation in commissioning procedures
Publication(CAP) 437)
The minimum light intensity profile for perimeter lighting is as Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition LED green lights that meet the D, P, C&I, HUC
follows (for azimuth range of -180° to +180°): requirements of ICAO
Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement
30 cd for 0° < el. < 10°
15 cd for 10° < el. < 20° Perform inspection during fabrication
3 cd for 20° < el. < 90° according to testing and inspection plan
The perimeter light should not have a luminous Confirm helideck is installed as per design
intensity > 60 d at any angle of elevation. in commissioning procedures
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix A - 2.3 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437)
The lights for TD/ PM circle should be superimposed on the Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition TD/ PM lights that meet the D, P, C&I, HUC
yellow painted marking, comprising one or more requirements of ICAO
concentric circles of at least 16 discrete lighting Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement
segments, 40 mm minimum width. A single circle should
be positioned at the mean radius of the painted circle, Perform inspection during fabrication
multiple circles disposed symmetrically about the mean according to testing and inspection plan
radius of the painted circle.
Confirm helideck is installed as per design
The lighting segments should be of such a length as to in commissioning procedures
provide coverage of between 50% and 75% of the
circumference and be equidistantly placed with the gaps
between them not less than 0.5m.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A397 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid collision by the helicopter with the installation.
2. To facilitate the evacuation of personnel from the installation to the nearest place of safety.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix A - 3.1 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437)
The light intensity for lighting segments on the TD/ PM circle Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition ● TD/ PM lights that meet the D, P, C&I, HUC
should be per minimum number of segments (16) and requirements of ICAO
the maximum coverage (75%). Reference should be Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement
made to Table 3, Appendix A, PTS 37.19.10.31.
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix A - 3.3 / Civil Aviation Perform inspection during fabrication
Publication(CAP) 437) according to testing and inspection plan
The colour of the TD/ PM circle should be yellow (defined in Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition TD/ PM lights are yellow that D, P, C&I, HUC
ICAO, Annex 14 V1, Appendix 1, para. 2.1.1(b)). The meet the requirements of
chromaticity lies within the following boundaries: Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement ICAO
Red boundary y = 0.382
White boundary y = 0.790 - 0.667x Perform inspection during fabrication
Green boundary y = x - 0.120(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix according to testing and inspection plan
A - 3.4 / Civil Aviation Publication(CAP) 437)
Confirm helideck is installed as per design
in commissioning procedures
The heliport identification marking is to be visible at night Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Visible at night from a minimum D, P, C&I, HUC
from a range of 0.25NM. The limbs can be lit over the range of 0.25NM
whole surface or be in outline form. Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix A - 1.7 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437) Perform inspection during fabrication
according to testing and inspection plan
The limbs of a whole surface lit ‘H’ should be of such Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition The 'H' lights meet the D, P, C&I, HUC
dimensions as to leave a 100 mm wide border of the requirements
white painted ‘H’ clearly visible. The surface colour of the Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement
lit ‘H’ should not detract from the conspicuity of the ‘H’ in Mechanical housing painted
daylight conditions. The mechanical housing should be Perform inspection during fabrication white
painted white. according to testing and inspection plan
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix A - 4.1.1 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437) Confirm helideck is installed as per design
in commissioning procedures
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A398 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid collision by the helicopter with the installation.
2. To facilitate the evacuation of personnel from the installation to the nearest place of safety.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
An outline lit ‘H’ should comprise lighting strips of between Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Lighting strips on 'H' meet the D, P, C&I, HUC
80 mm and 100 mm wide around the outer edge of the requirements
painted ‘H’ (see Figure 3). Gaps between the lighting Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement
strips should not be greater than 10 cm. The mechanical Mechanical housing painted
housing should be painted white. Perform inspection during fabrication white
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix A - 4.1.2 / Civil Aviation according to testing and inspection plan
Publication(CAP) 437)
Confirm helideck is installed as per design
in commissioning procedures
The intensity of the lighting strip along the 4 m edge of an Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition LED lights that meet the D, P, C&I, HUC
outline 'H' when viewed broadside is as follows: requirements of ICAO
Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement
3.5 to 60 cd for 2° < el. < 12°
0.5 to 15 cd for 12° < el. < 20° Perform inspection during fabrication
0.2 to 3 cd for 20° < el. < 90° according to testing and inspection plan
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix A - 4.3.1 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437) Confirm helideck is installed as per design
in commissioning procedures
The colour of the 'H' should be green (defined in ICAO Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition LED lights that meet the D, P, C&I, HUC
Annex 14 V1, Appendix 1, and para. 2.1.1 (c). requirements of ICAO
Chromaticity should lie within the following boundaries: Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement
The TD/PM circle and 'H' lighting components, fitments and Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition The lighting components, D, P, C&I, HUC
cabling should be able to withstand a pressure of 240 fitments and cabling rated
lbs/in2 (1,654,800 pascals), equivalent to one wheel of a Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement to withstand a pressure of
15-ton helicopter touching down heavily on top of them, 240 lbs/in2
without damage.(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix A - 3.2.3 & Perform inspection during fabrication
4.2.3 / Civil Aviation Publication(CAP) 437) according to testing and inspection plan
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid collision by the helicopter with the installation.
2. To facilitate the evacuation of personnel from the installation to the nearest place of safety.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
The height of the lit TD/ PM circle and lit 'H' and any Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition The lighting components, D, P, C&I, HUC
associated cabling should not exceed 25mm above the fitments and cabling pose
surface of the helideck when fitted. The segments should Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement little to no obstruction
not have any vertical outside edge > 6mm without
chamfering at an angle exceeding from 30° from the Perform inspection during fabrication
horizontal. according to testing and inspection plan
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix A - 3.2.1 & 4.2.1 / Civil
Aviation Publication(CAP) 437) Confirm helideck is installed as per design
in commissioning procedures
The light system should be integrated with platform safety Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition The light system activated D, P, C&I, HUC
systems such that it is activated automatically in the automatically in the event of
event of a process upset. Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement a process upset
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 3.10.g / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437) Perform inspection during fabrication
according to testing and inspection plan
The floodlighting, if installed should be arranged as not to Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition The floodlighting not dazzling D, P, C&I, HUC
dazzle the pilot and if elevated and located off the the pilot and not pose
landing area clear of the LOS, should not present an Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement obstacle for landing and
obstacle to helicopters landing and taking off from the take-off
helideck. Perform inspection during fabrication
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 3.7 / Civil Aviation according to testing and inspection plan
Publication(CAP) 437)
Confirm helideck is installed as per design
in commissioning procedures
F3. Fixed obstacles which may present a Any fixed obstacles close to the helideck or the LOS Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Any fixed obstacle clearly D, P, C&I, HUC
hazard to helicopters should be readily visible boundary should be marked in contrasting colours, not marked in contrasting
from the air. less than 0.5 m nor more than 6m wide. Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement colours
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 4.2 / Civil Aviation Helideck Equipment Perform inspection during fabrication
Publication(CAP) 437) Layout according to testing and inspection plan
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid collision by the helicopter with the installation.
2. To facilitate the evacuation of personnel from the installation to the nearest place of safety.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
proximity and height of objects which are higher than the Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement
landing area and which are close to it or to the LOS
boundary. Helideck Equipment Perform inspection during fabrication
Layout according to testing and inspection plan
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 4.3 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437) Confirm helideck is installed as per design
in commissioning procedures
Objects which are more than 15 meters higher than the Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Any fixed obstacle clearly D, P, C&I, HUC
landingarea should be fitted with intermediate steady red marked in contrasting
lights of the same intensity spaced at 10m intervals Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement colours
down to the level of the landing area (except where such
lights would be obscured by other objects)(PTS Helideck Equipment Perform inspection during fabrication
37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 4.3 / Civil Aviation Layout according to testing and inspection plan
Publication(CAP) 437)
Confirm helideck is installed as per design
in commissioning procedures
Flare booms and towers are preferably illuminated by Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Flare booms and towers fitted D, P, C&I, HUC
floodlights as an alternative to fitting the intermediate with floodlights
steady red lights. Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 4.3 / Civil Aviation Helideck Equipment Perform inspection during fabrication
Publication(CAP) 437) Layout according to testing and inspection plan
A unidirectional steady red light of intensity 25 to 200 cd Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition The highest point of installation D, P, C&I, HUC
should be fitted to the highest point of the installation. fitted with steady red lights
Where this is not practicable (e.g. on top of flare towers) Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement (25-200 cd intensity)
the light should be fitted as near to the extremity as
possible. Helideck Equipment Perform inspection during fabrication
Layout according to testing and inspection plan
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 4.4 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437) Confirm helideck is installed as per design
in commissioning procedures
For jack-up units, when the top of the legs are the highest Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Highest point of jack-up unit D, P, C&I, HUC
points on the installation, they should be fitted with fitted with steady red lights
omnidirectional steady red lights of 25- 200 cd. Leg(s) Helideck Lighting Layout Review helideck lighting arrangement (25-200 cd intensity)
adjacent to the helideck should be fitted with
intermediate steady red lights ca. 10 cd at 10m intervals
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A401 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid collision by the helicopter with the installation.
2. To facilitate the evacuation of personnel from the installation to the nearest place of safety.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
down to the level of landing area. Helideck Equipment Perform inspection during fabrication
Layout according to testing and inspection plan
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 4.5 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437) Confirm helideck is installed as per design
in commissioning procedures
F4. Nets should be provided to aid the landing Tautly stretched rope netting should be provided to aid the Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Rope netting provided on D, P, C&I, HUC
of helicopters in adverse weather conditions. landing of helicopters with wheeled undercarriages.(PTS helideck.
37.19.10.31 Chapter 3 - 7.3 / Civil Aviation Helideck Equipment Perform inspection during fabrication
Publication(CAP) 437) Layout according to testing and inspection plan Rope netting tautly stretched
2. The intersections should be knotted or secured to prevent Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition The rope net intersections D, P, C&I, HUC
distortion of the mesh. knotted and secured
Helideck Equipment Perform inspection during fabrication
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 3 - 7.3 / Civil Aviation Layout according to testing and inspection plan
Publication(CAP) 437)
The rope is preferably constructed of sisal, with a maximum Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Rope is constructed of sisal, D, P, C&I, HUC
mesh size of 200mm, secured every 1.5m around the mesh size 200mm, secured
landing area perimeter and tensioned to at least 2,225 N Helideck Equipment Perform inspection during fabrication every 15m
(alternative material may be considered but shall not be Layout according to testing and inspection plan
of polypropylene type) Tensioned to 2,225N
The location of net should cover the area of TD/ PM but Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition The net located appropriately D, P, C&I, HUC
should not cover the 'H' or 't' value markings. on helideck (not to cover
Helideck Equipment Perform inspection during fabrication the 'H' or 't' markings
Layout according to testing and inspection plan
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 3 - 7.3 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437)
The minimum size depends upon the type of helicopter that Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Size of the net suitable for D, P, C&I, HUC
will land at the helideck. There are sizes S (9 x 9 m, M purpose and the type of
(12 x 12m) and L (15 x 15m). Helideck Equipment Perform inspection during fabrication helicopter used at the
Layout according to testing and inspection plan installation
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid collision by the helicopter with the installation.
2. To facilitate the evacuation of personnel from the installation to the nearest place of safety.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F5. (ONLY APPLICABLE FOR MOBILE All the requirements as above shall apply for design / As above As above As above As above
FLOATING UNITS) The helideck on vessels operation of helidecks on vessels supporting the offshore
used in support of the offshore oil & gas oil & gas industry.
industry should comply to requirements The center of the helicopter landing area in an obstructed Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Helideck on-board the vessel D, P, C&I, HUC
stipulated environment amidships will be co-located on the meet the requirements
centerline of the vessel (maybe offset from ship's Perform inspection during fabrication
centerline either to port or starboard side). according to testing and inspection plan
The amidships landing areas should be used for single main Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Helideck on-board the vessel D, P, C&I, HUC
rotor helicopters only. meet the requirements
Perform inspection during fabrication
according to testing and inspection plan
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 9 - 3.2.1 / Civil Aviation
Publication(CAP) 437)
Forward and aft of the centerline landing area should be two Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Helideck on-board the vessel D, P, C&I, HUC
symmetrically located 150° limited obstacle sectors with meet the requirements
apexes on the circumference of the ‘D’ reference circle. Perform inspection during fabrication
Within the area enclosing these two sectors, and to according to testing and inspection plan
provide ‘funnel of approach protection’ over the whole of
the D-circle, there should be no obstructions above the
level of the landing area, except as stated in item 4 as
above, which are permitted up to a maximum height of
25 cm above the landing area level.
On the surface of the landing area itself, obstacles should be Helideck Datasheet Review helideck datasheet and requisition Helideck on-board the vessel D, P, C&I, HUC
limited to 2.5cm to include only essential items such as meet the requirements
deck-mounted lighting systems and landing area nets. Perform inspection during fabrication
according to testing and inspection plan
AVAILABILITY
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A403 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid collision by the helicopter with the installation.
2. To facilitate the evacuation of personnel from the installation to the nearest place of safety.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
A1. The power supply to lighting system on the Installation / vessel emergency power supply design should Emergency Power Review design documentations Lights fed from UPS system D, P, C&I, HUC
helideck shall be continuous uninterrupted include the landing area lighting. The lighting should be Design Specification
operation and not be affected by failure of fed from an Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) system. Review datasheets & requisition
power. Any failures or outages should be reported immediately UPS datasheet &
to the helicopter operator. requisition Perform inspection during fabrication
according to testing and inspection plan
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 3.12 / Civil Aviation Single line diagram
Publication(CAP) 437) (Helideck lighting)
Installation/ vessel emergency power supply design should Emergency Power Review design documentations Lights fed from UPS system D, P, C&I, HUC
include all forms of obstruction lighting. Any failures or Design Specification
outages should be reported immediately to the helicopter Review datasheets & requisition
operator. The lighting should be fed from a UPS system. UPS datasheet &
requisition Perform inspection during fabrication
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 4 - 4.8 / Civil Aviation according to testing and inspection plan
Publication(CAP) 437) Single line diagram
(Helideck lighting)
A2. Helideck to be available at all times that Helicopter Landing Officer (HLO) shall be equipped with a Telecommunications Review design documentations Portable radio and headsets D, P, C&I, HUC
the installation is in use. portable radio and headset to inform the helideck Design Specification provided adequately
availability for landing. Review datasheets & requisition
Telecommunications
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Chapter 6 - 10.4 / Civil Aviation equipment datasheet Perform inspection during fabrication
Publication(CAP) 437) & requisition according to testing and inspection plan
RELIABILITY
R1. The system should be designed so that no N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
single failure will prevent the system operating
effectively.
SURVIVABILITY
S1. All lighting components should meet the The lighting system on helideck should be classified to Zone Helideck lighting Review helideck lighting specification Lighting system rated for Zone D, P, C&I, HUC
requirement to operate in a hazardous 2 (explosion proofing and flammability) requirements. specification 2 operations
environment. Review helideck lighting datasheet &
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix A - 5.1) Helideck lighting requisition
datasheet &
requisition
All lighting components and fitments installed on the surface Helideck lighting Review helideck lighting specification Lighting system fit for purpose D, P, C&I, HUC
of the helideck should be resistant to attack by fluids specification & meet the requirements
such as fuel, hydraulic fluid, and those used for de-icing, Review helideck lighting datasheet &
cleaning and fire-fighting. requisition
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A404 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid collision by the helicopter with the installation.
2. To facilitate the evacuation of personnel from the installation to the nearest place of safety.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Helideck lighting
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix A - 5.2) datasheet &
requisition
All lighting components and fitments that are mounted on the Helideck lighting Review helideck lighting specification Lighting system fit for purpose D, P, C&I, HUC
surface of the helideck should be able to operate within a specification & meet the requirements
temperature range of -35°C to +75°C. Review helideck lighting datasheet &
Helideck lighting requisition
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix A - 5.2) datasheet &
requisition
All lighting components and fitments should meet IEC Helideck lighting Review helideck lighting specification Lighting system fit for purpose D, P, C&I, HUC
International Protection (IP) standard IP66, i.e. dust tight specification & meet the requirements
and resistant to powerful water jetting. Review helideck lighting datasheet &
Helideck lighting requisition
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix A - 5.2) datasheet &
requisition
S2. All cabling should meet the requirement to 1. All cabling should utilize low smoke / toxicity, flame Helideck lighting Review helideck lighting specification Lighting system fit for purpose D, P, C&I, HUC
operate in a hazardous environment retardant cable. Any through-the deck cable routing and specification & meet the requirements
connections should use sealed glands, type approved for Review helideck lighting datasheet &
helideck use. Helideck lighting requisition
datasheet &
(PTS 37.19.10.31 Appendix A - 5.5) requisition
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PC012 - Helicopter Refueling Equipment Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
I2. PS003 - Helideck Foam Systems Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
I3. SI002 - Topsides Structures Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A405 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To avoid collision by the helicopter with the installation.
2. To facilitate the evacuation of personnel from the installation to the nearest place of safety.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
I4. PS016 - Met ocean Data Gathering Systems Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
I5. ER001- Temporary Refuge Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
I6. ER002- Evacuation and Escape Route Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
I7. ER005- UPS Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
I8. ER004- Communication Systems Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
I9. LS001- Personal Survival Equipment Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
I10. PS014- Emergency Lighting Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
I11. SI001- Vessel Hull Input No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 19/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A406 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide an emergency power supply to support essential facilities during an emergency following loss of the normal power supply.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1) Emergency power supply The design and engineering of the emergency power shall Design Basis Review on design and engineering of Emergency power meet D, C&I, HUC
Appropriate emergency power shall be satisfy all statutory requirements of the country in which Emergency power to be provided. requirements
provided in line with national/local legislative the electrical installation will be located. Specification (EDG)
requirement, PTS and relevant international (PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 2.1.1)
standards. Data Sheet (EDG)
The prime mover for emergency generator should be diesel-
fuelled. Layout drawings (EDG)
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 3.9 and PTS 18.05.05 - Clause
6.7.3) Single line and
connection drawings
Generator shall be self-exciting and capable of supplying (EDG)
power at rated voltage and frequency for the prescribed
duration and allowed maintenance on the system without Type test certificates and
production shut down. reports.
(PTS 33.65.11.32 - Clauses 2.1 & 5.3)
Emergency Load List.
Prime movers fuel should not represent an explosion hazard
under anticipated operating conditions. The prime Equipment sizing report
movers should neither emit sparks nor have a surface
temperature which exceeds the ignition temperature of Motor starting study –
the gas mixture which is produced or stored on the based on biggest
installation and only be stopped automatically in the emergency motor to
event of: be started
Gas detection in ventilation air inlet,
Over speeding,
Loss of lubricating oil pressure,
(Note: Item i and iii above do not apply to emergency
generator(s) supplying FW pump(s).
SCE GOAL - To provide an emergency power supply to support essential facilities during an emergency following loss of the normal power supply.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F2) Design Operations Emergency generators shall be arranged to start Design Basis and Review on philosophy of emergency supply. Emergency supply philosophy D, C&I, HUC
Emergency supply shall be designed to start automatically on detection of mains power failure and to Specification (EDG) meet requirements
automatically take over the supply of power on closing of the generator Review Vendor EDG Control system
circuit breaker. Single line and
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clause 3.9.5) connection drawings
(EDG)
Facilities shall be provided to enable full load tests of the
generating set to be carried out during normal operation. Vendor
Facilities should be provided to permit periodic on-load Document/Drawing
testing of emergency generators by enabling the (for Control Panel)
generator to be synchronized with the mains supply. The
configuration of the emergency switchboard and loads
shall be such that automatic start-test with power supply
changeover on normal supply failure, can be carried out
without interrupting the normal operation of the plant.
(PTS 13.00.01 - Clauses 3.7.12 & 3.9.5)
AVAILABILITY
A1) Emergency supply availability Emergency supply shall be able to energize vital and Design Basis Review on design of emergency supply. Emergency supply design and D, C&I, HUC
Emergency supply shall have high availability. essential load upon loss of normal power supply. Rating fuel storage capacity meet
of emergency diesel engine generator shall be sized Specification (EDG) Scope of Supply requirements
accordingly and maximum time allowed for the
emergency generator set to accept the nominal load Data Sheet (EDG) Tank capacity design calculation
after initiation of a start command from cold shall be 25s.
(PTS 33.65.11.32 - Clause 8.2) Vital & Essential Load list Deliverables:
(EDG)
Emergency generator shall be suitable for unattended Design Basis
operation. The provision of emergency power supplies Equipment sizing (EDG) Specification (EDG)
should be automatic and not rely on operator Data Sheet (EDG)
intervention. Vital & Essential Load list (EDG)
(PTS 33.65.11.32 - Clause 2.4) Equipment sizing (EDG)
SCE GOAL - To provide an emergency power supply to support essential facilities during an emergency following loss of the normal power supply.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
hydraulic or pneumatic start, and each battery shall be
rated for twelve sequential starts.
(PTS 12.10.60 - Clause 3.1.12)
RELIABILITY
R1) Reliability & Lifetime Emergency generator set shall be designed to operate for a Specification. Review on reliability and provision for long The reliability and lifetime of D
Emergency supply shall be reliable and require minimum of 25,000h between major overhauls and shall lifetime operation of emergency emergency generator meet
minimal maintenance. have an expected lifetime of at least 20 years. Datasheet (EDG) generator. requirements.
(PTS 33.65.11.32 - Clause 8.3)
R2) Construction Equipment shall be protected for operation in the climate of Specification (EDG) Review on construction of emergency Emergency power are suitable D, C&I, HUC
Emergency power shall be suitable for the site the installation. power. for the site conditions
environment and approved by relevant Datasheet
authorities. Enclosure for generator and its auxiliaries for outdoor
installation shall be at least IP55.
Generator frame and bearing end shields shall be
constructed of ferrous metals.
Bearing shall have minimum greasing interval of 4,000
hours (however, greasing interval of 8,000 hours is
preferred)
Enclosure for control panel shall be 316L stainless steel
and have min. 2 mm thick. It shall have at least IP 41
indoor installation or IP55 for outdoor installation.
(PTS 33.65.11.32 - Clause 5.8, 6.4)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A409 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide an emergency power supply to support essential facilities during an emergency following loss of the normal power supply.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
R3) Testing The following factory acceptance test shall be conducted as Specification (EDG) Review on testing and FAT/SAT records for Performance of emergency D, C&I, HUC
Testing shall be conducted at factory and site a minimum: emergency power. power are acceptable and
to ensure that emergency power meet Static load test Datasheet meet requirement.
requirement. Dynamic load test Review vendor Proposal on ITB
Functional test Inspection Test Plan
Insulation resistance test (ITP)
Hydrostatic testing (for all pressure containing parts)
Final/visual inspection Inspection Test
(PTS 33.65.11.32 - Clause 9.2) Procedures
Site acceptance tests including static load tests, functional Test Records
tests and visual inspection as well as synchronizing
checks where relevant shall be conducted.
(PTS 33.65.11.32 - Clause 9.3 and PTS 13.02.01 -
Clause 3.4.1)
SURVIVABILITY
S1) Emergency Generation and Distribution The system shall, as far as is reasonably practicable and Specification Review on design and engineering of Ensure the emergency D, P, C&I
System to Survive the MAH economical, be located in the least hazardous area, for emergency system to be provided. generation and distribution
For the emergency generation and distribution the survivability. Datasheet system are being provided
system to survive the MAH, the system shall (PTS 13.12.01 - Clause 2.3) to meet the requirement
be installed in the least hazardous location. Plant layout
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1.ER003 - Emergency / Escape Lighting Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
Emergency Power to provide supply to Emergency/Escape lighting
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A410 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide an emergency power supply to support essential facilities during an emergency following loss of the normal power supply.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
I2. ER005 - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Output No single failure from the interactions with other SCEs shall prevent the system from operating
effectively and vice versa.
Emergency Power to provide supply power to UPS
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Pantaleon Su Lai Ting Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 18/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A411 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide a means to extinguish fires, provide cooling to equipment to prevent escalation and to reduce incident thermal radiation on escape routes.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. (OFFSHORE ONLY) Portable hand held Fire extinguishers should be located in the immediate vicinity Safety Equipment Layout Review Safety Equipment Layout Fire extinguishers at laundry D, HUC
fire extinguishers should be strategically of the laundry area, considering it is a potential fire risk. area
located in all fire zones on installation Routine inspection
(PTS 37.17.10.10 7.2)
Portable fire extinguishers and hose reels should not Safety Equipment Layout Review Safety Equipment Layout Portable fire extinguishers and/ D, HUC
obstruct free passage in any corridor and should not or hose reels located
reduce the corridor width below the minimum width Routine inspection appropriately, posing no
minimum requirement. obstruction to free passage
way.
(PTS 37.17.10.10 11.2)
Portable dry chemical fire extinguishers shall be provided in Safety Equipment Layout Review Safety Equipment Layout Portably dry chemical fire D, C&I, HUC
and around LPG bottling facilities on onshore extinguishers at LPG
installations. Fire extinguisher Review fire extinguisher datasheet bottling facilities
datasheet
(PTS 80.47.10.30 6.6.4) Routine inspection
Fire extinguishers or hose reels shall be provided at strategic Safety Equipment Layout Review Safety Equipment Layout Clearly labelled fire D, P, C&I, HUC
locations in hallways, corridors and other large spaces in extinguishers suitable for
buildings on onshore installations. Clear instructions or Fire extinguisher Review fire extinguisher datasheet purpose at hallways,
pictograms shall be provided indicating which type of datasheet corridors and other large
extinguishing agents is recommended for a particular Routine inspection spaces in buildings.
purpose.
Fire extinguishers shall be installed in hazardous areas, near Safety Equipment Layout Review Safety Equipment Layout Clearly labelled fire D, P, C&I, HUC
the entrances to the laboratory and to storage and extinguishers suitable for
engine rooms and at each workbench in onshore Fire extinguisher Review fire extinguisher datasheet purpose at hazardous
installations. datasheet areas, entrance to
Routine inspection laboratory, storage and
In addition to the above, hose reels with 25mm diameter engine rooms.
connected to potable water system shall be installed in
the corridors, within reach of storage rooms, offices and
laboratory areas.
SCE GOAL - To provide a means to extinguish fires, provide cooling to equipment to prevent escalation and to reduce incident thermal radiation on escape routes.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Dry chemical powder fire extinguishers and hose reel with 25 Safety Equipment Layout Review Safety Equipment Layout Clearly labelled fire D, P, C&I, HUC
mm hoses connected to potable water supply shall be extinguishers suitable for
provided at the following locations on onshore Fire extinguisher Review fire extinguisher datasheet purpose at general
installations: datasheet warehouses, workshops
Routine inspection located in non-hazardous
i) General warehouses (manned during office hours only areas
and serve to store spare parts and consumables)
ii) Workshops located in non-hazardous areas and Hose reel with 25mm hoses
contain minor quantities of flammable products connection to potable water
supply provided at general
(PTS 80.47.10.30 6.8.2.12 & 6.8.2.14) warehouses, workshops
located in non-hazardous
areas
Sufficient number of hose reels shall be installed, each with Safety Equipment Layout Review Safety Equipment Layout Hose reels with 25mm diameter D, P, C&I, HUC
25 mm diameter fire hose of 25 m maximum length fire hose, 25m maximum
connected to potable water system at hallways and Hose reel datasheet & Review hose reel datasheet & requisition length supplied in sufficient
corridors of all office buildings (e.g. admin office, training requisition numbers
centers, canteens, printer rooms).
F2. (OFFSHORE ONLY) Provision of hydrant/ Hydrant outlets shall be of a sufficient size and number to Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrants and hose reels data Hydrant outlets sized and D, P, C&I, HUC
hose reel stations on the installation to enable provide the required flows and pressures for any datasheet and sheets and requisitions provided sufficiently
manual firefighting activities to be carried out manually deployed water discharge equipment to be requisitions
using water as the extinguishing medium operated from them.(PTS 80.47.10.12 6.2.1) FAT Flow and pressure meet the
requirements
All hydrant outlets shall be designed so that personnel using Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrants and hose reels data Maximum working pressure D, C&I, HUC
them are not compelled to handle equipment at datasheet and sheets and requisitions does not exceed 15-16 bar
excessive operating pressures. The maximum working requisitions (ga)
pressure should not exceed 15-16 bar (ga). FAT
The hydrant outlets shall be compatible with couplings on Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrants and hose reels data Hydrant outlets fit for purpose D, P, C&I, HUC
hoses and all discharge equipment which may be datasheet and sheets and requisitions with couplings on hoses
connected to them. requisitions and all discharge
FAT equipment
(PTS 80.47.10.12 6.2.1)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A413 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide a means to extinguish fires, provide cooling to equipment to prevent escalation and to reduce incident thermal radiation on escape routes.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Hose reels, hose lines and monitors shall be provided so that Safety Equipment Layout Review hydrants and hose reels data Hose reels, hose lines and D, C&I, HUC
they can be manually deployed safely, quickly and sheets and requisitions monitors to be deployed
effectively in any areas where they are required. Hydrant and hose reels safely, quickly and
datasheet and FAT effectively in areas
(PTS 80.47.10.12 6.2.1) requisitions requiring them
All discharge nozzles on hose reels, hose lines and monitors Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrants and hose reels data Discharge nozzles on hose D, P, C&I, HUC
shall be specifically designed for firefighting duty and datasheet and sheets and requisitions reels, hose lines and
sized for safe handling and appropriate discharge rates. requisitions monitors able to handle
FAT firefighting duty with
(PTS 80.47.10.12 6.2.1) appropriate discharge rates
Discharge nozzles on hose reels shall be of the adjustable Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrants and hose reels data Discharge nozzles on hose D, P, C&I, HUC
type allowing both spray jet and straight stream datasheet and sheets and requisitions reels are adjustable type -
application of water or foam if unaspirated foam is requisitions allows spray jet and straight
required. FAT stream application of water/
foam
(PTS 80.47.10.12 6.2.1)
The hydrants should be located such that it can be safely Safety Equipment Layout Review hydrants and hose reel location Hydrants located at 2 different D, C&I, HUC
accessed and deployed under all fire conditions and the locations
fire can be attacked from two different locations (i.e. it is Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrants and hose reels data
difficult to predict accessibility due to differing fire datasheet and sheets and requisitions
conditions). requisitions
FAT
(PTS 80.47.10.12 6.2.2.1)
Hydrants should be located so that no more than two hose Safety Equipment Layout Review hydrants and hose reel location Hydrants located sufficiently D, C&I, HUC
lengths need to be deployed from any hydrant in order to apart from each other but
allow ease of hose handling and speed of response. Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrants and hose reels data not too far apart
datasheet and sheets and requisitions
(PTS 80.47.10.12 6.2.2.1) requisitions
FAT
Hydrants should be located outside or on the periphery of the Safety Equipment Layout Review hydrants and hose reel location Hydrants located outside or on D, C&I, HUC
area in which the discharge equipment they serve may the periphery of the area
be used. On mezzanine levels or in large plan areas it Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrants and hose reels data
may be necessary to provide hydrants within such an datasheet and sheets and requisitions
area. requisitions
FAT
(PTS 80.47.10.12 6.2.2.1)
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A414 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide a means to extinguish fires, provide cooling to equipment to prevent escalation and to reduce incident thermal radiation on escape routes.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Hydrants should be at a convenient height with outlet valves Safety Equipment Layout Review hydrants and hose reel location Hydrants installed at a height D, C&I, HUC
directed and angled to facilitate hose connection. with outlet valves directed
Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrants and hose reels data and angled to facilitate
(PTS 80.47.10.12 6.2.2.1) datasheet and sheets and requisitions hose connection
requisitions
FAT
Hydrants that are located on access routes for materials may Safety Equipment Layout Review hydrants and hose reel location Hydrants on access routes are D, P, C&I, HUC
require barriers for protection against physical protected against physical
damage.(PTS 80.47.10.12 6.2.2.1) Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrants and hose reels data damage
datasheet and sheets and requisitions
requisitions
FAT
12. Permanent hydrants shall be located in strategic Safety Equipment Layout Review hydrants and hose reel location Hydrants permanently located D, C&I, HUC
positions, with spacing shall not exceed: in strategic positions with
Around process units & LPG bottle-filling plants : 60m adequate spacing
Loading/ unloading facilities and off-site pump stations :
60m
Around storage facilities : 80m
Alongside pipe tracks : 80m
Around storage & pumping facilities for LPG : 60m
Around utility areas, offices, workshops, laboratories, jetty
approaches, flares & other areas : 80m
13. Hydrants shall be readily accessible from roads and be Safety Equipment Layout Review hydrants and hose reel location Hydrants are located and D, C&I, HUC
located in such a way that possible damage by road accessible from roads.
traffic will be minimized and shall be provided with a Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrants and hose reels data
guard post. The location should not be less than 1.5 m datasheet and sheets and requisitions Guard post provided
from the curb of the road, and at least 10 m from road requisitions
crossings, sharp road curves, and buildings or other FAT Located 1.5m from the curb of
structures. For processing units/areas, the distance to the road and 10m from road
the nearest hydrant shall not exceed 50 meters. Each crossings
hydrant shall be provided with a hard-paved grade.
Hydrants at process units/
(PTS 80.47.10.31 4.1.5[a]) areas located < 50m
14. Hydrants with 4 outlets shall be provided in the following Safety Equipment Layout Review hydrants and hose reel location Hydrants with 4 outlets at D, P, C&I, HUC
area: hydrocarbon containing
areas
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A415 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide a means to extinguish fires, provide cooling to equipment to prevent escalation and to reduce incident thermal radiation on escape routes.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Processing unit/ areas Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrants and hose reels data
Loading/ unloading facilities datasheet and sheets and requisitions
LPG bottle filling plants requisitions
Storage facilities for flammable liquids and LPG FAT
Off-site pump stations
Jetty heads/berths
15. Hydrants with 2 outlets shall be provided in the following Safety Equipment Layout Review hydrants and hose reel location Hydrants with 2 outlets at non- D, P, C&I, HUC
areas: hydrocarbon containing
Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrants and hose reels data areas
Jetty approaches (if needed) datasheet and sheets and requisitions
Warehouses requisitions
Workshops FAT
Laboratories
Offices
Utilities
Each outlet branch shall have a DN 80 (NPS 3), ASME class Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrants and hose reel location Outlet brach designed to ASME D, P, C&I, HUC
150, flat-faced flange, for accommodating a 2½ inch datasheet and and MESC standards
hydrant valve. The valve shall be of the angle type (45° requisitions Review hydrants and hose reels data
between inlet and discharge), suitable for a working sheets and requisitions
pressure of 16 bar (ga). The valve outlet shall be
provided with a 65 mm (2½ inch) coupling in accordance FAT
with local standards. The coupling shall point downwards
and be fitted with a chained cap. Valves and the valve
components shall be as specified in MESC 96.25.10.
Recommended coupling types are Storz (which is
preferred) and instantaneous - female connection.(PTS
80.47.10.31 4.1.5[c])
Hydrants shall be made from carbon steel; for salt/brackish Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrants and hose reel location Hydrants made of carbon steel D, P, C&I, HUC
water internally coated carbon steel pipe shall be used in datasheet and
accordance with PTS 31.38.01.12.(PTS 80.47.10.31 requisitions Review hydrants and hose reels data
4.1.5[d]) sheets and requisitions
FAT
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A416 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide a means to extinguish fires, provide cooling to equipment to prevent escalation and to reduce incident thermal radiation on escape routes.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F3. (OFFSHORE ONLY) The hydrants/ hose The discharge pressure and flow should not exceed Design calculations and Review design calculations and Discharge pressure does not D, P, C&I, HUC
reels on the installation to deliver at the approximately 7 bars with 1000 l/ min flow (pressure documentations documentations exceed 7 bars
appropriate pressure and flow rate. regulation at hydrant outlets may be necessary to limit
discharge pressure to safe level). Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrant and hose reels datasheet Flow rate does not exceed 1000
datasheet and and requisitions l/min
(PTS 80.47.10.12 6.2.2.1) requisitions
Hose reels with 25mm diameter hose should be able to Design calculations and Review design calculations and Hose reel with 25mm diameter D, P, C&I, HUC
achieve 150 l/ min of flow. documentations documentations hose achieves 150 l/min
(PTS 80.47.10.12 6.2.2.2) Hydrant and hose reels Review hydrant and hose reels datasheet
datasheet and and requisitions
requisitions
F4. Other manual fire-fighting equipment to be 50 kg wheeled powder extinguishers shall be installed in the Safety Equipment Layout Review dry powder extinguisher locations 50kg wheeled powder D, P, C&I, HUC
provided to maximize chance of successfully vicinity of the gas turbine enclosures. extinguisher at gas turbine
managing fire scenarios Dry powder extinguishers Review dry powder extinguisher datasheets enclosures
(PTS 32.30.20.11 3.6) datasheets and
requisitions FAT
AVAILABILITY
A1. Sufficient number of fire extinguishers The fire extinguishers shall be inspected to ensure that there Safety Equipment Layout Fire extinguisher shells/cylinders shall be Fire extinguishers are functional D, P, C&I, HUC
shall be available at all times. are no hidden failures which would prevent achieving the hydro-tested at intervals not exceeding
essential functions and reliability targets given in the Fire extinguisher renewal those specified in the appendices and
functional requirements. certificate as per industry standard, e.g. NFPA
(maybe hydrotested earlier if deemed
(EN ISO 13702: 1999) necessary).
A2. The firewater main shall be the main The firewater main shall be adequately sized such that it Firewater Distribution Review Firewater Distribution Diagrams The firewater main adequately D, P, C&I, HUC
supply to the manual firefighting equipment shall supply both the fixed firewater systems and manual Diagrams supplies both the fixed
(hydrant, hose reels) firefighting equipment. Review Firewater Demand Calculation firewater systems and
Firewater Demand manual firefighting
(PTS 80.47.10.12) Calculation equipment
A3. Redundancy shall be provided in the A single branch connection to the firewater main may supply Firewater Distribution Review Firewater Distribution Diagrams Redundancy meets the D, P, C&I, HUC
design such that 2 separate connections to up to 3 twin outlet hydrants/ hose reels in a single area Diagrams requirements
provided there are other hydrants/ hose reels which Review Firewater Demand Calculation
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A417 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide a means to extinguish fires, provide cooling to equipment to prevent escalation and to reduce incident thermal radiation on escape routes.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
different section of the firewater main are could be used to fight a fire in the same area and
available. supplied by a separate connection to a different section
of the firewater main.
independent connections from different sections of the Firewater Distribution Review Firewater Distribution Diagrams Redundancy meets the D, P, C&I, HUC
firewater main should feed separate sub-main loops for Diagrams requirements
each of the following: Review Firewater Demand Calculation
The helideck firewater hydrant/ foam system
The LQ hose-reel system
SURVIVABILITY
S1. The manual firefighting equipment do not n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
need to survive major accident events as in
such cases it is anticipated that automated
firefighting will be the primary means of fighting
fires.
OPERATIONAL ASSURANCE AND VERIFICATION
Planned Assurance Applicable Criteria Frequency Verification Frequency Measureable Unit
TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PS004 - Firewater Pumps Inputs Provides fire water to ring main
I2. PS005 - Fire Main and Other Distribution System Inputs Provides fire water to fire protection systems
I3. PS011 - Fixed foam systems Inputs Provides foam to the monitors as applicable
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A418 of A454
SCE GOAL - To provide a means to extinguish fires, provide cooling to equipment to prevent escalation and to reduce incident thermal radiation on escape routes.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 19/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A419 of A454
SCE GOAL - To ensure the production, processing and utility systems operate efficiently within design constraints and alarm limits by shutting down the appropriate parts of the
process, thereby eliminating risk of equipment failure that could result in accidental release of hydrocarbon.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Process control system shall operate in Process control system shall be suitable for services in P&ID Review P&ID Process loops are designed D, C&I
accordance with Process Control Narratives hazardous area and in all weather conditions such that the Basic Control
and provide appropriate control functions Control Narratives for Review Control Narrative documents Narrative meets the
during normal and abnormal operations Process measurement shall be displayed on the Control complex loops requirements of the
Panel in the CCR (Control narratives Review functional design specifications Process Objective (as
shall be issued for stipulated within the Control
any loop with two or Narrative document) and
more inputs or consistent with P&ID.
outputs. Control
PID control function should be based upon the overall Narratives shall Test every control loop during SAT. All control loops function HUC
requirement to limit the variability of the controller comprise primarily 3 according to Process
against the set-point and to maintain the process sections of Process Control Narrative.
parameter within the target operating envelope. Narrative, Basic
(API RP554 - Section 4.4) Control Narrative and
Detailed Control
Narrative)
Functional design
specification
F2. Process instrumentation shall be capable Process instrumentation shall be suitable for services in a Datasheets Review instrument datasheets All instruments follow required D, C&I
of continuously providing correct measurement hazardous area and in all weather conditions (within specification on hazardous
(within design conditions) regarding any design conditions) area and weather condition.
abnormal operating conditions that may lead to
MAH
F3. Provide appropriate alarms to avoid The general philosophy for configuring an alarm should be Alarm Management Review of adequacy of Alarm Management Each alarm is designed in D
accidental release of hydrocarbons any one or more of the following: Philosophy Philosophy accordance with standard
and overall alarm
the alarm shall indicate a need for Operator intervention Alarm Rationalization Review of Alarm Rationalization results philosophy.
the alarm shall indicate when a control system can no
longer control Alarm Set point List
the alarm shall indicate the need for timely Operator
response
(PTS 14.12.08 Section 3)
Test alarm set point during SAT. All alarms triggered at correct HUC
set point
Check on alarm management
implementation.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A420 of A454
SCE GOAL - To ensure the production, processing and utility systems operate efficiently within design constraints and alarm limits by shutting down the appropriate parts of the
process, thereby eliminating risk of equipment failure that could result in accidental release of hydrocarbon.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Alarm management strategy is
implemented accordingly.
AVAILABILITY
A1. Process control & alarm shall be made Process control & alarm shall be designed for the particular Functional design Design review of functional specification Meet the requirements of D, C&I
available during an MAH in order to bring the peculiarities of the processing facility (offshore or specification hardware, network and user
process down safely (within the design onshore). defined specifications
parameters)
During emergency, process control system shall be able Process control systems &
to switch from main supply to UPS (if required). alarm system provider to
provide guarantee within
the design specification
RELIABILITY
R1. Process control & alarm shall be made Critical equipments under process control system shall be Functional design Design review of functional specifications Meets the requirements of D, C&I
reliable during MAH in order to bring the provided with redundancy such that no single component specification hardware, network and user
process down safely (within the design failure would result in loss of essential control defined specifications
parameters) Process Control System
PTS 14.11.04 Section 2.4 specifications
Test all redundancy feature during SAT. All redundant equipments HUC
working flawlessly.
SURVIVABILITY
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A421 of A454
SCE GOAL - To ensure the production, processing and utility systems operate efficiently within design constraints and alarm limits by shutting down the appropriate parts of the
process, thereby eliminating risk of equipment failure that could result in accidental release of hydrocarbon.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
S1. Process control & alarm shall survive MAH Process control & alarm shall be designed for the particular Design Basis Review of design documents and drawings Equipments under process and D, C&I
in order to bring the process down safely within peculiarities of the processing facility (offshore or control alarms designed to
the design parameters onshore). Equipment Layout be installed in classified
Diagram safe area.
Process control system critical equipments are located in
safe area.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. PC005 Hydrocarbon Piping and Equipment (incl. Valves and Instrumentation) Input Provide reliable readings within design envelope for the particular equipment & piping
Provide conditions for continued operations with the systems running in a safe environment in the
event of an MAH to enable safe & controlled shutdown
I2. IC005 Electrical Earthing Continuity (Earth Bonding) Input
I3. PS002 Explosion Protection including Blast Barriers and Venting Provisions Input
I4. PS006 Passive Fire Protection (incl. Doors, Walls and Penetrations) Input
I6. SD001 Emergency Shutdown (ESD) Control System Output Provide conditions for continued operations with the systems running in a safe environment in the
event of an MAH to enable safe and controlled shutdown
To ensure that once control or alarm situation is triggered, the operating facility is able to be activated
I7. SD007 Subsea Isolation Valves (SSIV) System Output
to ensure safe and controlled shutdown of the facility
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A422 of A454
SCE GOAL - To ensure the production, processing and utility systems operate efficiently within design constraints and alarm limits by shutting down the appropriate parts of the
process, thereby eliminating risk of equipment failure that could result in accidental release of hydrocarbon.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Chua Kien Kek Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 08/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A423 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. The bunding system shall be able to Aircraft fuel storage tanks shall be surrounded by a bund to Drainage Philosophy Review drainage philosophy Review of drainage philosophy D
contain potential spillages from any tank or prevent the spread of any fuel spillage. The bund shall confirm requirement of
storage facility in the bunded area so that be drained via the OHD. Drain system design Review drain system design calculations bunds and address the
subsequent damage to adjacent tanks and Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 4.4.1. calculations routing of drains.
equipment, their contents and the surrounding
areas is minimized. Consideration shall be given to the possibility that Review of drain system design
quantities of aviation fuel could be spilled onto the calculations confirm the
helideck and cause a potential hazard during discharge adequacy of bund sizes
to separation tanks or drains. and associated piping
Reference PTS 11.22.04 Section 11.2.1.2 (x) systems.
Plated deck areas under equipment or flanged piping shall Drainage Philosophy Review drainage philosophy Review of drainage philosophy D
be equipped with a localised bunded area to prevent confirm requirement of
spreading of spillage and direct disposal into the sea. Drain system design Review drain system design calculations bunds and address the
calculations routing of drains.
Bunded area shall be sized to a practical minimum to
reduce load on the drain system during operation of the Review of drain system design
deluge system and periods of rain. calculations confirm the
Reference PTS16.52.13 Section 3.2.3. adequacy of bund sizes
and associated piping
systems.
Offshore Helidecks shall have its perimeter contained within Drainage Philosophy Review drainage philosophy Review of drainage philosophy D
a curb and rainwater shall be collected in gullies and confirm requirement of
drained overboard. helideck curbs and address
Reference PTS16.52.13 Section 4.4.1. the routing of drains.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F2. The drain network system shall be capable Drainage from ONHD shall be completely segregated from Drainage Philosophy Review drainage philosophy Drainage philosophy shall D
of collecting and handling of the design flow of any other drainage system to eliminate the risk of specify that Non-hazardous
the specific effluents and achieve optimum hydrocarbon vapour migration to non-hazardous areas. P&IDs Review P&IDs drainage completely
segregation of the different effluent categories In order to prevent possible vapour movement between segregated from other
(hazardous ,non-hazardous, closed drain) areas through the open drains system, all enclosures system drains.
shall have liquid seal traps in the drain connections.
Non-enclosed modules do not require seal traps. P&IDs shall indicate the
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 3.2.2 segregation of drains.
The sizing criteria for collection systems (e.g. caissons, Drainage Philosophy Review drainage philosophy Review of drainage philosophy D
collection tanks and closed drain vessels) shall be confirm requirement of
consistent with the intended operations and maintenance Drain system calculations Review drain system design calculations bunds and address the
procedures. The overall volume of each of the chosen routing of drains.
collection systems shall be sufficient to contain:
Review of drain system design
The largest volume of oily water that is expected from calculations confirm the
the draining/ maintenance operations adequacy of drain vessel /
The volume of hydrocarbons that may result from a spill or caisson and associated
equipment failure; or piping systems.
The largest volume of water expected from the open drain
during heavy rain or use of a deluge system.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 3.5.3
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A425 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Open drain systems shall only be used for draining residual Drainage Philosophy Review drainage philosophy Drainage philosophy shall D
hydrocarbon liquids from vessels and equipment when specify that drains will not
those vessels or equipment have been subjected to a P&IDs Review P&IDs operate under pressure.
maintenance preparation procedure.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 3.2.3 (v) P&IDs shall indicate the
requirement on open
drains.
In order to prevent possible vapour movement between Drainage Philosophy Review drainage philosophy Drainage philosophy shall D
areas through the open drains system, all enclosures specify that drains from
shall have liquid seal traps in the drain connections. P&IDs Review P&IDs hazardous and non- D, C&I
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 3.2.2 hazardous area are
The open hazardous area drain stream shall be collected segregated.
and routed to either a dedicated OHD caisson or to an
OHD collection tank for toxic drains. P&IDs shall indicate the
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 3.2.3 (ii) requirement on open
drains.
Drainage from hazardous areas shall be routed to a Design Basis / Drainage Review Design Basis , drainage philosophy Design Basis / Drainage D
hydrocarbon recovery system to remove and recycle Philosophy philosophy shall specify
the contained oil before allowing the water Review P&IDs that HC shall be recovered
component to be discharged overboard. P&IDs before final discharge D,C&I
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 3.2.3 (iii) overboard.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
The drain line entering the tundish shall end inside the Design Basis Review Piping Design Basis Piping Design Basis shall D
tundish and not above it in order to prevent splashing indicate this requirement.
and spread of the drained fluid. Piping Isometrics Review Piping isometrics D,C&I
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 4.7.3 Piping Isometrics shall indicate
the requirement on funnel
elevations.
All discharges shall be to a safe location and any manifolding Design Basis / Drainage Review Design Basis , drainage philosophy Design Basis / Drainage D
shall maintain area segregations. Open drains shall Philosophy philosophy shall specify
terminate at the open drain tank or caisson with liquid Review P&IDs segregation for closed
seal. P&ID modules. D,C&I
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 4.2.2
P&ID shall indicate the
requirement on segregation
of drains and liquid seals.
Discharge to the closed drains shall be by hard-piped Drainage Philosophy Review Design Basis , drainage philosophy Design Basis / Drainage D
connections that shall be positively isolated from the philosophy shall specify this
process during normal operation. P&IDs Review P&IDs requirement.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 3.4.1 D,C&I
P&ID shall indicate the
requirement on isolation
from process.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A427 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Closed drain system are used to route hydrocarbon fluids Drainage Philosophy Review Design Basis , drainage philosophy Design Basis / Drainage D
from process vessels and piping which have been philosophy shall specify this
depressurized to atmospheric pressure or maintenance P&IDs Review P&IDs requirement.
and keeping them away from atmospheric contact. D,C&I
No direct connections between the operational process P&ID shall indicate the
drains and closed drains shall be made. requirement on isolation
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 2.2.2(iv), (v) from operational/ process
The Closed Drain systems shall only be used for drains.
draining residual hydrocarbon and process liquids.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 3.2.4(i)
The closed drain vessels shall be designed with sufficient Drainage Philosophy Review Design Basis , drainage philosophy Design Basis / Drainage D
volume to receive the drained fluids and to permit vapour philosophy shall specify this
disengagement. Safety margins shall be applied to cover Sizing Calculations Review Sizing calculations requirement.
additional volumes which may be drained and adequate
vessel level instrumentation shall be provided, including Sizing calculations shall
a high level alarm, to prevent overfilling. An overflow to indicate the requirement.
the OHD caisson shall be provided.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 3.6.1
The drum shall have a minimum design pressure of 350
kPa, thus eliminating the risk of rupture in the event of a
deflagration, and should be freely connected to LP flare/
vent stack.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 3.6.2
The typical disposal route for laboratory drain is to OHD Drainage Philosophy Review Design Basis , drainage philosophy Design Basis / Drainage D
through a water sealed drain pipe and / or a drain with philosophy shall specify this
an air gap into OHD gully outside the laboratory wall. P&IDs Review P&IDs requirement.
The drain shall not be hard-piped to the OHD to avoid D,C&I
the possibility of back-flow of flammable vapours since P&ID shall indicate the
the laboratory is typically in an enclosed area. requirement.
If draining to OHD is not possible, then all liquids
including hydrocarbons shall be collected in appropriate
containers for onshore disposal.
The laboratory drain system can only receive
hydrocarbon and water samples for disposal. All other
waste liquids shall be collected in appropriate drums for
onshore disposal.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 4.3
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A428 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Drain system from the living quarters shall not be connected Drainage Philosophy Review Design Basis , drainage philosophy Design Basis / Drainage D
to process area drain system. A separate sewage and philosophy shall specify this
domestic water drain system is required to collect and P&IDs Review P&IDs requirement.
dispose the waste water from accommodation quarters D,C&I
and offices. Treatment should be in accordance to the P&ID shall indicate the
local regulations, MARPOL and to the requirements for requirement.
sanitary drain, as specified in PTS 11.22.04 on Design of
Offshore Living Quarters.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 2.2.2 (x)
A mud drainage system is provided to collect and handle Drainage Philosophy Review Design Basis , drainage philosophy Design Basis / Drainage D
drilling mud and chemicals spillage from the rig floor and philosophy shall specify this
mud treatment areas. This system shall be totally P&IDs Review P&IDs requirement.
segregated from other drain system to avoid possibility D,C&I
of blockage. The diameter of the mud drain lines shall P&ID shall indicate the
not be less than DN200, free from sharp bends and be requirement.
equipped with adequate rodding facilities to clear any
blockages.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 2.2.2 (xi)
Firewater drains for deluge water or firewater monitor are Drainage Philosophy Review Design Basis , drainage philosophy Design Basis / Drainage D
routed directly overboard whilst those within enclosed philosophy shall specify this
modules are to be collected in open drain gullies and P&IDs Review P&IDs requirement.
then be discharged directly overboard via downcomers. D,C&I
The design shall include means to prevent spreading P&ID shall indicate the
and overloading of facility structure. requirement.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 2.2.2 (vi)
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
environment
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 3.1.1 (iii)
Separate drain headers from each level to the collection Drainage Philosophy Review Design Basis , drainage philosophy Design Basis / Drainage D
systems shall be used to overcome the potential problem philosophy shall specify this
of fluid flowing into the lower level vessel or overflowing P&IDs Review P&IDs requirement.
from tundishes into the lower area, particularly during D,C&I
multiple or concurrent draining activities. To isolate open P&ID shall indicate the
areas of the facility from each other and prevent gas requirement.
migration via the drain system, there shall be a break in
the piping with a liquid seal on one side. A provision
should be included for operators to verify that the liquid
seal is maintained.
For normal drains service, a slope of 1:100 shall be used
to prevent hold-up of liquids or solids in the drains.
Where unusually large amounts of solids (e.g. from sand
drains) are expected, a slope of 1:75 shall be used.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 3.3.2, 3.3.3
The separated hydrocarbon shall be pumped back to the Drainage Philosophy Review Design Basis , drainage philosophy Design Basis / Drainage D
process and a reliable non-return system shall be philosophy shall specify this
employed e.g. a non-return valve, an actuated valve tied P&IDs Review P&IDs requirement.
into the pump start/stop logic, a positive-displacement D,C&I
pump. They shall be discharged to the lowest pressure P&ID shall indicate the
level in the process thus reducing the backflow potential. requirement.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 3.5.12
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A430 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
The deluge drain lines shall be sized for the full deluge Drainage Philosophy Review Design Basis , drainage philosophy Design Basis / Drainage D
system discharge capacity of each area. 50% additional philosophy shall specify this
capacity shall be incorporated to allow for extra fire- Sizing calculations Review sizing calculations requirement.
fighting equipment. This is to prevent formation of pool
fires upon activation of the deluge system due to poor Sizing calculations shall
draining of deluge water that may occur if the drains are indicate the requirement.
undersized. Pool fires poses the risk of fire spreading
throughout the facility.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 4.2.2
F3. Caisson Dip pipes to help maintain the liquid seal shall be provided if Drainage Philosophy Review Design Basis , drainage philosophy Design Basis / Drainage D
Caisson shall be of corrosive resistant material a caisson is used for the CD or OHD systems. Dip pipe philosophy shall specify this
and the configuration shall ensure integrity of from the OHD shall extend below LAT typically more P&IDs, Datasheets Review P&IDs , Datasheets requirement.
seal to avoid backflow of hazardous material. than 3 metres. Where hydrocarbons from an ONHD D,C&I
caisson are routed to an OHD caisson, the dip pipe from P&ID, datasheets shall indicate
the ONHD caisson shall extend at least one metre the requirement.
further below sea level than that from the OHD. Where
an OHD system is routed to the same caisson as a
closed drain, then the OHD dip pipe shall extend 10
metres below LAT.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 3.3.8
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F4. Vents Vents containing hydrocarbons shall not be interconnected Drainage Philosophy Review Design Basis , drainage philosophy Design Basis / Drainage D
Vents shall be properly sized and safely with atmospheric vents from closed drain vessels, philosophy shall specify this
located. collection tanks and caissons. The discharge pipe of the P&IDs Review P&IDs requirement.
vents shall be designed and located that ignition by any D,C&I
source (e.g. static electricity) is avoided. P&ID shall indicate the
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 4.8.2 requirement.
For Closed Drain, the vent shall be sized to discharge
the greatest vapour flow that could enter the drum if the
CD system is operated (improperly) under pressure or is
inadequately degassed.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 4.8.9
F5. Discharge Facility The location of discharge facility to the sea (i.e. drain Drainage Philosophy Review Design Basis , drainage philosophy Design Basis / Drainage D
Discharge facility shall be properly located to caissons in offshore facilities, marine outfall in onshore philosophy shall specify this
avoid potential contamination to process and to facilities) and the seawater lift facilities shall be P&IDs, Equipment layout Review P&IDs , Equipment layout requirement.
ensure efficient dispersal of discharged water. sufficiently distanced to prevent the possibility of D,C&I
contaminants in the discharge from being lifted with the P&ID / Equipment layout shall
seawater. The respective locations of seawater intakes indicate the requirement.
and discharge facility shall be determined based on
factors such as tidal currents, winds and the type of
platform substructure design.
Reference PTS 16.52.13 Section 3.8.1
AVAILABILITY
A1. Redundancy on rotating equipment shall Safety equipment is considered vital service. The equipment Design basis Review Design Basis Design Basis shall specify this D
be maintained at all times shall be sufficiently spared for 100% availability under all requirement.
situations or conditions. Drivers shall have independence P&ID Review P&IDs , Datasheets D,C&I
power source. Examples for these services are Fire P&ID, datasheets shall indicate
Water Pump and Emergency Instrument Air the requirement.
Compressor.
Reference PTS 12.11.01 Section 2.1.1 (i)
RELIABILITY
R1. Pump Selection The pump type selection is primarily based on the required Design basis Review Design Basis Design Basis shall specify this D
Pump selection shall be suitable for selected flow rate, head or discharge pressure and the pump requirement.
duty and service e.g. presence of solids, water liquid characteristics. Pump type selection of suitability Datasheets Review P&IDs , Datasheets D,C&I
and frequent start stop etc. shall be based on Appendix 1 of this PTS. P&ID, datasheets shall indicate
Process pumps in vital and non-spared essential service the requirement.
shall be selected from Heavy-Duty type.
Reference PTS 12.11.01 Section 3.1.1
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A432 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
For fluids with presence of large solids and certain
percentage of abrasives particles, progressive cavity
pumps may be used.
Reference PTS 12.11.01 Section 3.4.2
SURVIVABILITY
S1. FIRE Drain system shall maintain integrity during Fire and Design basis Review Design Basis Design Basis shall specify this D
explosion events requirement.
S2. Explosion Drain system shall maintain integrity during Fire and Design basis Review Design Basis Design Basis shall specify this D
explosion events requirement.
S3. Dropped Object Heavy vehicle road crossing shall be designed for the Design basis Review Design Basis Design Basis shall specify this D
drainage network where applicable. requirement.
S4. Environmental conditions The bund & retaining wall shall be able to sustain vibration Design basis Review Design Basis Design Basis shall specify this D
and/or earthquake load. requirement.
Drain system shall be suitably designed for harsh offshore Design basis Review Design Basis Design Basis shall specify this D
environmental conditions requirement.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A433 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. SI002 Topsides Primary Structure (incl. Helidecks, Crane Pedestals; Bridges; Flare Tower etc.) Input Primary structures shall have the integrity to support [all facilities including] bunds and drainage
system for offshore facilities
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Zainab Kayat Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 06/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A434 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Oil spill system adequately designed, fit for Boat systems to have water-compatible concentrate Oil Spill Systems Design Review Oil Spill Systems Design Oil spill dispersant for D, P, C&I, HUC
purpose and perform its intended function for dispersants diluted with seawater during application. The Specification Specification application by boat to meet
application by boat. mixture contains 10% dispersant discharged through the requirements stipulated
spray booms mouted as far forward as possible (to avoid Oil Spill Systems Review Oil Spill Systems Datasheet &
Note: The effectiveness, costs and possible boats' bow wave pushing oil out of reach of the spray) Datasheet & Requisition
environmental hazards of oil dispersants Requisition
depends on how they are applied. Dispersants (PTS 60.3301 Section 5)
may be applied from the sea from the air or
from the land. The spray booms are equipped with multiple nozzles each Oil Spill Systems Design Review Oil Spill Systems Design Oil spill dispersant for D, P, C&I, HUC
producing a fan-shaped spray pattern. Sprays from Specification Specification application by boat to meet
adjacent nozzles should overlap just above the water the requirements stipulated
surface. Oil Spill Systems Review Oil Spill Systems Datasheet &
Datasheet & Requisition
(PTS 60.3301 Section 5) Requisition
3. The design of spray boom should consider factors such as Oil Spill Systems Design Review Oil Spill Systems Design Oil spill dispersant for D, P, C&I, HUC
effect of wind on the spray pattern, spray boom location Specification Specification application by boat to meet
relative to the bow wave and distance above water, the requirements stipulated
vessel speed, nozzle design, pump rate and pressure. Oil Spill Systems Review Oil Spill Systems Datasheet &
Datasheet & Requisition
(PTS 60.3301 Section 5) Requisition
4. In an emergency, water dilutable dispersants can be Oil Spill Systems Design Review Oil Spill Systems Design Oil spill dispersant for D, P, C&I, HUC
pumped directly into a boat's firefighting system. NOTE: Specification Specification application by boat to meet
Such systems are usually of very high capacity and the requirements stipulated
either excessive dilution or too high a consumption of Oil Spill Systems Review Oil Spill Systems Datasheet &
dispersant may result. This option should be used with Datasheet & Requisition
caution. Requisition
5. The AFEDO nozzle can be used an alternative to spray Oil Spill Systems Design Review Oil Spill Systems Design Oil spill dispersant for D, P, C&I, HUC
arms for the application of dispersant from tugs, offshore Specification Specification application by boat to meet
supply vessels and workboats. Only 2 nozzles per vessel the requirements stipulated
are needed for port and starboard application. Oil Spill Systems Review Oil Spill Systems Datasheet &
Datasheet & Requisition
(PTS 60.3301 Section 5) Requisition
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A435 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
F2. Oil spill system adequately designed, fit for Dispersants for aerial spraying should be the concentrate Oil Spill Systems Design Review Oil Spill Systems Design Dispersants for aerial spraying D, P, C&I, HUC
purpose and perform its intended function for type, applied undiluted. Specification Specification concentrated and applied
aerial application. undiluted.
(PTS 60.3301 Section 5) Oil Spill Systems Review Oil Spill Systems Datasheet &
Datasheet & Requisition
Requisition
The effective swath width should be roughly 1.2 to 1.5 times Oil Spill Systems Design Review Oil Spill Systems Design The swath width is 1.2 - 1.5 D, P, C&I, HUC
the length of the spray boom when flying directly into the Specification Specification times the length of spray
wind. boom for flying directly into
Oil Spill Systems Review Oil Spill Systems Datasheet & the wind.
(PTS 60.3301 Section 5) Datasheet & Requisition
Requisition
F3. Oil spill system suitably designed and fit for Dispersant may be applied from backpack spray sets, Oil Spill Systems Design Review Oil Spill Systems Design Onshore application of D, P, C&I, HUC
purpose for onshore application. especially equipped all terrain vehicles or from lorries (if Specification Specification dispersant fit for purpose
the beach is firm enough). The use of dispersant on
beaches shall be supported by proper risk assessment Oil Spill Systems Review Oil Spill Systems Datasheet &
as it requires a different set of toxicity tests and Datasheet & Requisition
considerations.(PTS 60.3301 Section 5) Requisition
F4. The droplet size distribution of the The recommended dispersant droplet diameter for aerial Oil Spill Systems Design Review Oil Spill Systems Design Droplet size diameter for aerial D, P, C&I, HUC
dispersant reaching the target shall be of application is 500 to 700 μm. This size minimizes wind Specification Specification application is 500 - 700 μm.
adequate size for aerial application. drift and evaporative losses.
Oil Spill Systems Review Oil Spill Systems Datasheet &
(PTS 60.3301 Section 5) Datasheet & Requisition
Requisition
F5. Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment The dispersant components are harmful to human, hence Oil Spill Systems Design Review Oil Spill Systems Design Proper PPE provided D, P, C&I, HUC
shall be provided for operators handling the oil spray operator shall wear proper PPE at all time Specification Specification
spill dispersant system (clothing, goggles and masks). Non-essential personnel Standard operating procedure
onboard a vessel that has oil spill dispersant system Oil Spill Systems Review Oil Spill Systems Datasheet & to include measures to be
should take shelter while spraying is in progress. Datasheet & Requisition taken when spraying is in
Requisition progress onboard a vessel
(PTS 60.3301 Section 5)
F6. Materials selection shall be fit for purpose Materials on ship or boat systems should be corrosion- Oil Spill Systems Design Review Oil Spill Systems Design Materials are corrosion- D, P, C&I, HUC
for harsh environment. resistant to salt water. All materials that come into Specification Specification resistant to salt water
contact with dispersants should be compatible
with that dispersant. Special attention should be given to Review Oil Spill Systems Datasheet &
pump components. Consultation with the dispersant Requisition
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A436 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
manufacturer is recommended. (Applicable for all Oil Spill Systems
offshore installations) Datasheet &
Requisition
(ASTM F1413-07 7.1)
Systems to be used or stored at extreme temperatures Oil Spill Systems Design Review Oil Spill Systems Design Systems able to withstand D, P, C&I, HUC
should be constructed of materials that are not adversely Specification Specification extreme temperatures (T
affected by those temperatures. Temperature range range specified clearly on
specifications should be clearly indicated on the spray Oil Spill Systems Review Oil Spill Systems Datasheet & the spray equipment)
equipment. Datasheet & Requisition
Requisition
(ASTM F1413-07 7.2)
AVAILABILITY
A1. The oil spill contingency equipment shall N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
be available at all times.
RELIABILITY
R1. The oil spill contingency equipment shall N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
be reliable and function on demand.
SURVIVABILITY
S1. The oil spill contingency equipment shall N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
be located in low risk area.
OPERATIONAL ASSURANCE AND VERIFICATION
Planned Assurance Applicable Criteria Frequency Verification Frequency Measureable Unit
TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
N/A N/A N/A
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 19/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A437 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Adequate number of suitable lifejackets Lifejackets shall comply with the following requirements; HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. Approved / acceptable type of D,
shall be provided at identified locations around Regulation III/7 of SOLAS. lifejacket. P & COM
the installation to ensure that any person being section 2.2, chapter II of the IMO International Life Saving Safety Plan Review, Inspection & Test plan.
evacuated from the installation has a lifejacket. Appliance (LSA) Code requirements Lifejackets located at the TR /
PETRONAS Carigali WW ALL S 02 003 (Philosophy of Datasheet & Review Inspection results & Test reports. primary muster area & at a
Life saving appliances for offshore installations) Specifications secondary muster area
Any country specific requirements.
EERA, ESSA All personnel shall have access
As a minimum, lifejackets shall be provided for the maximum to the lifejacket either
POB in the accommodation cabin and also at the through primary muster /
embarkation area adjacent to the TR, and for the secondary muster station.
maximum number of personnel who may need to muster
at the Secondary Refuge.
Whistle
A light powered by water activated battery
F2. Adequate number of suitable lifebuoys and Lifebuoys shall comply with the following requirements; HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. Approved / acceptable type of D,
lifelines shall be provided around the lifebuoys and lifelines. P & COM
installation to be able to rescue any person Regulation III/7 of SOLAS Safety Plan Review, Inspection & Test plan.
falling area in the minimum possible time. section 2.1, chapter II of the IMO International Life Saving Walkways & stairs are provided
Appliance (LSA) Code requirements Datasheet & Review Inspection results & Test reports. with lifebuoys and lifelines.
Any country specific requirements. Specifications
Lifebuoy and lifeline appliance
EERA are located at 30m
availability distance.
Lifebuoy shall be: Lifebuoy Datasheet & Inspection & test data sheet and D,
Specifications specification F&C, COM
Made of foamed plastic type material as per SOLAS
Verification during procurement,
construction & commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A438 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Capable to withstand a drop into water from a height at
least 20m without impairing its operating capability and
attached components
Provided in vivid color for easy visibility.
Lifebuoys and lifelines shall be located on walkways so as to HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation D,
be readily accessible and shall be provided in the F&C, COM
locations in accordance with SOLAS requirements; Safety Plan Inspection & test data sheet and
specification
Persons shall not have to travel a distance greater than Datasheet &
30m on the main deck to a lifebuoy and lifeline Specifications Verification during procurement,
appliance from a location where it is possible to fall into construction & commissioning
the sea. EERA, ESSA
Lifelines shall be provided in a length twice the distance
from the mounting position to the water surface.
Line throwing devices with not less than four projectile shall Datasheet & Inspection datasheet and specification D,
be provided according to section 7.1 of the IMO Specifications P & COM
International Life Saving Appliance (LSA) Code Sample test functionality.
requirements. Each projectile shall be capable of
carrying the line at least 230 m in calm weather.
Lifebuoys and lifelines shall be stowed so that they can be Safety Plan Review safety plan D & COM
readily cast loose.
Verification during installation &
commissioning
F3. Adequate number of personnel escape Grab bags shall contain smoke hoods, gloves and I.S. Safety Plan Review listed documentation• Inspection & Grab bags are provided in each D,
sets and safety equipment shall be provided to torches as a minimum and shall be located in each test data sheet and specification cabin. Smoke hoods in P & COM
enable personnel to reach the muster station. cabin for each bed. Smoke hoods shall be located in Datasheet & machinery areas.
the machinery areas. Specifications• EERA Verification during Procurement &
commissioning
Smoke hood shall be made of thermal resistant materials Smoke hood Datasheet Inspection & test data sheet and Smoke hood is made of flame D,
and include a clear window for viewing. & Specifications specification and heat resistant P & COM
materials.
Verification during Procurement &
commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A439 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Adequate emergency escape breathing apparatus HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation Adequate EEBA sets are D,
(EEBA) shall be provided in accordance with provided in accordance with P & COM
SOLAS. Safety Plan Inspection & test data sheet and SOLAS.
specification
Datasheet &
Specifications Verification during Procurement &
commissioning
EERA
Oxygen resuscitator, EEBD for minimum of 10 minutes, HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation Oxygen resuscitator, EEBD, D,
first aid kit and stretcher shall be provided in the TR. first aid kit and stretcher are P & COM
Safety Plan Inspection & test data sheet and provided in the TR.
specification
Datasheet &
Specifications Verification during Procurement &
commissioning
EERA
F4.Provide adequate and suitable fireman's Fireman's outfit and equipment shall be provided in HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation Fireman's outfit and equipment D,
outfit and equipment readily available from the accordance with International Code for FSS (Chapter 3); are provided in accordance P & COM
emergency response base. Fireman clothing, boots, helmet, electric safety lamp, axe Safety Plan Inspection & test data sheet and with International Code for
and breathing apparatus. specification FSS (Chapter 3)
Datasheet &
The number of fireman's equipment sets required and the Specifications Verification during Procurement &
content of each set shall be sufficient to enable commissioning
appropriate response, search and rescue activities to EERA
be completed.
The Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) which shall HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation The Self-contained breathing D,
be capable of working function for at least 30 min shall apparatus (SCBA) are P & COM
be provided in the fire control room in the Safety Plan Inspection & test data sheet and provided in the fire control
accommodation block along with a fireproof lifeline of at specification room.
least 30 m in length. Datasheet &
Specifications Verification during Procurement &
commissioning
EERA
F5. To assist in recovery of personnel from Helicopter crash equipment shall be provided in accordance HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation Helicopter crash equipment are D,
helicopter crash with CAP437 requirements. provided in accordance with P & COM
Safety Plan Inspection & test datasheet and CAP437 requirements.
specification
Datasheet &
Specifications Verification during Procurement &
commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A440 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
EERA
AVAILABILITY
A1. PSE locations. Separates areas containing the necessary PSE where HSE Philosophy The availability can be assured by providing PSE placed accordingly. D,
personnel will be spending the majority of time (e.g.: redundancy, distribution in various P & COM
cabins, embarkation areas, lifeboats embarkation). Safety Plan locations on the installation and
functional testing.
PSE Datasheet &
Specifications
EERA, ESSA
A2. PSE available for all credible emergency The Personal Survival Equipment shall always be available EERA, ESSA Review EERA PSE available for all credible D & COM
scenarios. for all credible emergency scenarios. emergency scenarios.
Verification during Design & commissioning
A3. Sufficient PSE available at all times. Quantity of lifejackets / lifebuoy shall meet or exceed the EERA, ESSA Review EERA Sufficient PSE provided as per D & COM
requirement of SOLAS and the facility FSA report at all SOLAS requirement.
times. Verification during Design & commissioning
A4. BA sets pressures are regularly checked & BA sets pressures are maintained to ensure the minimum Safety Plan Review safety plan BA sets pressures are regularly D,
changed out. working condition. checked & changed out. P & COM
PSE Datasheet & Inspection & test datasheet and
Specifications specification
RELIABILITY
R1. Provide suitable certified equipment. Reliability assured by use of approved certified equipment in Safety Plan Review listed documentation Suitably rated and certified D,
diverse locations around the platform and by redundancy equipment are provided. P & COM
in numerical provision. EERA,ESSA Inspection & test data sheet and
specification
Engineering design basis
verification during Procurement &
QRA Study Report commissioning
HSE Philosophy
SURVIVABILITY
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A441 of A454
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
S1. Fire / Explosion. Sufficient equipment stored in safe locations, remote from HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation PSE stored in safe locations D,
major accident hazards. F&C, COM
Safety Plan Verification during construction &
commissioning
EERA, ESSA
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. Temporary Refuge (ER001) Inputs Personnel Survival Equipment (PSE) is provided in TR
I2. Escape Routes (ER002) Inputs Personnel Survival Equipment (PSE) is provided along escape and evacuation routes
I3. Helicopter Facilities (ER006) Inputs Relevant PSE is provided at helicopter facilities
I4. TEMPSCs / Lifeboats (LS003) Inputs Lifejackets is part of evacuation/escape systems are provided at the lifeboats
I5. Alternate Means of Escape (LS004) Inputs Lifejackets is part of evacuation/escape systems are provided at the tertiary means of escape
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 19/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A442 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To provide a good prospect of successfully rescuing casualties following immediate notification of their entry to the sea, under conditions where the need to rescue personnel
from the sea is likely to occur.
2. To identify errant vessels
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Adequate and suitable safety Standby Standby Vessel (SBV) to carry out the rescue operations HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. Standby Vessel (SBV) are in D,
Vessel (SBV) shall be provided. shall be provided in accordance with the Chapter V of accordance with the P, HUC
the Life Saving Appliance (LSA) Code. Safety Plan Review, Inspection & Test plan & Chapter V of the Life
specification. Saving Appliance (LSA)
EERA Code.
Review inspection results & Test reports.
Datasheet &
Specifications
Standby Vessel (SBV) shall have adequate capacity, HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. Standby Vessel (SBV) are D,
equipment and crew to meet its role of on-scene provided with adequate P, HUC
commander for rescue and recovery: Safety Plan Review, Inspection & Test plan & capacity & equipment
specification.
Sufficient space to accommodate the entire POB of the EERA
installation Review inspection results & Test reports.
Adequate medical facilities with first aid equipment; Datasheet &
Communication facilities to platform, ship, shore and air Specifications
(e.g., Emergency position indicating radio beacons
(EPIRBs)
At least one SOLAS approved Man-overboard craft
(Rescue Craft)
Recovery time of shall not be more than 5 min
In the event of evacuation and recovery, the SBV shall be HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. SBV shall be provided with D,
provided with radar and communication devices to assist radar and communication P, HUC
in warning off passing vessels. EERA Review, Inspection & Test Datasheet and devices.
Specification.
Datasheet &
Specifications Review inspection results & Test reports.
4. Standby Vessel (SBV) shall have adequate lifebuoy with HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. Adequate lifebuoy & scoop net D,
lifelines and hydraulically operated scoop net to recover are provided. P, HUC
of personnel from the water. (PTS 37.19.10.20 5.5) Safety Plan Review, Inspection & Test plan &
Specification.
EERA
Review inspection results & Test reports.
Datasheet &
Specifications
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A443 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To provide a good prospect of successfully rescuing casualties following immediate notification of their entry to the sea, under conditions where the need to rescue personnel
from the sea is likely to occur.
2. To identify errant vessels
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
5. A casualty area shall be provided comprising SBV Specifications Verification during Procurement. A casualty area are provided D,
decontamination, reception, treatment and recovery comprising P, HUC
areas. Review, Inspection & Test Datasheet & decontamination, reception,
Capability to safely transfer casualties from Life Rafts to Specification. treatment and recovery
the SBV shall be provided. areas.
Review inspection results & Test reports.
The SBV shall be provided with floodlighting which will SBV Specifications Verification during Procurement. The SBV are provided with D,
illuminate a sufficient area beyond the ship's side so as floodlighting. P, HUC
to assist in man overboard situations and security Review, Inspection & Test Datasheet &
functions. Specification.
F2. Fast Rescue Craft (FRC) shall be provided FRC shall be type approved in accordance with Chapter V of HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. FRC are type approved in D,
to recover personnel from the sea. the Life Saving Appliance (LSA) Code and shall be accordance with Chapter V P, HUC
provided on MOU / SBV / facility to assist in the rescue Safety Plan Review, Inspection & Test plan & of the Life Saving Appliance
operations of personnel from secondary or tertiary Specification. (LSA) Code.
means of escape. EERA, ESSA
Review inspection results & Test reports.
Datasheet &
Specifications
FRC shall comply with the following requirements; HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. FRC are equipped with life- D,
saving equipment in P, HUC
Regulation III of SOLAS. Safety Plan Review, Inspection & Test plan and accordance with SOLAS.
section 5.1, chapter IV of the IMO International Life Saving Specification.
Appliance (LSA) Code requirements EERA, ESSA
PETRONAS Carigali WW ALL S 02 003 (Philosophy of Review inspection results & Test reports.
Life saving appliances for offshore installations) Datasheet &
Any country specific requirements. Specifications
FRC shall have the capability to communicate with the HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. FRC is capable to communicate D,
platform.(e.g., VHF, Radar transponder) with the platform. P, HUC
FRC Specifications Review, Inspection & Test Specification.
If the rescue boat is one of the ship's survival craft, then it HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. The rescue boat is one of the D,
shall be capable to perform a dual role, recovery of ship's survival craft. P, HUC
personnel and as an evacuation facility. The main Specifications
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A444 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To provide a good prospect of successfully rescuing casualties following immediate notification of their entry to the sea, under conditions where the need to rescue personnel
from the sea is likely to occur.
2. To identify errant vessels
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
criterion governing the use and deployment of standby Review, Inspection & Test Specification.
evacuation/rescue craft is that the rescue time of the last
victim to be rescued is less than the maximum survival Review inspection results & Test reports.
time in the water. (PTS 37.19.10.20 Clause 5.5)
FRC shall have the ability to hook onto life rafts for towing HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. FRC shall have the ability to D,
purposes hook onto life rafts for P, HUC
FRC Specifications Review, Inspection & Test Specification. towing purposes
F3. Fast Rescue Craft (FRC) launch / recovery 1. FRC launch and recovery system shall be in accordance HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. FRC launch and recovery D,
with the Regulation III/17 of SOLAS. system are in accordance P, HUC
FRC Specifications Review, Inspection & Test Specification. with SOLAS.
AVAILABILITY/ RELIABILITY
R1. Standby Vessel (SBV) Minimum of one Standby Vessel (SBV) to be in field during HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. Minimum of one Standby D,
normal operations, with additional provision during Vessel (SBV) are in field P, HUC
periods of maintenance according to manning. Safety Plan Review, Inspection & Test Plan. during normal operations.
The Standby Vessel (SBV) manning shall be sufficient to HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. SBV manning are sufficient to D,
execute the performance requirements continuously. execute the performance P, HUC
Safety Plan Review, Inspection & Test Plan and requirements continuously.
Specifications.
EERA, ESSA
Review inspection results & Test reports.
Datasheet &
Specifications
R2. FRC (Fast Rescue Craft) Each SBV will have at least one FRC providing 100% HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. Each SBV have FRC providing D,
coverage. 100% coverage P, HUC
Safety Plan Review, Inspection & Test Plan.
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A445 of A454
SCE GOAL -
1. To provide a good prospect of successfully rescuing casualties following immediate notification of their entry to the sea, under conditions where the need to rescue personnel
from the sea is likely to occur.
2. To identify errant vessels
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
EERA, ESSA Review inspection results & Test reports.
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Extreme environmental condition The SBV shall be capable of remaining in attendance until SBV Specifications Review Specification SBV are capable to withstand D&P
the Adverse Weather Working Standard (AWWS) extreme environmental
dictates it should be released to shelter. ESSA, EERA Verification during procurement. condition.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. Communication systems (ER004) Input The SBV shall have two way external communications with the FRC, helicopter and appropriate coast
station.
I2. Personal Survival Equipment (LS001) Input Lifebuoys with lifelines is part of rescue systems
I4. Alternate Means of Escape (LS004) Input Transfer of casualties from tertiary escape systems to SBV/FRC.
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 19/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A446 of A454
SCE GOAL -To facilitate a primary means of evacuation (TEMPSC) of personnel, independent of external resources.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Adequate number of suitable TEMPSCs / TEMPSCs / lifeboats shall comply with the following HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation TEMPSC are provided with D,
lifeboats shall be provided at identified requirements; sufficient capacity and at P & HUC
locations around the installation to provide safe Safety Plan Inspection & test Plan and specification relevant locations.
means for evacuation of the facility. Chapter IV of the IMO International Life Saving Appliance
(LSA) Code requirements EERA Verification during Procurement &
PETRONAS Carigali WW ALL S 02 003 (Philosophy of commissioning
Life saving appliances for offshore installations) TEMPSC Datasheet &
Any country specific requirements. Specifications
Each totally enclosed lifeboat shall be provided with a rigid TEMPSC Datasheet & Inspection & test data sheet and TEMPSC are in accordance D,
watertight enclosure which completely encloses the Specifications specification with the International Life P & HUC
lifeboat. Saving Codes.
Verification during Procurement &
commissioning
Lifeboat shall be provided with a full coverage by a self- HSE Philosophy Verification during Procurement. TEMPSCs are provided with a D,
contained deluge system. full coverage by a self- P & HUC
Lifeboat shall be provided with an air purge or Safety Plan Review, Inspection & Test plan, Datasheet contained deluge &
pressurization system to protect occupants. & Specifications. pressurization system.
Evacuation system shall be located to allow personnel to EERA
access TEMPSCs during 60 minutes without being Review inspection results & Test reports.
exposed to the following : TEMPSC Datasheet &
Specifications
Heat radiation in excess of 6,31kW/m2
Gas at 50% of its lower flammable limit
Smoke such that visibility is less than 5m
The TEMPSCs diesel propulsion engine shall: TEMPSC Datasheet & Inspection & Test datasheet and TEMPSCs are provided with an D,
Specifications specification appropriate diesel P & HUC
Include dual battery operated electric start with emergency propulsion engine.
start facility and manual cranking facility Verification during Procurement &
Be capable of continuous lifeboat speed of 6 knots for a commissioning
period of at least 4 hours
Capable of 5 minutes operation without overheating before
the TEMPSC is launched into water.
The TEMPSCs shall contain sufficient fuel for 24 hours HSE Philosophy Inspection & Test datasheet and TEMPSCs contains sufficient D,
operation at a speed of 6 knots. specification fuel. P & HUC
EERA
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A447 of A454
SCE GOAL -To facilitate a primary means of evacuation (TEMPSC) of personnel, independent of external resources.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
TEMPSC Datasheet & Verification during Procurement &
Specifications commissioning
F2. TEMPSCs / lifeboats shall be provided with TEMPSCs (lifeboats) shall be fitted with SOLAS approved HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation TEMPSC are fitted with SOLAS D,
a suitable launching system. launching system. approved launching P, C&I, HUC
Safety Plan Inspection & Test datasheet and system.
specification
EERA
Verification during Procurement,
TEMPSC Datasheet & Fabrication, construction &
Specifications commissioning
TEMPSCs (lifeboats) shall be located: HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation TEMPSC are provided at D,
relevant locations. P, C&I, HUC
to move away from the installation after launch; Safety Plan Inspection & Test datasheet and
so that the TEMPSC (lifeboats) sea level launch area is specification
adequately separated from the facility; and EERA
So that the TEMPSC (lifeboats) drop height does not Verification during Procurement,
exceed the manufacturer's recommendation. . TEMPSC Datasheet & Fabrication, construction &
Specifications commissioning
TEMPSCs (lifeboats) and its equipment shall be intact and HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation TEMPSC and its equipment are D,
fully functional following launch. intact and fully functional P & HUC
TEMPSC Datasheet & Inspection & Test datasheet and during launch.
Specifications specification
TEMPSCs (lifeboats) shall have manual means of operation TEMPSCs Datasheet & Review TEMPSCs Datasheet & TEMPSCs (lifeboats) are D,
from inside. Specifications Specifications provided with manual P & HUC
means of operation from
Verification during Procurement & inside
commissioning
F3. TEMPSCs to be adequately supported on TEMPSCs (lifeboats) launch frame and attachment to the HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation TEMPSC are adequately D,
the installation. primary structure shall be capable of supporting the supported on the P, C&I, HUC
static and dynamic loads in accordance with IMO Safety Plan Verification during Procurement, installation.
International Life Saving Appliances (LSA) Code Fabrication, construction &
requirements commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A448 of A454
SCE GOAL -To facilitate a primary means of evacuation (TEMPSC) of personnel, independent of external resources.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
TEMPSC Datasheet &
Specifications
F4. TEMPSCs / lifeboats to be provided with TEMPSCs (lifeboats) shall be fitted with appropriate HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation TEMPSC are provided with D,
appropriate communication system. emergency communication systems and as a minimum appropriate communication P, HUC
be compliant with SOLAS requirements ; TEMPSC Datasheet & Inspection & Test datasheet and system.
Specifications specification
Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB)
Search and Rescue Transponder (SART) Verification during Procurement &
VHF radio commissioning
AVAILABILITY
A1. TEMPSCs shall be available during an Two TEMPSCs shall be located at diversified locations to HSE Philosophy Review TEMPSCs Datasheet & TEMPSCs are available during D,
MAE. ensure either one is available during an MAE. Specifications an MAE. P & HUC
Safety Plan
Verification during Procurement &
ESSA, EERA commissioning
A2. Lifeboats engine. Lifeboats engine shall start from two or more independent HSE Philosophy Review TEMPSCs Datasheet & Lifeboats engine can start from D,
means. Specifications two or more independent P & HUC
TEMPSC Datasheet & means.
Specifications Verification during Procurement &
commissioning
ESSA, EERA
RELIABILITY
R1. TEMPSC release mechanism shall be TEMPSCs' (lifeboats) release mechanism shall be fail safe TEMPSCs Datasheet & Review TEMPSCs Datasheet & TEMPSC release mechanism D,
reliable. against inadvertent operations. Specifications Specifications are reliable. P & HUC
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Fire events TEMPSCs (lifeboats) and support structures shall be located Safety Concept Review listed documentation TEMPSCs (lifeboats) support D,
so they are protected from credible fire scenarios. structures are protected C&I, HUC
ESSA, EERA Verification during construction & from credible fire scenarios.
commissioning
Safety Plan
SCE GOAL -To facilitate a primary means of evacuation (TEMPSC) of personnel, independent of external resources.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
TEMPSCs (lifeboats) shall be provided with hull fire Safety Concept Review listed documentation TEMPSCs (lifeboats) are D,
protection system in accordance with the IMO provided with hull fire C&I, HUC
International Life Saving Appliances (LSA) Code. ESSA, EERA Verification during construction & protection system.
commissioning
Safety Plan
S3. Dropped objects TEMPSCs (lifeboats) and support structures shall be located Safety Concept Review listed documentation TEMPSCs (lifeboats) are D,
so that they are outside of the platform crane lifting outside of the platform C&I, HUC
radius. ESSA, EERA Verification during construction & crane lifting radius.
commissioning
Safety Plan
S4. Extreme environmental condition TEMPSCs (lifeboats) shall remain in place and operational Safety Concept Review listed documentation TEMPSCs (lifeboats) are in D,
following a 10,000 year event, in design environmental place and operational P & HUC
conditions. ESSA, EERA Verification during Procurement & following a 10,000 year
commissioning event, in design
QRA Study Report environmental conditions.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. Temporary Refuge (ER001) Input Personnel muster in TR prior to evacuate.
I2. Escape Routes (ER002) Input Evacuation routes provided from TR to TEMPSCs (lifeboats).
I3. Emergency / Escape Lighting (ER003) Input Emergency Lighting is provided at TEMPSC (lifeboats) embarkation areas.
I4. Communication System (ER004) Input To provide notification to abandon and communication, evacuation means.
I5. Personal Survival Equipment (LS001) Input Lifejacket is part of evacuation/escape systems
I6. Alternate Means of Escape (LS004) Input Back-up to lifeboats
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A450 of A454
SCE GOAL -To facilitate a primary means of evacuation (TEMPSC) of personnel, independent of external resources.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
I7. Rescue Facilities (LS002) Input Part of evacuation / rescue system
I8. Deluge systems (PS001) Input Where required at the embarkation station
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 19/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A451 of A454
SCE GOAL - To have a variety of alternate means of escape to sea for personnel from the installation when primary (TEMPSC) means are unavailable.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
FUNCTIONALITY
F1. Suitable provision of sufficient life rafts Life rafts shall comply with the following requirements; HSE Philosophy Review safety plan & EERA report Life rafts complies with the D,
shall be provided. chapter IV of IMO P, C&I, HUC
Chapter IV of IMO International Life Saving Appliances Safety Plan Inspection & test datasheet and International Life Saving
(LSA) Code specification Appliances (LSA) Code.
PETRONAS Carigali - WW ALL S 02 003 (Philosophy of EERA, ESSA
Life saving appliances for offshore installations) Verification during Procurement,
Any country specific requirements. Life raft Datasheet & Fabrication, construction &
Specifications commissioning
Life rafts for at least 100% of the maximum POB shall be Safety Plan Review listed documentation Life rafts for at least 100% of D,
provided. Additional life rafts shall be provided the maximum POB are P, HUC
accessible from Secondary Refuge for the maximum EERA, ESSA Verification during Procurement & provided.
number of personnel who may need to muster there. commissioning
Life rafts shall be provided with at least one entrance shall be Safety Plan Inspection & test datasheet and Life rafts are provided with D,
fitted with a boarding ramp, to enable persons to board specification suitable entrance P, HUC
the life raft from the sea. Entrances not provided with a EERA, ESSA
boarding ramp shall have a boarding ladder and shall be Verification during Procurement &
means inside the life raft to assist persons to pull Life raft Datasheet & commissioning
themselves into the life raft from the ladder. Rope Specifications
ladders may be substituted with equivalent type (e.g.
knotted rope etc.) that could serve the same purpose.
Inflated type life raft shall be capable of being inflated by one Life raft Datasheet & Inspection & test datasheet and Life raft are capable of being D,
person. The life raft shall be inflated with a nontoxic gas. Specifications specification. inflated by one person P, C&I, HUC
After inflation the life raft shall maintain its form when
loaded with its full complement of persons and Verification during Procurement,
equipment. Fabrication, construction &
commissioning
F2. Provision of escape chute system. Where Escape Chute Systems are provided for access to life HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation Escape Chute Systems shall be D,
rafts they shall be in accordance with the IMO in accordance with the IMO P, C&I, HUC
International Life Saving Appliance (LSA) Code. Safety Plan Inspection & test data sheet and International Life Saving
specification Appliance (LSA) Code.
EERA, ESSA
Verification during Procurement,
Datasheet & Fabrication, construction &
Specifications commissioning
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A452 of A454
SCE GOAL - To have a variety of alternate means of escape to sea for personnel from the installation when primary (TEMPSC) means are unavailable.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
Escape Chute System shall be capable of operation by a Datasheet & Inspection & test data sheet and Escape Chute System are D,
single person and shall be stowed as so to permit Specifications specification capable of operation by a P, C&I, HUC
manual release from the securing arrangements and single person.
deployed by gravity and descent controlled. Verification during Procurement,
Fabrication, construction &
commissioning
Escape Chute Systems shall be provided with sufficient Datasheet & Inspection & test data sheet and Escape Chute Systems are D,
lines, nets, hoops, etc. that ensure life raft loading Specifications specification provided with sufficient P, C&I, HUC
platform reaches the sea level in all sea state conditions. lines, nets, hoops, etc.
Verification during Procurement,
Fabrication, construction &
commissioning
AVAILABILITY
A1. The life rafts are located at diversified The life rafts shall be located at diversified locations and Safety Plan Review listed documentation The life rafts are located at D,
locations. shall be available with shelf life of 10 years. diversified locations and P, C&I, HUC
EERA Verification during Procurement & available for 10 years.
commissioning
HSE Philosophy
A2. All equipment is available for use at all All equipment is available for use at all times and in sufficient Safety Plan Review listed documentation All equipment is available for D,
times. numbers. Where items are taken out of service for use at all times and in P, C&I, HUC
routine maintenance, this does not compromise the EERA Verification during Procurement & sufficient numbers.
arrangements made for escape and evacuation. commissioning
HSE Philosophy
RELIABILITY
R1. Approved certified equipment are Reliability assured by use of approved certified equipment in HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation Approved certified equipment D,
provided. diverse locations around the platform and by redundancy are provided. P, C&I, HUC
in numerical provision. Safety Plan Inspection & test data sheet and
specification
EERA
Verification during Procurement,
Datasheet & Fabrication, construction &
Specifications commissioning
R2. All tertiary means of escape are reliable. All tertiary means of escape shall be reliable at all times. Safety Plan Review listed documentation All tertiary means of escape are D,
reliable. P, C&I, HUC
EERA Verification during Procurement &
commissioning
HSE Philosophy
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A453 of A454
SCE GOAL - To have a variety of alternate means of escape to sea for personnel from the installation when primary (TEMPSC) means are unavailable.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
SURVIVABILITY
S1. Fire events Life rafts shall be located so they are protected from credible HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation Life rafts are protected from D,
fire scenarios. credible fire scenarios. C&I, HUC
Safety Plan Inspection & test data plan
S3. Extreme environmental condition Life rafts shall remain in place and operational following an HSE Philosophy Review listed documentation. Life rafts are in place and D,
event, in design environmental conditions. operational following a P, HUC
Safety Plan Verification during procurement. 10,000 year event, in
design environmental
ESSA, EERA conditions.
INTERDEPENDENCIES
Performance Standard Input/Output Explanation
I1. Temporary Refuge (ER001) Input Personnel muster in TR prior to evacuate
I2. Escape Routes (ER002) Input Life rafts located at vicinity of escape routes
I3. TEMPSCs / Lifeboats (LS003) Input Part of escape and evacuation system
I4. Communication System (ER004) Input Communication between Infield Support Vessel (ISV) and evacuation means (helicopters, TEMPSCs)
I5. Personal Survival Equipment (LS001) Input Lifejacket is part of evacuation/escape systems
I6. Rescue Facilities (LS002) Input Part of evacuation / rescue system
UHSE GU 0018 Rev. 0
Generic Design Performance Standard
November 2015
Guideline
Page A454 of A454
SCE GOAL - To have a variety of alternate means of escape to sea for personnel from the installation when primary (TEMPSC) means are unavailable.
Performance Criteria Minimum Criteria Evidence Assurance Task Assurance Measures Phase
PETRONAS Review Number : 00 Responsible Technical Authority Name : Busari B Jabar Electronically Approved Signed Off Date : 19/08/2015
Legend:
D = Design
P = Procurement
C&I = Construction and Installation
HUC = Hook-up and commissioning